AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 18, 1996
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-5157
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              -------------------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              -------------------
    
                               HENRY SCHEIN, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
                                                              
            DELAWARE                            5047                           11-3136595
  (State or other jurisdiction      (Primary Standard Industrial            (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation or           Classification Code Number)          Identification Number)
         organization)
------------------- 135 DURYEA ROAD MELVILLE, NEW YORK 11747 (516) 843-5500 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices) ------------------- STANLEY M. BERGMAN CHAIRMAN, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT HENRY SCHEIN, INC. 135 DURYEA ROAD MELVILLE, NEW YORK 11747 (516) 843-5500 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service) ------------------- COPIES TO: ROBERT A. CANTONE, ESQ. MARK E. MLOTEK, ESQ. LARRY A. BARDEN, ESQ. PROSKAUER ROSE GOETZ & GENERAL COUNSEL SIDLEY & AUSTIN MENDELSOHN LLP HENRY SCHEIN, INC. ONE FIRST NATIONAL PLAZA 1585 BROADWAY 135 DURYEA ROAD CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036 MELVILLE, NEW YORK 11747 (312) 853-7000 (212) 969-3000 (516) 843-5500
------------------- APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as possible after the Registration Statement becomes effective. If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: / / If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / / If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / / If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. / / ------------------- CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
PROPOSED PROPOSED MAXIMUM TITLE OF EACH AMOUNT MAXIMUM OFFERING AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE PRICE PER OFFERING REGISTRATION TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED(1) SHARE(2) PRICE(2) FEE Common Stock, par value $.01 per share............................. 6,555,000 $36.625 $240,076,875 $82,785.13
(1) Includes 855,000 shares subject to an over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters. (2) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, based on the average of the high and low sale prices of the Registrant's Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market on May 29, 1996. ------------------- THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HENRY SCHEIN, INC. CROSS REFERENCE SHEET SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEMS OF PART I OF FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ITEM AND HEADING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- 1. Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus........ Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus 2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus.................................... Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus 3. Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges..................... Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors 4. Use of Proceeds............................... Use of Proceeds 5. Determination of Offering Price............... Inapplicable 6. Dilution...................................... Inapplicable 7. Selling Security Holders...................... Principal and Selling Stockholders 8. Plan of Distribution.......................... Underwriting 9. Description of Securities to be Registered.... Description of Capital Stock 10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel........ Legal Matters 11. Information with Respect to the Registrant: (a) Description of Business................. Business (b) Description of Property................. Business (c) Legal Proceedings....................... Business (d) Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's Common Equity and related Stockholder matters..................... Dividends; Price Range of Common Stock (e) Financial Statements.................... Financial Statements (f) Selected Financial Data................. Selected Consolidated Financial Information and Operating Data (g) Supplementary Financial Information..... Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information (h) Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.............................. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (i) Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants............................. Inapplicable (j) Directors and Executive Officers........ Management (k) Executive Compensation.................. Management (l) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management................... Principal and Selling Stockholders (m) Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................ Management; Certain Transactions 12. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities................................... Inapplicable
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 18, 1996 PROSPECTUS 5,700,000 Shares [LOGO] HENRY SCHEIN(R) Common Stock Of the 5,700,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 2,880,500 shares are being sold by Henry Schein, Inc. (the "Company") and 2,819,500 shares are being sold by the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholders. The Common Stock offered hereby is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "HSIC." On May 31, 1996, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock was $37.00 per share. See "Price Range of Common Stock." SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY. ------------------- THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. [CAPTION] PROCEEDS TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO SELLING PRICE TO PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2) STOCKHOLDERS Per Share...... $ $ $ $ Total(3)....... $ $ $ $
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting." (2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $1,000,000 payable by the Company. (3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 855,000 shares of Common Stock, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting." If all such shares are purchased, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount, Proceeds to Company and Proceeds to Selling Stockholders will be $ , $ , $ and $ , respectively. The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters when, as and if delivered to and accepted by them and subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the certificates for the shares of Common Stock will be made on or about , 1996. N87111BE.g04,4070,750,H The date of this Prospectus is , 1996 INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE. [Pictures] IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME. IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS (IF ANY) MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10B-6A UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITING." 2 PROSPECTUS SUMMARY The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Company operates on a 52-53 week fiscal year that ends on the last Saturday in December; all references to the Company's operations for a particular year refer to the year ending on the last Saturday in December. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus assumes the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised. See "Underwriting." THE COMPANY The Company is the largest direct marketer of healthcare products and services to office-based healthcare practitioners in the combined North American and European markets. The Company sells products and services to approximately 230,000 customers in markets that the Company estimates exceeded $9.0 billion in sales in 1995. The Company's customers are primarily dental practices and dental laboratories, as well as physician practices, veterinary clinics and institutions. In 1995, the Company sold products to over 65% of the estimated 100,000 dental practices in the United States. The Company believes that there is strong awareness of the "Henry Schein" name among office-based healthcare practitioners due to its more than 60 years of experience in distributing healthcare products. Through its comprehensive catalogs and other direct sales and marketing programs, the Company offers its customers a broad product selection of both branded and private brand products which include approximately 50,000 stock keeping units ("SKUs") in North America and approximately 35,000 SKUs in Europe at published prices that the Company believes are below those of many of its competitors. The Company also offers various value-added products and services, such as practice management software. As of March 30, 1996, the Company had sold over 16,000 dental practice management software systems, more than any of its competitors. The Company's activities are conducted by the Company; by its subsidiaries, including Henry Schein UK Holdings Limited in the United Kingdom, Schein Dental Equipment Corp. ("Schein Dental Equipment") and S&S Dental Supply, Inc., each of which distributes dental products, and Zahn Holdings, Inc., which distributes dental laboratory products, as well as their respective subsidiaries; and by 50%-or-less owned entities, including HS Pharmaceutical, Inc. ("HS Pharmaceutical") and its subsidiaries, which are engaged in the manufacture and distribution of certain generic pharmaceutical products. During 1995, the Company distributed over 8.5 million pieces of direct marketing materials (such as catalogs, flyers and order stuffers) to approximately 600,000 office-based healthcare practitioners. The Company supports its direct marketing efforts with approximately 400 telesales representatives who facilitate order processing and generate sales through direct and frequent contact with customers and with approximately 250 field sales consultants. The Company utilizes database segmentation techniques to more effectively market its products and services to customers. In recent years, the Company has continued to expand its management information systems and has established strategically located distribution centers in the United States and Europe to enable it to better serve its customers and increase its operating efficiency. The Company believes that these investments, coupled with its broad product offerings, enable the Company to provide its customers with a single source of supply for substantially all their healthcare product needs and provide them with convenient ordering and rapid, accurate and complete order fulfillment. The Company estimates that approximately 99% of all items ordered in the United States and Canada are shipped without back ordering, and that approximately 99% of all orders in the United States and Canada received before 6:00 p.m. are shipped on the same day the order is received. In addition, the Company estimates that over 90% of orders are received by its customers within two days of placing the order. The Company intends to increase its sales to existing dental customers by intensifying its direct marketing efforts, by offering additional products and services, and by augmenting its direct marketing and telesales efforts with additional field sales consultants. The Company, which had traditionally focused primarily on the dental market, is currently utilizing these strategies and its cost-effective infrastructure to further expand into the medical and veterinary markets. Net sales to these markets 3 increased from $59.9 million in 1991 to $164.7 million in 1995, which represented 26.7% of the Company's net sales in 1995. In 1990, the Company established marketing and distribution capabilities in Europe. Net sales in international markets have increased from $23.6 million in 1991 to $107.7 million in 1995, which represented 17.5% of the Company's net sales in 1995. The Company believes that there has been consolidation among healthcare products distributors serving office-based healthcare practitioners and that this consolidation will continue to create opportunities for the Company to expand through acquisitions and joint ventures. In recent years, the Company has acquired or entered into joint ventures with a number of companies engaged in businesses that are complementary to those of the Company. In November 1995, the Company completed an initial public offering of 7,089,750 shares of its Common Stock. In the offering, the Company sold 5,090,000 shares of Common Stock at an intitial public offering price of $16.00 per share, and used the net proceeds primarily to repay amounts outstanding under the Company's revolving credit agreement. Since the initial public offering, the Company has completed five acquisitions and has entered into agreements to acquire an additional five companies. Together, these companies generated approximately $80 million in sales in 1995, and collectively serve office-based healthcare practitioners in the dental, dental laboratory and medical markets. These acquisitions further the Company's acquisition growth strategies of leveraging its existing infrastructure, acquiring regional distributors with networks of field sales consultants and expanding the Company's network of equipment sales and service centers. As a result of the acquisitions that have been completed as well as additional hirings, the Company has increased its domestic field sales consultants from approximately 200 at the time of the initial public offering to approximately 250 at May 31, 1996. In addition, in December 1995, the Company introduced a new Windows(R) version of its dental practice management software and has sold over 2,700 such units through the first quarter of 1996. The Company has also recently introduced ArubA(R), an enhanced Windows(R) version of its computerized order entry system, which also contains an electronic catalog. Prior to December 1992, the Company's business was conducted by Schein Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), whose subsidiary, Schein Pharmaceutical, Inc. ("Schein Pharmaceutical"), was engaged in the manufacture and distribution of multi-source pharmaceuticals. In December 1992, the Company was incorporated in Delaware and Holdings transferred to the Company all the assets and liabilities of its healthcare distribution business. Holdings retained Schein Pharmaceutical's business of manufacturing and distributing generic pharmaceuticals, and the Company did not assume any other liabilities of Holdings, including the liabilities associated with Schein Pharmaceutical's business. At the time of the transfer, the Company's and Schein Pharmaceutical's businesses were being conducted on a stand-alone basis. As part of the transfer of assets from Holdings to the Company, the Company received Holdings' 50% interest in HS Pharmaceutical. HS Pharmaceutical's business is conducted independently from that of Schein Pharmaceutical and was transferred to the Company because of its historical connection to the Company. Other than certain common stockholders, there is no affiliation between the Company and Schein Pharmaceutical, and all transactions between the Company and Schein Pharmaceutical are on an arms-length basis. THE OFFERING Shares Offered by the Company........................ 2,880,500 Shares Offered by the Selling Stockholders........... 2,819,500 Shares Outstanding Immediately After the Offering.... 21,187,494(1) Use of Proceeds to the Company....................... Repayment of indebtedness and general corporate purposes, including financing possible acquisitions. See "Use of Proceeds." Nasdaq National Market Symbol........................ HSIC
- ------------ (1) Excludes an aggregate of 678,797 shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options granted under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan and 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan and 49,838 shares reserved for issuance under the plans for options not yet granted. See "Management--Stock Option Plan" and "--Directors Stock Option Plan." 4 SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OPERATING DATA (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND SELECTED OPERATING DATA)
THREE MONTHS ENDED, YEARS ENDED, ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PRO PRO FORMA, FORMA, AS AS ADJUSTED(1) ADJUSTED(1) ------------ MARCH --------- DECEMBER 28, DECEMBER 26, DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, 30, MARCH 30, 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1995 1996 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- -------- --------- STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: Net sales...... $282,110 $ 362,925 $ 415,710 $ 486,610 $ 616,209 $671,448 $136,040 $185,359 $194,101 Gross profit... 82,273 105,699 121,017 142,688 190,584 205,289 40,315 54,949 57,315 Selling, general & admin. expenses....... 79,775 96,287 109,574 128,560 170,823 184,509 37,329 50,245 52,311 Special charges(2)..... 613 7,510 6,057 23,603 20,797 -- -- -- -- Operating income (loss)......... 1,885 1,902 5,386 (9,475) (1,036) 20,780 2,986 4,704 5,004 Net income (loss)......... $ 986 $ 555 $ 3,910 $ (10,876) $ (10,216) $ 11,323 $ 936 $ 2,464 $ 2,782 Net income per common share... $ .63 $ .08 $ .13 $ .14 Average shares outstanding.... 17,952 12,184 18,670 19,728 PRO FORMA INCOME DATA(3): Pro forma operating income......... $ 14,128 $ 19,761 Pro forma net income......... $ 6,978 $ 9,407 Pro forma net income per common share... $ .58 $ .70 Pro forma average shares outstanding.... 12,127 13,447 SELECTED OPERATING DATA: Number of orders shipped........ 1,824,000 2,044,000 2,274,000 2,629,000 627,932 749,724 Average order size........... $ 199 $ 203 $ 214 $ 234 $ 216 $ 247
MARCH 30, 1996 ---------------------- PRO FORMA, AS ACTUAL ADJUSTED(1) -------- ---------- BALANCE SHEET DATA: Working capital........................................................... $124,055 $188,471 Total assets.............................................................. 303,733 379,213 Total debt................................................................ 63,647 35,265 Minority interest......................................................... 4,361 4,361 Stockholders' equity...................................................... 144,940 247,294
- ------------ (1) Gives effect to (a) the Acquisitions that are described in Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information and the borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility to finance the Acquisitions, as if these transactions had occurred on January 1, 1995 for the purpose of the Statement of Operations Data and as if those transactions pending at March 30, 1996 had occurred at that date with respect to the Balance Sheet Data, (b) the sale of 5,090 shares of Common Stock at $16.00 per share in connection with the Company's 1995 initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom to repay debt (including debt to finance the Acquisitions) as if the initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 1995 with respect to the Statement of Operations Data, and (c) the sale of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock by the Company in this Offering at an estimated offering price of $37.00 per share to repay debt (including debt to finance the Acquisitions) as if this Offering had occurred on November 3, 1995 for the purpose of the Statement of Operations Data and on March 30, 1996 with respect to the Balance Sheet Data. See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information" and Notes 1 and 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. (2) Includes: (a) for 1991, special professional fees of $0.6 million; (b) for 1992, cash payments of $5.3 million for income taxes resulting from stock grants made to an executive officer of the Company and special professional fees of $2.2 million; (c) for 1993, non-cash special management compensation charges of $0.6 million in amortization of deferred compensation arising from (Footnotes continued on following page) 5 (Footnotes continued from preceding page) the 1992 stock grants, special professional fees of $2.3 million, $0.7 million paid in connection with an acquisition and $2.5 million resulting from the buyout of employees' rights to future income contained in their employment agreements; (d) for 1994, non-cash special management compensation arising from accelerated amortization of deferred compensation arising from the 1992 stock grants to an executive officer of the Company of $17.3 million, which included a 1994 mark-to-market adjustment (because of certain repurchase features) of $9.1 million, due to the resolution, with the closing of the Reorganization, of certain contingencies surrounding the issuance of the stock grants, non-cash special management compensation charges of $1.6 million (net of prior accruals of approximately $1.9 million under an executive incentive plan) arising from stock issuances to certain other senior management of the Company, valued at $3.5 million, cash payments for income taxes of approximately $2.4 million resulting from these stock issuances, $0.3 million for additional income taxes resulting from the 1992 stock grants and special professional fees of $2.0 million; and (e) for 1995, non-cash special management compensation charges of $17.5 million arising from final mark-to-market adjustments (reflecting an increase in estimated market value from 1994 to the initial public offering price of $16.00 per share) for stock grants made to an executive officer of the Company in 1992 and other stock issuances made to certain other senior management of the Company (because of certain repurchase features which expired with the initial public offering), an approximate $2.8 million non-cash special management compensation charge (also based on the initial public offering price of $16.00 per share) relating to compensatory options granted in 1995 and a cash payment of $0.5 million for additional income taxes resulting from stock issuances. Special charges have been eliminated in the pro forma, as adjusted columns. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Reorganization" and "Management--Stock Option Plan." (3) Reflects the pro forma elimination of special charges incurred in 1994 and 1995 for special management compensation of $21.6 million and $20.8 million, respectively, and special professional fees incurred in 1994 of $2.0 million arising from the Reorganization, and the related tax effects of $5.8 million and $1.2 million for 1994 and 1995, respectively. See "Reorganization." ------------------- The Company's principal executive offices are located at 135 Duryea Road, Melville, New York 11747, and its telephone number is 516-843-5500. As used in this Prospectus, the term the "Company" refers to Henry Schein, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, 50% owned companies and predecessor, unless otherwise stated. 6 RISK FACTORS In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. Control by Insiders. After the completion of this Offering, Stanley M. Bergman, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, will own approximately, directly or indirectly, 6.8% of the outstanding Common Stock and by virtue of a Voting Trust Agreement (which expires December 31, 1998 unless terminated earlier) with certain of the Company's current principal stockholders, will have the right to vote up to an aggregate of approximately 39.7% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. In addition, until December 31, 1998, under certain circumstances, Mr. Bergman has the right to direct the nomination of a majority of the nominees to the Company's Board of Directors and, from January 1, 1999 until December 31, 2003, Mr. Bergman has the right to direct the nomination of all, or, under certain circumstances, four (out of nine), of the nominees to the Company's Board of Directors, and in all such events certain of the current principal stockholders are required to vote for such nominees. Because of these voting arrangements, Mr. Bergman has significant influence over matters requiring the approval of the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Company. Under certain circumstances, these voting arrangements may terminate prior to December 31, 1998. In that event, certain of the Company's current principal stockholders may be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors. The foregoing, together with certain provisions in the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, including a provision thereof requiring the approval of holders of 60% of the outstanding stock of the Company entitled to vote prior to consummation of a merger or sale of substantially all the assets of the Company, may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or may discourage acquisition bids for the Company and could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of Common Stock. See "Reorganization," "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock." Competition. The distribution of healthcare products to office-based healthcare practitioners is intensely competitive. The Company competes with numerous other companies, including several major manufacturers and distributors. Some of the Company's competitors have greater financial and other resources than the Company. Most of the Company's products are available from several sources, and the Company's customers tend to have relationships with several distributors. In addition, competitors of the Company could obtain rights to market particular products to the exclusion of the Company. Manufacturers also could increase their efforts to sell directly to end-users, thereby by-passing distributors such as the Company. Consolidation among healthcare products distributors serving office-based healthcare practitioners could result in existing competitors increasing their market position through acquisitions or joint ventures, which may materially adversely affect operating results. In addition, new competitors may emerge which could materially adversely affect the Company's operating results. There can be no assurance the Company will not face increased competition in the future. See "Business--Competition." Expansion through Acquisitions and Joint Ventures. The Company intends to expand in its domestic and international markets, in part, through acquisitions and joint ventures. However, the Company's ability to successfully expand through acquisitions and joint ventures will depend upon the availability of suitable acquisition or joint venture candidates at prices acceptable to the Company, the Company's ability to consummate such transactions and the availability of financing on terms acceptable to the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be effective in making acquisitions or joint ventures. Such transactions involve numerous risks, including possible adverse short-term effects on the Company's operating results or the market price of the Company's Common Stock. Certain of the Company's acquisitions and future acquisitions may also give rise to an obligation by the Company to make contingent payments or to satisfy certain repurchase obligations, which payments could have an adverse financial effect on the Company. In addition, integrating acquired 7 businesses and joint ventures may result in a loss of customers or product lines of the acquired businesses or joint ventures, and also requires significant management attention and may place significant demands on the Company's operations, information systems and financial resources. In 1996, the Company completed five acquisitions and entered into agreements to acquire five other companies. Five of these completed or pending acquisitions are reflected in the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and account for 4.5% and 6.0% of pro forma net sales and operating income, respectively, for the three months ended March 30, 1996. The failure to effectively integrate acquired businesses and joint ventures with the Company's operations could adversely affect the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business--Growth Strategy," "--Sales and Marketing" and "--Employees." Fluctuations in Quarterly Earnings. The Company's business has been subject to seasonal and other quarterly influences. Net sales and operating profits have been generally higher in the fourth quarter due to the timing of sales of software, year-end promotions, and purchasing patterns of office-based healthcare practitioners and have been generally lower in the first quarter due primarily to increased purchases in the prior quarter. Quarterly results may also be adversely affected by a variety of other factors, including the timing of acquisitions and related costs, the release of software enhancements, promotions, adverse weather, and fluctuations in exchange rates associated with international operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Practice Management Software. During 1995, approximately $17.2 million, or 2.8%, and $15.7 million, or 8.3%, of the Company's net sales and gross profit, respectively, were derived from sales of the Company's Easy Dental(R) Plus and AVImark(R) practice management software to United States dental and veterinary office-based healthcare practitioners, respectively. Competition among companies supplying practice management software is intense and increasing. The Company's future sales of practice management software will depend, among other factors, upon the effectiveness of the Company's sales and marketing programs, the Company's ability to enhance its products and the ability to provide ongoing technical support. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in introducing and marketing software enhancements or new software, or that such software will be released on time or accepted by the market. The Company's software products, like software products generally, may contain undetected errors or bugs when introduced or as new versions are released. While the Company's current products have not experienced significant post-release software errors or bugs to date, there can be no assurance that problems will not occur in the future. Any such defective software may result in increased expenses related to the software and could adversely affect the Company's relationship with the customers using such software. The Company does not have any patents on its software and relies upon copyright, trademark and trade secret laws; there can be no assurance that such legal protections will be available or enforceable to protect its software products. The Company's software products are generally distributed under "shrink-wrap" licenses that are not signed by the customer and therefore may be unenforceable in certain jurisdictions. See "Business-- Growth Strategy" and "--Products." Foreign Operations. During 1995, approximately 17.5% and 17.3% of the Company's net sales and gross profit, respectively, were derived from sales to customers located outside the United States and Canada. The Company's international businesses are subject to a number of inherent risks, including difficulties in opening and managing foreign offices and distribution centers; establishing channels of distribution; fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies; import/export duties and quotas; and unexpected regulatory, economic and political changes in foreign markets. There can be no assurance that these factors will not adversely affect the Company's operating results. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business--Growth Strategy" and "--Distribution." 8 Dependence on Senior Management. The Company's future performance will depend, in part, upon the efforts and abilities of certain members of senior management, particularly Stanley M. Bergman, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, James P. Breslawski, Executive Vice President, and Steven Paladino, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The loss of service of one or more of these persons could have an adverse effect on the Company's business. As of January 1992, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bergman for a term of eight years. The success of certain acquisitions and joint ventures effected by the Company may depend, in part, on the Company's ability to retain key management of the acquired business or joint venture. See "Management--Employment and Other Agreements." Changes in Healthcare Industry. In recent years, the healthcare industry has undergone significant change driven by various efforts to reduce costs, including potential national healthcare reform, trends toward managed care, cuts in Medicare, consolidation of healthcare distribution companies and collective purchasing arrangements by office-based healthcare practitioners. The Company's inability to react effectively to these and other changes in the healthcare industry could adversely affect its operating results. The Company cannot predict whether any healthcare reform efforts will be enacted and what effect any such reforms may have on the Company or its customers and suppliers. See "Business--Industry." Government Regulation. The Company and its customers and suppliers are subject to extensive Federal and state regulation in the United States, as well as regulation by foreign governments, and the Company cannot predict the extent to which future legislative and regulatory developments concerning their practices and products or the healthcare industry may affect the Company. In addition, the Company, as a marketer, distributor and manufacturer of healthcare products (including its 50%-owned company, HS Pharmaceutical, which distributes and manufactures generic pharmaceuticals), is required to obtain the approval of Federal and foreign governmental agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration, prior to marketing, distributing and manufacturing certain of those products, and it is possible that the Company may be prevented from selling new manufactured products should a competitor receive prior approval. Further, the Company's plants and operations are subject to review and inspection by local, state, Federal and foreign governmental entities. The Company's suppliers are also subject to similar governmental requirements. See "Business--Government Regulation." Risk of Product Liability Claims and Insurance. The sale, manufacture and distribution of healthcare products involves a risk of product liability claims and adverse publicity. Although the Company has not been subject to a significant number of such claims or incurred significant liabilities due to such claims, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case. In addition, the Company maintains product liability insurance coverage and has certain rights to indemnification from third parties, but there can be no assurance that claims outside of or exceeding such coverage will not be made, that the Company will be able to continue to obtain insurance coverage or that the Company will be successful in obtaining indemnification from such third parties. The Company also may not be able to maintain existing coverage or obtain, if it determined to do so, insurance providing additional coverage at reasonable rates. As of May 31, 1996, the Company was named a defendant in 12 product liability cases. The Company believes that none of the currently pending cases will have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Legal Matters." Cost of Shipping. Shipping is a significant expense in the operation of the Company's business. The Company ships its products to customers generally by United Parcel Service and other delivery services, and typically bears the cost of shipment. Accordingly, any significant increase in shipping rates could have an adverse effect on the Company's operating results. Similarly, strikes or other service interruptions by such shippers could adversely affect the Company's ability to deliver products on a timely basis. See "Business--Distribution." 9 Reliance on Telephone and Computer Systems. Because the Company believes that its success depends, in part, upon its telesales and direct marketing efforts and its ability to provide prompt, accurate and complete service to its customers on a price-competitive basis, any continuing disruption in either its computer system or its telephone system could adversely affect its ability to receive and process customer orders and ship products on a timely basis, and could adversely affect the Company's relations with its customers. See "Business--Customer Service." State Sales Tax Collection. As of May 31, 1996, the Company collected sales tax or other similar tax only on sales of products to residents of 15 states. Various other states have sought to impose on direct marketers the burden of collecting state sales taxes on the sale of products shipped to those states' residents. A successful assertion by a state or states that the Company should have collected or be collecting state sales taxes on the sale of products shipped to that state's residents could have an adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Distribution." Potential Volatility of Stock Price. The market price of the Company's Common Stock may be subject to fluctuations in response to quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results, changes in earnings estimates by investment analysts or changes in business or regulatory conditions affecting the Company, its customers, its suppliers or its competitors. The stock market historically has experienced volatility which has particularly affected the market prices of securities of many companies in the healthcare industry and which sometimes has been unrelated to the operating performances of such companies. These market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. Anti-takeover Provisions; Possible Issuance of Preferred Stock. Certain provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-Laws may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or may discourage acquisition bids for, the Company and could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of the Company's Common Stock. These provisions, among other things, (i) require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 60% of the shares entitled to vote to approve a sale, lease, transfer or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote to remove a director or to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors, (iii) require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the shares entitled to vote to amend or repeal certain provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (iv) require the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the Board of Directors to amend or repeal the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company. In addition, the rights of holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future and that may be senior to the rights of the holders of Common Stock. Under certain conditions, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law would prohibit the Company from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" (in general, a stockholder owning 15% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock) for a period of three years. In addition, the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan and 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan provide for accelerated vesting of stock options upon a change in control of the Company, and in certain instances, agreements between the Company and its executive officers provide for increased severance payments if such executive officers are terminated without cause within two years after a change in control of the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock," "Management--Employment and Other Agreements," "--Stock Option Plan" and "--Directors Stock Option Plan." Shares Eligible for Future Sale. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of stock options) by the Company's current stockholders (including certain executive officers, employees and affiliates of the Company) after this Offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price for the Common Stock. The Company and its directors, executive officers and certain stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions described in "Underwriting," not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Common Stock or register for sale under the Securities Act of 10 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), any Common Stock for a period of 120 days after the date of this Prospectus (the "Lock-Up Period"), without the prior written consent of the Representatives of the Underwriters. After the termination of the Lock-Up Period, 8,003,679 shares of Common Stock that will be owned by certain of the Company's current stockholders, constituting approximately 37.8% of the Company's then outstanding shares of Common Stock, may be eligible for immediate resale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In connection with the Reorganization, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the current stockholders. The Company has granted certain registration rights in connection with one of the Acquisitions, and may grant additional registration rights in connection with future acquisitions. See "Reorganization," "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Underwriting." Reorganization. In connection with the reorganization of the Company's ownership and the various agreements entered into in connection therewith between 1992 and 1994, certain stockholders of the Company made customary representations, warranties and covenants and provided for indemnification with respect to the structure of the transaction and for breaches of such representations, warranties and covenants. No claims for such indemnification have arisen to date. Applicable accounting rules provide that certain amounts paid or assumed by such stockholders on behalf of the Company in satisfaction of indemnity obligations may be required to be recorded by the Company for financial reporting purposes as an expense. Accordingly, although any such payment or assumption may not materially impact the Company's cash flow, the Company's results of operations would be negatively impacted in the period incurred. In addition, there can be no assurance that such stockholders will have the resources in the future to meet their respective indemnification obligations, if any, under such agreements. Also, in connection with the Reorganization, the Company, Holdings and Marvin H. Schein, a director and principal stockholder of the Company, agreed to terminate a lifetime consulting agreement entered into in 1982 between the Company's predecessor and Mr. Schein, and the Company and Mr. Schein agreed to continue the consulting arrangement on the terms set forth in a new lifetime consulting agreement (the "Consulting Agreement"). The current Consulting Agreement modified certain of the terms of the 1982 agreement, including the elimination of a provision limiting Mr. Schein's compensation to $100,000 per annum if the Company's pre-tax income were less than $3.5 million for two consecutive years. The Consulting Agreement currently provides for initial compensation of $258,000 per year, increasing $25,000 every fifth year beginning in 1997. The Consulting Agreement also provides that Mr. Schein will participate in all benefit, compensation, welfare and perquisite plans, policies and programs generally available to either the Company's employees or the Company's senior executive officers, excluding the Company's Stock Option Plan, that Mr. Schein's spouse, and his children until they attain the age of 21, will be covered by the Company's health plan, and that the Company will provide Mr. Schein with the use of an automobile and expenses related thereto. The Consulting Agreement was originally entered into as part of a recapitalization of the Company's predecessor in 1982 among Mr. Schein and its other stockholders, and to secure for the Company the consulting services of Mr. Schein, who had served the Company in various executive capacities for more than the prior twenty years. See "Reorganization." Forward-Looking Statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations that could be affected by the risks and uncertainties involved in the Company's business, including the risks and uncertainties set forth above. Subsequent written or oral statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this prospectus and those in the Company's reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 11 USE OF PROCEEDS The net proceeds to be received by the Company from this Offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and expenses of the Offering payable by the Company, are estimated to be $101.0 million assuming a public offering price of $37.00 per share. The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering (i) to repay a portion of the amount outstanding under the Company's revolving credit agreement (under which approximately $53.2 million principal amount was outstanding as of May 31, 1996), (ii) to repay a $2.4 million note payable, incurred in connection with a 1995 acquisition (with interest at prime minus 1%, maturing October 2000), and (iii) for general corporate purposes, including financing possible acquisitions. In addition, depending upon their respective closing dates, certain of the proceeds may be used to fund one or more of the Company's pending acquisitions. The Company's revolving credit agreement, which terminates July 1, 1999, provides for interest to be paid at varying rates, depending on certain financial covenants, ranging from LIBOR plus 0.63% to prime plus 1.0% per annum. See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. DIVIDEND POLICY Except for a dividend paid in 1992 at the time of the separation of the Company from Holdings, the Company has never paid a cash dividend on its Common Stock. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future; it intends to retain its earnings to finance the expansion of its business and for general corporate purposes. Any payment of dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend upon the earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends and other factors. The revolving credit agreement and the note issued in connection with the acquisition of Beheermaatschappij Van den Braak en De Vos B.V. ("Van den Braak") limit the distribution of dividends without the prior written consent of the lenders. See "Reorganization." PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "HSIC." The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the high and low sale prices of the Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq.
HIGH LOW --------------- --------------- 1995 Fourth Quarter (from November 3, 1995)................... $29 1/2 $20 3/8 1996 First Quarter............................................ $30 3/4 $23 1/2 Second Quarter (through May 31, 1996).................... $39 1/4 $27 1/2
On May 31, 1996, there were approximately 127 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock. The last reported sale price per share of the Common Stock on May 31, 1996 on the Nasdaq National Market was $37.00. 12 CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the Company at March 30, 1996, on (i) a historical basis and (ii) a pro forma basis, as adjusted, as if the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions had occurred on March 30, 1996 with adjustment to give effect to (a) the issuance of 45,900 shares of Common Stock in connection with one of the Acquisitions, (b) the borrowings to fund certain of the Acquisitions and (c) the sale by the Company of shares of Common Stock offered hereby at $37.00 per share and the application of a portion of the estimated net proceeds of such sale to repay debt (including debt incurred to finance certain of the Acquisitions). This table should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information."
MARCH 30, 1996 ----------------------- PRO FORMA, ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED -------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) Short-term debt: Bank credit lines................................................... $ 8,085 $ 8,085 Current maturities of long-term debt................................ 3,861 3,879 -------- ----------- Total short-term debt............................................. $ 11,946 $ 11,964 -------- ----------- -------- ----------- Long-term debt, less current maturities: Revolving credit agreement.......................................... $ 39,000 $ 13,000 Other............................................................... 12,701 10,301 -------- ----------- Total long-term debt.............................................. 51,701 23,301 -------- ----------- Minority interest..................................................... 4,361 4,361 -------- ----------- Stockholders' equity: Common stock, $.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 18,358,673 shares issued, actual; 21,285,073 shares issued, pro forma, as adjusted(1)............................................. 183 213 Additional paid-in capital.......................................... 123,866 226,190 Retained earnings................................................... 22,210 22,210 Treasury stock, at cost, 51,679 shares.............................. (769) (769) Foreign currency translation adjustment............................. (550) (550) -------- ----------- Total stockholders' equity........................................ 144,940 247,294 -------- ----------- Total capitalization............................................ $201,002 $ 274,956 -------- ----------- -------- -----------
- ------------ (1) Excludes (a) 221,397 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options at an exercise price of $4.21 per share, 402,400 shares reserved for issuance at an exercise price of $16.00 per share, 35,000 shares reserved for issuance at an exercise price of $29.00 per share and 10,000 shares reserved for issuance at an exercise price of $31.00 per share granted under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan, and an additional 9,838 shares reserved for issuance under such Plan as of May 31, 1996, which additional shares may be issued at an exercise price equal to not less than the fair market value at the time of grant; and (b) 10,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options at an exercise price of $29.00 per share (the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant) granted under the 1996 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, and an additional 40,000 shares reserved for issuance under such Plan as of May 31, 1996, which additional shares may be issued at an exercise price equal to not less than the fair market value at the time of grant. See "Management--Stock Option Plan" and "--Directors Stock Option Plan." 13 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OPERATING DATA The following selected consolidated financial information with respect to the Company's financial position as of December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995, and its results of operations for the years ended December 25, 1993, December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected consolidated financial information with respect to the Company's results of operations for the years ended December 28, 1991 and December 26, 1992 and with respect to the Company's financial position as of December 28, 1991, December 26, 1992 and December 25, 1993 has been derived from audited financial statements of the Company that are not included in this Prospectus. The selected consolidated financial information for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996 has been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein. The results for the three months ended March 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. The selected financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Selected Operating Data, Net Sales by Market Data and Balance Sheet Data presented below have not been audited.
YEARS ENDED, THREE MONTHS ENDED, ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- PRO FORMA, AS ADJUSTED(1) ------------ DECEMBER 28, DECEMBER 26, DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND SELECTED OPERATING DATA) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: Net sales............... $282,110 $ 362,925 $ 415,710 $ 486,610 $ 616,209 $671,448 $136,040 $ 185,359 Cost of sales........... 199,837 257,226 294,693 343,922 425,625 466,159 95,725 130,410 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Gross profit............ 82,273 105,699 121,017 142,688 190,584 205,289 40,315 54,949 Selling, general and administrative expenses................ 79,775 96,287 109,574 128,560 170,823 184,509 37,329 50,245 Special management compensation(2)......... -- 5,283 617 21,596 20,797 -- -- -- Special contingent consideration(3)........ -- -- 3,216 -- -- -- -- -- Special professional fees(4)................. 613 2,227 2,224 2,007 -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Operating income(loss)............ 1,885 1,902 5,386 (9,475) (1,036) 20,780 2,986 4,704 Interest income......... 1,374 1,210 856 251 475 475 69 395 Interest expense........ (2,196) (2,953) (3,216) (3,756) (5,833) (3,344) (1,288) (961) Other income (expense)--net.......... 312 255 (634) 541 276 321 97 (97) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Income (loss) before taxes on income (recovery), minority interest and equity in earnings of affiliates.............. 1,375 414 2,392 (12,439) (6,118) 18,232 1,864 4,041 Taxes on income......... 827 622 1,351 (1,630) 5,126 7,810 781 1,783 Minority interest in net income (loss) of subsidiaries............ (325) (249) 318 561 509 524 172 (70) Equity in earnings of affiliates.............. 113 514 1,296 494 1,537 1,425 25 136 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change....... 986 555 2,019 (10,876) (10,216) 11,323 936 2,464 Cumulative effect of accounting change....... -- -- 1,891 -- -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net income (loss)....... $ 986 $ 555 $ 3,910 ($ 10,876) ($ 10,216) $ 11,323 $ 936 $ 2,464 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net income per common share................... $ .63 $ .08 $ .13 Average shares outstanding............. 17,952 12,184 18,670 PRO FORMA INCOME DATA(5): Pro forma operating income.................. $ 14,128 $ 19,761 Pro forma net income.... $ 6,978 $ 9,407 Pro forma net income per common share............ $ .58 $ .70 Pro forma average shares outstanding............. 12,127 13,447 PRO FORMA, AS ADJUSTED(1) ----------- MARCH 30, 1996 ----------- STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: Net sales............... $ 194,101 Cost of sales........... 136,786 ----------- Gross profit............ 57,315 Selling, general and administrative expenses................ 52,311 Special management compensation(2)......... -- Special contingent consideration(3)........ -- Special professional fees(4)................. -- ----------- Operating income(loss)............ 5,004 Interest income......... 395 Interest expense........ (682) Other income (expense)--net.......... (64) ----------- Income (loss) before taxes on income (recovery), minority interest and equity in earnings of affiliates.............. 4,653 Taxes on income......... 2,044 Minority interest in net income (loss) of subsidiaries............ (37) Equity in earnings of affiliates.............. 136 ----------- Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change....... 2,782 Cumulative effect of accounting change....... -- ----------- Net income (loss)....... $ 2,782 ----------- ----------- Net income per common share................... $ .14 Average shares outstanding............. 19,728 PRO FORMA INCOME DATA(5): Pro forma operating income.................. Pro forma net income.... Pro forma net income per common share............ Pro forma average shares outstanding.............
14
YEARS ENDED, THREE MONTHS ENDED, ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- PRO FORMA, AS ADJUSTED(1) ------------ DECEMBER 28, DECEMBER 26, DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND SELECTED OPERATING DATA) SELECTED OPERATING DATA: Number of orders shipped................. 1,824,000 2,044,000 2,274,000 2,629,000 627,932 749,724 Average order size...... $ 199 $ 203 $ 214 $ 234 $ 216 $ 247 NET SALES BY MARKET DATA: Dental(6)............... $195,047 $ 228,264 $ 245,616 $ 266,212 $ 317,933 $ 71,828 $ 94,536 Medical................. 43,975 58,314 78,628 97,914 134,979 26,962 40,127 Veterinary.............. 15,974 19,481 24,312 27,872 29,680 6,650 8,458 Technology(7)........... 3,470 5,825 7,738 10,685 25,914 5,631 5,965 International(8)........ 23,644 51,041 59,416 83,927 107,703 24,969 $ 36,273 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- $282,110 $ 362,925 $ 415,710 $ 486,610 $ 616,209 $136,040 $ 185,359 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END): Working capital......... $ 28,999 $ 28,276 $ 74,125 $ 76,392 $ 103,899 $ 82,341 $ 124,055 Total assets............ 114,453 137,957 160,793 190,020 296,867 193,496 303,733 Total debt.............. 24,835 41,373 56,567 61,138 43,049 66,959 63,647 Minority interest....... 338 411 1,051 1,823 4,547 2,097 4,361 Stockholders' equity.... 39,143 40,117 43,897 39,567 142,851 41,818 144,940 PRO FORMA, AS ADJUSTED(1) ----------- MARCH 30, 1996 ----------- SELECTED OPERATING DATA: Number of orders shipped................. Average order size...... NET SALES BY MARKET DATA: Dental(6)............... Medical................. Veterinary.............. Technology(7)........... International(8)........ BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END): Working capital......... $ 188,471 Total assets............ 379,213 Total debt.............. 35,265 Minority interest....... 4,361 Stockholders' equity.... 247,294
- ------------ (1) Gives effect to (a) the Acquisitions that are described in Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information and the borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility to finance the Acquisitions, as if these transactions had occurred on January 1, 1995 for the purpose of the Statement of Operations Data and as if those transactions pending at March 30, 1996 had occurred at that date with respect to the Balance Sheet Data, (b) the sale of 5,090 shares of Common Stock at $16.00 per share in connection with the Company's 1995 initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom to repay debt (including debt to finance the Acquisitions) as if the initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 1995 with respect to the Statement of Operations Data, and (c) the sale of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock by the Company in this Offering at an estimated offering price of $37.00 per share to repay debt (including debt to finance the Acquisitions) as if this Offering had occurred on November 3, 1995 for the purpose of the Statement of Operations Data and on March 30, 1996 with respect to the Balance Sheet Data. See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information" and Notes 1 and 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. (2) Includes: (a) for 1992, cash payments of $5.3 million for income taxes resulting from stock grants made to an executive officer of the Company; (b) for 1993, non-cash special management compensation charges of $0.6 million in amortization of deferred compensation arising from the 1992 stock grants; (c) for 1994, non-cash special management compensation arising from accelerated amortization of deferred compensation arising from the 1992 stock grants to an executive officer of the Company of $17.3 million, which included a 1994 mark-to-market adjustment (because of certain repurchase features) of $9.1 million, due to the resolution, with the closing of the Reorganization, of certain contingencies surrounding the issuance of the stock grants, non-cash special management compensation charges of $1.6 million (net of prior accruals of approximately $1.9 million under an executive incentive plan) arising from stock issuances to certain other senior management of the Company, valued at $3.5 million, cash payments for income taxes of approximately $2.4 million resulting from these stock issuances and $0.3 million for additional income taxes resulting from the 1992 stock grants; and (d) for 1995, non-cash special management compensation charges of $17.5 million arising from final mark-to-market adjustments (reflecting an increase in estimated market value from 1994 to the initial public offering price of $16.00 per share) for stock grants made to an executive officer of the Company in 1992 and other stock issuances made to certain other senior management of the Company (because of certain repurchase features which expired with the initial public offering), an approximate $2.8 million non-cash special management compensation charge (also based on the initial public offering price of $16.00 per share) relating to compensatory options granted in 1995 and a cash payment of $0.5 million for additional income taxes resulting from such stock issuances. Special management compensation has been eliminated in the pro forma, as adjusted columns. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Reorganization" and "Management--Stock Option Plan." (3) Includes $0.7 million paid in connection with an acquisition and $2.5 million resulting from the buyout of employees' rights to future income contained in their employment agreements. Special contingent consideration has been eliminated in the pro forma, as adjusted columns. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." (4) Includes special professional fees incurred by the Company in connection with the Reorganization. Special professional fees have been eliminated in the pro forma, as adjusted columns. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Reorganization." (5) Reflects the pro forma elimination of special charges incurred in 1994 and 1995 for special management compensation of $21.6 million and $20.8 million, respectively, and special professional fees incurred in 1994 of $2.0 million arising from the Reorganization, and the related tax effect of $5.8 million and $1.2 million for 1994 and 1995, respectively. See "Reorganization." (6) Dental consists of the Company's dental sales in the United States and Canada. (7) Technology consists of the Company's practice management software sales and sales of certain other value-added products and services. (8) International consists of sales (substantially all dental) to customers outside the United States and Canada, primarily in Europe. 15 PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) The Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information reflects (1) financial information with respect to (i) the Company's 1995 acquisition of Veratex (for the period set forth below), (ii) the Company's acquisition of, or agreement to acquire, five other businesses in 1996 consisting of a 100% interest in three companies which had net sales of approximately $31.4 million in 1995 and an 80% interest in one company which had net sales of $4.0 million in 1995 and (iii) the acquisition by one of the Company's 50% owned companies of a 100% interest in a company which had net sales of approximately $2.9 million in 1995 (collectively, the acquisitions in (ii) and (iii) are referred to as the "Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions" and together with Veratex, such acquisitions are referred to as the "Acquisitions"), and (2) the sale of 5,090,000 shares of Common Stock at $16.00 per share in the Company's 1995 initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom to reduce debt, including debt to finance the Acquisitions (for the period set forth below). Two of the companies included in the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions distribute dental supplies and equipment, one distributes dental laboratory equipment and supplies, one manufactures and distributes dental products and one distributes medical supplies. Since December 30, 1995, the Company also acquired or entered into agreements to acquire five other companies, the financial information for which is not reflected in the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information and is not material either individually or in the aggregate. The aggregate cash purchase price for the Acquisitions is expected to be approximately $30.9 million, payable $22.8 million in cash and $8.1 million in notes. In addition, the Company will issue approximately 45,900 shares of Common Stock in connection with one of the Acquisitions. The Acquisitions will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, except for the acquisition by one of the Company's 50% owned companies, which will be accounted for under the equity method. There can be no assurance that any of the pending acquisitions will be consummated. The Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information gives effect to the adjustments described in the notes attached thereto. The financial information of Veratex at March 30, 1996 and for the three months then ended and for the period from July 7, 1995 to December 31, 1995 are included in the consolidated financial information of the Company for such periods. The accompanying pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet combines the historical consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the balance sheets of the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions as if such acquisitions had occurred on March 30, 1996. The accompanying pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 30, 1995 (1) combines the historical consolidated statements of operations of the Company and the Acquisitions and (2) reflects the sale of shares in the Company's 1995 initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom to reduce debt, as if all the Acquisitions and the initial public offering had occurred at January 1, 1995. The accompanying pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 30, 1996 combines the historical consolidated financial statements of operations of the Company (which includes Veratex) and the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions as if all such acquisitions had occurred at December 31, 1995. The Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information, as adjusted, also gives effect to the completion of this Offering and the use of a portion of the proceeds therefrom to reduce debt. See "Use of Proceeds." The Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information is based on an allocation of the expected purchase prices for the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions. Furthermore, such information does not purport to represent what the Company's actual results of operations would have been had the Acquisitions, the initial public offering or the Offering occurred on the dates indicated or for any future period or date. The pro forma adjustments give effect to available information and assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. The Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information should be read in conjunction with the Company's historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and the financial statements of Veratex and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." 16 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1996 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) (UNAUDITED)
OTHER HENRY RECENT AND SCHEIN, PENDING PRO FORMA PRO FORMA PRO FORMA INC. ACQUISITIONS ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED(1) AS ADJUSTED(2) -------- ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- Net sales.................................. $185,359 $ 8,742 $-- $ 194,101 $194,101 Cost of sales.............................. 130,410 6,376 -- 136,786 136,786 -------- ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- Gross profit............................... 54,949 2,366 -- 57,315 57,315 Selling, general and administrative expenses................................... 50,245 2,036 30(3) 52,311 52,311 -------- ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- Operating income........................... 4,704 330 (30) 5,004 5,004 Interest income (expense)--net............. (566) (41) (257)(4) (864) (287) Other--net................................. (97) 33 -- (64) (64) -------- ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- Income before taxes on income, minority interest and equity in earnings of affiliates................................. 4,041 322 (287) 4,076 4,653 Taxes on income............................ 1,783 51 (19)(5) 1,815 2,044 Minority interest in net loss of subsidiaries............................... (70) -- 33(6) (37) (37) Equity in earnings of affiliates........... 136 -- -- 136 136 -------- ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- Net income................................. $ 2,464 $ 271 $ (301) $ 2,434 $ 2,782 -------- ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- -------- ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- Pro forma net income per common share...... $ 0.13 $ 0.14 ----------- -------------- ----------- -------------- Pro forma weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding...... 18,716 19,728 ----------- -------------- ----------- --------------
- ------------ (1) Gives effect to the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions and 45.9 shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection therewith. (2) Adjusted to give effect to (i) the interest savings, net of taxes, from the application of the net proceeds from this Offering to repay debt and (ii) the sale of sufficient shares of Common Stock at the estimated price of $37.00 per share to fund such repayment. (3) To adjust selling, general and administrative expenses for amortization of goodwill and non-compete agreements of $105 arising from the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions and to eliminate non-recurring shareholder compensation of approximately $75 in connection with one of the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions. Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over 30 years based on the expected benefit period. The non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over lives ranging from 5 to 7 years. (4) To reflect an increase in interest expense due to additional borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility and other debt incurred to finance the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions calculated based on an average interest rate of 6.4% which approximates the incremental borrowing rate in effect for the respective period. If interest rates were to vary 1/4% from the assumed rates, the effect on pro forma net income would be $22, and there would not be any effect on pro forma net income per common share. (5) To eliminate the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments in (3) and (4) above and the adjustment of income taxes on certain of the Acquisitions to an estimated combined rate of 40%. (6) To record the minority interests in the income of one of the Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions. 18 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 30, 1995 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) (UNAUDITED)
OTHER RECENT HENRY AND SCHEIN, PENDING PRO FORMA PRO FORMA PRO FORMA, INC. VERATEX ACQUISITIONS ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED (1) AS ADJUSTED (2) ------------ ------- ------------ ----------- ------------ --------------- Net sales......................... $616,209 $19,853 $ 35,386 $ -- $671,448 $ 671,448 Cost of sales..................... 425,625 14,079 26,455 -- 466,159 466,159 ------------ ------- ------------ ----------- ------------ --------------- Gross profit...................... 190,584 5,774 8,931 -- 205,289 205,289 Selling, general and administrative expenses.......... 170,823 5,015 8,159 512(3) 184,509 184,509 Special charges................... 20,797 -- -- (20,797)(4) -- -- ------------ ------- ------------ ----------- ------------ --------------- Operating income (loss)........... (1,036) 759 772 20,285 20,780 20,780 Interest income (expense) - net... (5,358) -- (181) 1,986(5) (3,553) (2,869) Other - net....................... 276 -- 45 -- 321 321 ------------ ------- ------------ ----------- ------------ --------------- Income (loss) before taxes on income, minority interest and equity in earnings of affiliates........................ (6,118) 759 636 22,271 17,548 18,232 Taxes on income................... 5,126 296 166 1,951(6) 7,539 7,810 Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries...................... 509 -- -- 15(7) 524 524 Equity in earnings of affiliates........................ 1,537 -- -- (112)(8) 1,425 1,425 ------------ ------- ------------ ----------- ------------ --------------- Net income (loss)................. $(10,216) $ 463 $ 470 $ 20,193 $ 10,910 $ 11,323 ------------ ------- ------------ ----------- ------------ --------------- ------------ ------- ------------ ----------- ------------ --------------- Pro forma net income per common share............................. $ 0.61 $ 0.63 ------------ --------------- ------------ --------------- Pro forma weighted average common and common stock equivalent shares outstanding............... 17,772 17,952 ------------ --------------- ------------ ---------------
- ------------ (1) Gives effect to (i) the Acquisitions and 45.9 shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection therewith and (ii) the sale of 5,090 shares in the Company's initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom to reduce debt. (2) Adjusted to give effect to the interest savings, net of taxes, from the application of net proceeds from this Offering to repay debt and issuance of shares of Common Stock at the estimated price of $37.00 per share sufficient to fund such repayment. (3) To adjust selling, general and administrative expenses for (i) $375 of increased general and administrative expenses incurred by the Company in connection with one of the Acquisitions, (ii) amortization of goodwill and non-compete agreements of $637 arising from the Acquisitions, and (iii) the elimination of non-recurring shareholder compensation incurred in connection with one of the Acquisitions of $500. Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over 30 years based on the expected benefit period. The non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over lives ranging from 5 to 7 years. (4) To eliminate non-recurring special management compensation. (5) To reflect (i) an increase of $2,117 in interest expense due to additional borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility and other debt incurred to finance the Acquisitions, calculated based on an average interest rate of 8.3% which approximates the incremental borrowing rate in effect for the respective periods, and (ii) reflect a reduction in interest expense resulting from assumed repayment of debt from proceeds of the initial public offering. If interest rates were to vary /1 4% from the assumed rates, the effect on pro forma net income would be approximately $11, and there would not be any effect on pro forma net income per common share. (6) To eliminate the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments in (3) through (5) above and the adjustment of income taxes on certain of the Acquisitions to an estimated combined rate of 40%. (7) To record the minority interests in the income of certain of the Acquisitions. (8) To record equity in net income of one of the Acquisitions. 19 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. OVERVIEW The Company's results of operations in recent years have been significantly impacted by strategies and transactions undertaken by the Company to expand its business, both domestically and internationally, in part to address significant changes in the healthcare industry, including potential national healthcare reform, trends toward managed care, cuts in Medicare, consolidation of healthcare distribution companies and collective purchasing arrangements. The Company's results of operations in recent years have also been impacted by the Reorganization. See "Reorganization." The Company's net sales have grown at a compounded annual rate of approximately 21.6%, from $282.1 million in 1991 to $616.2 million in 1995. This growth reflects increased direct marketing activities by the Company in serving its dental customers and the utilization by the Company of its sales and marketing strategies and cost effective infrastructure to expand the Company's presence in the medical and veterinary markets. During this same period, the Company established distribution capabilities in Europe, introduced practice management software products and consummated 29 acquisitions and joint ventures. Since 1991, the Company has expanded its field sales force to include approximately 50 field sales consultants who focus exclusively on the medical market. The Company has also expanded the number of SKUs offered to each of the medical and veterinary markets to over 15,000 at March 30, 1996. In addition, the Company has increased the number of direct mailings to physicians and veterinarians and its outbound telesales contacts to these professionals. During this period of increased focus on the medical and veterinary markets, the Company's net sales to these markets increased from $59.9 million in 1991 to $164.7 million in 1995, representing a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 28.6%. For the three months ended March 30, 1996, net sales to the medical and veterinary markets represented 26.2% of the Company's total net sales. Commencing in 1990, the Company began to pursue opportunities in international markets. The Company established local distribution centers, hired telesales personnel and field sales consultants, entered into joint ventures with companies serving international customers and acquired local distributors. The Company's net sales to such markets increased from $23.6 million in 1991 to $107.7 million in 1995. At March 30, 1996, the Company operated subsidiaries or joint ventures in the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, France, Spain and Ireland which generated approximately 19.6% of the Company's net sales for the three months ended March 30, 1996. From 1993 through 1995, the Company entered into joint ventures with or acquired three medical distributors and 21 dental distributors, the most significant of which were Van den Braak and Veratex, which were acquired in November 1993 and July 1995, respectively. Van den Braak had net sales of approximately $10.6 million in the fiscal year ended December 25, 1993, while Veratex had net sales of approximately $39.5 million in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994. Since December 31, 1995, the Company has acquired or entered into acquisition agreements with ten additional businesses. From 1992 through 1994, the Company was a party to a series of transactions leading to the Reorganization that resulted in, among other things, the Company being separated from Holdings and the distribution of shares of the Common Stock of the Company to its then current stockholders. In December 1992, an executive officer of the Company received certain stock grants in the Company and Schein Pharmaceutical valued at approximately $6.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively, and cash of approximately $5.3 million to pay income taxes on the stock grants received. These stock grants were 20 subject to the occurrence of certain future events, including the fulfillment of the employment term by the executive officer. Accordingly, these stock grants, totaling $8.8 million, were treated as deferred compensation while the cash payments were charged to earnings as special management compensation in the year ended December 26, 1992. During 1993, the Company amortized the deferred compensation relating to stock grants by the Company to the executive officer resulting in a charge to earnings of $0.6 million. In 1994, the contingencies relating to the stock granted to the executive officer were eliminated, such that these shares became fully vested. Accordingly, deferred compensation of $8.8 million, less the 1993 amortization of $0.6 million, plus a mark-to-market adjustment (because of certain repurchase features) of approximately $9.1 million, along with a $0.3 million cash payment for income taxes relating to the 1992 stock grants, was expensed in 1994 as special management compensation. In addition, in connection with the Reorganization, certain senior management of the Company were issued shares of Common Stock of the Company in 1994 and 1995 to extinguish an obligation under a pre-existing long-term incentive plan and to provide them with an ownership interest in the Company. In connection with the issuance of the shares, a cash payment for income taxes relating to such stock issuances of approximately $2.4 million was paid. This cash bonus, plus $3.5 million, the fair value of the related stock issued, net of amounts accrued under the long-term incentive plan of approximately $1.9 million, resulted in an additional special management compensation charge to the Company of approximately $4.0 million in 1994. Charges to earnings for the year ended 1995 related to a mark-to-market adjustment (because of certain repurchase features) for stock grants made to an executive officer of the Company and the stock issuances of the other senior management of approximately $15.5 million and cash payments of $0.5 million for income taxes related to the stock issuances. Due to the elimination of repurchase features on the stock issued to the executive officers of the Company and other senior management upon closing of the initial public offering in the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company incurred special management compensation charges of approximately $2.0 million for an additional mark-to-market adjustment to reflect the difference between the actual initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and the prior estimated initial public offering price of $15.00 per share. Additionally, the Company has granted certain employees options for shares of the Company's Common Stock which became exercisable upon the Company's initial public offering on November 3, 1995, at which time substantially all such options vested. Non-recurring special compensation charges for the options issued to employees recorded in the fourth quarter of 1995 amounted to approximately $2.8 million. In addition, the Company recorded an approximate $1.1 million related tax benefit. Special charges for special management compensation and special professional fees incurred in connection with the Reorganization aggregated $0.6 million, $7.5 million, $2.8 million, $23.6 million and $20.8 million for 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. There were no special management compensation charges incurred in each of the three month periods ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996. In addition, in 1993 the Company incurred special contingent consideration charges of $0.7 million and $2.5 million in connection with an acquisition and the buyout of employees' rights to future income contained in their employment agreements, respectively. In November 1995, the Company completed an initial public offering of 7,089,750 shares of its Common Stock. In the offering, the Company sold 5,090,000 shares of Common Stock at an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, and used the net proceeds primarily to repay amounts outstanding under the Company's revolving credit agreement. Since the initial public offering, the Company has completed five acquisitions and has entered into agreements to acquire an additional five companies. Together, these companies generated approximately $80 million in sales in 1995, and collectively serve office-based healthcare practitioners in the dental, dental laboratory and medical markets. These acquisitions further the Company's acquisition growth strategies of leveraging its existing infrastructure, acquiring regional distributors with networks of field sales consultants and 21 expanding the Company's network of equipment sales and service centers. Through the acquisitions that have been completed as well as additional hirings, the Company has increased its domestic field sales consultants from approximately 200 at the time of the initial public offering to approximately 250 at May 31, 1996. In addition, in December 1995, the Company introduced a new Windows(R) version of its dental practice management software and has sold over 2,700 such units through the first quarter of 1996. The Company has also recently introduced ArubA(R), an enhanced Windows(R) version of its computerized order entry system, which also contains an electronic catalog. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the net sales by market of the Company and the percentage change in such items for the years ended 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended April 1, 1995 compared to the three months ended March 30, 1996.
PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES PERCENTAGE INCREASE ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------- THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, YEARS ENDED, THREE MONTHS ENDED, 1995 TO ------------------------------------------ --------------------------- THREE MONTHS DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 TO 1994 TO ENDED MARCH 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 1994 1995 30, 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------- ------- -------------- NET SALES BY MARKET: Dental(1).......... 59.1% 54.7% 51.6% 52.8% 51.0% 8.4% 19.4% 31.6% Medical............ 18.9 20.1 21.9 19.8 21.6 24.5 37.9 49.1 Veterinary......... 5.8 5.7 4.8 4.9 4.6 14.6 6.5 26.9 Technology(2)...... 1.9 2.2 4.2 4.1 3.2 38.1 142.1 5.9 International(3)... 14.3 17.3 17.5 18.4 19.6 41.2 28.4 45.2 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 17.1 26.6 36.3 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
- ------------ (1) Dental consists of the Company's dental sales in the United States and Canada. (2) Technology consists of the Company's practice management software sales and sales of certain other value-added products and services. (3) International consists of sales (substantially all dental) to customers outside the United States and Canada, primarily in Europe. Three Months Ended March 30, 1996 Compared to Three Months Ended April 1, 1995 Net sales increased $49.4 million, or 36.3%, to $185.4 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from $136.0 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995. Of the $49.4 million increase, approximately $22.7 million represented a 31.6% increase in the Company's dental business, $13.2 million represented a 49.1% increase in its medical business, $11.3 million represented a 45.2% increase in its international business, $1.8 million represented a 26.9% increase in its veterinary business and $0.4 million represented a 5.9% increase in the Company's technology business. The dental net sales increase was primarily the result of the Company's increased emphasis on its integrated sales and marketing approach (which coordinates the efforts of its field sales consultants with its direct marketing and telesales personnel), entering the U.S. market for large dental equipment and acquisitions. Of the approximately $13.2 million increase in medical net sales, approximately $6.1 million, or 46.2%, represented increased net sales to renal dialysis centers, with the effects of acquisitions and increased outbound telesales activity primarily accounting for the balance of the increase in net sales. In the international market, the increase in net sales was primarily due to acquisitions and increased unit volume growth. In the veterinary market, the increase in net sales was primarily due to increased account penetration. 22 Gross profit increased by $14.6 million, or 36.2%, to $54.9 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996, from $40.3 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995, while gross profit margin remained consistent at 29.6% for the same period. The $14.6 million increase in gross profit was primarily due to increased account penetration and the effects of acquisitions. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $12.9 million, or 34.6%, to $50.2 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from $37.3 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995. Selling and shipping expenses increased by $10.5 million, or 44.3%, to $34.2 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from $23.7 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995. As a percentage of net sales, selling and shipping expenses increased 1.0% to 18.4% for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from 17.4% for the three months ended April 1, 1995. The increase in selling and shipping expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to an increase in the number of field sales consultants. General and administrative expenses increased $2.4 million, or 17.6%, to $16.0 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from $13.6 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995, primarily as a result of acquisitions. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses decreased 1.4% to 8.6% for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from 10.0% for the three months ended April 1, 1995 due primarily to the relatively fixed nature of general and administrative expenses when compared to the 36.3% increase in sales volume for the same period. Interest expense--net decreased $0.6 million, or 50.0%, to $0.6 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from $1.2 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in interest expense which resulted from a decline in average interest rates to 7.2% for the three months ended March 30, 1996 from 8.0% for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and a $10.7 million decrease in the Company's average borrowings which primarily resulted from the availability of additional equity capital from the Company's initial public offering in November 1995, reduced by cash used for acquisitions. Equity in earnings of affiliates increased by $0.1 million to $0.1 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996. This increase in equity in earnings of affiliates was primarily due to the acquisition of an unconsolidated affiliate during the fourth quarter of 1995. For the three months ended March 30, 1996, the Company's provision for taxes was $1.8 million, while pre-tax income was $4.0 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 44.1%. The difference between the effective tax rate and the Federal statutory rate relates primarily to state income taxes and currently non-deductible net operating losses of certain foreign subsidiaries in France, which are not included in the Company's consolidated tax return. For the three months ended April 1, 1995, the Company's provision for taxes was $0.8 million, while pre-tax income was $1.9 million. The effective tax rate of 41.9% for the three months ended April 1, 1995 differed from the Federal statutory rate, primarily due to state income taxes. 1995 Compared to 1994 Net sales increased $129.6 million, or 26.6%, to $616.2 million in 1995 from $486.6 million in 1994. Of the $129.6 million increase, approximately $51.7 million represented a 19.4% increase in the Company's dental business, $37.1 million represented a 37.9% increase in its medical business, $23.8 million represented a 28.4% increase in its international business, $15.2 million represented a 142.1% increase in its technology business and $1.8 million represented a 6.5% increase in the Company's veterinary business. The dental net sales increase, after taking into consideration acquisitions, was primarily due to the Company's increase in field sales consultants and telesales personnel, database marketing programs and promotional activities. Of the approximately $37.1 million increase in medical net sales, approximately $17.0 million, or 45.8%, represents incremental net sales to renal dialysis centers, with the effects of acquisitions and increased telesales personnel accounting for the other major increase in net sales. In the international market, the increase in net sales was due to the full year benefit of an acquisition made in France in July 1994, acquisitions made in 1995, increased unit volume growth 23 and favorable exchange rate translation adjustments. The increase in net sales for the Company's technology market was primarily the result of an increase in unit sales due to the release of the new Windows(R) version of Easy Dental(R) Plus software in December 1995 and substantial price increases. The increased pricing on the Easy Dental(R) Plus software product was accompanied by substantial sales promotions and related expense. In the veterinary market, the Company now earns a commission on certain products which the manufacturer now sells direct. Including those sales on a basis similar to 1994, sales to the veterinary market would have increased by approximately 20.0%. Gross profit increased by $47.9 million, or 33.6%, to $190.6 million in 1995, from $142.7 million in 1994, while gross profit margin increased by 1.6% to 30.9% from 29.3% for the same period. Of the 1.6% increase in gross profit margin, approximately 87.5%, or 1.4%, was primarily attributed to increased sales volume of the Company's Easy Dental(R) Plus software, which carried a higher gross profit margin than other products sold by the Company. The higher net sales volume for the Company's technology business, up 142.1% to $25.9 million from $10.7 million for the same period last year, was primarily due to the release of the new Windows(R) version of Easy Dental(R) Plus software, which increased unit sales, coupled with substantial price increases. The increased pricing on the Easy Dental(R) Plus software product was accompanied with substantial sales promotions. The balance of the change in gross profit margin was due to changes in product mix. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $42.2 million, or 32.8%, to $170.8 million in 1995 from $128.6 million in 1994. Selling and shipping expenses increased by $34.8 million, or 44.8%, to $112.5 million in 1995 from $77.7 million in 1994. As a percentage of net sales, selling and shipping expenses increased 2.4% to 18.3% in 1995 from 15.9% in 1994. The increase in selling and shipping expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to substantial sales promotions offered by the Company's technology group in conjunction with the promotion of Easy Dental(R) Plus software and the new Windows(R) version released in December 1995, which accounted for approximately 0.9% of the 2.4% increase in selling and shipping expenses as a percentage of net sales. The balance of the increase was due primarily to various promotional programs and incremental field sales and marketing personnel. General and administrative expenses increased $7.4 million, or 14.5%, to $58.3 million in 1995 from $50.9 million in 1994, primarily as a result of acquisitions. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses decreased 1.0% to 9.5% in 1995 from 10.5% in 1994 due primarily to the relatively fixed nature of general and administrative expenses when compared to the 26.6% increase in sales volume for the same period. Special charges decreased by $2.8 million to $20.8 million for 1995, from $23.6 million for 1994. Special charges for 1995 included final, non-cash mark-to-market adjustments of approximately $17.5 million for stock grants made to an executive officer of the Company and stock issuances to other senior management and approximately $2.8 million for options granted to certain employees of the Company to acquire shares of the Company's Common Stock, and cash payments of approximately $0.5 million for income taxes related to the stock issuances to other senior management. In addition, the Company recorded an approximate $1.1 million related tax benefit. Interest expense--net increased $1.9 million, or 54.3%, to $5.4 million in 1995 from $3.5 million in 1994. This increase was due to two factors: average interest rates rose to 8.3% in 1995 from 6.4% in 1994, and the Company's average borrowings increased by $11.3 million in 1995 as compared to 1994 as a result of higher working capital requirements and financing of acquisitions. Equity in earnings of affiliates increased by $1.0 million, or 200.0%, to $1.5 million in 1995 from $0.5 million in 1994. This increase in equity in earnings of affiliates was primarily due to an increase in earnings of one unconsolidated affiliate which was the result of increased sales volume and the acquisition of another unconsolidated affiliate during the fourth quarter of 1995. In 1995, the Company's provision for taxes was $5.1 million, while the pre-tax loss was $6.1 million. The difference between the tax provision and the amount that would have been recoverable by applying the statutory rate to pre-tax loss was attributable substantially to the non-deductibility for 24 income tax purposes of the $17.5 million appreciation in the value of the stock issued to an executive officer and other senior management of the Company. On a pro forma basis, to give effect to special charges, taxes on income for 1995 were $6.3 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 42.9%. The difference between the pro forma effective tax rate and the Federal statutory rate relates primarily to state income taxes and currently non-deductible net operating losses of certain foreign subsidiaries, primarily in France, which are not included in the Company's consolidated tax return. In 1994, the income tax recovery was $1.6 million, while the pre-tax loss was $12.4 million. The effective tax rate of the Company for 1994 differed from the Federal statutory rate, primarily due to non-deductible special charges of approximately $9.1 million arising from the appreciation in the value of stock issued to an executive officer of the Company and currently non-deductible net operating losses of certain foreign subsidiaries. 1994 Compared to 1993 Net sales increased $70.9 million, or 17.1%, to $486.6 million in 1994 from $415.7 million in 1993. Of the $70.9 million increase, $24.5 million represented a 41.2% increase in the Company's international business, $20.6 million and $19.3 million represented an 8.4% and 24.5% increase in the Company's dental and medical businesses, respectively, and $3.0 million represented a 38.1% increase in net sales of the Company's technology products. The net sales increase for the Company's international business was the result of the full year benefit of certain acquisitions in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, which took place in July and October, respectively, of 1993 and comprised $12.1 million and $5.1 million, respectively, of the 1994 international net sales increase. Dental net sales increases were primarily due to the Company's increase in telesales personnel and field sales consultants, database marketing programs and promotional activities. Medical net sales of products to renal dialysis centers increased $9.9 million over 1993, while net sales to podiatrists increased $4.5 million as the result of an acquisition of a medical supply company in August 1994. Additionally, net sales of a medical supply company acquired in November 1992 increased 66.2% over 1993. Net sales of technology products increased primarily due to increased unit net sales and price increases on the Company's Easy Dental(R) Plus software product, which accounted for the 1994 increase. The Company's gross profit increased by $21.7 million, or 17.9%, to $142.7 million in 1994 from $121.0 million in 1993. Of the $21.7 million increase, approximately $8.9 million, or 41.0%, was attributable to the Company's international business, and $9.0 million, or 41.5%, was attributable to the Company's dental business. The gross profit increase for the Company's international business reflects the full year benefit of certain acquisitions in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, which took place in July and October, respectively, of 1993 and comprised $4.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of the 1994 increase. The Company's dental gross profit increase was primarily due to higher unit sales and increased sales of Henry Schein brand products. The overall increase in gross profit margin to 29.3% from 29.1% was primarily due to increased sales of higher margin products and higher margins realized on the Company's Easy Dental(R) Plus products, offset in part by lower gross profit margins on the Company's medical business, which decreased from 26.0% in 1993 to 21.7% in 1994 as a result of increased price competition and increased sales of lower margin products to renal dialysis centers. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $19.0 million, or 17.3%, to $128.6 million in 1994 from $109.6 million in 1993. Selling and shipping expenses increased by $14.9 million, or 23.7%, to $77.7 million in 1994 from $62.8 million in 1993. The increase in selling and shipping expenses was due to increased sales volume, the full year impact of certain acquisitions in the United Kingdom and The Netherlands, an increase in promotional activities relating to the sale of Easy Dental(R) Plus software and the impact of an acquisition. As a percentage of net sales, selling and shipping expenses increased 0.8% to 15.9% in 1994 from 15.1% in 1993. This increase was due to the full year impact of certain acquisitions in The Netherlands and the United Kingdom, and the acquisition of a medical supply company in 1994. General and administrative expenses increased $4.1 25 million, or 8.8%, to $50.9 million in 1994 from $46.8 million in 1993. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses decreased 0.8% to 10.5% in 1994 from 11.3% in 1993. Special charges increased by $17.5 million to $23.6 million from $6.1 million for 1993. Special charges included approximately $21.3 million in special management compensation expense, an additional cash payment of $0.3 million for additional income taxes resulting from 1992 stock grants, and approximately $2.0 million in special professional fees. The significant increase in special management compensation expense was the result of the completion of the Reorganization which caused certain stock grants awarded an executive officer of the Company valued at $17.3 million to become fully vested, and the issuance of stock valued at $3.5 million to certain senior management of the Company along with cash payments for income taxes of approximately $2.4 million, net of prior executive incentive plan accruals of $1.9 million. Charges to earnings in connection with the stock grants and issuances ceased upon the closing of the initial public offering when the contingent buy-back features relating to these stock grants and issuances terminated. Interest expense--net increased $1.1 million, or 48.5%, to $3.5 million in 1994 from $2.4 million in 1993. The increase was primarily due to an increase in average debt of $9.9 million in 1994 offset in part by decreased average interest rates of 6.4% in 1994 from 6.6% in 1993. Other income (expense)--net increased $1.1 million to income of $0.5 million in 1994 from an expense of $0.6 million in 1993. This increase was primarily attributable to a foreign exchange gain of approximately $0.5 million. Equity in earnings of affiliates decreased by $0.8 million, or 61.9%, to $0.5 million in 1994 from $1.3 million in 1993. This decrease in equity in earnings of affiliates was primarily due to decreased sales volume as a result of increased competition for the products sold by an unconsolidated 50%-owned company. Taxes on income (recovery) decreased $3.0 million, to a recovery of $1.6 million in 1994 from an expense of $1.4 million in 1993 due primarily to the recognition in 1994 of certain Reorganization expenses amounting to $14.5 million. The effective tax recovery rate for 1994 was lower than the statutory rate due primarily to non-deductible special management compensation charges of approximately $9.1 million and currently non-deductible net operating losses of certain foreign subsidiaries. Inflation Management does not believe inflation had a material adverse effect on the financial statements for the periods presented. Effect of Recently Issued Accounting Standards Recently issued accounting standards applicable to the Company include Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 ("SFAS No. 121"), "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," which establishes accounting standards for, among other things, the impairment of long-lived assets, and certain identifiable intangibles and goodwill. SFAS No. 121 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995 and has not had any effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company does not intend to adopt the fair value method of accounting for stock options as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." 26 QUARTERLY RESULTS The following table sets forth summary quarterly unaudited financial information for 1994 and 1995, and the first quarter of 1996, excluding non-recurring special charges and the related tax effects. In the opinion of management, this quarterly information has been prepared on a basis consistent with the Company's audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and reflects all necessary adjustments (consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments) for a fair presentation of such unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and the notes thereto. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period and there can be no assurance that any trends reflected in such results will continue in the future.
1996 QUARTER 1994 QUARTERS ENDED 1995 QUARTERS ENDED ENDED ------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------ --------- MARCH 26, JUNE 25, SEPT. 24, DEC. 31, APRIL 1, JULY 1, SEPT. 30, DEC. 30, MARCH 30, 1994 1994 1994 1994 1995 1995 1995 1995 1996 --------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Net sales......... $ 108,356 $115,793 $ 122,695 $139,766 $136,040 $139,753 $ 156,667 $183,749 $ 185,359 Gross profit...... 31,695 33,708 34,998 42,287 40,315 42,107 48,090 60,072 54,949 Operating income............ 1,876 3,347 4,516 4,389 2,986 4,689 5,188 6,898 4,704 Net income........ 881 1,520 1,577 3,000 936 2,066 2,093 4,312 2,464 Earnings per share............. .07 .13 .13 .25 .08 .17 .17 .26 .13
The Company's business has been subject to seasonal and other quarterly influences. Net sales and operating profits have been generally higher in the fourth quarter due to the timing of sales of software, year-end promotions and purchasing patterns of office-based healthcare practitioners and have been generally lower in the first quarter due primarily to the increased purchases in the prior quarter. Quarterly results also may be materially affected by a variety of other factors, including the timing of acquisitions and related costs, the release of software enhancements, timing of purchases, special promotional campaigns, fluctuations in exchange rates associated with international operations and adverse weather conditions. RISK MANAGEMENT The Company has operations in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, France, the Republic of Ireland and Spain. Each of the Company's operations endeavors to protect its margins by using foreign currency forward contracts to hedge the estimated foreign currency payments to foreign vendors. The total U.S. dollar equivalent of all foreign currency forward contracts hedging vendor payments was $4.8 million as of the end of the first quarter in 1996. The gain (or loss) on the income statement due to foreign currency fluctuations, net of a one-time gain of approximately $0.5 million in 1994 resulting from hedging the Van den Braak acquisition loan described below, was $0.2 for 1995 and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996. The Company considers its investment in foreign operations to be both long term and strategic. As a result, the Company does not hedge the long term translation exposure to its balance sheet. The Company experienced a positive translation adjustment of $0.3 million in 1995, and a negative translation adjustment of $0.4 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996, which were reflected in the balance sheet as an adjustment to stockholders' equity. The cumulative translation adjustment at the end of the first quarter of 1996 showed a net negative translation adjustment of $0.6 million. The Company issues a Canadian catalog once a year with prices stated in Canadian dollars; however, orders are shipped from the Company's United States warehouses resulting in U.S. dollar costs for Canadian dollar sales. To minimize the exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, the Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts with major international banks and 27 an unconsolidated 50%-owned company to convert estimated monthly Canadian dollar receipts into U.S. dollars. The Company usually enters into these forward contracts prior to the issuance of its Canadian catalog and for the expected life of the catalog. As of March 30, 1996, the Company had 19 forward contracts outstanding for the forward sale of 5.7 million Canadian dollars. The last of the contracts expire on December 27, 1996; however, the Company anticipates entering into new contracts in the normal course of its business. The Company borrowed money in U.S. dollars under a term loan related to the Van den Braak acquisition. The Company loaned the proceeds to Henry Schein B.V. in Netherland Guilders ("NLG") with principal and interest payable in NLGs. To minimize the resultant exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, the Company entered into a series of foreign currency forward contracts to sell NLGs for U.S. dollars. As of March 30, 1996, the Company had 10 contracts outstanding for the forward sale of NLG 8.2 million. The last contract expires on October 31, 1997. The Company entered into two interest rate swaps with major financial institutions to exchange variable rate interest for fixed rate interest. The net result was to substitute a weighted average fixed interest rate of 7.81% for the variable LIBOR rate on $13.0 million of the Company's debt. The interest rate swaps expire in October and November of 2001. The Company from time to time makes loans to its international subsidiaries. These loans are generally in the local currency of the subsidiary. The Company generally uses forward contracts to fully hedge the foreign currency exposure on these loans. As of March 30, 1996, the United States dollar value equivalent of the Company's three foreign currency forward contracts was $0.8 million. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES The Company's principal capital requirements have been to fund (a) working capital needs resulting from increased sales, extended payment terms on various products and special inventory buying opportunities, (b) capital expenditures and (c) acquisitions. Since sales have been strongest during the fourth quarter and special inventory buying opportunities are most prevalent just before the end of the year, the Company's working capital requirements have been generally higher from the end of the third quarter to the end of the first quarter of the following year. The Company currently finances its business primarily through a revolving credit facility. Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities for 1993, 1994, 1995, the three months ended April 1, 1995 and the three months ended March 30, 1996, was ($3.3 million), $6.3 million, ($10.8 million), ($2.6 million) and ($16.0 million), respectively. Cash used in operating activities decreased from 1992 to 1993 primarily due to higher net income, as well as greater net cash due to the net effects of certain non-cash charges in excess of non-cash benefits and a reduction in current assets, were in part offset by reductions in trade payables and accrued expenses. The increase in cash provided by operating activities from 1993 to 1994 was primarily due to increases in trade payables and the net effects of certain non-cash charges in excess of non-cash benefits were in part offset by increases in trade receivables and a net loss. The increase in cash used in operating activities from 1994 to 1995 was primarily due to a net loss, as well as increases in trade receivables and the net effects of certain non- cash charges in excess of non-cash benefits, were in part offset by increases in trade payables. The increase in cash used in operating activities for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and the three months ended March 30, 1996 was primarily due to increases in trade receivables and decreases in trade payables, were in part offset by decreases in inventories and net income. Net cash used in investing activities increased $1.6 million in 1993 to $4.9 million; $3.0 million in 1994 to $7.9 million; $21.6 million to $29.5 million in 1995 and $1.3 million for the three months ended March 30, 1996 to $3.7 million from $2.4 million for the three months ended April 1, 1995. Cash used in investing activities has primarily been attributable to business acquisitions in 1995 and capital 28 expenditures with respect to the opening of a distribution facility in 1993, a new corporate headquarters in 1994 and the opening of new facilities in Europe and the United States in 1995. Net cash provided by financing activities was $6.2 million, $3.7 million, $43.4 million, $6.7 million and $19.7 million for 1993, 1994, 1995, the three months ended April 1, 1995 and the three months ended March 30, 1996, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities decreased in 1994 as cash flow from operating activities increased by $9.6 million. Net cash provided by financing activities increased in 1995 due primarily to proceeds from the Company's initial public offering, which financed, among other things, capital expenditures, additional working capital requirements and business acquisitions. Net cash provided by financing activities increased in the three months ended March 30, 1996 due primarily to additional long-term borrowings to finance additional working capital requirements and business acquisitions. The Company entered into a $45.0 million revolving credit facility on September 30, 1993 that was amended and restated on July 5, 1995 to increase the facility to $65.0 million. Borrowings under the facility were $35.8 million, $17.0 million and $39.0 million at the end of 1994, at the end of 1995 and at March 30, 1996, respectively. At March 30, 1996, the Company's main revolving credit facility was unsecured. In addition, the Company's subsidiaries have revolving credit facilities that total approximately $13.9 million. On May 5, 1995 the Company entered into a 12-year straight amortization term loan for $1.2 million. In addition, the Company has borrowed funds in connection with its operations in Europe. See "Risk Management." The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions completed during fiscal 1995 and through May 31, 1996 was approximately $26.0 million and $8.0 million, respectively, payable $16.4 million and $8.0 million in cash and $9.6 million and $0 million in notes, respectively. The cash portion of the purchase price was primarily funded by the Company's revolving credit facility. The use of proceeds from the initial public offering, completed in November 1995, included a pay-down of the Company's revolving credit facility and the pay-off of certain 1995 acquisition notes, as well as other existing debt. Certain of the acquisitions call for contingent payments if certain financial targets are met. In addition, with respect to certain acquisitions and ventures, minority shareholders have the right at certain times to require the Company to acquire their shares at either fair market value or a formula price based on earnings of the entity. The Company believes that its anticipated cash flow from operations, as well as the availability of funds under its existing credit agreements and the net proceeds of this offering, will provide it with liquidity sufficient to meet its currently foreseeable capital needs. 29 BUSINESS GENERAL The Company is the largest direct marketer of healthcare products and services to office-based healthcare practitioners in the combined North American and European markets. The Company sells products and services to approximately 230,000 customers in markets the Company estimates exceeded $9.0 billion in sales in 1995. The Company's customers are primarily dental practices and dental laboratories, as well as physician practices, veterinary clinics and institutions. In 1995, the Company sold products to over 65% of the estimated 100,000 dental practices in the United States. The Company believes that there is strong awareness of the "Henry Schein" name among office-based healthcare practitioners due to its more than 60 years of experience in distributing healthcare products. Through its comprehensive catalogs and other direct sales and marketing programs, the Company offers its customers a broad product selection of both branded and private brand products which include approximately 50,000 SKUs in North America and approximately 35,000 SKUs in Europe at published prices that the Company believes are below those of many of its competitors. The Company also offers various value-added products and services, such as practice management software. As of March 30, 1996, the Company had sold over 16,000 dental practice management software systems, more than any of its competitors. The Company's activities are conducted by the Company; by its subsidiaries, including Henry Schein UK Holdings Limited in the United Kingdom Schein Dental Equipment and S&S Dental Supply, Inc., each of which distributes dental products, and Zahn Holdings, Inc., which distributes dental laboratory products, as well as their respective subsidiaries; and by 50%-or-less owned entities, including HS Pharmaceutical and its subsidiaries, which are engaged in the manufacture and distribution of certain generic pharmaceutical products. The Company intends to increase its sales to existing dental customers by intensifying its direct marketing efforts, by offering additional products and services, and by augmenting its direct marketing and telesales efforts with additional field sales consultants. The Company, which had traditionally focused primarily on the dental market, is currently utilizing these strategies and its cost-effective infrastructure to further expand into the medical and veterinary markets. Net sales to these markets increased from $59.9 million in 1991 to $164.7 million in 1995, which represented 26.7% of the Company's net sales in 1995. In 1990, the Company established marketing and distribution capabilities in Europe. Net sales in international markets have increased from $23.6 million in 1991 to $107.7 million in 1995, which represented 17.5% of the Company's net sales in 1995. The Company was formed on December 23, 1992 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. At that time, Holdings conducted the business in which the Company is now engaged and, in addition, owned 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Schein Pharmaceutical, a company engaged in the manufacture and distribution of multi-source pharmaceutical products. In December 1992, Holdings separated the Company's business from Schein Pharmaceutical by transferring to the Company all of the assets (including Holdings' 50% interest in HS Pharmaceutical) and liabilities of the healthcare distribution business now conducted by the Company. The Company did not assume any other liabilities of Holdings, including the liabilities associated with Schein Pharmaceutical's business. In February 1994, the Company, Holdings and their stockholders entered into a number of reorganization agreements, and in September 1994, pursuant to such agreements, all of the Common Stock held by Holdings was distributed to certain of the current stockholders of the Company. For a more complete description of these transactions, see "Reorganization." INDUSTRY OVERVIEW The Company distributes its products, supplies and equipment primarily to office-based healthcare practitioners in the dental, medical and veterinary markets. 30 Dental. According to industry estimates, United States sales of dental supplies and equipment have increased from $1.9 billion in 1992 to more than $2.2 billion in 1995. In addition, according to industry estimates, in 1995 there were approximately 130,000 active dentists serving the United States marketplace in about 100,000 dental practices. Based upon such information, the Company believes that the average annual purchase of dental supplies and equipment in 1995 was approximately $17,000 per dentist. The Company estimates that the European market for dental supplies and equipment was more than $2.3 billion in 1995. Medical. According to industry estimates, United States sales of medical supplies and equipment to office-based physicians were more than $4.0 billion in 1995. In addition, according to industry estimates, in 1995 there were approximately 390,000 office-based physicians serving the United States marketplace, and based upon such information, the Company believes that the average annual purchase of medical supplies and equipment in 1995 was approximately $10,000 per office-based physician. Veterinary. According to industry estimates, United States sales of supplies and equipment to veterinarians whose practices are directed primarily to small animals were approximately $500 million in 1995 (excluding sales of food products, which the Company does not distribute). In addition, according to industry estimates, in 1995 there were approximately 35,000 veterinarians whose practices were directed primarily to small animals, practicing in approximately 21,000 small animal veterinary clinics in the United States. Based upon such information, the Company believes that the average annual purchase of supplies and equipment in 1995 was approximately $14,000 per veterinarian. The office-based healthcare practitioner industry in the United States is highly fragmented and geographically diverse. The industry ranges from sole practitioners working out of relatively small offices to group practices or service corporations comprised of a few to a large number of practitioners who have combined or otherwise associated their practices. Due in part to the inability of office-based practitioners to store and manage large quantities of supplies in their offices, the distribution of healthcare supplies and small equipment to office-based practitioners has traditionally been characterized by frequent, small quantity orders, and a need for rapid, reliable and substantially complete order fulfillment. The purchasing decision within an office-based healthcare practice is typically made by the practitioner or by an administrative assistant, and supplies and small equipment are generally purchased from more than one healthcare product distributor. As a result, distributors serving office-based healthcare practitioners generally offer a wide selection of products at competitive prices. Most of the Company's large competitors rely on an extensive field sales force to generate sales leads and to take and service orders. Other distributors utilize a direct response marketing approach, relying primarily on the use of direct mail catalogs and related marketing materials and in-house telesales representatives to generate orders. Certain direct marketers, including the Company, also utilize field sales personnel to enhance their relationships with their direct mail customers and to service and support the distribution of certain products and equipment that generally require a greater level of customer support. In recent years, the healthcare industry has increasingly focused on cost containment. This trend has benefitted distributors capable of providing a broad array of products and services at low prices. This trend has also accelerated the growth of HMOs, group practices, other managed care accounts and collective buying groups who, in addition to their emphasis on obtaining products at low prices, tend to favor distributors capable of producing specialized management information support. The Company believes that the trend towards cost containment has the potential to favorably impact demand for practice management systems and software that can enhance the efficiency and facilitate the management of the practitioner's specific practice. The supply industry serving office-based healthcare practitioners is highly fragmented, with numerous national distributors and approximately 900 regional distributors in North America and Europe serving the office-based practitioner market. The Company believes that consolidation within the supply industry serving office-based healthcare practitioners will result in a number of distributors, 31 particularly companies with limited financial and marketing resources, seeking to combine with larger companies that can provide expansion opportunities. This consolidation may also result in distributors seeking to acquire companies that can enhance their current product offerings, expand the services they can offer or provide opportunities for the distributor to serve a broader customer base. BUSINESS STRENGTHS The Company believes the following factors have been of principal importance in its ability to achieve its present position in the dental, medical and veterinary markets. Direct Sales and Marketing Expertise. The Company believes that its more than 60 years of experience in distributing products to healthcare practitioners and more than 30 years of direct marketing experience has resulted in strong awareness of the "Henry Schein" name among healthcare practitioners. The Company supports its direct marketing effort with approximately 400 telesales representatives who facilitate order processing and generate sales through direct and frequent contact with its customers. The Company maintains an in-house advertising department that produced more than 8.5 million pieces of direct marketing material during 1995, such as general and specialty catalogs, flyers and order stuffers, customized by market and country. The Company's database of approximately 600,000 office-based healthcare practitioners allows it to utilize customer segmentation techniques to more effectively market its products and services. Broad Product Offerings at Low Prices. The Company believes that it has one of the most extensive product offerings in each of the markets it serves. The Company presently offers approximately 50,000 SKUs to its North American customers and approximately 35,000 SKUs to its European customers. Over 80% of the Company's products in dollar volume are offered under national name brands, and the remainder are offered under the "Henry Schein" private brand. The Company believes its cost effective infrastructure enables it to offer products at prices below those of many of its competitors. In addition, the Company's pricing policy in the United States and Canada is to match its competitors' lowest advertised price. See "Competition." Through the breadth of its product offerings and its competitive prices, the Company strives to be a single source of supply to a wide variety of healthcare practitioners. Commitment to Superior Customer Service. As part of the Company's commitment to providing superior customer service, the Company offers its customers ease of order placement and rapid, accurate and complete order fulfillment, and the ability to order products 24-hours a day. Products can be ordered by mail, fax, telephone (either automated or by speaking to a telesales representative), or via a computerized order entry system. The Company estimates that approximately 99% of all items ordered in the United States and Canada are shipped without back ordering, and that approximately 99% of all orders in the United States and Canada received before 6:00 p.m. are shipped on the same day the order is received. In addition, the Company estimates that over 90% of orders are received by its customers within two days of placing the order. Cost-Effective Infrastructure. The Company's capital expenditures of approximately $18.0 million over the last three fiscal years have enabled it to operate more cost-effectively and achieve greater service efficiency at higher sales volumes. The Company believes that these enhancements, as well as its strategically located distribution centers in the United States and Europe, enable it to provide its customers with broad geographic coverage on a cost-effective basis. In addition, the Company believes that this infrastructure provides opportunities for the Company to service and support increased net sales without the need for commensurate increases in expenses. 32 GROWTH STRATEGY The Company believes that the continuing application of its business strengths, coupled with a focus on the following growth strategies, will enhance its ability to increase sales to existing dental customers, increase its medical customer base and increase sales to its veterinary customers. Increased Penetration of Existing Dental Customer Base. Over 65% of the estimated 100,000 dental practices in the United States are customers of the Company. The Company estimates that it had sales in 1995 of more than $10,000 to less than 10% of its dental customers in the United States, and therefore believes that it has an opportunity to increase its sales to a substantial number of its existing dental customers. The Company intends to accomplish this objective by (i) utilizing its current customer database to better focus its marketing efforts, (ii) increasing the number of field sales consultants, (iii) expanding its dental product and service offerings and (iv) increasing its focus on large corporate accounts. Increased Penetration of Medical Market. In 1985, the Company began to increase its focus on the medical market. The Company believes this market possesses many of the same characteristics as the dental market, and therefore, opportunities exist to increase its customer base by utilizing its core infrastructure and strength in direct marketing. The Company's net sales of medical products have grown from $44.0 million in 1991 to $135.0 million in 1995. The Company has approximately 50 field sales consultants exclusively dedicated to the medical market. The Company intends to expand its medical customer base by increasing the number of field sales consultants in selected markets, expanding its product offerings and increasing its focus on large corporate accounts. Increased Penetration of Existing Veterinary Customer Base. In 1985, the Company began to increase its focus on the veterinary market. The Company's net sales of veterinary products have grown from $16.0 million in 1991 to $29.7 million in 1995. In 1995, the Company sold products to more than 65% of the estimated 21,000 veterinary clinics in the United States. The Company estimates that it is the primary supplier of veterinary supplies to less than 5% of its veterinary customers in the United States, and therefore believes that it has an opportunity to increase its sales to a substantial number of its existing veterinary customers. The Company intends to increase its sales to its existing customers by utilizing its current customer database to better focus its marketing efforts. Acquisitions and Joint Ventures. The Company believes that consolidation within the supply industry serving office-based healthcare practitioners is continuing to create opportunities for the Company to acquire businesses or enter into joint ventures that can complement the Company's current business. During 1993 through 1995, the Company entered into joint ventures with, or acquired, an additional 21 businesses. From January 1, 1996 to May 31, 1996, the Company completed five acquisitions and has entered into agreements to acquire five other companies. The Other Recent and Pending Acquisitions which were reflected in the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations accounted for 4.5% and 6.0% of the Company's pro forma net sales and operating income, respectively, for the three months ended March 30, 1996. See "Risk Factors." Value-Added Products and Services. The Company offers its customers practice management software, assistance with arranging electronic claims processing and financing sources for patient billings and equipment, and large equipment installation and repair services. The Company intends to continue to market and expand these products and services. The Company believes that offering these products and services enhances its relationships with its customers, promotes customer loyalty and should increase sales of consumable supply products. International Expansion. Sales by the Company to customers located outside the United States and Canada have increased from approximately $23.6 million in 1991 to $107.7 million in 1995. Since 1990, the Company has established operating subsidiaries and joint ventures in the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, France, Republic of Ireland and Spain. The Company believes it is a leading distributor of healthcare products to dental practitioners in the United Kingdom and The 33 Netherlands. The Company intends to facilitate its expansion into new territories principally by entering into joint ventures and acquisitions with established local distributors. CUSTOMERS The Company serves approximately 230,000 customers worldwide in the dental, medical and veterinary markets. The Company's dental customers include office-based dental practices, dental laboratories, universities, institutions, governmental agencies and large group and corporate accounts; medical customers include office-based physician practices, podiatrists, renal dialysis centers, surgery centers, institutions and governmental agencies; and the Company's veterinary products are sold primarily to office-based veterinarians serving primarily small animals. Approximately 105,000, or 44.1%, of the Company's customers in 1995 were dental practices and laboratories in the United States and Canada. The Company's average annual sales to these customers was approximately $3,000 per customer in 1995. Medical and veterinary customers accounted for approximately 75,000 and 16,000, respectively, of the Company's total customers in 1995, or 31.5% and 6.7%, respectively. The average annual sales to its medical and veterinary customers in 1995 was approximately $1,800 and $1,900 per customer, respectively. International customers, which are predominantly dental practices and laboratories in Europe, totalled approximately 42,000, and accounted for 17.7% of the Company's total customers in 1995. The Company's average annual sales to these customers were approximately $2,600 per customer in 1995. The Company believes that its customers generally order from two or more suppliers for their healthcare product needs, and often use one supplier as their primary resource. The Company believes that its customers generally have larger order sizes and order more frequently from their primary suppliers. The Company estimates that it serves as a primary supplier to less than 10% of its total customer base, and believes it has an opportunity to increase sales by increasing its level of business with those customers for which it serves as a secondary supplier. Over the past several years the Company has expanded its customer base to include larger purchasing organizations, including certain dental laboratories, institutions, government agencies, renal dialysis centers and surgery centers. More recently, as cost-containment pressures have resulted in increased demand for low-cost products and value-added services, the Company has targeted specific groups of practices under common ownership, institutions and professional groups. For example, the Company has an exclusive direct marketing agreement with an American Medical Association ("AMA") sponsored service and a veterinarian-sponsored service, pursuant to which member practitioners have access to the services' lower priced products. In 1995, the AMA-sponsored service and the veterinarian-sponsored purchasing service accounted for net sales of over $16.7 million. These services, government institutions and agencies, and other large or collective purchasers, require low-cost pricing and detailed product and usage information and reporting. The Company believes it is well situated to meet the needs of these customers, given its broad, low-cost product offerings, and its management information systems. No single customer accounted for more than 4.0% of net sales in 1995. SALES AND MARKETING The Company's sales and marketing efforts, which are designed to establish and solidify customer relationships through frequent direct marketing contact, emphasize the Company's broad product lines, competitive prices and ease of order placement. In addition, the Company's marketing efforts involve personal interaction with field sales consultants in certain locations. The key elements of the Company's program in the United States are: . Direct Marketing. During 1995, the Company distributed over 8.5 million pieces of direct marketing material, including catalogs, flyers, order stuffers and other promotional materials to approximately 600,000 office-based healthcare practitioners. The Company's principal U.S. dental catalog, which is issued semi-annually, contains an average of over 300 pages and includes 34 approximately 18,000 SKUs. The number of catalogs and other material received by each customer depends upon the market they serve as well as their purchasing history. The Company's catalogs include detailed descriptions and specifications of both branded and private brand products and are utilized by healthcare practitioners as a reference source. By evaluating its customers' purchasing patterns, area of specialty, past product selections and other criteria, the Company identifies customers who may respond better to specific promotions or products. To facilitate its direct marketing activities, the Company maintains an in-house advertising department which performs many creative services, which the Company believes streamlines the production process, provides greater flexibility and creativity in catalog production, and results in cost savings. . Telesales. The Company supports its direct marketing with approximately 400 inbound and outbound telesales representatives who facilitate order processing and generate new sales through direct and frequent contact with customers. Inbound telesales representatives are responsible for assisting customers in purchasing decisions as well as answering product pricing and availability questions. In addition to assisting customers, inbound telesales representatives also market complementary or promotional products. The Company's telesales representatives utilize on-line computer terminals to enter customer orders and to access information about products, product availability, pricing, promotions and customer buying history. The Company utilizes outbound telesales representatives and programs to better market its services to those customer accounts identified by the Company as either being high volume or high order frequency accounts. The Company's U.S. dental outbound telesales representatives, accounted for $78.6 million of the Company's net sales in 1995. The Company has approximately 85 medical and veterinary telesales representatives who make outbound calls in addition to handling inbound telesales. Outbound telesales representatives strive to manage long-term relationships with these customers through frequent and/or regularly scheduled phone contact and personalized service. The Company's telesales representatives generally participate in an initial two-week training course designed to familiarize the sales representatives with the Company's products, services and systems. In addition, generally all telesales representatives attend periodic training sessions and special sales programs and receive incentives, including monthly commissions. . Field Sales Consultants. In 1992, the Company initiated its field sales consultant program and now has approximately 250 field sales consultants covering certain of its major North American and European markets. The field sales consultants concentrate on attracting new customers and increasing sales to customers who do not currently order a high percentage of their total product needs from the Company. This strategy is designed to complement the Company's direct marketing and telesales strategies and to enable the Company to better market, service and support the sale of more sophisticated products and equipment. Once a field sales consultant has established a relationship with a customer, the representative encourages the customer to use the Company's automated ordering process or its telesales representatives for its day-to-day needs. This simplifies the ordering process for the customer and increases the effectiveness of the field sales consultant. CUSTOMER SERVICE A principal element of the Company's customer service approach is to offer an order entry process that is convenient, easy and flexible. Customers typically place orders with one of the Company's experienced telesales representatives. Orders may also be placed 24-hours a day by fax, mail, PROTONE(R) (the Company's 24-hour automated phone service) or its computerized order entry system. The Company has developed an enhanced Windows(R)-based version of its computerized order entry system, known as ArubA(R), which was introduced at the end of 1995. 35 The Company focuses on providing rapid and accurate order fulfillment and high fill rates. The Company estimates that approximately 99% of all items ordered in the United States and Canada are shipped without back ordering, and that approximately 99% of all orders in the United States and Canada received before 6:00 p.m. are shipped on the same day the order is received. In addition, because the Company seeks to service a customer's entire order from the distribution center nearest the customer's facility, the Company estimates that over 90% of orders are received by its customers within two days of placing the order. The Company continually monitors its customer service through customer surveys, focus groups and daily statistical reports. The Company maintains a liberal return policy to better assure customer satisfaction with its products. PRODUCTS The following chart sets forth the principal categories of products offered by the Company (and in the case of the dental laboratory products, its wholly-owned subsidiary, Zahn Holdings, Inc., and its subsidiaries) and certain top selling types of products in each category, with the percentage of 1995 net sales in parenthesis:
DENTAL PRODUCTS (67.3%) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CONSUMABLE DENTAL PRODUCTS DENTAL LABORATORY AND SMALL EQUIPMENT (59.3%) PRODUCTS (5.8%) LARGE DENTAL EQUIPMENT (2.2%) - ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- X-Ray Products; Infection Teeth; Composites; Gypsum; Dental Chairs, Units and Control; Handpieces; Acrylics; Articulators; and Lights; X-Rays; and Equipment Preventatives; Impression Abrasives Repair Materials; Composites; and Anesthetics VALUE-ADDED PRODUCTS AND MEDICAL PRODUCTS (23.5%) VETERINARY PRODUCTS (4.9%) SERVICES (4.3%) - ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- Branded and Generic Branded and Generic Software and Related Pharmaceuticals; Surgical Pharmaceuticals; Surgical Products; and Financial Products; Diagnostic Tests; Products; and Dental Products Products Infection Control; and Vitamins
The percentages of 1993 and 1994 net sales were as follows: consumable dental products and small equipment, 63.3% and 61.8%, respectively; dental laboratory products, 6.1% and 6.6%, respectively; large dental equipment, 4.2% and 3.6%, respectively; medical products, 18.6% and 20.1%, respectively; veterinary products, 5.9% and 5.7%, respectively; and value-added products and services, 1.9% and 2.2%, respectively. Consumable Supplies and Equipment The Company offers approximately 50,000 SKUs to its customers in North America, of which approximately 40,000 SKUs are offered to its dental customers, approximately 11,000 are offered to its medical customers and approximately 15,000 are offered to its veterinary customers. Over 20% of the Company's products are offered to all three types of the Company's customers in North America. The Company offers approximately 35,000 SKUs to its customers in Europe. Approximately 4,000 of the Company's SKUs accounted for 80% of the Company's sales in the United States in 1995. Approximately 17% of the Company's net sales in 1995 were from sales of products offered under the Henry Schein private brand (i.e., products manufactured by various third parties and HS Pharmaceutical for distribution by the Company under the Henry Schein(R) brand). The Company believes that the Henry Schein private brand line of over 5,000 SKUs offered in the United States and Canada is one of the most extensive in the industry. The Company also distributes certain generic pharmaceuticals manufactured by HS Pharmaceutical, a 50%-owned company, and has recently begun to manufacture and distribute certain large dental equipment as a result of its acquisition of Schein Dental Equipment, a 36 distributor and manufacturer of large dental equipment which, prior to its acquisition, was owned 73.7% by Marvin H. Schein, a director and principal stockholder of the Company. The Company updates its product offerings regularly to meet its customers' changing needs. Value-Added Products and Services In an effort to promote customer loyalty, the Company offers certain value-added products and services. These products and services include the following: . Practice Management Software. The Company sells practice management software systems to its dental and veterinary customers. The Company has sold over 16,000 of its Easy Dental(R) Plus software systems as of the end of fiscal 1995, and over 2,000 of its AVImark(R) veterinary software systems. In December 1995, the Company released its new Windows(R) version of Easy Dental(R) Plus and sold over 2,700 such units through the first quarter of 1996. The Company's practice management software provides practitioners with patient treatment history, billing and accounts receivable analysis and management, an appointment calendar, electronic claims processing and word processing programs, and the Company provides technical support and conversion services from other software. In addition, the Easy Dental(R) Plus software will allow the customer to connect with the Company's order entry management systems. . Financial Services. The Company has begun to offer its customers assistance in managing their practices by providing access to a number of financial services and products at rates which the Company believes are lower than what they would be able to secure independently. The patient financing program provides the Company's customers a method for reducing receivables and improving cash flow by providing patients access to financing. The Company facilitates the processing of credit applications, payments to its customers and electronic bankcard processing through a third-party provider for a transaction fee. The Company does not assume any financial obligation to its customers or their patients in these programs. . Equipment Repair and Installation. The Company offers a repair service, ProRepair(R), which provides one-to-two-day turnaround for handpieces and certain small equipment. The Company also provides in-office installation and repair services for large equipment in certain markets in North America and Europe. The Company intends to expand its repair service business and sales of large dental equipment in connection with its acquisition of Schein Dental Equipment and the opening of equipment sales and service centers. The Company opened two new dental equipment sales and service centers in North America in 1996, and as of May 31, 1996 had a total of 18 centers in North America and Europe. See "Certain Transactions." INFORMATION SYSTEMS The Company's management information systems generally allow for centralized management of key functions, including inventory and accounts receivable management, purchasing, sales and distribution. A key attribute of the Company's management information systems is the daily operating control reports which allow managers throughout the Company to share information and monitor daily progress relating to sales activity, gross profit, credits and returns, inventory levels, stock balancing, unshipped orders, order fulfillment and other operational statistics. The Company is in the process of expanding and upgrading its order processing and accounts receivable information system in the United States. DISTRIBUTION The Company distributes its products in the United States and Canada primarily from its strategically located distribution centers in the Eastern, Central and Western United States. The Company maintains significant inventory levels of certain products in order to satisfy customer demand for prompt delivery and complete order fulfillment of their product needs. These inventory levels are managed on a daily basis with the aid of the Company's sophisticated purchasing and stock status 37 management information systems. The Company's European distribution centers include locations in the United Kingdom, France, The Netherlands, Germany and Spain. Once a customer's order is entered, it is electronically transmitted to the distribution center nearest the customer's location and a packing slip for the entire order is printed for order fulfillment. The Company's automated freight manifesting and laser bar code scanning facilitates the speed of the order fulfillment. The Company currently ships most of its orders in the United States by United Parcel Service. In certain areas of the United States, the Company delivers its orders via contract carriers. PURCHASING The Company believes that effective purchasing is a key element to maintaining and enhancing its position as a low-cost provider of healthcare products. The Company frequently evaluates its purchase requirements and suppliers' offerings and prices in order to obtain products at the best possible cost. The Company believes that its ability to make high volume purchases has enabled it to obtain favorable pricing and terms from its suppliers. The Company obtains its products for its North American distribution centers from over 1,200 suppliers of name brand products; in addition, the Company has established relationships with numerous local vendors to obtain products for its European distribution centers. In 1995, the Company's top 10 vendors and the Company's single largest vendor, accounted for approximately 28.5% and 10.4%, respectively, of the Company's aggregate purchases. COMPETITION The distribution and manufacture of healthcare supplies and equipment is intensely competitive. Many of the products the Company sells are available to the Company's customers from a number of suppliers. In addition, competitors of the Company could obtain exclusive rights from manufacturers to market particular products. Manufacturers could also seek to sell directly to end-users, and thereby eliminate the role of distributors, such as the Company. Significant price reductions by the Company's competitors could result in a similar reduction in the Company's prices as a consequence of its policy of matching its competitors' lowest advertised prices. Any of these competitive pressures may materially adversely affect operating results. In the United States, the Company competes with other distributors, as well as several major manufacturers of dental, medical and veterinary products, primarily on the basis of price, breadth of product line, customer service and value-added services and products. In the sale of its dental products, the Company's two principal national competitors are Patterson Dental Co. and Sullivan Dental Products, Inc. In addition, the Company competes against a large number of other distributors that operate on a national, regional and local level. The Company's largest competitors in the sale of medical products are General Medical and Physician's Sales and Service, Inc., which are national distributors. In the veterinary product market, the Company's two principal national competitors include The Butler Company and Burns Veterinary Supply. The Company also competes against a large number of small local and regional veterinary distributors, as well as a number of manufacturers that sell direct to veterinarians whose practices are directed primarily to small animals. With regard to the Company's practice management software, the Company competes against a fragmented group of competitors, none of which currently have a significant share of the market. The Company believes that it competes in Canada substantially on the same basis as in the United States. The Company also faces intense competition in its international markets, where the Company competes on the basis of price and customer service against a large number of dental product distributors and manufacturers in the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, France, the Republic of Ireland and Spain. The Company has several large competitors in these markets, including ORBIS and the GACD Group. 38 GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION The Company's business is subject to requirements under various local, state, Federal and foreign governmental laws and regulations applicable to the manufacture and distribution of pharmaceuticals and medical devices. Among the Federal laws with which the Company must comply are the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act of 1987, and the Controlled Substances Act. It is possible that the Company may be prevented from selling manufactured products if the Company (including its 50%-owned company, HS Pharmaceutical, which distributes and manufactures generic pharmaceuticals) were to receive an adverse report following an inspection by the Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") or the Drug Enforcement Administration, or if a competitor were to receive prior approval of new products from the FDA. A violation of a law by HS Pharmaceutical could cause its operations to be suspended. A suspension could have an adverse effect on the Company's equity in earnings of affiliates and could cause the Company to seek alternative sources of products manufactured by HS Pharmaceutical, possibly at higher prices than currently paid by the Company. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act generally regulates the introduction, manufacture, advertising, labeling, packaging, storage, handling, marketing and distribution of, and recordkeeping for, pharmaceuticals and medical devices shipped in interstate commerce. The Prescription Drug Marketing Act of 1987, which amended the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, establishes certain requirements applicable to the wholesale distribution of prescription drugs, including the requirement that wholesale drug distributors be registered with the Secretary of Health and Human Services or licensed by each state in which they conduct business in accordance with federally established guidelines on storage, handling and record maintenance. Under the Controlled Substances Act, the Company, as a distributor of controlled substances, is required to obtain annually a registration from the Attorney General in accordance with specified rules and regulations and is subject to inspection by the Drug Enforcement Administration acting on behalf of the Attorney General. The Company is required to maintain licenses and permits for the distribution of pharmaceutical products and medical devices under the laws of the states in which it operates. In addition, the Company's dentist and physician customers are subject to significant governmental regulation. There can be no assurance that regulations that impact dentists' or physicians' practices will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's business. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all of the foregoing laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder and possesses all material permits and licenses required for the conduct of its business. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS The Company holds trademarks relating to the "Henry Schein" name and logo, as well as certain other trademarks. Pursuant to certain agreements executed in connection with the reorganization of the Company, both the Company and Schein Pharmaceutical are entitled to use the "Schein" name in connection with their respective businesses, but Schein Pharmaceutical is not entitled to use the name "Henry Schein." The Company intends to protect its trademarks to the fullest extent practicable. See "Reorganization." EMPLOYEES As of April 30, 1996, the Company had more than 2,700 full-time employees in the United States and Europe, including approximately 400 telesales representatives, 250 field sales consultants, 900 warehouse employees, 70 computer programmers and technicians, 250 management employees and 800 office, clerical and administrative employees. None of the Company's employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company believes that its relations with its employees are excellent. 39 FACILITIES The Company owns or leases the following properties:
OWN OR APPROXIMATE LEASE PROPERTY LOCATION LEASE SQUARE FOOTAGE EXPIRATION DATE - --------------------------- ---------------------- ------- -------------- --------------- Distribution Center........ Eastern United States Own 173,000 N/A Distribution Center........ Central United States Lease 225,000 December 1999 Distribution Center........ Western United States Lease 71,500 June 2002 Distribution Center........ United Kingdom Lease 85,000 December 2004 Corporate Headquarters..... Eastern United States Lease 100,000 December 2005 Other Facilities........... Western United States Own 75,000 N/A
The Company also leases space in other locations in the United States, Canada, France, Germany, the Republic of Ireland, The Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom. Two 50% owned companies also lease space in the United States and Canada. The Company believes that its properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained, and are generally suitable and adequate to carry on the Company's business. The Company has additional operating capacity at its listed facilities. LEGAL MATTERS The manufacture or distribution of certain products by the Company involves a risk of product liability claims, and from time to time the Company is named as a defendant in products liability cases as a result of its distribution of pharmaceutical and other healthcare products. As of May 31, 1996, the Company was named a defendant in 12 such cases. The Company believes it is adequately covered by insurance in all these cases, subject to certain self retention limits, and that none of the currently pending cases will have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Company was a defendant in several cases involving the distribution of the drug L-Tryptophan, all of which have been resolved at no cost to the Company. With respect to possible future claims, if any, the manufacturer of L-Tryptophan has agreed to defend and indemnify the Company for the period in which the Company served as a distributor of this product. The Company believes that this agreement provides adequate protection for future claims. The Company has various insurance policies, including product liability insurance covering risks and in amounts it considers adequate. In many cases the Company is covered by indemnification from the manufacturer of the product. There can be no assurance that the coverage maintained by the Company is sufficient to cover all future claims or will be available in adequate amounts or at a reasonable cost, or that indemnification agreements will provide adequate protection for the Company. As part of the Company's effort to expand its field sales force, the Company frequently hires field sales consultants with experience in the office-based healthcare practitioner industry. The Company's hiring practices have from time to time resulted in litigation instituted by former employers of the field sales consultants hired by the Company. On October 19, 1995, an action was filed against the Company by H. Meer Dental Supply Co., Inc. ("Meer"), in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan, Southern Division. The complaint alleges unfair competition, predatory pricing or anti-competitive conduct and, through the hiring of Meer sales representatives, improper interference with Meer's relationships with its employees and customers and misappropriation of trade secrets. There are two additional litigations that similarly allege improper interference with employee and customer relationships. The plaintiffs in these actions seek unspecified damages, and Meer and one of the other plaintiffs also seek an injunction against the Company. Meer had sought a temporary restraining order in a similar action brought in September 1995 in the United States District Court, Southern District of Ohio, Eastern Division, which order was denied on the basis of the court concluding that it could not make a finding at that time that there was a likelihood that Meer would prevail on the merits. The Company intends to vigorously defend these litigations. The Company believes that none of these three actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company. 40 REORGANIZATION GENERAL The Company was formed on December 23, 1992 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. At that time, Holdings conducted the business in which the Company is now engaged and, in addition, owned 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Schein Pharmaceutical, a company engaged in the manufacture and distribution of multi-source pharmaceutical products. In December 1992, Holdings separated the Company's business from Schein Pharmaceutical by transferring to the Company all of the assets and liabilities of the healthcare distribution business now conducted by the Company, which assets included Holdings' 50% interest in HS Pharmaceutical. No other assets or liabilities, including the assets and liabilities associated with Schein Pharmaceutical's business, were transferred to the Company. In connection with that transaction, the Company agreed to indemnify Holdings for all of the liabilities assumed by the Company, and Holdings agreed to indemnify the Company for the liabilities associated with Schein Pharmaceutical's business of manufacturing and distributing generic pharmaceuticals. Other than certain common stockholders, there is no affiliation between the Company and Schein Pharmaceutical, and all transactions between the Company and Schein Pharmaceutical are on an arms-length basis. In February 1994 the Company, Holdings, Stanley M. Bergman, Marvin H. Schein, Pamela Joseph, Pamela Schein, Steven Paladino, James P. Breslawski, Martin Sperber (the Chief Executive Officer of Schein Pharmaceutical) and certain other parties entered into a number of reorganization agreements. In September 1994, pursuant to the reorganization agreements, all of the Common Stock held by Holdings was distributed to certain of the current stockholders of the Company. Marvin H. Schein, Pamela Schein and Pamela Joseph have agreed to severally indemnify the Company against certain potential costs and claims, if any, which might be incurred by the Company in the future from the transactions related to the Reorganization. The Company and Schein Pharmaceutical also agreed that after September 1994 the Company would be entitled to use the "Henry Schein" name in activities involving non-pharmaceutical products and pharmaceuticals for dental and veterinary purposes, which activities may include marketing, distributing, labelling, packaging, manufacturing (such as HS Pharmaceutical's manufacturing of generic pharmaceuticals and Schein Dental Equipment's manufacturing of large dental equipment, which are the principal manufacturing activities currently conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries and 50%-or-less owned entities--see "Certain Transactions--Acquisition of The Schein Dental Equipment Corp.") and selling such products. The Company and Schein Pharmaceutical also agreed that after September 1994, Schein Pharmaceutical would be entitled to use the "Schein Pharmaceutical" name in similar activities involving pharmaceuticals for non-dental human treatment. Schein Pharmaceutical is not permitted to use the name "Henry Schein." REORGANIZATION AGREEMENTS Agreements Relating to Control of the Company One of the Reorganization agreements, a Voting Trust Agreement (the "Voting Trust"), gives Stanley M. Bergman (or his successor trustee) the right to vote all of the shares of Common Stock owned by certain stockholders of the Company, which will be approximately 39.7% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately after the completion of this Offering. Another of the Reorganization agreements, the Amended and Restated HSI Agreement (the "Global Agreement"), provides that the Board of Directors of the Company may consist of up to 11 members, and that until the earlier of January 1, 1999 or the termination of the Voting Trust, Mr. Bergman (or his successor trustee) has the right to nominate all but three of the nominees to the Board of Directors. Marvin H. Schein, Pamela Joseph and Pamela Schein have the right to serve as or nominate the remaining three directors. In general, from the earlier of January 1, 1999 or the termination of the Voting Trust until the earlier of January 1, 2004 or the first date on which Marvin H. Schein and his family group no longer beneficially 41 own at least 25% of the outstanding Common Stock that they owned immediately after the Reorganization, or the date of certain changes in the Company's management, Mr. Bergman (or his successor trustee) has the right to nominate all of the nominees to the Board of Directors, provided, that if Marvin H. Schein does not approve such nominations, Mr. Bergman (or his successor trustee) and Mr. Schein will each nominate four nominees (of which one will be an independent nominee) and the ninth nominee will be selected by the two independent nominees. As a result of the foregoing, until December 31, 1998, Mr. Bergman, as a practical matter, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, and until January 1, 2004, Mr. Bergman will have the ability to significantly influence the election of all or a substantial number of the directors of the Company. The Global Agreement also requires the parties to the Voting Trust and Marvin H. Schein to vote in favor of the individuals so nominated until the earlier of January 1, 1999 or the termination of the Voting Trust, and to vote their shares in favor of the nominees of Stanley M. Bergman until January 1, 2004. The Voting Trust terminates on December 31, 1998, but is subject to earlier termination if, among other things, Stanley M. Bergman ceases to be employed by or serve as a director of the Company (unless certain other members of current management are serving as senior executives of the Company) or the Company consummates a business combination which results in Marvin H. Schein (including his family members) owning less than 5% of the voting securities of the surviving corporation. The Global Agreement affords Marvin H. Schein or his designee the right to serve on each committee of the Board of Directors to which the Board of Directors has delegated decision-making authority and the right to call a special meeting of the Board of Directors. The Global Agreement also limits the Company's ability to adopt a shareholder rights plan or "fair price amendment," if such plan or amendment would affect Marvin H. Schein or Pamela Schein (including their respective family members), as long as Marvin H. Schein or Pamela Schein own certain specified percentages of the outstanding Common Stock. The Global Agreement also limits the ability of Marvin H. Schein, Pamela Schein and Pamela Joseph to participate in any solicitation of proxies or any election contest. Restrictions on Transfers The Global Agreement places certain restrictions on the ability of the parties thereto to transfer any of the shares of Common Stock owned by them and further provides that the Company may not, prior to the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the first date on which neither Marvin H. Schein nor Pamela Schein (including their respective family members) own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (i) issue in one or more private transactions securities having more than 20% of the total votes that can be cast in any election of directors of the Company without first offering Marvin H. Schein and Pamela Schein (including their respective family members) the right to purchase such securities; (ii) issue securities in connection with a business combination having more than 20%, or resulting in a person owning more than 20%, of the total votes that can be cast in any election of directors without the consent of Marvin H. Schein; or (iii) issue preferred stock having the right to cast more than 20% of the total votes that can be cast in any election of directors of the Company. In addition, certain members of management have agreed not to transfer their shares until November 3, 1998, subject to acceleration in Mr. Bergman's discretion. Restrictions on the ability of stockholders to transfer their stock may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or may discourage acquisition bids for, the Company, and could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of Common Stock. The Global Agreement provides that the Company will indemnify each of the other parties to the Reorganization agreements, and their family groups, from damages resulting from (i) claims asserted by third parties relating to the Reorganization agreements and (ii) any material breach of a representation, warranty or covenant made by the Company in any of the Reorganization agreements. Marvin H. Schein has agreed to consult with Pamela Schein prior to the exercise of certain of his rights of approval and consent under the Reorganization agreements. 42 MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS The following table sets forth certain information regarding the directors and executive officers of the Company.
NAME AGE POSITION ---- --- -------- CORPORATE Stanley M. Bergman........................ 46 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director James P. Breslawski....................... 42 Executive Vice President and Director Gerald A. Benjamin........................ 44 Senior Vice President--Administration and Customer Satisfaction and Director Leonard A. David.......................... 48 Vice President--Human Resources, Special Counsel and Director Diane Forrest............................. 48 Senior Vice President--Information Services and Chief Information Officer Stephen R. LaHood......................... 48 Senior Vice President--Distribution Services Mark E. Mlotek............................ 40 Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Director Steven Paladino........................... 39 Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director BUSINESS UNITS Jeffrey P. Gasparini...................... 40 Senior Vice President, Medical Group Ian G. Rosmarin........................... 45 President--Professional Services Group James W. Stahly........................... 47 President--North American Dental Group Michael Zack.............................. 43 Senior Vice President--International Group OTHER DIRECTORS Barry J. Alperin.......................... 55 Director Pamela Joseph............................. 53 Director Donald J. Kabat........................... 60 Director Marvin H. Schein.......................... 54 President, Schein Dental Equipment, and Director Irving Shafran............................ 52 Director
BACKGROUND OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS STANLEY M. BERGMAN has been Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President since 1989, and a director of the Company since 1982. Mr. Bergman held the position of Executive Vice President of the Company and Schein Pharmaceutical from 1985 to 1989 and Vice President of Finance and Administration of the Company from 1980 to 1985. Mr. Bergman is a certified public accountant. JAMES P. BRESLAWSKI has been Executive Vice President of the Company since 1990, with primary responsibility for the North American Dental Group, the Veterinary Group and corporate creative services, and a director of the Company since 1990. Between 1980 and 1990, Mr. Breslawski held various positions with the Company, including Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and Administration and Controller. Mr. Breslawski is a certified public accountant. GERALD A. BENJAMIN has been Senior Vice President of Administration and Customer Satisfaction since 1993, including responsibility for the worldwide human resource function, and has been a director of the Company since September 1994. Prior to holding his current position, Mr. Benjamin was Vice President of Distribution Operations of the Company from 1990 to 1992 and Director of Materials Management of the Company from 1988 to 1990. Before joining the Company, Mr. Benjamin was 43 employed for 13 years in various management positions at Estee Lauder, where his last position was Director of Materials Planning and Control. LEONARD A. DAVID has been Vice President of Human Resources and Special Counsel since January 1995. Mr. David held the office of Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from 1990 to 1995 and practiced corporate and business law for eight years prior to joining the Company. Mr. David has been a director of the Company since September 1994. DIANE FORREST joined the Company in 1994 as Senior Vice President of Information Services and Chief Information Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Forrest was employed by Tambrands Inc. as Vice President of Information Services from 1987 to 1994, KPMG Peat Marwick as Senior Manager in the management consulting division from 1982 to 1987 and Nabisco Brands, Inc. as Corporate Manager of Manufacturing Systems from 1978 to 1982. STEPHEN R. LAHOOD joined the Company in 1992 as Senior Vice President of Distribution Services. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. LaHood was employed by Lex/Schweber Electronics Inc. as Vice President of Operations and Quality from 1988 to 1991. Mr. LaHood also spent ten years at Johnson & Johnson Products, Inc., where his last position was Manager of Corporate Business Planning and thereafter, seven years at Schering-Plough Corporation where his last position was Senior Director of Manufacturing Operations. MARK E. MLOTEK joined the Company in December 1994 as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and became a director of the Company in September 1995. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Mlotek was a partner in the law firm of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP, counsel to the Company, specializing in mergers and acquisitions, corporate reorganizations and tax law from 1989 to 1994. STEVEN PALADINO has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since 1993, and has been a director of the Company since 1992. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. Paladino served as Vice President and Treasurer and from 1987 to 1990 served as Corporate Controller of the Company. Before joining the Company, Mr. Paladino was employed as a public accountant for seven years and most recently was with the international accounting firm of BDO Seidman, LLP. Mr. Paladino is a certified public accountant. JEFFREY P. GASPARINI joined the Company in February 1996 as Senior Vice President of the Medical Group. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gasparini was employed by General Medical Corp. since 1982, where his last position was Corporate Vice President of Operations and member of the Executive Board. IAN G. ROSMARIN joined the Company in 1992 as General Manager of the Canadian Division and in 1993 was named to his current position of President of the Professional Service Group of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Rosmarin was President of Rosmarin Management and Investment Corporation for 13 years. Mr. Rosmarin is a Canadian Chartered Accountant. JAMES W. STAHLY joined the Company in 1994 as President of the North American Dental Group of the Company. Before joining the Company, Mr. Stahly was employed by Fox Meyer Corporation for seven years, where his last position was Senior Vice President--Hospital and Alternate Care Sales. Prior to his employment with Fox Meyer, Mr. Stahly spent 16 years at McKesson Drug Company. MICHAEL ZACK has been responsible for the International Group of the Company since 1989. Mr. Zack was employed by Polymer Technology (a subsidiary of Bausch & Lomb) as Vice President of International Operations from 1984 to 1989 and by Gruenthal Inc. as Manager of International Subsidiaries from 1975 to 1984. 44 BARRY J. ALPERIN has been a director of the Company since May 1996. Mr. Alperin has also been a private consultant since August 1995. Mr. Alperin served as a director of Hasbro, Inc. from 1986 through May 1996 and as Vice Chairman of Hasbro, Inc. from 1990 through July 1995. Mr. Alperin served as Co-Chief Operating Officer of Hasbro, Inc. from 1989 through 1990 and as its Senior Vice President and Executive Vice President from 1985 through 1989. Mr. Alperin recently served as Chairman of the Board for Toy Manufacturers of America, an industry trade association. Mr. Alperin currently serves as a director for Seaman Furniture Co., Inc. and K'nex Industries, Inc. PAMELA JOSEPH has been a director of the Company since September 1994. For the past five years Ms. Joseph has been a self-employed artist, and is president of MA Nose Studios, Inc. Ms. Joseph is also a trustee of Alfred University. DONALD J. KABAT has been a director of the Company since May 1996. From 1992 until the present, Mr. Kabat has served as President of D.K. Consulting Services, Inc. and Chief Financial Officer of Central Park Skaters, Inc. From 1970 to 1992, Mr. Kabat was a partner in Andersen Consulting, an affiliate of Arthur Andersen, LLP. MARVIN H. SCHEIN has been a director of the Company since September 1994 and has provided consulting services to the Company since 1982. Mr. Schein founded Schein Dental Equipment and had been its President for more than 15 years. Prior to founding Schein Dental Equipment, Mr. Schein held various management and executive positions with the Company. IRVING SHAFRAN has been a director of the Company since September 1994 and was nominated by Pamela Schein as her designee for director of the Company. Mr. Shafran has been an attorney in private practice for more than twenty-five years. From 1991 through mid-1995, Mr. Shafran was a partner in the law firm of Anderson Kill Olick and Oshinsky, PC. The Company's Board of Directors is currently composed of eleven directors, six of whom are employees of the Company. Directors serve until the next annual stockholders' meeting or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS During fiscal 1995, the Board of Directors held six meetings. The Board of Directors established an Audit Committee of independent directors in January 1996. The Audit Committee oversees the Company's financial reporting process on behalf of the Board of Directors. In fulfilling its responsibility, since January 1996, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors, subject to stockholder approval, the selection of the Company's independent public accountants. The Audit Committee also discussed the Company's consolidated financial statements and the adequacy of the Company's internal controls. The Audit Committee met with the independent public accountants to discuss the results of their audit of the Company, their evaluation of the Company's internal controls and the overall quality of the Company's financial reporting. In May 1996, Messrs. Alperin and Kabat became the members of the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors established a Compensation Committee in January 1996 which is currently comprised of Messrs. Bergman, Alperin and Kabat. The Compensation Committee will make recommendations regarding the compensation and benefit policies and procedures of the Company. The Board of Directors has a Stock Option Committee which currently consists of Messrs. Bergman, Breslawski and Schein. The Stock Option Committee determines grants under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option Committee held no meetings during fiscal 1995. 45 LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director, except for liability: (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions of the director not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or purchases, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of the Company and its stockholders (through stockholders' derivative suits on behalf of the Company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director (including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described above. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under federal securities laws and will not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or recision based upon a director's breach of his or her duty of care. In addition, the Company intends to enter into agreements with each of its directors and certain of its officers providing for indemnification of those individuals under certain circumstances. The Company has obtained director and officer liability insurance that insures the Company's directors and officers against certain liabilities. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS No directors received compensation in fiscal 1995, other than reimbursement of expenses, for their services as directors. Messrs. Alperin and Kabat each receive a $20,000 annual retainer. Messrs. Alperin and Kabat also receive $500 per board meeting and $250 per committee meeting attended. Each director will be reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses in attending board and committee meetings. In addition, Messrs. Alperin and Kabat have been granted options to purchase 5,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock under the Company's 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. See "Certain Transactions" for a description of Marvin H. Schein's Consulting Agreement, including amounts paid in compensation to Mr. Schein. 46 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The following table sets forth information concerning compensation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the four most highly paid executive officers (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") of the Company whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995. SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
ANNUAL COMPENSATION LONG TERM COMPENSATION ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------- OTHER ANNUAL RESTRICTED OTHER NAME AND PRINCIPAL SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION STOCK STOCK LTIP COMPENSATION POSITION YEAR ($) ($) ($)(1) AWARDS($)(2) OPTIONS PAYOUTS($)(3) ($)(4) - ----------------------------- ---- ------- ------- ------------ ----------- ------- ----------- ------------ Stanley M. Bergman........... 1995 479,050 307,034 19,343 -- -- -- 36,144 Chairman, Chief Executive 1994 469,050 260,496 258,259 -- -- 17,303,475 24,988 Officer and President James P. Breslawski.......... 1995 270,782 66,000 13,500 -- -- -- 21,458 Executive Vice President 1994 257,782 60,000 1,000,364 1,171,788 -- 382,618 19,184 Gerald A. Benjamin........... 1995 205,000 52,500 13,500 -- 47,200 -- 15,064 Senior Vice President 1994 185,000 42,500 189,174 220,761 -- 243,825 13,722 of Administration and Customer Satisfaction Steven Paladino.............. 1995 205,000 52,500 13,500 -- 54,700 -- 14,812 Senior Vice President and 1994 185,000 42,500 189,174 220,761 -- 243,825 13,496 Chief Financial Officer Randolph W. Jones(5)......... 1995 283,445 -- 13,500 -- -- -- 21,640 President of the Diversified 1994 275,945 35,000 100,697 98,117 24,800 264,732 21,266 Healthcare Group
- ------------ (1) The 1994 amounts shown in this column include amounts recorded for each of Messrs. Breslawski, Benjamin, Paladino and Jones of $986,864, $175,674, $175,674 and $87,197, respectively, to pay income taxes attributable to the stock issuances made to each of them in 1994 and auto allowances of $13,500 for each executive, excluding Mr. Bergman. Mr. Bergman was given a cash bonus of $258,259 in 1994 to pay certain additional income taxes attributable to the stock issuances described below in footnote 3. The 1995 amounts include auto allowances of $13,500 for each executive, excluding Mr. Bergman, and $19,343 of compensation to Mr. Bergman for the use of a car and related expenses. (2) Mr. Breslawski was issued 165,528 shares of Common Stock with an aggregate value of approximately $1.2 million on December 31, 1994. Messrs. Benjamin and Paladino were each issued 31,185 shares of Common Stock with an aggregate value of approximately $220,761 on December 31, 1994. Mr. Jones was issued 13,860 shares of Common Stock with an aggregate value of $98,117 on December 31, 1994. (3) Mr. Bergman was issued 1,466,685 shares of Common Stock and was issued shares of common stock of Schein Pharmaceutical on December 24, 1992. The value of these shares on September 30, 1994 was $17.3 million in the aggregate. These shares when issued had a value of $6.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively, the entire amount of which was charged as deferred compensation. The issuances to Mr. Bergman are being included herein at their fair market value on September 30, 1994 because, on that date, certain contingencies relating to the stock were eliminated and the shares became fully vested. Accordingly, the deferred compensation which was charged in 1992 and a mark-to-market adjustment to fair market value on such date was recorded in 1994. Mr. Breslawski received $382,618 in 1994 in satisfaction of his Executive Incentive Plan balance, payable with 30,294 shares of Common Stock with an aggregate value of $214,454 on December 31, 1994 and a $168,164 cash payment. Each of Messrs. Benjamin and Paladino received $243,825 in 1994 in satisfaction of their Executive Incentive Plan balance, payable with 19,305 shares of Common Stock with an aggregate value of $136,662 on December 31, 1994 and $107,163 in cash. Mr. Jones received $264,732 in 1994 in satisfaction of his Executive Incentive Plan balance, payable with 19,800 shares of Common Stock with an aggregate value of $140,166 on December 31, 1994 and $124,566 in cash. (4) The 1994 amounts shown in this column represent (i) profit sharing contributions made by the Company on behalf of Mr. Bergman, Mr. Breslawski and Mr. Jones of $9,434, on behalf of Mr. Benjamin of $7,519 and on behalf of Mr. Paladino of $7,524, (ii) contributions under the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") made by the Company on each executives' behalf of $4,500 and (iii) excess life insurance and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP") contributions of $1,186 and $9,868 for Mr. Bergman, $950 and $4,300 for Mr. Breslawski, $653 and $1,050 for Mr. Benjamin, $422 and $1,050 for Mr. Paladino, and $1,747 and $5,585 for Mr. Jones, respectively. The 1995 amounts shown in this column represent (i) profit sharing contributions made by the Company on behalf of each executive of $6,000, (ii) ESOP contributions made by the Company on each executives' behalf of $4,500, (iii) excess life insurance and SERP contributions of $2,610 and $23,034 for Mr. Bergman, $1,003 and $8,455 for Mr. Breslawski, $714 and $3,850 for Mr. Benjamin, $462 and $3,850 for Mr. Paladino, and $1,799 and $9,341 for Mr. Jones, respectively, and (iv) an anniversary bonus to Mr. Breslawski of $1,500. (5) As of February 9, 1996, Mr. Jones was no longer an executive officer of the Company. 47 The following table summarizes the number of shares and the terms and conditions of stock options granted to the Named Executive Officers in fiscal 1995. OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1995
PERCENT POTENTIAL REALIZABLE OF TOTAL VALUE AT ASSUMED NUMBER OF OPTIONS EXERCISE MARKET PRICE ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK SECURITIES GRANTED TO PRICE PER SHARE ON PRICE APPRECIATION FOR UNDERLYING EMPLOYEES PER DATE OF OPTION TERM OPTIONS IN FISCAL SHARE GRANT EXPIRATION ------------------------ NAME GRANTED 1995(1) ($/SH) ($/SH) DATE 0% ($) 5% ($) 10% ($) - -------------------------------- ---------- ---------- -------- ------------ ---------- ------ ------- ------- Stanley M. Bergman.............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- James P. Breslawski............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Gerald A. Benjamin.............. 17,500(2) 2.7% 16.00 16.00 11/3/2005 0 176,050 446,250 29,700(3) 4.6% 4.21 7.08 5/1/2005 85,239 217,480 420,365 Steven Paladino................. 25,000(2) 3.8% 16.00 16.00 11/3/2005 0 251,500 637,500 29,700(3) 4.6% 4.21 7.08 5/1/2005 85,239 217,480 420,365 Randolph W. Jones............... 5,000(2) 0.8% 16.00 16.00 11/3/2005 0 50,300 127,500 19,800(4) 3.0% 4.21 7.08 5/1/2005 56,826 144,936 280,243
- ------------ (1) In fiscal 1995, the Company granted options to purchase 651,297 shares of Common Stock, consisting of 237,897 Class A options and 413,400 Class B options. (2) Options are exercisable in three annual installments. The first installment was exercisable on November 3, 1995. As of March 1996, Mr. Jones' options were cancelled. (3) Options are currently exercisable. (4) Options are exercisable in six annual installments. The first installment was exercisable on December 31, 1995. As of March 1996, 16,500 of Mr. Jones' options were cancelled. The following table summarizes the number of all unexercised options held by the Named Executive Officers at the end of fiscal 1995, and their value at that date if they were in-the-money. No stock options were exercised in fiscal 1995. AGGREGATE FISCAL 1995 YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT 12/31/95 OPTIONS AT 12/31/95 ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE ------------------- ------------------- NAME EXERCISABLE (#) UNEXERCISABLE (#) SHARES (#) TOTAL $ SHARES (#) TOTAL $ - ----------------------------------- --------------- ----------------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- Stanley M. Bergman................. -- -- -- -- -- -- James P. Breslawski................ -- -- -- -- -- -- Gerald A. Benjamin................. 29,700 17,500 29,700 751,113 17,500 236,250 Steven Paladino.................... 29,700 25,000 29,700 751,113 25,000 337,500 Randolph W. Jones(1)............... 3,300 21,500 3,300 83,457 21,500 484,785
- ------------ (1) As of March 1996, Mr. Jones' unexercisable options were cancelled. EMPLOYMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS The Company and Mr. Stanley M. Bergman entered into an employment agreement dated as of January 1, 1992, providing for his continued employment as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer until December 31, 1999. The employment agreement provides Mr. Bergman with a base salary of $504,050 for 1996, $519,050 for 1997, $544,050 for 1998, and $559,050 for 1999. In addition, the employment agreement provides for incentive compensation to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (or, if there is no Compensation Committee, the 48 Board of Directors). Based on the range of incentive compensation provided for in the employment agreement, it is anticipated that incentive compensation for 1996 will be in the range of $70,000 to $425,000. The range of incentive compensation increases to $75,000 to $445,000 in 1997, $80,000 to $465,000 in 1998, and $85,000 to $485,000 in 1999. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Bergman will continue to participate in all benefit, welfare and perquisite plans, policies and programs generally available to either the Company's employees or the Company's senior executive officers. The Company provides Mr. Bergman with the use of an automobile and expenses related thereto, and other miscellaneous benefits. If Mr. Bergman's employment with the Company is terminated without cause or terminated by Mr. Bergman following a material breach by the Company of the employment agreement which is not cured during the requisite period for cure of such breach, Mr. Bergman will receive all amounts then owed to him as salary and deferred compensation and any benefits accrued and owed to him or his beneficiaries under the then applicable benefit plans, programs and policies of the Company. In addition, Mr. Bergman will receive as severance pay, 100% of his then annual base salary and a payment equal to the account balance or accrued benefit Mr. Bergman would have been credited with under each pension plan maintained by the Company, assuming the Company would have continued contributions until the natural expiration of the employment agreement, less Mr. Bergman's vested account balance or accrued benefits under each pension plan. Unless the employment agreement is terminated for cause or pursuant to Mr. Bergman's voluntary resignation, the Company will continue the participation of Mr. Bergman and his family in the health and medical plans, policies and programs in effect with respect to senior executive officers of the Company and their families. Coverage for Mr. Bergman and his spouse will continue from the end of Mr. Bergman's employment until their respective deaths, and coverage for his children will continue until their attainment of the age of twenty-one. The Company has entered into agreements with the Named Executive Officers and certain other senior managers to provide that if an executive's employment is terminated by the executive or by the Company without cause or for good reason and not within two years after a change in control of the Company, the Company will pay to the executive severance pay equal to one month's base salary for each month the executive has been employed by the Company, with a minimum of six months and a maximum of twelve months, subject to offset for remuneration for subsequent employment. If the executive is terminated within two years following a change in control of the Company which has not been approved by a supermajority of the Board of Directors, the executive's severance pay will equal three times the severance pay the executive would have received had no change of control occurred, plus three times the amount of executive's incentive bonus for the year preceding the year of termination. See "Certain Transactions" for a description of Marvin H. Schein's Consulting Agreement. STOCK OPTION PLAN The Company maintains the Henry Schein, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan ("Stock Option Plan") for the benefit of certain employees of the Company and its designated subsidiaries. The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to enable the Company and its designated subsidiaries to attract, retain and motivate key employees who are important to the success and growth of the Company and to create a mutuality of interest between the key employees and the stockholders of the Company by granting the key employees options to purchase Common Stock. Under the Stock Option Plan, 678,635 shares of Common Stock may be issued. The Stock Option Plan provides for two classes of options: Class A Options, which shall have an exercise price of $4.21 per share, and Class B Options, which have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of grant. Class A Options to purchase an aggregate of 221,397 shares of Common Stock are presently outstanding, and Class B Options to purchase an aggregate of 447,400 shares of Common Stock are presently outstanding. The maximum number of Class A Options have been issued. If options are canceled, expire or terminate unexercised, the shares of Common Stock shall again be available for the grant of options, provided that the number of shares covered by Class A Options shall be reduced by the number of Class 49 A Options that are canceled, expire or are terminated. Both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options may be issued under the Stock Option Plan. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options may be granted under the Stock Option Plan to each participant could not exceed 100,000 shares in 1995, and shall not exceed 50,000 in each year thereafter. To the extent that shares for which options are permitted to be granted to a participant during a year are not covered by a grant of an option in such year, such shares shall automatically increase the number of shares of Common Stock available for grant of options to the participant in the subsequent year. The Stock Option Plan is administered by a committee appointed by the Company's Board of Directors, consisting of two or more directors, each of whom qualifies as a disinterested person (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")). The committee has the full authority and discretion, subject to the terms of the Stock Option Plan, to determine those individuals who are eligible to be granted options and the amount and type of options. Terms and conditions of options are set forth in written option agreements, consistent with the terms of the Stock Option Plan. No option shall be granted under the Stock Option Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of September 30, 1994 (the effective date of the Stock Option Plan), but options granted prior to such date may extend beyond that date. The Stock Option Plan provides that it may be amended by the Company's Board of Directors or the committee, except that no amendment may, without the approval of stockholders of the Company, (i) increase the total number of shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon exercise of options granted under the Stock Option Plan, (ii) change the types of employees eligible to participate in the Stock Option Plan, (iii) effect any change that would require stockholder approval under securities laws, (iv) effect any change that would require stockholder approval under Section 162(m) of the Code or (v) reduce the purchase price of an outstanding option below the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of such amendment. The Company's Board of Directors or the stockholders may, however, make or authorize any appropriate adjustments to the number of shares of Common Stock available, and the terms of outstanding options, under the Stock Option Plan to reflect a recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company's capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation, any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or preference stocks, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any sale or transfer of the assets of the Company's business or any other corporate event. The options entitle the holder to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock, subject to vesting provisions, at a price set by the committee at the time of grant, subject to certain limitations. The term of each option will be specified by the committee upon grant, but may not exceed ten years from the date of grant (five years in the case of owners of 10% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock). The committee will determine the time or times at which each option may be exercised. Options may be exercisable in installments, and the exercisability of options may be accelerated in some cases, including upon a change of control of the Company (as defined in the Stock Option Plan). Under the Stock Option Plan, the committee may grant incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code or non-qualified stock options. The incentive stock options are subject to additional requirements under the Stock Option Plan, as well as under the Code. A participant may elect to exercise one or more of his options by giving written notice to the committee of such election at any time after the closing of this Offering. The participant shall specify the number of options to be exercised and provide payment in full of the aggregate purchase price for the shares of Common Stock for which options are being exercised. Payment may be made (i) in cash or by check, bank draft or money order, (ii) if so permitted by the committee, through delivery of unencumbered shares of Common Stock, a promissory note or a combination of cash and either of the foregoing, or (iii) on such other terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the committee. 50 There were no options granted to the Named Executive Officers under the Stock Option Plan in 1994 or prior to 1994. In 1995, Class A Options to acquire 237,897 common shares were issued to certain executive management, including Class A Options exercisable into 29,700 shares of Common Stock to Messrs. Benjamin and Paladino and 19,800 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Jones, all of which are outstanding (except for 16,500 Class A Options granted to Mr. Jones which were cancelled in March 1996), at an exercise price of $4.21 per share, substantially all of which became exercisable upon the closing of the initial public offering, at which time the $2,805,000 excess of the initial public offering price of $16.00 over the exercise price was charged to special management compensation expense. On November 3, 1995, the Company issued Class B Options to acquire 413,400 shares of common stock to certain employees, including Class B Options to acquire 17,500, 25,000 and 5,000 shares of Common Stock to Messrs. Benjamin, Paladino and Jones, respectively, substantially all of which are outstanding, at an exercise price of $16.00 per share, substantially all of which become exercisable ratably over three years from the date of issuance. The Class A Options and Class B Options granted to the Named Executive Officers are exercisable up to the tenth anniversary of the date of issuance, subject to acceleration upon termination of employment. As of December 30, 1995, none of such options were exercised. DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN The Company maintains The Henry Schein, Inc. 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Plan"). The purposes of the Director Plan are to enable the Company to attract, retain and motivate directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or its subsidiaries and who are important to the success of the Company and to create a mutuality of interest between the non-employee directors and the stockholders of the Company by granting such directors options to purchase Common Stock of the Company. Under the Director Plan, each director who is not also an officer or employee of the Company is eligible to receive options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock. An aggregate of 50,000 shares are available for purchase pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Director Plan. If options are cancelled, expire or terminate unexercised, the shares of Common Stock shall again be available for the grant of options under the Director Plan. The Director Plan is administered by a committee comprised of two or more directors appointed by the Board of Directors, each of whom qualifies as a "disinterested person" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The committee has the full authority and discretion to determine those individuals who are to be granted options and the amount of options. Terms and conditions of options will be set forth in written option agreements consistent with the terms of the Director Plan. No options shall be granted under the Director Plan on or after March 22, 2006, but options granted prior to such date may extend beyond that date. The Director Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors or the committee (subject to the continued effectiveness of outstanding options). The Board of Directors or the committee may also amend the Director Plan, except that no amendment may, without the approval of stockholders of the Company, (i) increase the total number of shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon exercise of options granted under the Director Plan, (ii) change the requirements for eligibility for participation in the Director Plan or (iii) effect any change that would require stockholder approval under Rule 16b-3 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Exchange Act. The term of each option will be specified by the committee upon grant, but may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The exercise price of each option granted under the Director Plan and the terms upon which each option granted under the Director Plan will be exercisable will be determined by the committee. Under the Director Plan, the exercisability of options may be accelerated in certain events, including upon a change of control (as defined in the Director Plan). Subject to certain rights to exercise after the death, disability, retirement or termination of services (other than for cause) of the 51 optionee or after a change of control, options granted under the Director Plan may be exercised only if the optionee is eligible to participate in the Director Plan on the date of exercise. Upon the exercise of an option, the option holder must make payment of the full exercise price, either in cash or, if permitted by the committee, in shares of the Company's Common Stock, by delivery of the optionee's promissory note, in a combination of cash, shares of the Company's Common Stock or the optionee's promissory note, or on such other terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the committee. On March 22, 1996, each of Messrs. Alperin and Kabat were granted options to purchase 5,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of $29.00 per share (which was the fair market value on the date of grant). EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN The Company adopted the Henry Schein, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective as of January 1, 1994 to enable participants to have an interest in the Common Stock of the Company and to provide participants an opportunity to share in the growth and prosperity of the Company. The ESOP is intended to be a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and is intended to qualify as an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. Employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the ESOP after six months of service for the Company or a participating affiliate, and receive participation credit if they complete 1,000 hours of service in a twelve consecutive month period. With respect to each plan year, the Company and its participating affiliates intend to make discretionary contributions, in cash or in Common Stock, to the ESOP. Subject to legal limitations, contributions to the ESOP will only be allocated to the accounts of participants who either (i) are employed by the Company or a participating affiliate on the last day of the plan year and completed 1,000 hours of service in such plan year, or (ii) retired after attaining age 65, died or incurred a disability during the plan year. Contributions are allocated based on a participant's compensation. The Company and its participating affiliates made contributions of 128,257 shares of Common Stock to the ESOP for the 1994 plan year equal to approximately $900,000 in the aggregate, and intend to make contributions of shares of Common Stock having a value equal to 3% of participants' aggregate compensation for the 1995 plan year equal to approximately $1.0 million in the aggregate. The ESOP may borrow money and purchase Common Stock by means of an acquisition loan. Any Common Stock which is acquired with the proceeds of an acquisition loan will be held in a suspense account and will not be allocated or released until a contribution is made to the ESOP (which is used to repay the acquisition loan). Participants in the ESOP become vested in their accounts based on a graded seven year vesting schedule (or upon a participant's retirement after attaining age 65, death or disability, if earlier). In general, participants are entitled to receive the vested amounts in their accounts in the ESOP on death, disability, retirement or five years after termination of employment in either (i) a single lump-sum payment, or (ii) installment payments over a period not to exceed five years (subject to extension in certain cases). PROFIT SHARING/401(K) PLAN The Company maintains the Henry Schein, Inc. Profit Sharing/401(k) Savings Plan (the "Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan") to provide retirement and other benefits to employees of the Company and certain participating affiliates and to permit employees a means to save for their retirement. Certain plans previously maintained by the Company or its affiliates ("Prior Plans") were merged into this 52 Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. The Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan is intended to be a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, and contains a Code Section 401(k) feature. Eligible employees of the Company and its participating affiliates who work for a specified period (as described below) are eligible to participate in the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. Part-time employees are eligible to make profit sharing contributions as of the January 1 of the twelve consecutive month period during which they are first credited with 1,000 hours of service. Full-time employees become eligible to have profit sharing contributions made on their behalf after they work for six consecutive months during which they complete at least 1,000 hours of service. All employees are eligible to make 401(k) contributions (in accordance with administrative practices) following completion of three consecutive months during which they complete at least 250 hours of service. Subject to legal limitations, participants may elect, by salary reduction, to have 401(k) contributions of 1% to 10% of their compensation made to their accounts under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. Under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, the Company and its participating affiliates may make discretionary profit sharing contributions on behalf of participants who have completed 1,000 hours of service during the plan year and are employed on the last day of the plan year (or have retired after attaining age 65, died or incurred a disability in a plan year), based on compensation. The Company and its participating affiliates intend to make profit sharing contributions for the 1995 plan year equal to 4% (or, in the case of certain divisions or subsidiaries, 3.5%) of eligible compensation or approximately $1.3 million in the aggregate. Participants in the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan always have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable interest in the value of their 401(k) contributions. Participants become vested in the Company's or participating affiliate's profit sharing contributions based on a graded seven year vesting schedule (or upon a participant's retirement after attaining age 65, death or disability, if earlier). Participants are entitled to receive the vested amounts in their accounts in a single lump-sum payment on death, disability, retirement or termination of employment. The portion of a participant's account attributable to a Prior Plan may be eligible for payment in a different form based on the provisions of the Prior Plan. In certain circumstances, participants may receive loans and hardship withdrawals from their accounts in the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN The Company established the Henry Schein, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective as of January 1, 1994 in order to provide deferred compensation to a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Company and its affiliates. The SERP is a non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan. The benefits under the SERP are intended to supplement the benefits payable under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan and the ESOP by providing benefits in excess of the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. Code Section 401(a)(17) limits the amount of compensation that may be taken into consideration under a tax-qualified benefit plan to $150,000, as adjusted for cost of living increase set by the Secretary of Treasury. An employee of the Company (or one of its affiliates which participate in either the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan or the ESOP) must be designated by the administrative committee of the SERP in order to participate in the SERP. A participant's benefits under the SERP becomes vested based on a graded seven year vesting schedule. However, if a participant retires after attaining age 65, dies or incurs a disability, or if there is a change in control of the Company (as defined in the SERP), the participant will become fully vested in his account under the SERP. Participants are entitled to receive their vested benefits upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company or upon termination of employment for any reason including death, disability or retirement in a single lump-sum payment. 53 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION Stanley M. Bergman, James P. Breslawski, Gerald A. Benjamin, Leonard A. David, Mark E. Mlotek and Steven Paladino are executive officers of the Company and members of the Board of Directors which approved incentive compensation for the Named Executive Officers for fiscal 1995 based upon the recommendations of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Bergman is also a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Bergman did not participate in any deliberations of the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors with respect to his own compensation for fiscal 1995, and none of the Named Executive Officers participated in any deliberations of the Board of Directors with respect to their own compensation for fiscal 1995. CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS REORGANIZATION Certain of the directors, officers and stockholders of the Company entered into a series of transactions with the Company, as described under "Reorganization." The Company paid (i) certain of the legal and other professional fees incurred by the executors of the Estate of Jacob M. Schein, including Stanley M. Bergman and Pamela Joseph, in connection with such transactions, in the amounts of approximately $552,000, $295,000 and $216,000 during 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively, and (ii) the income taxes of $5.6 million incurred by Mr. Bergman in connection with the Company's issuance to him of shares of Common Stock, and shares of common stock of Schein Pharmaceutical. The Company also paid legal fees incurred by Marvin H. Schein in connection with such transactions, in the amount of $75,000. The Company also paid a dividend in 1993 on behalf of the Estate of Esther Schein in the amount of $275,000. See "Reorganization" and "Management--Executive Compensation." In December 1992, Mr. Bergman was issued shares of Schein Pharmaceutical, and on September 30, 1994, Mr. Bergman's shares in Schein Pharmaceutical and its subsidiaries were exchanged for shares of common stock of Holdings, some of which were sold by Mr. Bergman. From time to time the Company has made loans to Stanley M. Bergman (for income taxes payable by him in connection with Common Stock issued to Mr. Bergman as part of the Reorganization), Pamela Joseph and Pamela Schein for personal expenses. Interest on such loans accrued at the prime rate. The largest aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding during 1994, 1993 and 1992 was approximately $151,000, $143,000 and $0, respectively, for Stanley M. Bergman; approximately $1.1 million, $929,000 and $668,000, respectively, for Pamela Joseph; and approximately $187,000, $365,000 and $310,000, respectively, for Pamela Schein. Mr. Bergman's, Ms. Joseph's and Ms. Schein's loans and all interest accrued thereon were repaid on September 30, 1994. No loans have been made to any of Mr. Bergman, Ms. Joseph or Ms. Schein since that date. In connection with the Reorganization, the Company, Holdings and Marvin H. Schein, a director and principal stockholder of the Company, agreed to terminate a lifetime consulting agreement entered into in 1982 between the Company's predecessor and Mr. Schein, and the Company and Mr. Schein agreed to continue the consulting arrangement on the terms set forth in a new lifetime consulting agreement (the "Consulting Agreement"). The current Consulting Agreement modified certain of the terms of the 1982 agreement, including the elimination of a provision limiting Mr. Schein's compensation to $100,000 per annum if the Company's pre-tax income were less than $3.5 million for two consecutive years. The 1982 agreement provided, and the current Consulting Agreement provides for Mr. Schein's consulting services to the Company with respect to the marketing of dental supplies and equipment, from time to time. The Consulting Agreement currently provides for initial compensation of $258,000 per year, increasing $25,000 every fifth year beginning in 1997. The Consulting Agreement also provides that Mr. Schein will participate in all benefit, compensation, welfare and perquisite plans, policies and programs generally available to either the Company's employees or the Company's senior 54 executive officers, excluding the Company's Stock Option Plan, that Mr. Schein's spouse, and his children until they attain the age of 21, will be covered by the Company's health plan, and that the Company will provide Mr. Schein with the use of an automobile and expenses related thereto. The Consulting Agreement was originally entered into as part of a recapitalization of the Company's predecessor in 1982 among Mr. Schein and its other shareholders, and to secure for the Company the consulting services of Mr. Schein, who had served the Company in various executive capacities for more than the prior twenty years. From time to time Mr. Schein and his affiliates have purchased products from the Company, in an aggregate amount of approximately $100,000 during 1993, 1994 and 1995. ACQUISITION OF THE SCHEIN DENTAL EQUIPMENT CORP. On September 1, 1995, the Company acquired Schein Dental Equipment, a distributor and manufacturer of large dental equipment, which was owned 73.7% by Marvin H. Schein. The purchase price for the acquisition as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (other than Marvin H. Schein), was paid primarily by the issuance of 1,260,416 shares of Common Stock, including 928,727 shares of Common Stock issued to Marvin H. Schein, and the balance in cash. In addition, Schein Dental Equipment repaid approximately $1.7 million in loans to Marvin H. Schein with funds provided by the Company. Marvin H. Schein acquired 24.6% of Schein Dental Equipment in January 1995 for $1.5 million. During 1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company sold products to Schein Dental Equipment, in the amount of approximately $34,000, $33,000 and $30,000, respectively, and the Company purchased products from Schein Dental Equipment, in the amounts of approximately $1.2 million, $1.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively. TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND STOCKHOLDERS During fiscal 1995, in accordance with the Global Agreement, the Company paid legal and advisory fees for certain of its stockholders in connection with the initial public offering aggregating approximately $310,000. During 1994 and 1993, the Company paid Pamela Joseph approximately $82,000 and $14,000, respectively, for design and artistic services rendered to the Company. Prior to September 30, 1994, the Company paid for certain benefits for Marvin H. Schein, Pamela Joseph and Pamela Schein, such as health insurance and lease payments for automobiles, including automobile allowances. For 1994, 1993 and 1992, such amounts were approximately $19,000, $19,000 and $18,000, respectively, for Marvin H. Schein; approximately $6,000, $11,000 and $10,000, respectively, for Pamela Joseph; and approximately $2,000, $3,000 and $3,000, respectively, for Pamela Schein. The Company continues to pay for certain benefits for Marvin H. Schein, his spouse and his children pursuant to the Consulting Agreement. TRANSACTIONS WITH THIRD PARTIES In the ordinary course of its business the Company buys products from and sells products to Schein Pharmaceutical in arms' length transactions. Certain of the Company's stockholders and directors, including Stanley M. Bergman, Marvin H. Schein, Pamela Schein and Pamela Joseph, and persons related thereto, own approximately 70% of the outstanding shares of Schein Pharmaceutical. In 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company's purchases from Schein Pharmaceutical amounted to $4.5 million, $5.9 million and $6.2 million, respectively. 55 PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS The following table presents certain information regarding beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of May 1, 1996, by (i) each person known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table, (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group, and (v) each selling Stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated, each person in the table has sole voting and investment power as to the shares shown.
SHARES SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED SHARES OF BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR TO OFFERING (2) COMMON STOCK AFTER THE OFFERING --------------------- TO BE -------------------- NAME AND ADDRESS (1) NUMBER PERCENT OFFERED NUMBER PERCENT - --------------------------------------- ---------- ------- ------------ --------- ------- Stanley M. Bergman (3)................. 11,263,972 60.9% 2,792,000 8,471,972 39.7% Marvin H. Schein, Individually and as Trustee (4)............................ 5,817,006 31.5% 1,900,000 3,917,006 18.3% Leslie J. Levine, as Trustee (5)....... 3,680,647 19.9% 712,300 2,968,347 13.9% Pamela Schein (6)...................... 2,357,504 12.8% 715,000 1,642,504 7.8% Irving Shafran and Judith Shafran, as Trustees (7)........................... 2,357,504 12.8% 715,000 1,642,504 7.8% Marion Bergman and Leslie Bergman, as Trustees (8)........................... 1,274,707 6.9% -- 1,274,707 6.0% Barry J. Alperin....................... 1,000 * -- 1,000 * Gerald A. Benjamin (9)................. 81,190 * -- 81,190 * James P. Breslawski (10)............... 195,822 1.1% -- 195,822 * Leonard A. David (11).................. 30,913 * -- 30,913 * Pamela Joseph, as Trustee (12)......... 531,020 2.9% 140,000 391,020 1.8% Donald J. Kabat........................ 200 * -- 200 * Mark E. Mlotek (13).................... 41,450 * -- 41,450 * Steven Paladino (14)................... 83,690 * -- 83,690 * Ellen Sperber, as Trustee (15)......... 147,312 * 37,000 110,312 * Randy Jones (16)....................... 37,360 * -- 37,360 * Community Funds Inc. (17).............. 27,500 * 27,500 -- -- Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (17 persons) (18)................ 11,279,468 61.0 2,792,000 8,487,468 39.7%
- ------------ * Represents less than 1%. (1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each person is c/o Henry Schein, Inc., 135 Duryea Road, Melville, New York 11747. (2) The 18,483,115 shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding prior to this offering includes 18,306,994 shares of Common Stock outstanding on May 1, 1995 and 176,121 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to options held by management which may be exercised within 60 days after the date of the offering. The number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding after this offering include an additional 2,880,500 shares of Common Stock being offered for sale by the Company in this offering. (3) Prior to this offering, includes (a) 164,758 shares which Mr. Bergman owns directly and which he has the power to vote and the power to dispose of in accordance with the Global Agreement, (b) 3,828,160 shares which Mr. Bergman shares the power to vote pursuant to voting trust agreements, (c) options to purchase 176,121 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days by certain executives which will be subject to the Voting Trust upon exercise and which Mr. Bergman will share the power to vote and (d) an additional 7,094,933 shares held by certain stockholders of the Company which must be voted for the eight nominees for director selected by Mr. Bergman in (Footnotes continued on following page) 56 (Footnotes continued from preceding page) accordance with the Global Agreement. Excludes 27,500 shares transferred by Mr. Bergman to Community Funds Inc., a public charity, in June 1996. The shares described in (a) through (c) must also be voted for the nominees for director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. After the offering, reflects the sale of 2,792,000 shares to be sold by the selling stockholders pursuant to this offering. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (4) Includes (a) 2,136,359 shares which Mr. Schein owns directly and (b) 3,680,647 shares owned in trusts for the benefit of Mr. Schein and his family members and/or trusts for charities of which Mr. Schein and Leslie J. Levine are co-trustees, all of which shares Mr. Schein has the power to vote and the power to dispose of in accordance with the Global Agreement. Mr. Schein has the right to nominate one director to the Board of Directors in accordance with the Global Agreement. Certain stockholders of the Company (including Mr. Schein) are required to vote for the nominees for director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. Shares of Common Stock to be offered include 1,187,700 shares owned directly by Mr. Schein, 670,800 shares owned in trust for the benefit of Mr. Schein and his family members and 41,500 shares owned in a trust for the benefit of charities. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (5) Mr. Levine holds such shares as co-trustee of trusts for the benefit of Marvin H. Schein and his family members and/or trusts for charities. All of such shares must be voted for the nominees for directors selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. Mr. Levine has the power to dispose of such shares in accordance with the Global Agreement. Shares of Common Stock to be offered include 670,800 shares owned in trust for the benefit of Marvin H. Schein and his family members and 41,500 shares owned in a trust for the benefit of charities. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (6) The shares are owned by a revocable trust established by Ms. Schein of which Irving and Judith Shafran are trustees. Ms. Schein has the power to dispose of such shares if she revokes the trust, subject to the Global Agreement. All of such shares are subject to the Voting Trust. Ms. Schein has the right to nominate one director to the Board of Directors in accordance with the Global Agreement. Certain stockholders of the Company (including the trustees of the revocable trust) are required to vote for the nominees for director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (7) Mr. Shafran and Ms. Shafran hold such shares as trustees of a revocable trust established by Pamela Schein. Mr. Shafran and Ms. Shafran share the power to dispose of such shares in accordance with the Global Agreement. All of such shares are subject to the Voting Trust and must be voted for the nominees for director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (8) Leslie Bergman and Marion Bergman hold such shares as co-trustees of trusts established by Stanley M. Bergman for the benefit of Stanley M. Bergman and his family members. Leslie Bergman and Marion Bergman share the power to vote such shares and the power to dispose of such shares in accordance with the Global Agreement; provided that the shares must be voted for the nominees for director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (9) Includes (a) 1,000 shares owned directly, (b) 50,490 shares subject to the Voting Trust and (c) options to purchase 29,700 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days which will be subject to the Voting Trust upon exercise. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (10) Mr. Breslawski has the power to dispose of such shares in accordance with the Global Agreement. The shares are subject to the Voting Trust and must be voted for the nominees for the director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (11) Includes (a) 2,500 shares owned directly, (b) 14,850 shares subject to the Voting Trust and (c) options to purchase 13,563 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days which will be subject to the Voting Trust upon exercise. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (Footnotes continued on following page) 57 (Footnotes continued from preceding page) (12) Ms. Joseph holds such shares as co-trustee of a trust established by Ms. Joseph. Prior to the offering, it is anticipated that the trust will distribute all its holdings of Common Stock to Ms. Joseph individually and will be terminated. The shares to be offered would then be offered by Ms. Joseph individually. Ms. Joseph shares the power to dispose of such shares in accordance with the Global Agreement. All of such shares are subject to the Voting Trust. Ms. Joseph has the right to nominate one director to the Board of Directors. Certain stockholders of the Company (including Ms. Joseph) are required to vote for the nominees for director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (13) Includes (a) 2,000 shares owned directly, (b) 14,850 shares subject to the Voting Trust, (c) options to purchase 19,800 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days which will be subject to the Voting Trust upon exercise and (d) 4,800 shares which Mr. Mlotek has the power to vote as trustee of trusts for certain third parties. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (14) Includes (a) 3,500 shares owned directly, (b) 50,490 shares subject to the Voting Trust and (c) options to purchase 29,700 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days which will be subject to the Voting Trust upon exercise. All 83,690 shares must be voted for the nominees for director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. Mr. Paladino has the power to dispose of such shares in accordance with the Global Agreement. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (15) Ms. Sperber holds such shares as trustee of a trust for the benefit of Mr. Sperber and his family group members. All of such shares must be voted for the nominees for director selected in accordance with the Global Agreement. Ms. Sperber has the power to dispose of such shares in accordance with the Global Agreement. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (16) Includes (a) 400 shares owned directly, (b) 33,660 shares subject to the Voting Trust and (c) options to purchase 3,300 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days which will be subject to the Voting Trust upon exercise. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." (17) These shares were transferred by Stanley M. Bergman to Community Funds Inc., a public charity, in June 1996. (18) Includes (a) all shares described in the preceding notes (2) through (15), 16(b) and 16(c), and (b) 4,000 shares held by other executive officers which are not subject to the Voting Trust and 1,200 shares held by other directors. See "Reorganization--Reorganization Agreements." 58 DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Restated Charter") and Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Restated By-laws") of the Company which are included as exhibits to the registration statement, and by the provisions of applicable law. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock having a par value of $.01 per share and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock having a par value of $.01 per share. COMMON STOCK As of March 30, 1996, there were 18,306,994 shares of Common Stock outstanding, held by stockholders of record (including various trusts) and 51,679 shares of Common Stock held by the Company in treasury. An aggregate of 728,635 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan and 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares offered hereby will be, fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters voted upon by stockholders and may not cumulate votes. Thus, the owners of a majority of the Common Stock outstanding may elect all of the directors if they choose to do so, and the owners of the balance of such shares would not be able to elect any directors. Subject to the rights of holders of any future series of undesignated Preferred Stock which may be designated, each share of outstanding Common Stock is entitled to participate equally in any distribution of net assets made to the stockholders in liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and is entitled to participate equally in dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors. There are no redemption, sinking fund, conversion or preemptive rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock. All shares of Common Stock have equal rights and preferences. PREFERRED STOCK The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to certain limitations prescribed by law, without further stockholder approval, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series with such designations and such powers, preferences and rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions (which may differ with respect to each series) as the Board may fix by resolution. Unless otherwise provided by board resolution, the consent of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock shall not be required for the issuance by the Board of Directors of any other series of Preferred Stock. No dividend may be declared on any series of Preferred Stock unless a dividend is declared on all shares of Preferred Stock of each other series entitled to cumulative dividends, then outstanding, which rank senior to or equally as to dividends with the series in question. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of Common Stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock which the Company may designate and issue in the future. The Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock. At present, no shares of Preferred Stock are issued or have been authorized by the Board of Directors for issuance. Under the Restated Charter, no action by the Company's stockholders is necessary, and only action of the Board of Directors is required, to authorize the issuance of any of the shares of additional authorized Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is empowered to establish, and to designate the name of, each class or series of the shares of Preferred Stock and to set the terms of 59 such shares (including terms with respect to redemption, sinking fund, dividend, liquidation, preemptive, conversion and voting rights and preferences). Accordingly, the Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of Preferred Stock with terms (including terms with respect to redemption, sinking fund, dividend, liquidation, preemptive, conversion and voting rights and preferences) that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of holders of the Common Stock. The undesignated Preferred Stock may have the effect of discouraging an attempt, through the acquisition of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock, to acquire control of the Company with a view to effecting a merger, sale or exchange of assets or a similar transaction. For example, the Board of Directors could issue such shares as a dividend to holders of Common Stock or place such shares privately with purchasers who may side with the Board of Directors in opposing a takeover bid. The anti-takeover effects of the undesignated Preferred Stock may deny stockholders the receipt of a premium on their Common Stock and may also have a depressive effect on the market price of the Common Stock. CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"). Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of the Board of Directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF PROVISIONS OF THE RESTATED CHARTER AND RESTATED BY-LAWS Certain provisions of the Restated Charter and Restated By-Laws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of the Company. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of the Company, such as an unsolicited acquisition proposal. Because these provisions could have the effect of discouraging a third party from acquiring control of the Company, they may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of shares of Common Stock that could otherwise result from actual or rumored takeover attempts and, therefore could deprive stockholders of an opportunity to realize a takeover premium. These provisions also may have the effect of limiting the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of the Company's Common Stock and of preventing changes in the management of the Company. The Company's Restated Charter provides that if stockholder approval is required for the adoption of any agreement for the merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation or for the sale, lease, transfer or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, then the affirmative vote of holders of 60% of the outstanding stock entitled to vote shall be required to approve such action. The Restated Charter and Restated By-Laws provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time at no less than five and no more than eleven through December 31, 1998. Thereafter, the number of directors shall be nine. Any director may be removed with or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose and the vacancies thus created may be filled at that same meeting 60 by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Ordinary vacancies in the Board of Directors shall also be filled by the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding share entitled to vote. The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. The Company's Restated Charter requires the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the outstanding stock to amend or repeal certain of its provisions. A two-thirds vote is required to amend or repeal the Company's Restated By-Laws. The Restated By-Laws may also be amended or repealed by a two-thirds vote of the Board of Directors. Such stockholder vote would be in addition to any separate class vote that might in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock that might be outstanding at the time any such amendments are submitted to stockholders. AGREEMENTS RELATING TO CONTROL OF THE COMPANY The Voting Trust gives Stanley M. Bergman (or his successor trustee) the right to vote all of the shares of Common Stock owned by certain stockholders of the Company. In addition, the Global Agreement provides that the Board of Directors of the Company may consist of up to 11 members, and that until the earlier of January 1, 1999 or the termination of the Voting Trust, Mr. Bergman (or his successor trustee) has the right to nominate all but three of the nominees to the Board of Directors. Marvin H. Schein, Pamela Joseph and Pamela Schein have the right to serve as or nominate the remaining three directors. In general, from the earlier of January 1, 1999 or the termination of the Voting Trust until the earlier of January 1, 2004 or the first date on which Marvin H. Schein and his family group no longer beneficially own at least 25% of the outstanding Common Stock that they owned immediately after the Reorganization, or the date of certain changes in the Company's management, Mr. Bergman (or his successor trustee) has the right to nominate all of the nominees to the Board of Directors, provided, that if Marvin H. Schein does not approve such nominations, Mr. Bergman (or his successor trustee) and Mr. Schein will each nominate four nominees (of which one will be an independent nominee) and the ninth nominee will be selected by the two independent nominees. The Global Agreement also requires the parties to the Voting Trust and Marvin H. Schein to vote in favor of the individuals so nominated until the earlier of January 1, 1999 or the termination of the Voting Trust, and to vote their shares in favor of the nominees of Stanley M. Bergman until January 1, 2004. As a result of the foregoing, until December 31, 1998, Mr. Bergman, as a practical matter, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, and until January 1, 2004, Mr. Bergman will have the ability to significantly influence the election of all or a substantial number of the directors of the Company. The Global Agreement also affords Marvin H. Schein or his designee the right to serve on each committee of the Board of Directors to which the Board of Directors has delegated decision-making authority and the right to call a special meeting of the Board of Directors. The Global Agreement also limits the Company's ability to adopt a shareholder rights plan or "fair price amendment," if such plan or amendment would affect Marvin H. Schein or Pamela Schein (including their respective family members), as long as Marvin H. Schein or Pamela Schein own certain specified percentages of the outstanding Common Stock. See "Reorganization." RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS The Global Agreement places certain restrictions on the ability of the parties thereto to transfer any of the shares of Common Stock owned by them and further provides that the Company may not, prior to the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the first date on which neither Marvin H. Schein nor Pamela Schein (including their respective family members) own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (i) issue in one or more private transactions securities having more than 20% of the 61 total votes that can be cast in any election of directors of the Company without first offering Marvin H. Schein and Pamela Schein (including their respective family members) the right to purchase such securities; (ii) issue securities in connection with a business combination having more than 20%, or resulting in a person owning more than 20%, of the total votes that can be cast in any election of directors without the consent of Marvin H. Schein; or (iii) issue preferred stock having the right to cast more than 20% of the total votes that can be cast in any election of directors of the Company. In addition, certain members of management have agreed not to transfer their shares until November 3, 1998, subject to acceleration in Mr. Bergman's discretion. Restrictions on the ability of stockholders to transfer their stock may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or may discourage acquisition bids for, the Company, and could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of Common Stock. See "Reorganization." TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is the Trust Company of New Jersey, Jersey City, New Jersey. 62 UNDERWRITING The Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for which William Blair & Company, L.L.C., Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, Montgomery Securities and Smith Barney Inc. are acting as representatives (the "Representatives") have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement by and among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to the Underwriters, the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite each Underwriter's name below:
NUMBER OF UNDERWRITERS SHARES ------------ --------- William Blair & Company, L.L.C.................................. Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated................................. Montgomery Securities........................................... Smith Barney Inc................................................ --------- Total..................................................... 5,700,000 --------- ---------
The nature of the Underwriters' obligations under the Underwriting Agreement is such that all shares of the Common Stock offered hereby, excluding shares covered by the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters, must be purchased if any are purchased. The Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the Underwriters propose to offer the Common Stock to the public initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to select dealers at such price less a concession of not more than $ per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $ per share to certain other dealers. The Underwriters may also offer shares to employees of the Company at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. After the public offering contemplated hereby, the public offering and other selling terms may be changed by the Representatives. The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option exercisable within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 855,000 shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, at the same price per share to be paid by the Underwriters for the other shares offered 63 hereby. If the Underwriters purchase any such additional shares pursuant to this option, each Underwriter will be committed to purchase such additional shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above. The Underwriters may exercise the option only for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the distribution of shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The Company and its directors, executive officers and certain stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or any securities convertible into Common Stock or register for sale under the Securities Act any Common Stock for a period of 120 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives. The rules of the Commission generally prohibit the Underwriters and other members of the selling group, if any, from making a market in the Common Stock during a "cooling-off" period immediately preceding the commencement of sales in the offering. The Commission has, however, adopted exemptions from these rules that permit passive market making under certain conditions. These rules permit an Underwriter or other members of the selling group, if any, to continue to make a market in the Common Stock subject to the condition, among others, that its bid not exceed the highest bid by a market maker not connected with the offering and that its net purchases on any one trading day not exceed prescribed limits. Pursuant to these exemptions, certain Underwriters and other members of the selling group, if any, may engage in passive market making in the Common Stock during the cooling-off period. The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof. LEGAL MATTERS The validity of the shares of Common Stock being offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company and the Selling Stockholders by Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Sidley & Austin, Chicago, Illinois. EXPERTS The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Henry Schein, Inc. and Subsidiaries, the financial statements of Veratex (a division of The Veratex Corporation) and the consolidated financial statements of HS Pharmaceutical, Inc. and Subsidiaries included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, independent certified public accountants, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their reports appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered by this Prospectus. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement. For further information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement are not necessarily 64 complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. In addition, the Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the Commission. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, as well as the Company's periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, may be inspected at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20549; Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60621; and Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048; and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from such office upon payment of the prescribed fees. The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market and such reports, proxy statements and other information may be inspected at the offices of Nasdaq Operations, 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006 65 [THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY] INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants................................. F-2 Consolidated Financial Statements: Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and March 30, 1996 (unaudited).......................................................................... F-3 Statements of Operations for the years ended December 25, 1993, December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 and for the three months ended March 30, 1996 (unaudited) and July 1, 1995 (unaudited)......................................................... F-4 Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 25, 1993, December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 and the three months ended March 30, 1996 (unaudited)..................................................................... F-5 Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 25, 1993, December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 and the three months ended March 30, 1996 (unaudited) and July 1, 1995 (unaudited)............................................................. F-6 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................... F-7 VERATEX Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants................................. F-28 Financial Statements: Statements of Assets Purchased as of December 31, 1994 and June 30, 1995 (unaudited).......................................................................... F-29 Statements of Revenues and Direct Operating Expenses for the year ended December 31, 1994 and the six months ended June 30, 1994 (unaudited) and June 30, 1995 (unaudited).......................................................................... F-30 Notes to Financial Statements.................................................... F-31 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants................................. F-32 Consolidated Financial Statements: Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995..................... F-33 Statements of Income and Retained Earnings for the years ended December 25, 1993, December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995.............................................. F-34 Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 25, 1993, December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995................................................................ F-35 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................... F-36
F-1 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS Henry Schein, Inc. Melville, New York We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Henry Schein, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Henry Schein, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes in 1993. BDO SEIDMAN, LLP New York, New York February 23, 1996 F-2 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, MARCH 30, 1994 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ----------- (UNAUDITED) ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents............................... $ 4,450 $ 7,603 $ 7,500 Accounts receivable, less reserves of $4,319, $6,335 and $5,891, respectively.................................. 57,464 91,248 104,859 Inventories............................................. 76,933 96,515 87,897 Deferred income taxes................................... 5,232 6,896 6,715 Other................................................... 14,077 19,492 18,579 ------------ ------------ ----------- Total current assets.................................. 158,156 221,754 225,550 Property and equipment, net................................. 19,908 29,713 30,816 Goodwill and other intangibles, net......................... 5,044 24,389 26,186 Investments and other....................................... 6,912 21,011 21,181 ------------ ------------ ----------- $190,020 $296,867 $ 303,733 ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------ ----------- LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Accounts payable........................................ $ 45,158 $ 65,105 $ 56,184 Bank credit lines....................................... 6,646 9,325 8,085 Accruals: Salaries and related expenses......................... 5,002 9,074 9,999 Premium coupon redemptions............................ 3,992 4,474 4,354 Other................................................. 17,995 26,534 19,012 Current maturities of long-term debt.................... 2,971 3,343 3,861 ------------ ------------ ----------- Total current liabilities............................. 81,764 117,855 101,495 Long-term debt.............................................. 51,521 30,381 51,701 Other liabilities........................................... 600 1,233 1,236 ------------ ------------ ----------- Total liabilities..................................... 133,885 149,469 154,432 ------------ ------------ ----------- Redeemable stock, 2,084,398 shares.......................... 14,745 -- -- ------------ ------------ ----------- Minority interest........................................... 1,823 4,547 4,361 ------------ ------------ ----------- Commitments and contingencies Stockholders' equity: Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 60,000,000; issued: 9,923,859, 18,358,673 and 18,358,673, respectively................................................ 99 183 183 Additional paid-in capital.............................. 9,964 123,866 123,866 Retained earnings....................................... 29,962 19,746 22,210 Treasury stock, at cost, 51,679 shares in 1995 and 1996........................................................ -- (769) (769) Foreign currency translation adjustment................. (458) (175) (550) ------------ ------------ ----------- Total stockholders' equity............................ 39,567 142,851 144,940 ------------ ------------ ----------- $190,020 $296,867 $ 303,733 ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-3 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED ------------------------------------------ -------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- (UNAUDITED) Net sales................................... $415,710 $486,610 $616,209 $136,040 $ 185,359 Cost of sales............................... 294,693 343,922 425,625 95,725 130,410 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Gross profit............................. 121,017 142,688 190,584 40,315 54,949 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative...... 109,574 128,560 170,823 37,329 50,245 Special management compensation.......... 617 21,596 20,797 -- -- Special contingent consideration......... 3,216 -- -- -- -- Special professional fees................ 2,224 2,007 -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Operating income (loss)................ 5,386 (9,475) (1,036) 2,986 4,704 Other income (expense): Interest income.......................... 856 251 475 69 395 Interest expense......................... (3,216) (3,756) (5,833) (1,288) (961) Other-net................................ (634) 541 276 97 (97) ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Income (loss) before taxes on income (recovery), minority interest and equity in earnings of affiliates..... 2,392 (12,439) (6,118) 1,864 4,041 Taxes on income (recovery).................. 1,351 (1,630) 5,126 781 1,783 Minority interest in net income (loss) of subsidiaries................................ 318 561 509 172 (70) Equity in earnings of affiliates............ 1,296 494 1,537 25 136 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change........................... 2,019 (10,876) (10,216) 936 2,464 Cumulative effect of accounting change...... 1,891 -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net income (loss)........................... $ 3,910 $(10,876) $(10,216) $ 936 $ 2,464 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net income per common share................. $ .08 $ .13 -------- --------- -------- --------- Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding.............. 12,184 18,670 -------- --------- -------- --------- Pro forma: Historical net loss...................... $(10,876) $(10,216) Pro forma adjustments: Special management compensation and professional fees........................... 23,603 20,797 Tax effect of above.................... (5,749) (1,174) ------------ ------------ Pro forma net income..................... $ 6,978 $ 9,407 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Pro forma net income per common share.... $ .58 $ .70 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Pro forma weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding........ 12,127 13,447 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-4 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
COMMON STOCK FOREIGN $.01 PAR VALUE ADDITIONAL CURRENCY TOTAL ------------------ PAID-IN RETAINED TREASURY TRANSLATION DEFERRED STOCKHOLDERS' SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL EARNINGS STOCK ADJUSTMENT COMPENSATION EQUITY ---------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----------- ------------ ------------- BALANCE, DECEMBER 26, 1992....................... 11,390,544 $114 $ 11,225 $ 38,050 $-- $(458) $ (8,814) $ 40,117 Net income................. -- -- -- 3,910 -- -- -- 3,910 Deemed dividend............ -- -- -- (570) -- -- -- (570) Amortization of deferred compensation............... -- -- -- -- -- -- 617 617 Foreign currency translation adjustment.... -- -- -- -- -- (177) -- (177) ---------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----- ------------ ------------- BALANCE, DECEMBER 25, 1993....................... 11,390,544 114 11,225 41,390 -- (635) (8,197) 43,897 Net loss................... -- -- -- (10,876) -- -- -- (10,876) Deemed dividend............ -- -- -- (552) -- -- -- (552) Adjustment resulting from revaluation of stock issued for special compensation (including $4,897 attributable to stock of former parent)... -- -- 9,104 -- -- -- (9,104) -- Stock issued and issuable, in part, to settle accrued liability under long-term executive incentive compensation plan.......... 489,456 5 3,460 -- -- -- -- 3,465 Recognition of deferred compensation............... -- -- -- -- -- -- 17,301 17,301 Stock issued to ESOP trust...................... 128,257 1 899 -- -- -- -- 900 Reclassification of redeemable stock issued as special compensation and to ESOP trust............. (2,084,398) (21) (14,724) -- -- -- -- (14,745) Foreign currency translation adjustment.... -- -- -- -- -- 177 -- 177 ---------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----- ------------ ------------- BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994....................... 9,923,859 99 9,964 29,962 -- (458) -- 39,567 Net loss................... -- -- -- (10,216) -- -- -- (10,216) Shares issued for acquisition................ 1,260,416 13 6,500 -- -- -- -- 6,513 Stock issued in initial public offering........... 5,090,000 51 72,417 -- -- -- -- 72,468 Reclassification of redeemable stock issued as special compensation and to ESOP trust upon closing of initial public offering................... 2,084,398 20 32,180 -- -- -- -- 32,200 Issuance of compensatory stock options............. -- -- 2,805 -- -- -- -- 2,805 Purchase of treasury stock (51,679 shares)............ -- -- -- -- (769) -- -- (769) Foreign currency translation adjustment.... -- -- -- -- -- 283 -- 283 ---------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----- ------------ ------------- BALANCE, DECEMBER 30, 1995....................... 18,358,673 183 123,866 19,746 (769) (175) -- 142,851 Net income (unaudited)..... -- -- -- 2,464 -- -- -- 2,464 Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)................ -- -- -- -- -- (375) -- (375) ---------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----- ------------ ------------- BALANCE, MARCH 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED)................ 18,358,673 $183 $ 123,866 $ 22,210 $ (769) $(550) -- $ 144,940 ---------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----- ------------ ------------- ---------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----- ------------ -------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-5 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED ---------------------------------------- ------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- (UNAUDITED) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income (loss).............................. $ 3,910 $(10,876) $(10,216) $ 936 $ 2,464 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization................ 3,981 3,811 6,037 914 1,716 Provision for losses and allowances on accounts receivable........................ 316 1,061 2,016 154 (360) Stock issued to ESOP trust................... -- 900 -- -- -- Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes.......................................... (1,551) (3,553) (1,091) (787) 168 Special management compensation.............. 617 18,866 20,289 -- -- Special contingent consideration............. 3,216 -- -- -- -- Cumulative effect of accounting change....... (1,891) -- -- -- -- Undistributed earnings of affiliates......... (1,296) (494) (1,537) (25) (136) Minority interest in net income (loss) of subsidiaries................................... 318 561 509 172 (70) Other........................................ 198 (965) (558) 62 24 Changes in assets and liabilities: Increase in accounts receivable............ (6,852) (12,809) (35,055) (6,692) (11,898) (Increase) decrease in inventories......... (8,424) (5,412) (7,342) 5,378 10,037 (Increase) decrease in other current assets......................................... 4,630 (3,571) (4,411) 2,168 1,454 Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accruals....................................... (491) 18,759 20,562 (4,901) (19,435) ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..................................... (3,319) 6,278 (10,797) (2,621) (16,036) ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Capital expenditures......................... (2,903) (5,919) (9,219) (1,652) (1,956) Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired....................................... (1,114) -- (16,377) (280) (1,925) Other........................................ (905) (1,972) (3,893) (488) 149 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net cash used in investing activities........ (4,922) (7,891) (29,489) (2,420) (3,732) ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt..... 1,489 5,391 3,698 269 662 Principal payments on long-term debt......... (1,590) (1,150) (15,289) (459) (924) Proceeds from issuance of stock.............. -- -- 72,468 -- -- Proceeds from borrowings from banks.......... 13,600 3,764 2,446 6,254 23,960 Purchase of treasury stock................... -- -- (769) -- -- Payments on borrowings from banks............ (6,746) (4,200) (20,826) (293) (3,559) Deemed dividend.............................. (295) (552) -- -- -- Other........................................ (227) 445 1,711 906 (474) ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net cash provided by financing activities...... 6,231 3,698 43,439 6,677 19,665 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.................................... (2,010) 2,085 3,153 1,636 (103) Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period......................................... 4,375 2,365 4,450 4,450 7,603 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....... $ 2,365 $ 4,450 $ 7,603 $ 6,086 $ 7,500 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- ---------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-6 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 1--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Henry Schein, Inc. and all of its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries (the "Company"). Investments in unconsolidated affiliates which are 50% or less owned are accounted for under the equity method. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Fiscal Year The Company reports its operations on a 52-53 week basis ending on the last Saturday of December. Accordingly, fiscal years ended December 25, 1993 and December 30, 1995 consisted of 52 weeks and the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 consisted of 53 weeks. Revenue Recognition Sales are recorded when products are shipped or services are rendered, except for the portion of revenues from sales of practice management software which is attributable to noncontractual postcontract customer support, which is deferred and recognized ratably over the period in which the support is expected to be provided. Inventories Inventories consist substantially of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method. Property and Equipment and Depreciation and Amortization Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed primarily under the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: YEARS ----- Buildings and improvements......................................... 40 Machinery and warehouse equipment.................................. 5-10 Furniture, fixtures and other...................................... 3-10 Computer equipment................................................. 5 F-7 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 1--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED) Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the useful life of the assets or the lease term. Taxes on Income The Company filed a consolidated Federal income tax return with Schein Holdings, Inc. for the period ended September 30, 1994 (see Note 2). For the balance of 1994 the Company filed a consolidated Federal income tax return with its 80% or greater owned subsidiaries and expects to continue to do so thereafter. Income taxes for financial statement presentation were calculated through the period ending September 30, 1994 as if the Company filed a separate tax return. Effective for 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 ("SFAS No. 109"), "Accounting for Income Taxes." SFAS No. 109 provides that deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities. Premium Coupon Program The Company issues premium coupons to certain customers in conjunction with sales of its products which are redeemable for gifts. Premium coupon redemptions are accrued as issued based upon expected redemption rates. Statement of Cash Flows For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and other short-term investments with an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company has determined that the effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash flows is not material. Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions The financial position and results of operations of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are determined using local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rate in effect at each year-end. Income statement accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are included in the cumulative translation adjustment account in stockholders' equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in earnings, except for certain hedging transactions (see below). Financial Instruments The Company uses forward exchange contracts to hedge certain firm commitments denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on these positions are deferred and included in the basis of the transaction when it is completed. In order to manage interest rate exposure, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to exchange variable rate debt based on LIBOR into fixed rate debt F-8 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 1--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED) without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Net payments or receipts under the agreements are recorded as adjustments to interest expense. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The carrying amount reported for long-term debt approximates fair value because the underlying instruments are at variable rates which are repriced frequently. Acquisitions The net assets of businesses purchased are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date and the consolidated financial statements include their operations from that date. Any excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired is included in goodwill and is amortized on a straight-line basis over periods not exceeding 30 years. Deferred Catalog Costs Effective for 1993, the Company adopted AICPA Statement of Position 93-7 ("SOP 93-7"), "Reporting on Advertising Costs." SOP 93-7 establishes accounting standards for reporting the costs of advertising and direct response advertising. The cumulative effect of this change was not material. In accordance with this statement the net costs of direct mail catalogs used to order merchandise are deferred and amortized ratably over the expected benefit period of the specific catalog, which ranges from six to twelve months, and are not material. Long-Lived Assets Long-lived assets, such as goodwill and property and equipment, are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from the use of these assets. When any such impairment exists, the related assets will be written down to fair value. This policy is in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. No impairment losses have been necessary through March 31, 1996. Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements In the opinion of the Company's management, the consolidated balance sheet as of March 30, 1996, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996, and the consolidated statement of stockholders' equity for the three months ended March 30, 1996 contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein. The results of operations for the three months ended March 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results for any other period. F-9 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 1--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED) Stock-Based Compensation The Company does not presently intend to adopt the fair value method of accounting for stock options as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation". Earnings Per Share (a) Historical Net Income Per Share Historical net income per share for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996 is computed using the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding, after reflecting a 99-for-1 stock split effected immediately prior to the initial public offering. The common equivalent shares relating to the stock options issued to executive management in 1995 have been treated as if they were outstanding since the beginning of 1995 and are calculated using the treasury stock method, using the initial public offering price of $16.00 per share for assumed repurchase for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and the average share price for the three months ended March 30, 1996. (b) Pro Forma Net Income Per Share Historical per share information for the years ended December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 is not considered relevant as it would differ materially from pro forma per share data, given the significance of the pro forma adjustments. Pro forma net income per share is computed using pro forma net income and the pro forma weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding, after reflecting a 99-for-1 stock split effected immediately prior to the initial public offering. The common equivalent shares relating to the stock options issued to executive management in 1995, the shares issued to senior management in 1994 to extinguish a previously accrued liability, and the shares contributed to the ESOP trust in 1994 have been treated as if they were outstanding since the beginning of 1994. Such ESOP shares and common equivalent shares relating to the stock options are calculated using the treasury stock method, using the initial public offering price of $16.00 per share for assumed repurchase for the period prior to the initial public offering. For the period subsequent to the initial public offering, application of the treasury stock method to the stock options reflects the average share price. (c) Supplemental Earnings Per Share As required by APB Opinion No. 15, supplementary pro forma income per share for the year ended December 30, 1995 was $.67. For this calculation, the weighted average number of common shares includes the shares assumed to provide the proceeds, at the initial public offering price, needed to retire average revolving credit borrowings and debt for the period from the beginning of the year (or the date the debt was incurred) to the respective retirement date, and the pro forma net income was adjusted to exclude the related financing and interest expenses of the debt. F-10 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 2--REORGANIZATION On December 26, 1992, Henry Schein, Inc., a New York corporation ("Old HSI"), reorganized its corporate structure to split into separate healthcare distribution and pharmaceutical companies (the "Split"). The Split was accomplished by transferring substantially all of Old HSI's assets and liabilities relating to the distribution business to Henry Schein USA, Inc., a newly formed corporation ("New HSI"). Subsequent to the Split, the name of Old HSI was changed to Schein Holdings, Inc. and the name of New HSI was changed to Henry Schein, Inc. ("HSI"). As a result of the Split, Schein Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") became the parent of the Company and Schein Pharmaceutical, Inc. (the pharmaceutical company, "SPINC"). The accompanying financial statements give retroactive effect to the Split as described above, and reflect the historical cost bases of the assets and liabilities of the distribution business. On February 16, 1994, the shareholders of Holdings and HSI and certain HSI management entered into an agreement (the "HSI Agreement") whereby certain voting and non-voting shares of HSI stock were exchanged for new voting stock of HSI, a 100-for-1 stock split was effectuated, and certain additional agreements were entered into between HSI, the shareholders and management. The effect of the stock exchanges was that Holdings distributed all of its shares in HSI to certain shareholders of Holdings in exchange for its stock. The HSI Agreement was subject to approval by the Westchester County Surrogate Court, which approval was obtained on September 20, 1994. The HSI Agreement was also subject to the closing of a transaction between the shareholders of Holdings and Miles, Inc. ("Miles", an unrelated third party) involving the sale by shareholders of Holdings of 28% of their shares to Miles. In connection with the reorganization, during 1992 HSI issued 1,466,685 shares of common stock (valued at $6,173) to one of its executive officers and 147,312 shares of common stock (valued at $620) to an executive officer of SPINC. In addition, SPINC issued shares to one of its executive officers and an executive officer of HSI. Each company made cash payments to its respective executive officer to cover the income taxes relating to the stock issuances. The HSI shares issued to its executive officer originally were to vest after 10 years of employment. The other stock issuances were forfeitable if certain events did not occur. The stock issuances to HSI's executive officer were accounted for based on the estimated fair value at the date of issuance, as deferred compensation, which was classified as a reduction of stockholders' equity in the financial statements of the applicable company whose executive officer received the shares. Accordingly, the fair value of the shares of HSI issued to the executive officer of SPINC was recorded as a distribution to Holdings. Conversely, the fair value of the shares issued to HSI's executive officer by SPINC in the amount of $2,641 was treated as a contribution to HSI's capital. The cash payment to HSI's executive officer in the amount of $5,283 was charged to operations in 1992 as a special management compensation charge. In 1994, an additional cash payment of $258 was paid to HSI's executive officer to pay certain additional income taxes attributable to the 1992 stock issuance and was recorded as a special management compensation charge. As part of the HSI Agreement, the vesting and events of forfeiture were removed and the stock issued in 1992 became fully vested. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of the stock issuances to HSI's executive officer were revalued to reflect the fair values of HSI and SPINC at the time of vesting and F-11 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 2--REORGANIZATION--(CONTINUED) the related deferred compensation, net of amortization, of $17,301 was charged to earnings as special management compensation in 1994. Additionally, pursuant to previous commitments, certain senior management of HSI were issued 489,456 shares including 91,377 shares issued subsequent to December 31, 1994 and 83,259 shares issued prior to the closing of the initial public offering in part to extinguish a previously accrued liability under a pre-existing long-term incentive plan. In connection with the issuance of these shares, a cash payment of approximately $2,472 was paid to cover the income taxes relating to this stock issuance and was charged, along with the estimated fair value of the related stock issued of $3,465, less the related obligations extinguished of approximately $1,900, as special compensation and is included in special compensation in 1994. The shares issued to the executive officer and the senior management of HSI were subject to repurchase by HSI at fair market value in the event employment was terminated for any reason or an initial public offering of HSI's stock did not occur by December 31, 1999. The repurchase feature was eliminated upon the closing of the initial public offering. Special management compensation for the year ended December 30, 1995 includes a $17,484 charge to operations to reflect the appreciation in the fair market value of stock grants and issuances based on the initial public offering price of $16.00 and a cash payment of approximately $508 to cover income taxes related to those stock grants and issuances. In addition, special management compensation for the year ended December 30, 1995 includes a charge of $2,805 to reflect the excess of the initial public offering price over the exercise price of Class A options issued to certain executive management in May 1995 (see Note 14(a)). Special charges incurred in connection with this reorganization consist of special management compensation expense of $617, $21,596, $20,797, and special professional fees of $2,224, $2,007, $0, for the years ended 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. During the years ended 1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company incurred special professional fees related to the reorganization in the amounts of $570, $552 and $0, respectively, on behalf of its stockholders. These amounts were deemed to be dividends and deducted from retained earnings. NOTE 3--OTHER CURRENT ASSETS Other current assets consist of the following:
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, MARCH 30, 1994 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ --------- Prepaid expenses........................ $ 5,246 $ 3,941 $ 4,564 Vendor rebates receivable............... 3,052 5,744 5,948 Amounts due from affiliates............. 1,863 2,084 2,267 Refundable income taxes................. 551 2,645 897 Other................................... 3,365 5,078 4,903 ------------ ------------ --------- $ 14,077 $ 19,492 $18,579 ------------ ------------ --------- ------------ ------------ ---------
F-12 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 4--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT--NET Major classes of property and equipment consist of the following:
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, MARCH 30, 1994 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ --------- Land.................................... $ 1,189 $ 1,718 $ 1,699 Buildings and leasehold improvements.... 18,228 23,288 23,486 Machinery and warehouse equipment....... 5,921 10,509 10,142 Furniture, fixtures and other........... 10,421 12,165 13,379 Computer equipment...................... 12,098 15,937 17,230 ------------ ------------ --------- 47,857 63,617 65,936 Less accumulated depreciation and amortization............................ 27,949 33,904 35,120 ------------ ------------ --------- Net property and equipment.............. $ 19,908 $ 29,713 $30,816 ------------ ------------ --------- ------------ ------------ ---------
NOTE 5--GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES--NET Goodwill and other intangibles consist of the following:
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, MARCH 30, 1994 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ --------- Goodwill................................ $4,799 $ 22,267 $24,861 Other................................... 1,333 3,917 3,469 ------------ ------------ --------- 6,132 26,184 28,330 Less accumulated amortization........... 1,088 1,795 2,144 ------------ ------------ --------- $5,044 $ 24,389 $26,186 ------------ ------------ --------- ------------ ------------ ---------
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of acquisitions over the fair value of net assets acquired. During 1995, three acquisitions (the distribution business of The Veratex Corporation, Schein Dental Equipment Corp. and PRN Medical, Inc.) accounted for $15,282 of the $17,468 increase in goodwill. Other intangibles include covenants not to compete, customer lists and deferred acquisition costs. Goodwill and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods not exceeding 30 years. F-13 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 6--INVESTMENTS AND OTHER Investments and other consist of:
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, MARCH 30, 1994 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ --------- Investments in unconsolidated affiliates................. $5,093 $ 9,865 $ 9,471 Long-term receivables (see Note 11(b))................... 761 8,399 7,933 Deferred borrowing costs and other, net of accumulated amortization of $254, $1,664 and $1,879, respectively.... 1,058 2,747 3,277 ------------ ------------ --------- $6,912 $ 21,011 $21,181 ------------ ------------ --------- ------------ ------------ ---------
The Company's investments are predominately 50% owned unconsolidated affiliates consisting of various companies involved in the healthcare distribution business and HS Pharmaceutical, Inc., which manufactures generic pharmaceuticals. As of December 30, 1995, the Company's investments in unconsolidated affiliates were $3,507 more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying equity of these affiliates. This amount, which has been treated as goodwill, is being amortized over 30 years and charged to equity in the operating results of these companies. Combined unaudited financial data for these companies for periods subsequent to their acquisition follows: DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ Current assets............................... $ 15,338 $ 28,904 Total assets................................. 20,170 35,220 Liabilities.................................. 13,463 22,995 Stockholders' equity......................... 6,707 12,225
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED ------------------------------------------ -------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net sales................................. $ 41,623 $ 34,003 $ 55,090 $ 6,590 $20,303 Operating income.......................... 3,997 3,183 5,147 254 832 Net income................................ 1,670 1,428 2,920 30 415
NOTE 7--BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS The Company acquired 24 healthcare distribution businesses between 1993 and March 30, 1996, including, on July 7, 1995, the distribution business of The Veratex Corporation ("Veratex"), a national direct marketer of medical, dental and veterinary products. The total amount of cash paid and promissory notes issued for these acquisitions was approximately $6,910, $2,660 and $22,710 for 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The Company also issued 1,260,416 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of Schein Dental Equipment Corp., of which approximately 928,700 shares were issued to a stockholder of the Company. In addition, the Veratex acquisition agreement also provides for contingent payments of up to $2,000 if certain financial targets are met. Acquisitions completed during F-14 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 7--BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS--(CONTINUED) the three months ended March 30, 1996 were not material. These acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method, except for the shares issued to a stockholder as noted above which involves carryover of predecessor basis with respect to the affiliate's proportionate share of net assets. Operations of these businesses have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their acquisition dates. The summarized unaudited pro forma results of operations set forth below for 1994 and 1995 assume the acquisitions in 1994 and 1995 occurred as of the beginning of each of these periods. YEAR ENDED ---------------------------- DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ Net sales...................................... $493,171 $669,016 Net loss....................................... (11,030) (11,107) Pro forma net income, reflecting adjustment for special management compensation and professional fees............................ 6,824 8,516 Pro forma net income per common share.......... .56 .60 Pro forma net income per common share, including acquisitions, may not be indicative of actual results, primarily because the pro forma earnings include historical results of operations of acquired entities and do not reflect any cost savings that may result from the Company's integration efforts. During 1993, the Company incurred a charge of $2,528 resulting from the buyout of an employee's rights to future income contained in his employment agreement and paid contingent consideration of $688 to the prior owners of another company acquired in 1993. These payments were charged to operating expenses in 1993. NOTE 8--BANK CREDIT LINES At March 30, 1996, certain subsidiaries of the Company had available various bank credit lines totaling approximately $13,876, expiring through March 1997. Borrowings of $8,085 under these credit lines at interest rates ranging from 4.0% to 9.5% were collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory and property and equipment of the subsidiaries with an aggregate net book value of $20,715 at March 30, 1996. F-15 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 9--LONG-TERM DEBT Long-term debt consists of:
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, MARCH 30, 1994 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ --------- Borrowings under Revolving Credit Agreement (a).......... $ 35,800 $ 17,000 $39,000 Note payable for business acquisition (b)................ 4,836 4,383 4,383 Note payable for business acquisition (c)................ -- 2,400 2,400 Notes payable to banks, interest variable (8% at March 30, 1996), payable in quarterly installments ranging from $15 to $31 through 2003, secured by inventory and accounts receivable of $12,089 for 1994, $15,727 for 1995 and $16,003 for 1996.............................. 2,191 2,020 1,921 Note payable in monthly installments of $8 through July 2007, uncollateralized, interest increases 1% annually to 5% in 2000, 6% from 2001 to 2007.................... -- 1,150 1,125 Mortgage payable to bank in quarterly installments of $14, interest at 7.4% through November 2013, collateralized by a building with a net book value of $1,697................................................... 1,103 1,137 1,083 Note payable in semi-annual installments of $225 through September 1998, uncollateralized, imputed interest at 8%....................................................... 1,422 972 747 Note payable in annual installments of $136 through March 2001, uncollateralized, interest at prime which approximated 8% at March 30, 1996........................ 953 817 681 Term loan payable to bank in quarterly installments of $63 with a balloon payment of $2,500 at maturity, interest variable through December 2004, collateralized by a building with a carrying value of $7,092--repaid in November 1995....................................... 5,000 -- -- Various notes and loans payable with interest, in varying installments through 1998, uncollateralized.............. 3,187 3,845 4,222 ------------ ------------ --------- Total.................................................... 54,492 33,724 55,562 Less current maturities.................................. 2,971 3,343 3,861 ------------ ------------ --------- Total long-term debt..................................... $ 51,521 $ 30,381 $51,701 ------------ ------------ --------- ------------ ------------ ---------
(a) Revolving Credit Agreement The Company's revolving credit agreement, as amended, provides for maximum borrowings of $65 million through July 1999. The interest rate on any borrowings under the agreement is based on prime or LIBOR as defined in the agreement, which were 8.25% and 5.31%, respectively, at March 30, 1996. The borrowings outstanding at March 30, 1996 were at interest rates ranging from 5.94% to 8.25%. The agreement provides for a 0.19% fee on any unused portion of the commitment. The agreement also F-16 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 9--LONG-TERM DEBT--(CONTINUED) provides, among other things, that HSI will maintain, on a consolidated basis, as defined, a minimum tangible net worth, current, cash flow, and interest coverage ratios, a maximum leverage ratio, and contains restrictions relating to annual dividends in excess of $500, guarantees of subsidiary debt, investments in subsidiaries, mergers and acquisitions, liens, capital expenditures, certain changes in ownership and employee and shareholder loans. As of March 30, 1996, approximately $5,173 of the Company's retained earnings represented undistributed earnings of affiliates. (b) Note Payable for Business Acquisition In November 1993, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a term loan agreement for $5,290 with a bank. The proceeds of this loan were used to acquire a dental supply distribution company. Principal is payable in semi-annual installments of $227 through October 1997, with a final balloon payment of $3,474 on October 31, 1997. Interest is payable quarterly at a rate of 6.7% per year. The agreement also provides for the same financial covenants and restrictions as the revolving credit agreement. (c) Note Payable for Business Acquisition In October 1995, the Company entered into a term loan agreement for $2,400 with a third party. The proceeds of this loan were used to acquire a medical distribution company. Principal is payable in quarterly installments of $120 through October 2000. Interest is payable quarterly at the prime rate less 1.0% per year. As of December 30, 1995, the aggregate amounts of long-term debt maturing in each of the next five years are as follows: 1996--$3,343; 1997--$5,789; 1998--$1,750; 1999--$18,850; 2000--$1,105. NOTE 10--TAXES ON INCOME (RECOVERY) The Company adopted SFAS No. 109 as of the beginning of 1993. The cumulative effect on prior years of this change in accounting principle increased 1993 net income by $1,891. The difference between calculating the 1993 income tax provision under SFAS No. 109 and APB No. 11 was not material. F-17 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 10--TAXES ON INCOME (RECOVERY)--(CONTINUED) Taxes on income (recovery) are based on income (loss) before taxes on income (recovery), minority interest and equity in earnings of affiliates as follows:
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED ------------------------------------------ -------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 1, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- -------- Domestic.................................. $1,304 $(13,978) $ (7,435) $ 1,417 $3,710 Foreign................................... 1,088 1,539 1,317 447 331 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- -------- Total income (loss) before taxes on income (recovery), minority interest and equity in earnings of affiliates............... $2,392 $(12,439) $ (6,118) $ 1,864 $4,041 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------
The provision for (recovery of) income taxes on income (loss) before the 1993 cumulative effect of accounting change was as follows:
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED ENDED ------------------------------------------ --------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Current tax expense (recovery): U.S. Federal........................... $2,304 $ 1,528 $ 4,677 $ 1,148 $ 1,072 State and local........................ 373 459 924 218 345 Foreign................................ 225 (64) 616 202 198 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Total current............................ 2,902 1,923 6,217 1,568 1,615 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Deferred tax expense (benefit): U.S. Federal........................... (1,521) (3,563) (836) (591) 150 State and local........................ (30) (155) (285) (196) 28 Foreign................................ -- 165 30 -- (10) ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Total deferred........................... (1,551) (3,553) (1,091) (787) 168 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Total provision (recovery)............... $1,351 $ (1,630) $ 5,126 $ 781 $ 1,783 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- ---------
F-18 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 10--TAXES ON INCOME (RECOVERY)--(CONTINUED) The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the Company's deferred tax asset (liability) are as follows:
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, MARCH 30, 1994 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ --------- Current deferred tax assets: Inventory, premium coupon redemptions and accounts receivable valuation allowances.............................. $2,914 $3,592 $ 3,534 Uniform capitalization adjustments to inventories............................. 1,156 1,472 1,407 Accrued special professional fees and other accrued liabilities............... 1,162 1,832 1,774 ------------ ------------ --------- Total current deferred tax asset........ 5,232 6,896 6,715 ------------ ------------ --------- Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities): Property and equipment................ (373) (428) (425) Provision for long-term executive incentive compensation and other accrued liabilities..................... 348 (110) (97) Net operating losses of foreign subsidiaries............................ 140 2,403 2,011 ------------ ------------ --------- Total non-current deferred tax asset.... 115 1,865 1,489 Valuation allowance for non-current deferred tax assets..................... (140) (2,403) (2,011) ------------ ------------ --------- Net non-current deferred tax liabilities............................. (25) (538) (522) ------------ ------------ --------- Net deferred tax asset.................. $5,207 $6,358 $ 6,193 ------------ ------------ --------- ------------ ------------ ---------
The net deferred tax asset is realizable as the Company has sufficient taxable income in prior carryback years to realize the tax benefit for deductible temporary differences. The non-current deferred liability is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. F-19 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 10--TAXES ON INCOME (RECOVERY)--(CONTINUED) The tax provisions (recovery) differ from the amount computed using the Federal statutory income tax rate as follows:
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED ENDED -------------------------------------------- --------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Provision (recovery) at Federal statutory rate...................... $ 837 $ (4,354) $ (2,141) $ 652 $ 1,414 State income taxes, net of Federal income tax effect................... 501 53 582 145 176 Net foreign and domestic losses for which no tax benefits are available........................... 186 23 574 125 242 Foreign income taxed at other than the Federal statutory rate.......... 221 (214) (25) 10 2 Non-deductible appreciation in stock issued as special management compensation........................ -- 3,318 6,109 -- -- Deduction for charitable contributions....................... -- (180) -- -- -- Write-off of related party debt deducted for tax purposes only...... (320) -- -- -- -- Other............................... (74) (276) 27 (151) (51) ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Income tax provision (recovery)..... $1,351 $ (1,630) $ 5,126 $ 781 $ 1,783 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- ---------
Provision has not been made for U.S. or additional foreign taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Those earnings have been and will continue to be reinvested. These earnings could become subject to additional tax if they were remitted as dividends, if foreign earnings were loaned to the Company or a U.S. affiliate, or if the Company should sell its stock in the foreign subsidiaries. It is not practicable to determine the amount of additional tax, if any, that might be payable on the foreign earnings; however, the Company believes that foreign tax credits would substantially offset any U.S. tax. At December 30, 1995, the cumulative amount of reinvested earnings was approximately $1,560. NOTE 11--FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND CREDIT RISK CONCENTRATIONS (a) Financial Instruments To reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies and interest rates, the Company is party to foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps with major financial institutions. While the Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties of these contracts, the Company does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support these financial instruments. F-20 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 11-- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND CREDIT RISK CONCENTRATIONS-- (CONTINUED) As of March 30, 1996, the Company has outstanding foreign currency forward contracts aggregating $13,768 related to debt and the purchase and sale of merchandise. The contracts hedge against currency fluctuations of the Canadian dollar ($4,195), British Pound ($756), Swiss Franc ($554), the Netherlands Guilder ($6,815), Deutsche Mark ($648), and the Spanish Peseta ($800). The contracts expire at various dates through October 1997. At March 30, 1996, the Company had net deferred gains from foreign currency forward contracts of $15. As of March 30, 1996, interest rate swaps totaling $13,000 were outstanding. The swaps are used to convert floating rate debt to fixed rate debt to reduce the Company's exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The net result was to substitute a weighted average fixed interest rate of 7.81% for the variable LIBOR rate on $13,000 of the Company's debt. The swaps expire in October and November 2001. Under the interest rate environment during the three months ended March 30, 1996, the net fair value of the Company's interest rate swap agreements resulted in a realized loss of $7. In October 1994, a subsidiary of the Company recorded a $509 foreign currency gain relating to an intercompany loan intended to be repaid. This gain is reflected in the Other-net section of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. (b) Concentrations of Credit Risk Certain financial instruments potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. These financial instruments consist primarily of trade receivables and short-term cash investments. The Company places its short-term cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to a large customer base and its dispersion across different types of healthcare professionals and geographic areas. The Company maintains an allowance for losses based on the expected collectability of all receivables. Included in Accounts Receivable and Long-Term Receivables (see Note 6) at March 30, 1996 is $16,096 and $7,604, respectively, related to Easy Dental(R) Plus software sales with non-interest bearing extended payment terms. Total unamortized discounts at March 30, 1996 amounted to $1,326 based on an imputed interest rate of 8.5%. NOTE 12--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (a) In the ordinary course of business, the Company purchases pharmaceutical products from certain unconsolidated affiliates. Net purchases from these affiliates amounted to $9,645, $12,055 and $8,730 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $909 and $3,179 for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively. Included in Accounts Payable at December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 were $2,075 and $1,591, respectively, and $488 at March 31, 1996, for amounts due to these affiliates for purchases made from them. F-21 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 12--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS--(CONTINUED) (b) The Company also shares certain services with these and other unconsolidated affiliates which are charged to the affiliates at cost. The Company charged these affiliates $4,089, $1,691 and $891 during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, for these services and $201 and $193 during the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively. In addition, sales (at cost) to unconsolidated affiliates were $3,043, $3,160 and $3,784 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $911 and $44 for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively. (c) The Company recorded interest income of $616, $87, $88, $23 and $30, and interest expense of $610, $13, $26, $10 and $24, in 1993, 1994, 1995 and the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively, attributable to transactions with unconsolidated affiliates. Included in Other Current Assets are amounts due from unconsolidated affiliates of $1,863, $2,051 and $2,267 at December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and March 30, 1996, respectively. (d) A subsidiary of the Company leases its primary operating facility from an officer of the subsidiary. Rent expense attributed to this facility amounted to $86, $209 and $52 for 1994, 1995 and the three months ended March 30, 1996, respectively. (e) During 1994, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a sales service agreement with an entity ("Salesco") owned by an officer of the subsidiary. Under the terms of this agreement the subsidiary is required to reimburse Salesco for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the services it provides to the subsidiary and pay a fee to Salesco based upon a formula applied to its pre-tax profit. Amounts paid during 1994, 1995 and 1996 under this agreement were not material. (f) The Company purchases products from Schein Dental Equipment Corp. ("SDEC"), formerly owned by a stockholder. In September 1995, the Company acquired SDEC. Net purchases from SDEC prior to the acquisition amounted to $1,183, $1,738 and $1,803, in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $490 for the three months ended April 1, 1995. NOTE 13--SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC DATA The Company is engaged principally in one line of business, the distribution of healthcare products to healthcare practitioners and professionals. The following table presents information about the F-22 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 13--SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC DATA--(CONTINUED) Company by geographic area. There were no material amounts of sales or transfers among geographic areas and there were no material amounts of United States export sales.
1993 UNITED STATES EUROPE CONSOLIDATED ---- ------------- ------- ------------ Net sales................................................. $ 361,199 $54,511 $415,710 Operating income.......................................... 3,580* 1,806 5,386 Pre-tax income............................................ 1,304* 1,088 2,392 Identifiable assets....................................... 130,355 30,438 160,793 Depreciation and amortization............................. 2,592 1,389 3,981 Capital expenditures...................................... 2,122 781 2,903 1994 ----- Net sales................................................. $ 408,463 $78,147 $486,610 Operating income (loss)................................... (11,649)* 2,174 (9,475) Pre-tax income (loss)..................................... (13,978)* 1,539 (12,439) Identifiable assets....................................... 155,772 34,248 190,020 Depreciation and amortization............................. 2,524 1,287 3,811 Capital expenditures...................................... 4,425 1,494 5,919 1995 ----- Net sales................................................. $ 516,794 $99,415 $616,209 Operating income (loss)................................... (3,626)* 2,590 (1,036) Pre-tax income (loss)..................................... (7,435)* 1,317 (6,118) Identifiable assets....................................... 243,677 53,190 296,867 Depreciation and amortization............................. 4,704 1,333 6,037 Capital expenditures...................................... 5,523 3,696 9,219
- ------------ * Includes special management compensation, special professional fees and special contingent consideration expense of $6,057, $23,603 and $20,797, for 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. NOTE 14--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (a) Stock Options The Company maintains a 1994 Stock Option Plan for the benefit of certain employees under which 679,635 shares of common stock may be issued. The Plan provides for two classes of options: Class A options and Class B options. A maximum of 237,897 shares of common stock may be covered by Class A options. Both incentive and nonqualified stock options may be issued under the Plan. In 1995, Class A options to acquire 237,897 common shares were issued to certain executive management at an exercise price of $4.21 per share, substantially all of which became exercisable upon the closing of the initial public offering, at which time the $2,805 excess of the initial public offering price of $16.00 over the exercise price was charged to special management compensation expense. F-23 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 14--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS--(CONTINUED) On November 3, 1995, the Company issued Class B options to acquire 413,400 shares of common stock to certain employees at an exercise price of $16.00 per share, substantially all of which become exercisable ratably over three years from the date of issuance. The Class A and Class B options are exercisable up to the tenth anniversary of the date of issuance, subject to acceleration upon termination of employment. As of March 30, 1996, no options were exercised. (b) Profit Sharing Plans The Company has qualified noncontributory profit sharing plans for eligible employees. Contributions to the plans as determined by the Board of Directors and charged to operations during 1993, 1994, 1995 and the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996 amounted to $1,936, $1,719, $2,178, $620 and $803, respectively. (c) Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) In 1994, the Company established an ESOP and a related trust as a benefit for substantially all of its domestic employees. This plan supplements the Company's Profit Sharing Plan. Under this plan, the Company issued 128,257 shares of HSI common stock to the trust in 1994 at an estimated fair value of $900, which was charged to operations. For 1995, the Company will contribute 3% of eligible compensation with shares of the Company's common stock. (d) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan In 1994, the Company instituted a nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan for eligible employees. Contributions, as determined by the Board of Directors and charged to operations, were $27 and $68 for 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $17 and $22 for the three months ended April 1, 1995 and March 30, 1996. NOTE 15--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (a) Operating Leases The Company leases facilities and equipment under noncancelable operating leases expiring through 2009. Management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. F-24 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 15--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--(CONTINUED) Future minimum annual rental payments under the noncancelable leases at December 30, 1995 are as follows: 1996............................................................. $ 7,696 1997............................................................. 7,304 1998............................................................. 6,308 1999............................................................. 4,751 2000............................................................. 4,028 Thereafter....................................................... 14,309 ------- Total minimum lease payments..................................... $44,396 ------- ------- Total rental expense for 1993, 1994 and 1995 was $4,878, $5,874 and $7,324, respectively and $1,547 and $2,216 for the three months ended April 1, 1995, and March 30, 1996, respectively. (b) Litigation Various claims, suits and complaints, such as those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the Company's business. In the opinion of the Company, all such pending matters are without merit, covered by insurance or are of such kind, or involve such amounts, as would not have a material adverse effect on the financial statements of the Company if disposed of unfavorably. (c) Employment, Consulting and Noncompete Agreements The Company has employment, consulting and noncompete agreements expiring through 2000 (except for a lifetime consulting agreement with a principal stockholder which provides for initial compensation of $258 per year, increasing $25 every fifth year beginning in 1997). The agreements provide for varying base aggregate annual payments of approximately $2,996 per year which decrease periodically to approximately $1,437 per year. In addition, some agreements have provisions for incentive and additional compensation. NOTE 16--SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION Cash paid for interest and income taxes amounted to the following:
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED ENDED ------------------------------------------ -------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Interest.................................. $2,222 $ 3,132 $ 6,124 $ 1,292 $ 667 Income taxes.............................. 2,214 2,451 5,540 401 267
F-25 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 16--SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION--(CONTINUED) In conjunction with business acquisitions, the Company used cash as follows:
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED ENDED ------------------------------------------ -------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Fair value of assets acquired, excluding cash..................................... $ 10,163 $ 3,525 $ 59,544 $ 1,210 $ 5,819 Less liabilities assumed and created upon acquisition.............................. (9,049) (3,525) (43,167) 930 3,894 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Net cash paid............................ $ 1,114 $ -- $ 16,377 $ 280 $ 1,925 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- ---------
In 1995, the Company entered into a note payable of $2,400 in connection with one of its acquisitions. In connection with the HSI Agreement, certain expenses incurred on behalf of and advances to stockholders amounting to $275 are included in deemed dividends for 1993. NOTE 17--OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)--NET Other income (expense)-net consists of the following:
THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED ENDED -------------------------------------------- --------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ -------- --------- Investment losses................... $ (463) -$- -$- $-- $-- Gain (loss) on sale of assets....... (70) 100 33 4 -- Net foreign exchange gain (loss).... (79) 415 43 (57) (120) Other non-operating income (expense)........................... (22) 26 200 150 23 ------ ----- ----- -------- --------- $ (634) $541 $276 $ 97 $ (97) ------ ----- ----- -------- --------- ------ ----- ----- -------- ---------
NOTE 18--QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) The following table sets forth summary quarterly unaudited financial information for 1994, 1995, and the first quarter of 1996 excluding non-recurring special charges and the related tax effects:
QUARTER ENDED ------------------------------------------------------ MARCH 26, JUNE 25, SEPTEMBER 24, DECEMBER 31, 1994 1994 1994 1994 --------- -------- ------------- ------------ Net sales.................................... $ 108,356 $115,793 $ 122,695 $139,766 Gross profit................................. 31,695 33,708 34,998 42,287 Pro forma operating income................... 1,876 3,347 4,516 4,389 Pro forma net income......................... 881 1,520 1,577 3,000 Pro forma earnings per share................. 0.07 0.13 0.13 0.25
F-26 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) (INFORMATION RELATED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995 AND SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 30, 1995 IS UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) NOTE 18--QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)--(CONTINUED)
QUARTER ENDED ------------------------------------------------------------------ APRIL 1, JULY 1, SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 30, MARCH 30, 1995 1995 1995 1995 1996 -------- -------- ------------- ------------ --------- Net sales.......................... $136,040 $139,753 $ 156,667 $183,749 $ 185,359 Gross profit....................... 40,315 42,107 48,090 60,072 54,949 Pro forma operating income......... 2,986(1) 4,689 5,188 6,898 4,704(1) Pro forma net income............... 936(1) 2,066 2,093 4,312 2,464(1) Pro forma earnings per share....... 0.08(1) 0.17 0.17 0.26 0.13(1)
- ------------ (1) Historical. The Company's business has been subject to seasonal and other quarterly influences. Net sales and operating profits have been generally higher in the fourth quarter due to timing of sales of software, year-end promotions and purchasing patterns of office-based healthcare practitioners and have been generally lower in the first quarter due primarily to the increased purchases in the prior quarter. Quarterly results also may be materially affected by a variety of other factors, including the timing of acquisitions and related costs, the release of software enhancements, timing of purchases, special promotional campaigns, fluctuations in exchange rates associated with international operations and adverse weather conditions. Earnings per share calculations for each quarter were based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding for each period, and the sum of the quarters may not necessarily be equal to the full year earnings per share amount. F-27 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS Board of Directors and Stockholders Henry Schein, Inc. We have audited the accompanying statement of assets purchased of Veratex (a division of The Veratex Corporation) as of December 31, 1994, and the statement of revenues and direct operating expenses for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of Veratex's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. The accompanying statement of assets purchased and statement of revenues and direct operating expenses were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-1 of Henry Schein, Inc.), and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Company's financial position or results of operations. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the assets purchased of Veratex (a division of The Veratex Corporation) at December 31, 1994, and its revenues and direct operating expenses for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. BDO SEIDMAN, LLP New York, New York July 24, 1995 F-28 VERATEX (A DIVISION OF THE VERATEX CORPORATION) STATEMENTS OF ASSETS PURCHASED
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 31, 1994 1995 ------------ ----------- (UNAUDITED) ASSETS Accounts receivable................................................ $3,100,000 $ 3,300,000 Inventories........................................................ 5,591,000 4,989,000 Furniture and fixtures............................................. 75,000 75,000 ------------ ----------- Assets purchased................................................... $8,766,000 $ 8,364,000 ------------ ----------- ------------ -----------
See accompanying notes to financial statements. F-29 VERATEX (A DIVISION OF THE VERATEX CORPORATION) STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES
SIX MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- 1994 1994 1995 ------------ ----------- ----------- (UNAUDITED) Net sales........................................... $ 39,538,000 $20,161,000 $19,853,000 Cost of sales....................................... 26,999,000 13,628,000 14,079,000 ------------ ----------- ----------- Gross profit........................................ 12,539,000 6,533,000 5,774,000 Direct operating expenses........................... 10,369,000 5,084,000 5,015,000 ------------ ----------- ----------- Revenues in excess of direct operating expenses..... $ 2,170,000 $ 1,449,000 $ 759,000 ------------ ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- Pro forma income taxes (unaudited).................. $ 846,000 $ 565,000 $ 296,000 ------------ ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
See accompanying notes to financial statements. F-30 VERATEX (A DIVISION OF THE VERATEX CORPORATION) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1995 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.) NOTE 1--BASIS OF PRESENTATION The statements of assets purchased and statements of revenues and direct operating expenses relate to Veratex (the "Company"), the retail distribution division of The Veratex Corporation. The Company is engaged in the business of distributing a wide range of health care supplies and paper products via mail order. Under an agreement dated June 14, 1995, inventories, certain furniture and fixtures and the business of the division are to be sold to Henry Schein, Inc. The financial statements have been prepared to substantially comply with rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for businesses acquired. Such financial statements, rather than complete financial statements, are presented because the business was acquired from an unaffiliated third party in a negotiated transaction and the seller would not allow management of Henry Schein, Inc. access to records supporting net assets that will not be acquired (such as certain property and equipment, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and debt) and expenses not allocated by the group to the divisions, primarily consisting of corporate compensation, data processing and management fees. Accordingly, the statements present only the assets to be acquired and the revenues and expenses directly attributable to the Company, consisting primarily of selling expenses, freight and advertising. Pro forma income taxes are based on applying the statutory Federal and state income tax rates to revenues in excess of direct operating expenses. The Company's historical costs of finished goods obtained from related entities do not reflect any markups that would otherwise be charged to unrelated third parties by these entities. The accompanying statements of revenues and direct operating expenses include adjustments to cost of sales of $1,844,000, $931,000 and $915,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994 and the six months ended June 30, 1994 and 1995, respectively, for the estimated effect of these markups. The financial statements presented are not representative of the actual operations of the Company and, accordingly, statements of financial position and cash flows are not applicable. Interim Financial Information The statement of assets purchased as of June 30, 1995 and the statements of revenues and direct operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 1994 and 1995, in the opinion of the Company's management, include all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring accruals necessary for a fair presentation. The revenues and direct operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 1995 are not necessarily indicative of the results for any other period. NOTE 2--REVENUE RECOGNITION Revenue is recognized when inventory is shipped to the customer. NOTE 3--INVENTORIES Inventories consist of merchandise purchased for resale and finished goods acquired from related entities in the group. All inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the replacement cost method, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. F-31 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS HS Pharmaceutical, Inc. We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HS Pharmaceutical, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HS Pharmaceutical, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. BDO Seidman, LLP New York, New York February 16, 1996 F-32 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ ASSETS Current: Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $105,400 and $95,703............................................. $ 7,257,514 $ 7,062,447 Inventories.................................................... 3,059,126 4,258,660 Advances to affiliates......................................... 1,239,478 543,925 Prepaid expenses and other..................................... 377,286 565,845 ------------ ------------ Total current assets....................................... 11,933,404 12,430,877 Property and equipment, net...................................... 3,576,613 3,539,376 Intangibles, less accumulated amortization of $182,833 and $201,479......................................................... 184,085 165,439 Deposits and other............................................... 269,056 5,786 Advances and notes to affiliates................................. -- 1,076,723 ------------ ------------ $ 15,963,158 $ 17,218,201 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Bank overdraft................................................. $ 900,722 $ 324,875 Revolving credit agreement..................................... 1,000,000 -- Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......................... 3,845,875 4,266,631 Income taxes payable........................................... 85,826 480,684 Current portion of long-term debt.............................. 1,093,268 834,700 ------------ ------------ Total current liabilities.................................. 6,925,691 5,906,890 Long-term debt, less current portion............................. 2,770,718 2,195,980 Deferred income taxes............................................ 71,000 152,000 ------------ ------------ Total liabilities.......................................... 9,767,409 8,254,870 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Commitments and contingencies Stockholders' equity: Common stock--no par value, shares authorized 200; issued and outstanding 20................................................... 382,845 40,100 Additional paid-in capital..................................... -- 342,745 Retained earnings.............................................. 5,812,904 8,580,486 ------------ ------------ Total stockholders' equity................................. 6,195,749 8,963,331 ------------ ------------ $ 15,963,158 $ 17,218,201 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-33 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1993 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ ------------ Net sales........................................... $ 26,424,528 $ 24,500,962 $ 28,123,977 Cost of sales....................................... 16,580,174 15,925,685 17,467,680 ------------ ------------ ------------ Gross profit...................................... 9,844,354 8,575,277 10,656,297 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative............... 4,777,310 5,615,183 6,157,515 ------------ ------------ ------------ Operating income................................ 5,067,044 2,960,094 4,498,782 Other income (expense): Interest expense, net............................. (310,963) (395,159) (500,293) Foreign exchange remeasurement gain............... 1,523 47,543 (10,163) Contract settlement............................... 120,520 -- -- Other............................................. -- -- 147,387 ------------ ------------ ------------ Income before taxes on income................... 4,878,124 2,612,478 4,135,713 Taxes on income..................................... 1,875,500 1,004,000 1,368,131 ------------ ------------ ------------ Net income.......................................... 3,002,624 1,608,478 2,767,582 Retained earnings, beginning of year................ 1,201,802 4,204,426 5,812,904 ------------ ------------ ------------ Retained earnings, end of year...................... $ 4,204,426 $ 5,812,904 $ 8,580,486 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-34 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1993 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ ------------ CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income........................................... $3,002,624 $1,608,478 $2,767,582 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization...................... 484,277 469,763 425,861 Provision for losses on accounts receivable........ 203,774 38,843 15,000 Provision for deferred income taxes................ 6,500 16,000 81,000 Other.............................................. -- 25,000 5,000 Changes in assets and liabilities: (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable....... (1,590,054) (1,821,447) 180,067 (Increase) decrease in inventories............... 232,953 (33,420) (1,199,165) (Increase) decrease in advances to affiliates.... (734,339) 156,123 (381,170) (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other.................................................. 134,956 (212,711) (138,634) (Increase) decrease in deposits and other........ (1,800) (258,071) 263,270 Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses....................................... (2,207,023) 940,230 415,386 Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable...... 1,848,882 (1,763,056) 339,870 ------------ ------------ ------------ Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.... 1,380,750 (834,268) 2,774,067 ------------ ------------ ------------ CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Capital expenditures................................. (928,508) (1,156,332) (369,978) ------------ ------------ ------------ CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Increase (decrease) in bank overdraft................ 186,211 (309,837) (575,847) Credit line borrowings, net.......................... -- 1,000,000 (1,000,000) Proceeds from long-term debt......................... -- 1,792,020 -- Principal payments on long-term debt................. (638,453) (491,583) (828,242) ------------ ------------ ------------ Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.... (452,242) 1,990,600 (2,404,089) ------------ ------------ ------------ Net increase (decrease) in cash........................ -- -- -- Cash, beginning of year................................ -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ Cash, end of year...................................... $ -- $ -- $ -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Supplemental cash flow information: Interest paid........................................ $ 297,338 $ 387,101 $ 608,216 Taxes paid........................................... $ 20,542 $2,836,776 $ 996,520
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-35 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1--SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES Description of Business HS Pharmaceutical, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") manufactures and distributes pharmaceutical products and sells other accessory products to dental, medical and veterinary distributors worldwide. Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of HS Pharmaceutical, Inc. and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Fiscal Year The Company reports its operations on a 52-53 week basis ending on the last Saturday of December. Accordingly, fiscal years ended December 30, 1995 and December 25, 1993 consisted of 52 weeks and the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 consisted of 53 weeks. Inventories Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value. Manufactured inventories of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods are valued using standard costing methods, which approximate the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The cost of inventory purchased for resale is determined by the FIFO method. Property and Equipment and Depreciation and Amortization Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed primarily under the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: YEARS ----- Buildings and improvements......................................... 40 Machinery and warehouse............................................ 5-10 Computer hardware.................................................. 5 Capital lease equipment............................................ 5-10 F-36 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) NOTE 1--SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED) Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the useful lives of the assets or the lease term. Intangibles Intangibles consist of costs incurred in connection with obtaining abbreviated new drug applications, investigational new drug exemptions and licenses, permits and approvals relating to the manufacture and sale of pharmaceutical products. These costs are being amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives which is expected to be 20 years. Taxes on Income Effective for 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 ("SFAS No. 109"), "Accounting for Income Taxes." SFAS No. 109 provides that deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities. Statement of Cash Flows For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and other short-term investments with an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Foreign Currency Remeasurement Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency have been remeasured into the functional currency (the U.S. dollar) at the year-end rate of exchange (U.S. $1 = Canadian $1.35, $1.40 and $1.31 at December 30, 1995, December 31, 1994 and December 25, 1993, respectively). Non-monetary items are remeasured at historical rates. Revenue and expenses are remeasured based on the average monthly rate. Foreign exchange remeasurement gains and losses are included in the determination of net income for the year. Long-Lived Assets Long-lived assets, such as goodwill and property and equipment, are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from the use of these assets. When any such impairment exists, the related assets will be written down to fair value. This policy is in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. No impairment losses have been necessary through December 30, 1995. F-37 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) NOTE 2--INVENTORIES Inventories consist of the following: DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ Raw materials................................. $ 711,394 $ 962,845 Work-in-progress.............................. 53,464 136,062 Finished goods................................ 468,489 418,780 Parts......................................... 156,286 148,012 ------------ ------------ Total manufactured inventories................ 1,389,633 1,665,699 Inventory purchased for resale................ 1,669,493 2,592,961 ------------ ------------ $3,059,126 $4,258,660 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ NOTE 3--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET Major classes of property and equipment consist of the following: DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ Land........................................... $ 23,474 $ 23,474 Building....................................... 1,314,486 1,331,400 Machinery and equipment........................ 5,256,967 5,552,819 Computer hardware.............................. 238,188 281,645 Capital lease equipment........................ 359,658 359,658 Leasehold improvements......................... 185,765 199,519 ------------ ------------ 7,378,538 7,748,515 Less accumulated depreciation and amortization. 3,801,925 4,209,139 Net property and equipment..................... $3,576,613 $3,539,376 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ NOTE 4--BANK OVERDRAFT Bank overdraft bears interest at the U.S. and Canadian prime rates, as well as LIBOR plus 3/4%, which were 8.5% and 9.0% for prime, respectively, and 6.63% for LIBOR at the time the Company entered into such overdraft agreement, and is due on demand. The bank overdraft and bank loans payable (see Note 6) are secured by a general assignment of accounts receivable, a general security agreement on all machinery and equipment, and a $2,500,000 demand debenture on land and building. F-38 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) NOTE 5--REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT During 1995, the Company entered into a $2,000,000 revolving credit agreement with its bank, expiring September 30, 1996. Borrowings are due on demand, collateralized by accounts receivable and inventories and bear interest at Canadian prime plus 1/8%. NOTE 6--LONG-TERM DEBT Long-term debt consists of the following: DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ Term loans payable in monthly installments maturing at varying dates from August 1997 through December 1999, with interest at Canadian prime plus 0.5%................................. $2,492,643 $1,877,901 Notes payable bearing interest at prime, payable in annual installments of $191,885 principal, plus interest, due March 31, 2001............... 1,343,194 1,151,308 Capital lease obligations, payable in monthly installments of $2,227, including interest, due January 1996...................................... 28,149 1,471 ------------ ------------ 3,863,986 3,030,680 Less: Current portion............................. 1,093,268 834,700 ------------ ------------ $2,770,718 $2,195,980 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Principal payments on long-term debt mature as follows: YEAR AMOUNT ---- ------ 1996........................................................... $ 834,700 1997........................................................... 741,656 1998........................................................... 571,246 1999........................................................... 460,062 2000........................................................... 312,411 ---------- $2,920,075 ---------- ---------- F-39 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) NOTE 7--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (a) Certain services of a 50% shareholder are provided to the Company at the shareholder's cost. Total charges from this shareholder were approximately $83,000, $109,000 and $105,000 for 1995 , 1994 and 1993, respectively. In addition, the Company has made advances to this shareholder during 1995, 1994 and 1993. At December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, "Advances to affiliates" includes amounts due from this shareholder of approximately $390,000 and $256,000, respectively, and "Accounts payable and accrued expenses" includes amounts due to this shareholder of approximately $927,000 and $906,000, respectively. In March 1991, the Company entered into an agreement with this same shareholder to supply products at prices and quantities as defined in the agreement. Sales to this same shareholder (including sales under this agreement) accounted for approximately 22%, 24% and 27% of the Company's sales for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Included in "Accounts receivable" at December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994 were approximately $1,356,000 and $1,276,000, respectively, for amounts due from this shareholder. (b) In March 1991, the other 50% shareholder of the Company granted the Company a ten-year license to use certain of their trademarks. Royalties of $75,000 annually are required under the terms of the agreement and were paid in 1995, 1994 and 1993. In the ordinary course of business, the Company sells products to this same shareholder. Net sales to this shareholder amounted to approximately $608,000, $1,167,000 and $606,000 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Included in "Accounts receivable" at December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994 were approximately $88,000 and $653,000, respectively, for amounts due from this shareholder. In addition, the Company also purchases pharmaceutical products from this shareholder. Net purchases from this shareholder amounted to approximately $4,434,000, $3,773,000 and $4,775,000 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Included in "Accounts payable and accrued expenses" at December 30, 1995 were approximately $974,000 and $1,001,000, respectively, for amounts due to this shareholder. (c) Interest expense related to accounts payable and accrued expenses owing to the above shareholders amounted to approximately $51,000, $65,000 and $77,000 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. (d) An affiliated company supplies a new product line to the Company. Included in "Advances to affiliates" are net amounts due from this affiliate of approximately $974,000 and $983,000 at December 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994, respectively. NOTE 8--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company leases facilities and equipment under noncancelable operating leases expiring through 1998. Total rental expense for 1995, 1994 and 1993 was approximately $163,000, $153,000 and F-40 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) NOTE 8--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--(CONTINUED) $108,000, respectively. At December 30, 1995, future minimum annual rental payments under these leases are as follows: YEAR AMOUNT ---- ------ 1996............................................................ $153,000 1997............................................................ 148,000 1998............................................................ 148,000 1999............................................................ 105,000 2000............................................................ 1,000 -------- $555,000 -------- -------- NOTE 9--TAXES ON INCOME The Company adopted SFAS No. 109 as of the beginning of 1993. The cumulative effect of this change was not material. Taxes on income are as follows:
YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1993 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ ------------ Domestic.............................. $2,763,533 $1,193,905 $2,500,916 Foreign............................... 2,114,591 1,418,573 1,634,797 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total income before taxes on income... $4,878,124 $2,612,478 $4,135,713 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------------- DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 30, 1993 1994 1995 ------------ ------------ ------------ Current tax expense: Current tax expense: U.S. Federal........................ $ 859,000 $ 382,000 $ 764,670 State and local..................... 265,000 124,000 26,801 Foreign............................. 745,000 482,000 495,660 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total current......................... 1,869,000 988,000 1,287,131 Deferred tax expense: Foreign............................. 6,500 16,000 81,000 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total provision....................... $1,875,500 $1,004,000 $1,368,131 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
The deferred tax liability arises from temporary differences relating to depreciation and amortization. The Company's effective tax rate approximates the U.S. Federal statutory rate. F-41 HS PHARMACEUTICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) NOTE 10--MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND EXPORT SALES Sales to one unaffiliated customer accounted for approximately 13% of net sales in 1993. Sales to this customer and another unaffiliated customer accounted for approximately 25% of net sales in 1995 and 1994. The Company had export sales amounting to 14%, 16% and 12% of net sales for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. NOTE 11--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN Effective January 1, 1992, the Company adopted a 401(k) profit sharing plan to provide retirement benefits for eligible employees. Matching contributions by the Company, which were determined by the board of directors, were approximately $39,000, $36,000 and $29,000 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. In addition, the Company maintains a defined contribution plan for eligible employees. Contributions to this plan, which were determined by the board of directors, were approximately $92,000, $97,000 and $50,000 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. NOTE 12--FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND CREDIT RISK CONCENTRATIONS Certain financial instruments potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. These financial instruments consist primarily of trade receivables and temporary cash investments. The carrying value of financial instruments approximated fair value as of December 30, 1995 because of the short maturity of these instruments. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to a large customer base and its dispersion across different geographic areas. The Company maintains an allowance for losses based on the expected collectability of all receivables. F-42 - ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT 5,700,000 Shares BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITER. THIS [LOGO] HENRY SCHEIN(R) PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY Common Stock TO ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, IMPLY THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY OR THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE. ------------------- ---------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS PROSPECTUS PAGE , 1996 ---- ---------------- Prospectus Summary.................... 3 The Company........................... 3 Risk Factors.......................... 7 Use of Proceeds....................... 12 Dividend Policy....................... 12 Price Range of Common Stock........... 12 Capitalization........................ 13 Selected Consolidated Financial Information and Operating Data........ 14 Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information................. 16 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations....................... 20 William Blair & Company Business.............................. 30 Reorganization........................ 41 Management............................ 43 Alex. Brown & Sons Certain Transactions.................. 54 INCORPORATED Principal and Selling Stockholders.... 56 Description of Capital Stock.......... 59 Montgomery Securities Underwriting.......................... 63 Legal Matters......................... 64 Smith Barney Inc. Experts............................... 64 Additional Information................ 64 Index to Financial Statements......... F-1 - ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION. The following table sets forth an itemized statement of all estimated expenses in connection with the registration, offering and sale of the Securities being registered hereby other than underwriting discounts and commissions.* SEC registration fee.......................................... $ 82,786 NASD fee...................................................... 24,508 NASDAQ fee.................................................... 17,500 Transfer agents' fees......................................... 1,000 Costs of printing and engraving............................... 200,000 Legal fees and expenses....................................... 300,000 Accounting fees and expenses.................................. 200,000 Blue sky expenses and counsel fees............................ 25,000 Directors and Officers Insurance.............................. 50,000 Miscellaneous................................................. 99,206 ----------- Total............................................. $ 1,000,000 ----------- ----------- - ------------ * Pursuant to the Global Agreement, the Company will pay all of the expenses incurred in connection with the registration, offering and sale of the Common Stock, other than (i) underwriting discounts, commissions, spreads and similar amounts payable to any underwriter or broker-dealer that are attributable to the sale of Selling Stockholders' shares, (ii) transfer taxes incurred by such Selling Stockholders in connection with the sale of such shares, and (iii) any fees and expenses which the Company is prohibited from paying on behalf of Selling Stockholders under applicable "blue sky" laws, rules and regulations. ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS Article TENTH of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, its officers and directors against all expenses, liability and loss actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation also extends indemnification to those serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of other enterprises. In addition, Article NINTH of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable for any breach of fiduciary duty. Article NINTH does not eliminate a director's liability (i) for a breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts of intentional misconduct, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law for unlawful declarations of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by third parties, if such directors or officers acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reason to believe their conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, i.e., one by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification may be made only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred by directors and officers in connection with the defense or settlement of an action or II-1 suit, and only with respect to a matter as to which they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that the defendant officers or directors are reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability. Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No such provision shall eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when such provision becomes effective. ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES. There were no underwriters retained in any of the issuances of securities described below. All issuances of stock described below were made without registration in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. (a) On September 30, 1994, the Company reclassified and changed each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into 100 shares of Common Stock. (b) The Company issued 314,820, 91,377 and 83,259 shares of Common Stock on December 27, 1994, May 1, 1995 and September 22, 1995, respectively, for par value to certain management employees and executive officers. (c) In connection with the Company's acquisition of Schein Dental Equipment in the third quarter of 1995, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,260,416 shares of Common Stock to the stockholders of Schein Dental Equipment, in exchange for 100% of their interests in Schein Dental Equipment. ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (a) Financial Statement Schedules (i) Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (b) Exhibits The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K and filed herewith are listed in the Exhibit List immediately preceding the exhibits. ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling II-2 person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. The undersigned Company hereby undertakes that: (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective. (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. II-3 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Melville, and the State of New York, on this 18th day of June, 1996. By: /s/ STANLEY M. BERGMAN .................................. Stanley M. Bergman Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in their capacities on June 18, 1996.
NAME CAPACITY DATE - ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- ------------------ /s/ STANLEY M. BERGMAN Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, June 18, 1996 ..................................... President and Director (Principal Stanley M. Bergman Executive Officer) * Senior Vice President, Chief June 18, 1996 ..................................... Financial Officer and Director Steven Paladino (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... James P. Breslawski * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... Gerald A. Benjamin * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... Leonard A. David * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... Mark E. Mlotek * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... Barry J. Alperin * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... Pamela Joseph * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... Donald J. Kabat * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... Marvin H. Schein * Director June 18, 1996 ..................................... Irving Shafran
II-4 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS ON SCHEDULE Henry Schein, Inc. Melville, New York The audits referred to in our report dated February 23, 1996 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Henry Schein, Inc., which is included in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement included the audit of financial statement Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based upon our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. BDO SEIDMAN, LLP New York, New York February 23, 1996 S-1 HENRY SCHEIN, INC. SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E - ---------------------------------------------------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- ADD ---------- BALANCE AT BALANCE BEGINNING CHARGED TO AT END OF COSTS AND OF DESCRIPTIONS PERIOD EXPENSES DEDUCTIONS PERIOD - ---------------------------------------------------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- Year Ended December 25, 1993 Allowance for doubtful accounts................... $1,699 $ 316 $ -- $2,015 Other accounts receivable allowances(1)........... 1,415 -- (172) 1,243 -------- ---------- -------- -------- $3,114 $ 316 $ (172) $3,258 -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- Year ended December 31, 1994 Allowance for doubtful accounts................... $2,015 $ 246 $ -- $2,261 Other accounts receivable allowances(1)........... 1,243 815 -- 2,058 -------- ---------- -------- -------- $3,258 $1,061 $ -- $4,319 -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- Year ended December 30, 1995 Allowance for doubtful accounts................... $2,261 $ 253 $ -- $2,514 Other accounts receivable allowances(1)........... 2,058 1,763 -- 3,821 -------- ---------- -------- -------- $4,319 $2,016 $ -- $6,335 -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- --------
- ------------ (1)Primarily allowance for sales returns. S-2 EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT PAGE NO. EXHIBIT NO. - ------- ------- ----- 1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement+++ 3.1 Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation+ 3.2 Form of Bylaws+ 5.1 Opinion of Proskauer Rose Goetz and Mendelsohn LLP with respect to the legality of the securities being registered* 9.1 Voting Trust Agreement dated September 30, 1994, as amended, among the Company, the Estate of Jacob M. Schein, the Trusts under Articles Third and Fourth of the Will of Jacob M. Schein, the Trust established by Pamela Joseph under Trust Agreement dated February 9, 1994, the Trust established by Martin Sperber under Trust Agreement dated September 19, 1994, management stockholders and Stanley M. Bergman, as voting trustee+ 9.2 Agreements dated December 27, 1994 among the Company, various executive officers and Stanley M. Bergman, as voting trustee+ 9.3 Agreements dated as of May 1, 1995 among the Company, various executive officers and Stanley M. Bergman, as voting trustee+ 10.1 Amended and Restated HSI Agreement (the "HSI Agreement"), effective as of February 16, 1994, among the Company, Marvin H. Schein, the Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated September 9, 1994, the Charitable Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated September 12, 1994, the Estate of Jacob M. Schein, the Trusts established by Articles Third and Fourth of the Will of Jacob M. Schein, the Trust established by Pamela Joseph under Trust Agreement dated February 9, 1994, the Trust established by Martin Sperber under Trust Agreement dated September 19, 1994, the Trust established by Stanley M. Bergman under Trust Agreement dated September 15, 1994, Pamela Schein, Pamela Joseph, Martin Sperber, Stanley M. Bergman, Steven Paladino and James P. Breslawski (collectively, the "HSI Parties")+ 10.2 HSI Registration Rights Agreement dated September 30, 1994, among the Company, Pamela Schein, the Trust established by Pamela Joseph under Trust Agreement dated February 9, 1994, Marvin H. Schein, the Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated December 31, 1993, the Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated September 19, 1994, the Charitable Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated September 12, 1994, Martin Sperber, the Trust established by Martin Sperber under Trust Agreement dated September 19, 1994, Stanley M. Bergman and the Trust established by Stanley M. Bergman under Trust Agreement dated September 15, 1994+ 10.3 Letter Agreement dated September 30, 1994 to the Company from Marvin H. Schein, Pamela Joseph and Pamela Schein+ 10.4 Release to the HSI Agreement dated September 30, 1994+ 10.5 Separation Agreement dated as of September 30, 1994 by and between the Company, Schein Pharmaceutical, Inc. and Schein Holdings, Inc.+
EXHIBIT PAGE NO. EXHIBIT NO. - ------- ------- ----- 10.6 Restructuring Agreement dated September 30, 1994 among Schein Holdings, Inc., the Company, the Estate of Jacob M. Schein, Marvin H. Schein, the Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated December 31, 1993, the Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated September 9, 1994, the Charitable Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated September 12, 1994, Pamela Schein, Pamela Joseph, the Trust established by Pamela Joseph under Trust Agreement dated February 9, 1994; the Trusts under Articles Third and Fourth of the Will of Jacob M. Schein; Stanley M. Bergman, the Trust established by Stanley M. Bergman under Trust Agreement dated September 15, 1994, Martin Sperber, the Trust established by Martin Sperber under Trust Agreement dated December 31, 1993, and the Trust established by Martin Sperber under Trust Agreement dated September 19, 1994 10.7 Agreement and Plan of Corporate Separation and Reorganization dated as of September 30, 1994 among Schein Holdings, Inc., the Company, the Estate of Jacob M. Schein, Marvin H. Schein, the Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated December 31, 1993, the Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated September 9, 1994, the Charitable Trust established by Marvin H. Schein under Trust Agreement dated September 12, 1994, Pamela Schein, the Trust established by Article Fourth of the Will of Jacob M. Schein for the benefit of Pamela Schein and her issue under Trust Agreement dated September 29, 1994, Pamela Joseph, the Trust established by Pamela Joseph under Trust Agreement dated February 9, 1994, the Trust established by Pamela Joseph under Trust Agreement dated September 28, 1994 and the Trusts under Articles Third and Fourth of the Will of Jacob M. Schein+ 10.8 Henry Schein, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated effective as of July 1, 1995+ 10.9 Henry Schein, Inc. Amendment and Restatement of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan+ 10.10 Henry Schein, Inc. Summary Executive Incentive Plan+ 10.11 Consulting Agreement dated September 30, 1994 between the Company and Marvin H. Schein+ 10.12 Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 1992 between the Company and Stanley M. Bergman+ 10.13 Amended and Restated Stock Issuance Agreement dated as of December 24, 1992 between the Company and Stanley M. Bergman+ 10.14 Stock Issuance Agreements dated December 27, 1994 between the Company and various executive officers+ 10.15 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 1, 1995, among Henry Schein, Inc., Schein Dental Equipment Corp., Marvin H. Schein and others+ 10.16 Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 25, 1995 by Henry Schein, Inc., PRN Medical, Inc. and its shareholders, and Florida Doctor Supply, Inc. and its shareholders+ 10.17 Restated Standard Indemnity Agreement dated February 8, 1993, as amended January 25, 1993, by and between Showa Denko America, Inc. and the Company+ 10.18 Guaranty Agreement by and between Showa Denko K.K. and the Company, relating to the Restated Standard Indemnity Agreement dated February 8, 1993, as amended January 25, 1993, by and between Showa Denko America, Inc. and the Company+ 10.19 Stock Issuance Agreements dated as of May 1, 1995 between the Company and executive officers+ 10.20 Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets dated February 28, 1996 by and among the Company, Benton Dental, Inc. and Modern Dental Concepts, Inc.++
EXHIBIT PAGE NO. EXHIBIT NO. - ------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----- 10.21 Credit Agreement dated as of December 8, 1994 between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.+ 10.22 Loan Agreement dated May 5, 1995 by and between the Company and New York State Urban Development Corporation+ 10.23 Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 15, 1993 between Henry Schein Europe, Inc. and Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A.+ 10.24 Corporate Guarantee dated November 15, 1993 by the Company, Zahn Dental Co., Inc., Zahn Dental (Florida), Inc., Zahn Dental (Mass), Inc., Tri-State Medical Supply, Inc. and Zahn Holdings, Inc. with respect to the Term Loan dated as of November 15, 1993 between Henry Schein Europe, Inc. and Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank, B.A.+ 10.25 Joint and Several Guarantee dated February 7, 1995 by the Company in favor of Banque Nationale de Paris+ 10.26 Joint and Several Guarantee dated February 7, 1995 by the Company in favor of Banque Francaise du Commerce Exterieur+ 10.27 Guarantee dated March 1, 1996 by the Company in favor of Deutsche Bank AG++ 10.28 Lease Agreement dated December 22, 1995 by and between Dugan Realty, L.L.C. and the Company++ 10.29 Commercial Guaranty dated August 1, 1994 by the Company in favor of the Mid- City National Bank+ 10.30 Discretionary Line of Credit dated August 18, 1995 between PNC Bank, Delaware and one of the Company's 50% owned companies+ 10.31 Discretionary Line of Credit Demand Note dated August 18, 1995 in favor of one of the Company's 50% owned companies+ 10.32 Loan Agreement dated March 30, 1992 between the Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Henry Schein U.K. Holdings Limited and BDG U.K. Holdings Limited+ 10.33 Loan Agreement dated January 28, 1994 between the Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Henry Schein U.K. Holdings Limited and Dental Express (Supplies) Limited+ 10.34 Credit Agreement dated June 5, 1995 among Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and one of the Company's 50% owned companies+ 10.35 Master Lease Agreement dated as of February 28, 1991 between General Electric Capital Corporation and the Company+ 10.36 Master Lease Agreement dated December 2, 1994 between Chase Equipment Leasing, Inc. and the Company+ 10.37 Software License Agreement dated as of June 20, 1995 between the Company and XcelleNet, Inc.+ 10.38 Software License Agreement dated as of October 31, 1994, as amended, between J.D. Edwards & Company+ 10.39 Software Update Agreement dated as of October 31, 1994, as amended, between J.D. Edwards & Company+ 10.40 Software Services Agreement dated as of October 31, 1994, as amended, between J.D. Edwards & Company+ 10.41 Lease dated December 3, 1990 between WRC Properties, Inc. and the Company+ 10.42 Lease dated March 2, 1992 between Vista Distribution Center, Inc. and the Company+ 10.43 Lease dated as of September 30, 1993, as amended October 14, 1993 and May 23, 1995, by and between Broad Hollow Realty Co. and the Company+
EXHIBIT PAGE NO. EXHIBIT NO. - ------- ------- ----- 10.44 Lease dated April 27, 1995 by Lyndean Investments Limited to Kent Dental Limited and Henry Schein U.K. Holdings Limited+ 10.45 Lease dated October 23, 1994 between Georg and Pia Netzhammer and Henry- Schein Dentina GmbH (English translation and original version)+ 10.46 Lease dated January 11, 1995 between Lyndean Investments Limited, Kent Dental Limited and Henry Schein U.K. Holdings Limited+ 10.47 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of August 18, 1995 among the Company, the Mark Family Partnership and others+ 10.48 Group Purchasing Program Agreement dated March 31, 1994, as amended June 26, 1995, by and between AMA Resources, Inc. and the Company+ 10.49 Hospital Supply Purchase Agreement dated as of November 10, 1994 between Veterinary Centers of America, Inc. and the Company+ 10.50 Award of Contract to the Company dated April 14, 1995 by Department of the Army+ 10.51 Sales Agent Agreement dated March 1, 1995 by and between Merck & Co., Inc. and the Company+ 10.52 Supply Agreement dated March 20, 1991+ 10.53 Shareholders' Agreement dated March 20, 1991 among Deproco, Inc., the Company, and others+ 10.54 Non-Negotiable Promissory Note dated March 20, 1991 from the Company to N- Tech+ 10.55 Guaranty dated March 20, 1991 by the Company and others in favor of N-Tech, Inc.+ 10.56 Demand Debenture dated December 20, 1988 from one of the Company's 50% owned companies to Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce+ 10.57 Pledge Agreement dated December 20, 1988 of one of the Company's 50% owned companies to Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce+ 10.58 Shareholders' Agreement dated as of December 1, 1990 by and among the shareholders of Henry Schein Espana, S.A.+ 10.59 Shareholders' Agreement dated as of April 1, 1991 between the shareholders of Schein-Dentina, B.V. (English translation)+ 10.60 Put and Call Option Agreement dated August 29, 1991 between Schein International (Europe) Inc. and the shareholders of Henry Schein U.K. Holdings Limited+ 10.61 Deed of Guarantee dated August 29, 1991 between Henry Schein, Inc. and the shareholders of Henry Schein U.K. Holdings Limited+ 10.62 Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 1, 1992 among SSN Healthcare Supply, Inc., the Company, Tri-State Medical Supply, Inc. and a shareholder+ 10.63 Stock Purchase and Shareholders' Agreement dated March 19, 1993 by and among S.A. Hospithera and Henry Schein Europe, Inc.+ 10.64 Agreement dated March 19, 1993 by and among S.A. Hospithera N.V., Henry Schein Europe Inc., and S.A. Henry Schein Hospithera N.V.+ 10.65 Supply Agreement dated as of March 15, 1993 between Henry Schein B.V. and S.A. Henry Schein Hospithera N.V.+ 10.66 Put and Call Option Agreement dated July 1, 1993 between P.W. White Holdings Limited and Henry Schein Europe Inc.+ 10.67 Shareholders' Agreement dated July 1, 1993 between the shareholders of Henry Schein UK Holdings Ltd.+
EXHIBIT PAGE NO. EXHIBIT NO. - ------- ------- ----- 10.68 Consortium Agreement dated July 1, 1993 between the shareholders of Henry Schein UK Holdings Ltd.+ 10.69 Guarantee dated July 1, 1993 between the Company and P.W. White Holdings Limited+ 10.70 Restructuring Agreement dated July 30, 1993 by and among the Company, Dental Plan, Inc., and certain of its employees+ 10.71 Share Purchase Agreement dated as of November 17, 1993 by and among Henry Schein B.V. and Johannes Cornelis van den Braak+ 10.72 Asset Purchase and Business Development Agreement dated May 23, 1994 among the Company, Chicago Medical Equipment Company, and its principal stockholder, Universal Footcare Holdings Corp., Universal Footcare Products, Inc. and Universal Footcare Sales Co., L.L.C.+ 10.73 Sales Service Agreement dated as of August 1, 1994 between Universal Footcare Products, Inc. and Universal Footcare Sales Co., L.L.C.+ 10.74 Unanimous Shareholders Agreement dated August 4, 1994 among Henry Schein Canada Inc., the Company, 972704 Ontario Inc. and its shareholders, and Consolidated Dental Ltd.+ 10.75 Share Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 1994 by and between the shareholders of Henry Schein France S.A.+ 10.76 Shareholders Agreement dated January 1, 1995 among SSN Healthcare Supply, Inc., South Jersey Medical Supply Co., Inc., South Jersey Surgical Supply Co., Inc., and its shareholders+ 10.77 Shareholders Agreement dated as of January 24, 1995 by and among the shareholders of Dentisoft, Inc.+ 10.78 Purchase Agreement dated as of June 14, 1995 among The Veratex Corporation, the Company and HSI Michigan Corp.+ 10.79 Form of Henry Schein, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan++ 10.80 Supply Agreement made as of July 7, 1995 between Tidi Products, Inc. and the Company+ 10.81 Agreement Subject to Conditions Precedent dated July 21, 1995 between Henry Schein Europe Inc., Henry Schein France S.A., Gerard Ifker, Didier Cochet, Frederic Ladet, Jean-Hugues Lelievre and Christophe Morales (English Translation)+ 10.82 Put and Call Option Agreement dated June 9, 1995 between William Roger Killiner and Henry Schein U.K. Holdings Limited+ 10.83 Put and Call Option Agreement dated June 9, 1995 between Anthony Alan Anderson and Henry Schein U.K. Holdings Limited+ 10.84 Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets dated as of July 1, 1995 by and among Precision Dental Specialties, Inc. and its shareholders, PDS Acquisition Corp., and the Company+ 10.85 Shareholders Agreement dated as of July 1, 1995 by and among Precision Dental Specialties, Inc. and its shareholders, PDS Acquisition Corp., and the Company+ 10.86 Agreement dated January 1, 1995 between Henry Schein (UK) Holdings Ltd. and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc+ 10.87 Agreement dated March 4, 1993 between Henry Schein (UK) Holdings Ltd. and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc+ 10.88 Loan Agreement dated November 16, 1993 between Henry Schein B.V. and others and Crediet-en Effectenbank N.V. (English translation and original version)+
EXHIBIT PAGE NO. EXHIBIT NO. - ------- ------- ----- 10.89 Multicurrency Credit Policy between Henry Schein Espana, S.A. and others and Banco Popular Espanol, S.A. (English translation and original version)+ 10.90 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Amended Credit Agreement") dated as of July 5, 1995 among the Company, The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., Natwest Bank, N.A., Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen Boerenleenbank, B.A. "Rabobank Nederland". New York Branch and European American Bank+ 10.91 First Amendment to the Amended Credit Agreement dated December 15, 1995 among the Company, The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., Natwest Bank, N.A., Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen Boerenleenbank, B.A. "Rabobank Nederland", New York Branch and European American Bank++ 10.92 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 26, 1996 among the Company, SSC Holdings, Inc., Scientific Supply Company, Lawrence J. Frankel, the Lawrence and Pamela Frankel Charitable Remainder Trust, Norman Frankel, Rudolph Kelemen and Bruce Barber* 10.93 Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, Lawrence J. Frankel, the Lawrence and Pamela Frankel Charitable Remainder Trust, Norman Frankel, Rudolph Kelemen and Bruce Barber* 10.94 Acquisition Agreement dated as of May 23, 1996 among HSI, Silverman's Dental Supply Corp. San Francisco Dental Supply, Inc. and Larry Olsen* 10.95 Acquisition Agreement dated as of May 23, 1996 the Company and Pattison- McGrath Company Dental Supplies* 11.1 Statement re: computation of per share income (loss)* 21.1 List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant* 23.1 Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP* 23.2 Consent of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP included in its opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement*
- ------------ * Filed herewith. ** To be filed by amendment. + Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-96528). ++ Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 0-27078). +++Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-5157)


                                                            EXHIBIT 5.1


                [PROSKAUER ROSE GOETZ & MENDELSOHN LLP]






                                        June 4, 1996



Henry Schein, Inc.
135 Duryea Road
Melville, New York 11747

     Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1
         ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     You have requested our opinion in connection with the statement on Form S-1
filed on the date hereof (the "Registration Statement"), under which Henry
Schein, Inc. (the "Company") will offer 3,735,500 shares (including 855,000
shares subject to over-allotment in favor of the underwriters) (the "Primary
Shares") of its Common Stock, par value of $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),
in a public offering, and certain stockholders of the Company will offer up to
2,819,500 shares (the "Selling Stockholder Shares") of the Common Stock in a
public offering. The shares of Common Stock to be offered by the Company and
such stockholders are collectively referred to herein as the "Offered Shares."

     We have reviewed the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company, resolutions by the Company's Board of Directors, the Registration
Statement and the other exhibits thereto, including the form of Underwriting
Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") relating to the Offered Shares filed as
Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement, and have examined such corporate
documents and records and other certificates and have made such investigations
of law as we deemed necessary in order to render the opinion hereinafter set
forth. Based upon and subject to the foregoing, the Selling Stockholder Shares,
and


Henry Schein, Inc.
June 4, 1996
Page 2



when issued in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement the
Primary Shares, will be duly authorized, legally issued and fully paid and
nonassessable.

     We consent to the use of our name under the caption "Legal Matters" in the
Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registrstaion Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we
come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of
the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission thereunder.



                                        Very truly yours,

                                        PROSKAUER ROSE GOETZ & MENDELSOHN LLP




                                                            Exhibit 10.92



                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                                      among

                               HENRY SCHEIN, INC.

                               SSC HOLDINGS, INC.

                            SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY COMPANY

                               LAWRENCE J. FRANKEL

                         THE LAWRENCE AND PAMELA FRANKEL
                           CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST

                                 NORMAN FRANKEL

                                 RUDOLPH KELEMEN

                                       and

                                  BRUCE BARBER

                           Dated as of April 26, 1996


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I 

THE MERGER; THE SURVIVING CORPORATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . 1
     Section 1.1  The Merger  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . 1
     Section 1.2  Effective Time of the Merger  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     Section 1.3  Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     Section 1.4  Certificate of Incorporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     Section 1.5  By-Laws.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2


ARTICLE II

CONVERSION OF SHARES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     Section 2.1  Exchange Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     Section 2.2  Exchange of Company Stock.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     Section 2.3  No Fractional Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

ARTICLE III

DETERMINATION OF EXCHANGE VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     Section 3.1  Parent's Calculations of 1995 EBITD and Adjusted February 29
                  Net Worth.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     Section 3.2  The Stockholders' Dispute of Parent's Calculations of 1995
                  EBITD and/or Adjusted February 29 Net Worth.  . . . . . . .  5
     Section 3.3  Final 1995 EBITD and Final Adjusted February 29 Net Worth;
                  Determination of Exchange Value.  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
     Section 4.1  Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
     Section 4.2  Capitalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
     Section 4.3  Company Subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
     Section 4.4  Authority Relative to this Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . .  8
     Section 4.5  Consents and Approvals; No Violations.  . . . . . . . . . .  8
     Section 4.6  Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
     Section 4.7  Absence of Certain Changes or Events; Material Contracts. .  9
     Section 4.8  Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
     Section 4.9  Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . .   10
     Section 4.10 No Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
     Section 4.11 Taxes.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
































     Section 4.12 Title to Properties; Encumbrances.  . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 4.13 Intellectual Property.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Section 4.14 Compliance with Applicable Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
     Section 4.15 Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA; Labor Matters. . . . . . .   13
     Section 4.16 Environmental Laws and Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . .   14
     Section 4.17 Accounting Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
     Section 4.18 Affiliate Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
     Section 4.19 Brokers.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
     Section 5.1  Organization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
     Section 5.2  Capitalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
     Section 5.3  Authority Relative to this Agreement. . . . . . . . . . .   16
     Section 5.4  Consents and Approvals No Violations. . . . . . . . . . .   16
     Section 5.5  Reports and Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
     Section 5.6  Accounting Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
     Section 5.7  Brokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17

ARTICLE VI

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
     Section 6.1  Conduct of Business by the Company Pending the Merger.  .   18
     Section 6.2  Conduct of Business by Parent Pending the Merger. . . . .   19
     Section 6.3  Conduct of Business of Sub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19

ARTICLE VII

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
     Section 7.1  Access and Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
     Section 7.2  No Solicitation.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
     Section 7.3  Reasonable Best Efforts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.4  Salary; Employee Benefits.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.5  Stockholder Loans.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.6  Certain Distributions.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.7  Non-Compete Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.8  Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.9  Public Announcements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Section 7.10 Supplemental Disclosure.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22











































                                       ii


ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
     Section 8.1  Conditions to Each Party's Obligation to Effect the Merger. 
                                                                              22
     Section 8.2  Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Sub to Effect the
                  Merger.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
     Section 8.3  Conditions to Obligation of the Company to Effect the Merger. 
                                                                              24

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 9.1 Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 9.2  Effect of Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     Section 10.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties  . . . . . . .   25
     Section 10.2 Indemnification by Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
     Section 10.3 Indemnification by Parent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
     Section 10.4 Indemnification Procedures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26

ARTICLE XI

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
     Section 11.1 Non-Competition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 11.2 Non-Solicitation of Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 11.3
     Non-Solicitation or Interference with Customers and Suppliers  . . . .   28
     Section 11.4
     Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28

ARTICLE XII

GENERAL PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 12.1 Amendment and Modification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     Section 12.2 Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
     Section 12.3 Survivability; Investigations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
     Section 12.4 Notices.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
     Section 12.5 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation  . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 12.6 Entire Agreement; Assignment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 12.7 Governing Law.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 12.8 Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     Section 12.9 Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31









































                                       iii

                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER dated as of April 26, 1996, among HENRY
SCHEIN, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), SSC HOLDINGS, INC., an Illinois
                                       ------
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent ("Sub"), SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY
                                                    ---
COMPANY, an Illinois corporation (the "Company"), and LAWRENCE J. FRANKEL, the
                                       -------
LAWRENCE AND PAMELA FRANKEL CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST CREATED UNDER A TRUST
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 1, 1996, NORMAN FRANKEL, RUDOLPH KELEMEN and BRUCE
BARBER (collectively, the "Stockholders").
                           ------------

          The Parent, the Sub, the Company and the Stockholders desire that
Parent acquire the Company pursuant to the merger of Sub with and into the
Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the Illinois
Business Corporation Act ("IBCA").
                           ----

          The parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I 

                      THE MERGER; THE SURVIVING CORPORATION

     Section 1.1  The Merger.  In accordance with the provisions of this
                  ----------
Agreement and the IBCA, at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 1.2), Sub
shall be merged with and into the Company (the "Merger"), the separate existence
                                                ------
of Sub shall thereupon cease, and the Company shall be the surviving corporation
in the Merger (the "Surviving Corporation") and shall continue its corporate
                    ---------------------
existence under the laws of the State of Illinois.  The Merger shall have the
effects set forth in Section 11.50 of the IBCA.

     Section 1.2  Effective Time of the Merger.  The Merger shall become
                  ----------------------------
effective at the time of filing of or at such later time specified in, a
properly executed Certificate of Merger, in the form required by and executed in
accordance with the IBCA, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Illinois, in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.35 of the IBCA.  Such
filing shall be made as soon as practicable after the Closing (as defined in
Section 1.3). When used in this Agreement, the term "Effective Time" shall mean
                                                     --------------
the date and time at which the Merger shall become effective.

     Section 1.3  Closing.  The closing of the transactions contemplated by this
                  -------
Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Aronberg Goldgehn
                -------
Davis & Garmisa, One IBM Plaza, Suite 3000, Chicago, Illinois, at 10:00 a.m.,
local time, on May 17, 1996 or on such other date and at such other time and
place as Parent and the Company shall agree (the "Closing Date").
                                                  ------------







          Section 1.4  Certificate of Incorporation.  The Articles of
                       ----------------------------
Incorporation of Sub in effect at the Effective Time shall be the Articles of
Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with
applicable law, except that the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be
"Scientific Supply Company."

          Section 1.5  By-Laws.  The By-Laws of Sub as in effect at the
                       -------
Effective Time shall be the By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation until amended
in accordance with applicable law.

          Section 1.6  Directors and Officers of Surviving Corporation.
                       -----------------------------------------------

          (a)  The directors of Sub at the Effective Time shall be the initial
directors of the Surviving Corporation and shall hold office from the Effective
Time until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and
qualified in the manner provided in the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of
the Surviving Corporation or as otherwise provided by law.

          (b)  The officers of Sub at the Effective Time shall be the initial
officers of the Surviving Corporation and shall hold office from the Effective
Time until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and
qualified in the manner provided in the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of
the Surviving Corporation, or as otherwise provided by law.


                                   ARTICLE II

                              CONVERSION OF SHARES

          Section 2.1  Exchange Ratio.  At the Effective Time, by virtue of the
                       --------------
Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof:

          (a)  Each share of common stock, par value $100.00 per share, of the
     Company (the "Company Common Stock"), issued and outstanding immediately
                   --------------------
     prior to the Effective Time (other than shares to be cancelled in
     accordance with Section 2.1(b)) shall be converted into the right to
     receive (x) a number of shares of the common stock, par value $.01 per
     share, of Parent (the "Parent Common Stock"), payable upon the surrender of
                            -------------------
     the certificate formerly representing such share of Company Common Stock 












                                        2


     in accordance with Section 2.2, equal to the quotient derived by dividing
     (i) the Interim Stock Value (as defined in Section 3.2(b)) by (ii) the
     product of (A) the number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock at
     the Closing multiplied by (B) the average of the per share closing prices
     for the Parent Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market System ("NASDAQ")
                                                                        ------
     for the ten trading days immediately preceding the Closing and (y) an
     amount in cash equal to the quotient derived by dividing (i) the Interim
     Cash Value (as defined in Section 3.2(b)) by (ii) the number of outstanding
     shares of Company Common Stock at the Closing.

          (b)  All shares of Company Common Stock that are held by the Company
     as treasury shares shall be cancelled and retired and cease to exist, and
     no securities of Parent or other consideration shall be delivered in
     exchange therefor.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Subsidiary" means,
                                                              ----------
     with respect to any party, any corporation or other organization, whether
     incorporated or unincorporated, of which at least a majority of the
     securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power
     to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar
     functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is
     directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party and/or one or more
     of its Subsidiaries.

          (c)  Each share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Sub
     ("Sub Common Stock"), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
       ----------------
     Effective Time shall be converted into and become one fully paid and
     nonassessable share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
     Surviving Corporation.
























































                                        3


          (d)  The holders of shares of Company Common Stock as to which
     appraisal rights shall have been duly demanded under applicable law
     ("Dissenting Shares"), if any, shall be entitled to payment by the
       -----------------
     Surviving Corporation of the appraised value of such shares to the extent
     permitted by and in accordance with the provisions of applicable law;
     provided, however, that (i) if any holder of the Dissenting Shares shall,
     --------  -------
     under the circumstances permitted by applicable law, subsequently deliver a
     written withdrawal of such holder's demand for appraisal of such shares or
     (ii) if any holder fails to establish such holder's entitlement to rights
     to payment as provided under applicable law or (iii) if neither any holder
     of Dissenting Shares nor the Surviving Corporation has filed a petition
     demanding a determination of the value of all Dissenting Shares within the
     time provided under applicable law, such holder or holders (as the case may
     be) shall forfeit such right to payment for such shares and such shares
     shall thereupon be deemed to have been converted into Parent Common Stock
     and cash pursuant to Section 2.1(a) as of the Effective Time.  The
     Surviving Corporation shall be solely responsible for, and shall pay out of
     its own funds, any amounts which become due and payable to holders of
     Dissenting Shares, and such amounts shall not be paid directly or
     indirectly by Parent.

          Section 2.2  Exchange of Company Stock.  Promptly after the Effective
                       -------------------------
Date, each Stockholder shall present to the Parent for cancellation a
certificate or certificates which immediately prior to the Effective Time repre-
sented outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (the "Certificates") that were
                                                        ------------
converted pursuant to Section 2.1 into the right to receive shares of Parent
Common Stock prior to the Closing Date, and the Parent shall thereupon deliver
to such Stockholder in exchange therefor (x) a certificate representing that
number of whole shares of Parent Common Stock which such Stockholder has the
right to receive pursuant to the provisions of this Article II and (y) cash in
lieu of any fractional shares of Parent Common Stock to which such Stockholder
is entitled pursuant to Section 2.3, after giving effect to any required tax
withholdings.  The shares of Parent Common Stock shall be deemed to have been
issued at the Effective Time.

          Section 2.3  No Fractional Securities.  No certificates or scrip
                       ------------------------
representing fractional shares of Parent Common Stock shall be issued upon the
surrender for exchange of Certificates or pursuant to Section 3.4, and such
fractional interests shall not entitle the owner thereof to vote or to any
rights of a security holder.  In lieu of any such fractional securities, each
holder of Company Common Stock who would otherwise have been entitled to a
fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock upon surrender of such holder's
Certificates or pursuant to Section 3.4 will be entitled to receive, and Parent
will timely make a cash payment (without interest) determined by multiplying (i)
the fractional interest to which such holder would otherwise be entitled (after
taking into account all shares of Parent Common Stock then held of record by
such holder) and (ii) the average of the per share closing prices for Parent
Common Stock on NASDAQ for the ten trading days immediately preceding the
Closing (the "Parent Stock Price").
              ------------------


































                                        4


                                   ARTICLE III

               DETERMINATION OF INTERIM AND FINAL EXCHANGE VALUE;
                       ADJUSTMENT TO MERGER CONSIDERATION

          Section 3.1  Company's Calculations of 1995 EBITD, Adjusted April 12
                       -------------------------------------------------------
Net Worth and April 12 Inventory.  On the date hereof, the Company shall deliver
- --------------------------------
to Parent a statement (the "Company's Statement") in reasonable detail of the
                            -------------------
Company's calculation of 1995 EBITD (as defined below), Adjusted April 12 Net
Worth (as defined below) and April 12 Inventory (as defined below).  For
purposes of this Agreement, "1995 EBITD" means the product of (x) the Company's
                             ----------
net income, increased solely by non-recurring expenses and adjustments listed on
Exhibit A, interest, depreciation and taxes (but only to the extent such non-
recurring expenses and adjustments interest, depreciation and taxes have been
deducted in the computation of net income), for the eight-month period ending
February 29, 1996 and (y) 1.5; "Adjusted April 12 Net Worth" means (x) the
                                ---------------------------
Company's net worth as of April 12, 1996 (including in the calculation of
Adjusted April 12 Net Worth the items described on Exhibit B-1 and excluding
from the calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth the Company's inventory as
of April 12, 1996 and the items described on Exhibit B-2); and "April 12
                                                                --------
Inventory" means the dollar value of the Company's inventory as of April 12,
- ---------
1996 (excluding from the calculation of April 12 Inventory the inventory
described on Exhibit C).  1995 EBITD, Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and April 12
Inventory shall be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, including, in the case of Adjusted April 12 Net
Worth, principles relating to the establishment of reserves on inventory,
accounts receivable and the like ("GAAP"), as adjusted in accordance with the
                                   ----
accounting principles set forth on Exhibit D.

          Section 3.2  Parent's Calculations of 1995 EBITD, Adjusted April 12
                       ------------------------------------------------------
Net Worth and/or April 12 Inventory.
- -----------------------------------

          (a)  Prior to and after the Closing, Parent's authorized
representatives shall have the right at reasonable times and on reasonable
notice, at the Parent's sole expense, to review and/or audit the books and
records of the Company and the work papers of the Company's accountants, and
shall be provided access to the Company's employees and/or representatives
(including, without limitation, the Company's accountants).  If Parent disagrees
with the accuracy of the Company's calculation under Section 3.1 of 1995 EBITD
(the "Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD"), the Company's calculation under
      -----------------------------------
Section 3.1 of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth (the "Company's Calculation of
                                                 ------------------------
Adjusted April 12 Net Worth") or the Company's calculation under Section 3.1 of
- ---------------------------
April 12 Inventory (the "Company's Calculation of April 12 Inventory"), the
                         -------------------------------------------
Parent shall deliver to the Company and each of the Stockholders, prior to the
end of the 15 business days following the date hereof, a statement and
explanation of such disagreement (the "Parent's Statement"), accompanied by an
                                       ------------------
alternative determination of 1995 EBITD ("Parent's Calculation of 1995 EBITD"),
                                          ----------------------------------
Adjusted April 12 Net Worth ("Parent's Calculation 
                              ---------------------











                                        5


of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth") and/or April 12 Inventory ("Parent's
- ------------------------------                               --------
Calculation of April 12 Inventory"), provided that in no event shall Parent's
- ---------------------------------
delivery of Parent's Statement be a condition of Closing.

          (b)  For purposes of this Agreement:  "Interim Exchange Value" means
                                                 ----------------------
(i) the product of (A) Parent's Calculation of 1995 EBITD and (B) the Value
Multiple (as defined in Section 3.2(c)), plus (ii) if Parent's Calculation of
Adjusted April 12 Net Worth is greater than $275,000, then the difference
between Parent's Calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and $275,000, minus
(iii) if Parent's Calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth is less than
$275,000, then the difference between $275,000 and Parent's Calculation of
Adjusted April 12 Net Worth, plus (iv) if Parent's Calculation of April 12
Inventory is greater than $1,675,000, then the product of (A) 60% and (B) the
difference between Parent's Calculation of April 12 Inventory and $1,675,000,
minus (v) if Parent's Calculation of April 12 Inventory is less than $1,675,000
but more than $725,000, then the product of (A) 60% and (B) the difference
between $1,675,000 and Parent's Calculation of April 12 Inventory, minus (vi) if
Parent's Calculation of April 12 Inventory is $725,000 or less, then the sum of
(A) $360,000 and (B) the difference between $725,000 and Parent's Calculation of
April 12 Inventory; "Interim Stock Value" means an amount equal to 20% of
                     -------------------
Interim Exchange Value, or, with respect to any Stockholder, such greater or (in
the case of any Stockholder other than Lawrence Frankel) lesser percentage as
such Stockholder may elect by notice to Parent not less than three business days
prior to the Closing (the "Stock Percentage"); and "Interim Cash Value" means an
                           ----------------         ------------------
amount equal to 80% of Interim Exchange Value, or, with respect to any
Stockholder, such greater or lesser percentage such that the sum of such
percentage and the Stock Percentage for such Stockholder equals 100%. 
Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding sentence:  (w) in no event
shall the aggregate amount of cash paid to the Stockholders at the Closing
exceed 80% of Interim Exchange Value; (x) upon any failure of Parent so to
timely deliver Parent's Statement, the Company's Statement shall be deemed
final, binding and conclusive on each of the parties hereto, and, for purposes
of the preceding sentence, the Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD, the
Company's Calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and the Company's
Calculation of April 12 Inventory shall be deemed Parent's Calculation of 1995
EBITD, Parent's Calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and the Parent's
Calculation of April 12 Inventory, respectively; (y) if Parent's Calculation of
1995 EBITD is less than 90% of the Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD, then,
for purposes of the preceding sentence, Final 1995 EBITD (as defined in Section
3.4(a)) shall be deemed Parent's Calculation of 1995 EBITD (it being understood
that, if Parent's Calculation of 1995 EBITD is less than 90% of the Company's
Calculation of 1995 EBITD, the Closing shall be deferred pending the
determination of 1995 EBITD pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4); and (z) for
purposes of the preceding sentence, the Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD
shall be deemed Parent's Calculation of 1995 EBITD, unless the difference
between the Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD and Parent's Calculation of 1995
EBITD is greater than $50,000.

          (c)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Value Multiple" shall mean the 
                                                --------------


































                                        6


quotient derived by dividing (i) (A) 10,080,000 minus (B) notes payable - bank
of the Company at the Closing minus (C) long term debt of the Company at the
Closing minus (D) other loans to Stockholders and indebtedness of the Company at
the Closing minus (E) accrued and unpaid interest in respect of (B), (C) and (D)
(the "Value Base") by (ii) 1,062,067.
      ----------

          Section 3.3  Dispute Resolution.
                       ------------------

          (a)  If Parent shall timely deliver Parent's Statement, then Parent
and the Stockholders will attempt in good faith to resolve all differences with
regard to their respective determinations of 1995 EBITD, Adjusted April 12 Net
Worth and/or April 12 Inventory during the next 20 business days or such longer
period as Parent and the Stockholders may agree in writing.  If Parent and the
Stockholders are unable to resolve such differences and agree as to 1995 EBITD,
Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and/or April 12 Inventory prior to the expiration of
such 20 business day period (or longer period if so agreed), 1995 EBITD,
Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and/or April 12 Inventory shall be determined as set
forth in Section 3.3(b).

          (b)  (i)  Written reports of disagreement over the amounts in Sections
     3.2(a) shall be prepared in concise form by Parent and the Stockholders and
     submitted (along with copies of Parent's Statement and the Stockholders'
     Dispute Statement) to the Third Accountants (as defined below) no later
     than 10 business days following the later of (A) the last day of the 15
     business day (or longer period if so agreed) period referred to in the last
     sentence of Section 3.2(a) or (B) the designation of the Third Accountants.
     For purposes of this Section 3.3(b), the "Third Accountants" shall be Ernst
                                               -----------------
     & Young (Chicago, Illinois office).   Each of Parent and the Stockholders
     shall also be entitled to make a brief supplemental oral presentation to
     the Third Accountants in this regard.

               (ii)  The Third Accountants shall be instructed to deliver to
     Parent and the Stockholders a written report setting forth such Third
     Accountants' calculation, to the extent in dispute, of 1995 EBITD, Adjusted
     April 12 Net Worth and/or April 12 Inventory (the "Third Accountants'
     Report") no later than 20 business days following the earlier of (A) such
     firm's receipt of the later of the reports of disagreement submitted to it
     by Parent and the Stockholders as aforesaid and (B) the last day permitted
     for the delivery of such reports as provided above.  The determination, to
     the extent in dispute, of 1995 EBITD, Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and/or
     April 12 Inventory set forth in the Third Accountant's Report shall be
     deemed final, binding and conclusive upon each party, absent manifest
     error.  One-half of any fees and expenses of the Third Accountants shall be
     paid by Parent and the other half of such fees and expenses shall be paid
     by the Stockholders.

          Section 3.4  Final 1995 EBITD, Final Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and
                       -------------------------------------------------------
Final 
- ------



































                                        7


April 12 Inventory; Adjustment to Merger Consideration.
- ------------------------------------------------------

          (a)  1995 EBITD, Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and April 12 Inventory as
mutually agreed to by Parent and the Stockholders pursuant to 3.3(a), or as
deemed final, binding and conclusive pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(ii), shall be
deemed the "Final 1995 EBITD", "Final Adjusted April 12 Net Worth" and "Final
            ----------------    ---------------------------------       -----
April 12 Inventory", respectively.
- ------------------

          (b)  For purposes of this Agreement:  "Final Exchange Value" means (i)
                                                 --------------------
the product of (A) Final 1995 EBITD and (B) the Value Multiple, plus (ii) if the
Final Calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth is greater than $275,000, then
the difference between the Final Calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth and
$275,000, minus (iii) if the Final Calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth is
less than $275,000, then the difference between $275,000 and the Final
Calculation of Adjusted April 12 Net Worth, plus (iv) if the Final Calculation
of April 12 Inventory is greater than $1,675,000, then the product of (A) 60%
and (B) the difference between the Final Calculation of April 12 Inventory and
$1,675,000, minus (v) if the Final Calculation of April 12 Inventory is less
than $1,675,000 but more than $725,000, then the product of (A) 60% and (B) the
difference between $1,675,000 and the Final Calculation of April 12 Inventory,
minus (vi) if the Final Calculation of April 12 Inventory is $725,000 or less,
then the sum of (A) $360,000 and (B) the difference between $725,000 and the
Final Calculation of April 12 Inventory; "Final Stock Value" means an amount
                                          -----------------
equal to the Stock Percentage of the Final Exchange Value; and "Final Cash
                                                                ----------
Value" means an amount equal to a percentage of the Final Exchange Value, equal
- -----
to 100% minus the Stock Percentage (the "Cash Percentage").  Notwithstanding
                                         ---------------
anything contained in the preceding sentence:  (x) in no event shall the
aggregate amount of cash paid to the Stockholders hereunder exceed 80% of Final
Exchange Value; and (y) for purposes of the preceding sentence, the Company's
Calculation of 1995 EBITD shall be deemed Final 1995 EBITD, unless the
difference between the Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD and Final 1995 EBITD
is greater than $50,000.

          (c)  If the Final Exchange Value exceeds the Interim Exchange Value,
then, promptly after the determination of Final Exchange Value, Parent shall
deliver to each Stockholder, with respect to each share of Company Common Stock
held by such Stockholder immediately prior to the Closing, (x) a number of
shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the quotient derived by dividing (i) the
Final Stock Value minus the Interim Stock Value by (ii) the product of (A) the
number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock at the Closing multiplied
by (B) the Parent Stock Price and (y) an amount in cash equal to the quotient
derived by dividing (i) the Final Cash Value minus the Interim Cash Value by
(ii) the number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock at the Closing.

          (d)  If the Interim Exchange Value exceeds the Final Exchange Value,
then, promptly after the determination of Final Exchange Value, each Stockholder
shall deliver to the Parent, with respect to each share of Company Common Stock
held by such 



































                                        8


Stockholder immediately prior to the Closing, (x) a number of shares of Parent
Common Stock equal to the quotient derived by dividing (i) the Interim Stock
Value minus the Final Stock Value by (ii) the product of (A) the number of
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock at the Closing multiplied by (B) the
Parent Stock Price and (y) an amount in cash equal to the quotient derived by
dividing (i) the Interim Cash Value minus the Final Cash Value by (ii) the
number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock at the Closing.

          Section 3.5  Cash Earn-Out.
                       -------------

          (a)  For each of the 12-month periods ended December 31, 1996, 1997,
1998, 1999 and 2000, Parent shall pay to each Stockholder an amount equal to the
product of (x) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of
Company Common Stock owned by such Stockholder as of the Closing, and the
denominator of which is the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Company
Common Stock as of the Closing and (y) the Cash Earn-Out Amount (as defined
below) for such 12-month period.  For purposes of this Agreement:  "Cash Earn-
                                                                    ----------
Out Amount" for any 12-month period shall mean the product of (i) $10,000 and
- ----------
(ii) the product of (A) 100 and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is (I)
Gross Profit (as defined below) for such 12-month period minus (II) Gross Profit
for the preceding 12-month period ("Base Gross Profit"), and the denominator of
                                    -----------------
which is Base Gross Profit; and "Gross Profit" for any 12-month period means the
                                 ------------
aggregate gross profit, determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied, of Parent, its Subsidiaries and the
Company for such 12-month period in respect of sales of the Company, and sales
of Parent and its Subsidiaries to medical (and not podiatric) physicians,
clinics, hospital laboratories, schools and universities, government
institutions (sales to which are primarily of medical (and not podiatric)
products) and HMOs in Illinois (and any other territory mutually agreed to by
Parent and Lawrence Frankel), as shown on the consolidated financial statements
of Parent and the Company, as the case may be, and taking into consideration
manufacturer and vendor rebates and adjustments (such rebates and adjustments to
be allocated to products sold by the Company, and products sold by Parent and
its Subsidiaries to medical (and not podiatric) physicians, clinics, hospital
laboratories, schools and universities, government institutions (sales to which
are primarily of medical (and not podiatric) products) and HMOs in Illinois (and
any other territory mutually agreed to by Parent and Lawrence Frankel), in the
case of each product, based on the proportion that sales of such product bears
to the aggregate amount of sales of such product by the Company, Parent and its
Subsidiaries), the "actual" purchase price from the manufacturer or vendor
(including any discounts and rebates) and cash payment terms, provided that
Gross Profit for the Company for the 12-month period ended December 31, 1995
shall be deemed to be $5,162,000.  The Cash Earn-Out Amount for each 12-month
period shall be paid within 90 days after the end of such 12-month period.

          (b)  If Parent or any of its Subsidiaries consummates prior to
December 31, 2000 an acquisition that is reasonably likely to have a material
effect on Gross Profit, 



































                                        9


Parent and Lawrence Frankel shall discuss in good faith and agree to any
adjustment to Base Gross Profit appropriate in order to eliminate the effect of
such acquisition on Gross Profit.

          (c)  In no event shall payments to the Stockholders pursuant to the
preceding paragraph exceed an aggregate of $1,000,000.

          Section 3.6  Additional Earn-Out.  If (a) the difference between the
                       -------------------
Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD is more than $50,000 greater than Parent's
Calculation of 1995 EBITD and (b) aggregate Gross Profit for the 36-month period
ended December 31, 1998 equals or exceeds the product of (i) 3.31 and (ii) Gross
Profit for the 12-month period ended December 31, 1995 (Gross Profit for the
Company for the 12-month period ended December 31, 1995 being deemed to be
$5,162,000), subject to adjustment in accordance with the second succeeding
sentence, then Parent shall:  (1) issue to the Stockholders a number of shares
of Parent Common Stock equal to the quotient derived by dividing (x) the product
of (I) 20% and (II) (A) the Value Base minus (B) the product of the Value
Multiple and Final 1995 EBITD by (y) the Parent Stock Price and (2) pay to the
Stockholders in cash an amount equal to the product of (I) 80% and (II) (A) the
Value Base minus (B) the product of the Value Multiple and Final 1995 EBITD. 
Such shares of Parent Common Stock shall be issued, and such cash shall be paid,
within 90 days after the end of such 36-month period and shall be allocated
among the Stockholders as the Stockholders shall direct in writing within 30
days after the end of such 36-month period.  If Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries consummates prior to December 31, 1998 an acquisition that is
reasonably likely to have a material effect on Gross Profit, Parent and Lawrence
Frankel shall discuss in good faith and agree to any adjustment to Gross Profit
for the Company for the 12-month period ended December 31, 1995 appropriate in
order to eliminate the effect of such acquisition on Gross Profit.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

          The Company and the Stockholders jointly and severally represent and
warrant to Parent and Sub as follows:

          Section 4.1  Organization.  The Company is a corporation duly
                       ------------
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Illinois and has the corporate power to carry on its business as it is now being
conducted or presently proposed to be conducted.  The Company is duly qualified
as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each
jurisdiction where the character of its properties owned or held under lease or
the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except where
the failure to be so qualified will not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. 
For purposes of this Agreement, "Company Material 
                                 -----------------




































                                       10


Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect, individually or in the
- --------------
aggregate, on the financial condition, results of operations or business of the
Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the ability of the Company to
consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          Section 4.2  Capitalization.
                       --------------

          (a)  The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000
shares of Company Common Stock.  As of the date hereof, 11,160 shares of Company
Common Stock were issued and outstanding.  Schedule 4.2(a) lists each of the
stockholders of the Company and the number and class of common stock owned by
each such stockholder.  Each of the Stockholders represents that all of the
shares of Company Common Stock set forth beside such Stockholder's name on
Schedule 4.2(a) are owned by such Stockholder free and clear of any Liens (as
defined in Section 4.3).

          (b)  Except as disclosed in this Section 4.2 or as set forth on
Schedule 4.2(b), (i) there is no outstanding right, subscription, warrant, call,
option or other agreement or arrangement of any kind (collectively, "Rights") to
                                                                     ------
purchase or otherwise to receive from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries any
of the outstanding authorized but unissued or treasury shares of the capital
stock or any other security of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii)
there is no outstanding security of any kind convertible into or exchangeable
for such capital stock and (iii) there is no voting trust or other agreement or
understanding to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or is
bound with respect to the voting of the capital stock of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries.

          Section 4.3  Company Subsidiaries.  Schedule 4.3(a) contains a
                       --------------------
complete and accurate list of all Subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company. 
Each Subsidiary of the Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.  Each
Subsidiary of the Company has the corporate power to carry on its business as it
is now being conducted or presently proposed to be conducted.  Each Subsidiary
of the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation authorized to do
business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of
its properties owned or held under lease or the nature of its activities makes
such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified will
not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  All of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Subsidiaries of the Company that are corporations are
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  All of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of each Subsidiary of the Company are owned by the Company or a
Subsidiary of the Company free and clear of any liens, pledges, security
interests, claims, charges or other encumbrances of any kind whatsoever
("Liens").
  -----

          Section 4.4  Authority Relative to this Agreement.  The Company has
                       ------------------------------------
the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of the
Stockholders has the 

































                                       11


capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement
by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
contemplated on its part hereby have been duly authorized by the Company's Board
of Directors and stockholders, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of
the Company are necessary to authorize this Agreement or for the Company to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly
and validly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Stockholders
and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company and each of the
Stockholders, enforceable against the Company and each of the Stockholders in
accordance with its terms.

          Section 4.5  Consents and Approvals; No Violations.  Neither the
                       -------------------------------------
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company or the
Stockholders, nor the consummation by the Company or the Stockholders of the
transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) conflict with or result in any breach
of any provisions of the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) require a filing with, or a permit,
authorization, consent or approval of, any federal, state, local or foreign
court, arbitral tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other
governmental or other regulatory authority or administrative agency or
commission (a "Governmental Entity"), except the filing and recordation of a
               -------------------
Certificate of Merger as required by the IBCA, (iii) except as set forth on
Schedule 4.5, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without
due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of
termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, or result in the creation of a
Lien on any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant
to, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any material note, bond,
mortgage, indenture, license, contract, agreement or other instrument or
obligation (each, a "Contract") to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
                     --------
is a party or by which any of them or any of their properties or assets may be
bound or (iv) violate any law, order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or
regulation of any Governmental Entity applicable to the Company, any of its
Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets.

          Section 4.6  Financial Statements.    The Company has delivered to the
                       --------------------
Parent (a) the unaudited financial statements of the Company as of June 30,
1993, 1994 and 1995, and for each of the fiscal years then ended (the "Financial
                                                                       ---------
Statements"), and has delivered to the Parent the Company's internally prepared
- ----------
restated income statement of the Company for the six months ended December 31,
1995 and the eight months ended February 29, 1996 (the "Restated Financial
                                                        ------------------
Statements").  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.6, the Financial Statements of
- ----------
the Company have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
throughout the periods indicated (except as otherwise noted therein).  The
Financial Statements and Restated Financial Statements, which are attached
hereto as Schedule 4.6, are true and correct, and fairly present the
consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries
as at the dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations and cash
flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods then
ended.  Since January 1, 1996, there has been no change 

































                                       12


in any of the significant accounting (including tax accounting) policies,
practices or procedures of the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries. 
The accounting books and records of the Company are organized and maintained, in
a manner that would enable the financial statements of the Company to be
audited.

          Section 4.7  Absence of Certain Changes or Events; Material Contracts.
                       --------------------------------------------------------
Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7, since December 31, 1995, (i) neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has conducted its business and operations
other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices
or taken any actions that, if it had been in effect, would have violated or been
inconsistent with the provisions of Section 6.1 and (ii) there has not been any
fact, event, circumstance or change affecting or relating to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries which to the best knowledge of the Company and its
Stockholders has had or is reasonably likely to have a Company Material Adverse
Effect.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7, the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement will not constitute a change of control under or require the
consent from or the giving of notice to a third party pursuant to the terms,
conditions or provisions of any material Contract to which Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party.

          Section 4.8  Litigation.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.8, there
                       ----------
is no material suit, action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, including any material suit, action or proceeding brought by
the Company, and, to the best knowledge of the Company, no basis for any such
suit, action, proceeding or investigation; nor is there any material judgment,
decree, injunction, ruling or order of any Governmental Entity outstanding
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

          Section 4.9  Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.  Except for
                       ----------------------------------
liabilities or obligations which are accrued or reserved against in the
Financial Statements or the Restated Financial Statements or which were incurred
after January 1, 1996 in the ordinary course of business and consistent with
past practice, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.9, none of the Company and
its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations (whether absolute, accrued,
contingent or otherwise) in excess of $50,000.

          Section 4.10  No Default.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10,
                        ----------
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is in default or violation
(and no event has occurred which with notice or the lapse of time or both would
constitute a default or violation) of any term, condition or provision of (i)
its charter, by-laws or comparable organizational documents, (ii) any Contract
to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which they or
any of their properties or assets may be bound, or (iii) any order, writ,
injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity
applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except, in the cases of
clauses (ii) and (iii), for defaults or violations which would not have a
Company Material Adverse Effect.


































                                       13


          Section 4.11  Taxes.
                        -----

          (a)  The Company has heretofore delivered or will make available to
Parent true, correct and complete copies of the consolidated federal, state,
local and foreign income, franchise sales and other Tax Returns (as hereinafter
defined) filed by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries for each of the
Company's years ended June 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993 inclusive.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 4.11, the Company has duly filed, and each Subsidiary has duly
filed, all material federal, state, local and foreign income, franchise, sales
and other Tax Returns required to be filed by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.  All such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete, and the
Company and any of its Subsidiaries have duly paid, all Taxes (as hereinafter
defined) shown on such Tax Returns and has made adequate provision for payment
of all accrued but unpaid Taxes anticipated in respect of all periods since the
periods covered by such Tax Returns.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11, all
deficiencies assessed as a result of any examination of Tax Returns of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries by federal, state, local or foreign tax
authorities have been paid or reserved on the financial statements of the
Company in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.  The Company has
heretofore delivered or will make available to Parent true, correct and complete
copies of all written tax-sharing agreements and written descriptions of all
such unwritten agreements or arrangements to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11, no issue has
been raised during the past five years by any federal, state, local or foreign
taxing authority which, if raised with regard to any other period not so
examined, could reasonably be expected to result in a proposed material
deficiency for any other period not so examined.  Except as disclosed in
Schedule 4.11 hereof, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has
granted any extension or waiver of the statutory period of limitations
applicable to any claim for any material Taxes.  Except as set forth in Schedule
4.11, (i) no consent has been filed under Section 341(f) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), with respect to any of the Company or the
                               ----
Subsidiaries of the Company; (ii) neither the Company nor any of the
Subsidiaries of the Company has participated in, or cooperated with, an
international boycott within the meaning of Section 999 of the Code; and (iii)
neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries of the Company has issued or
assumed any corporate acquisition indebtedness, as defined in Section 279(b) of
the Code.  The Company and each Subsidiary of the Company have complied (and
until the Effective Time will comply) in all material respects with all
applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the payment and withholding
of Taxes (including, without limitation, withholding of Taxes pursuant to
Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code or similar provisions under any foreign laws)
and have, within the time and in the manner prescribed by law, withheld from
employee wages and paid over to the proper governmental authorities all amounts
required to be so withheld and paid over under all applicable laws.

          (b)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Taxes" shall mean all
                                                         -----
taxes, charges, fees, levies, duties, imposts or other assessments, including,
without limitation, income, gross receipts, excise, property, sales, use,
transfer, gains, license, payroll, 

































                                       14


withholding, capital stock and franchise taxes, imposed by the United States, or
any state, local or foreign government or subdivision or agency thereof,
including any interest, penalties or additions thereto.  For purposes of this
Agreement, the term "Tax Return" shall mean any report, return or other
                     ----------
information or document required to be supplied to a taxing authority in
connection with Taxes.

          Section 4.12  Title to Properties; Encumbrances.  Except as described
                        ---------------------------------
in the following sentence or as set forth on Schedule 4.12, each of the Company
and its Subsidiaries has good, valid and marketable title to, or a valid
leasehold interest in, all of its material properties and assets (real, personal
and mixed, tangible and intangible), including, without limitation, all the
properties and assets reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company
and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 (except for properties and assets
disposed of in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
practices since December 31, 1995).  None of such properties or assets are
subject to any Liens (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise),
except minor imperfections of title and encumbrances, if any, which are not
substantial in amount, do not materially detract from the value of the property
or assets subject thereto and do not impair the operations of any of the Company
and its Subsidiaries.

          Section 4.13  Intellectual Property.  (a)  Except as set forth on
                        ---------------------
Schedule 4.13(a), the Company and its Subsidiaries are the sole and exclusive
owners of all material patents, patent applications, patent rights, trademarks,
trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights, service marks,
trade secrets, registrations for and applications for registration of
trademarks, service marks and copyrights, technology and know-how, rights in
computer software and other proprietary rights and information and all technical
and user manuals and documentation made or used in connection with any of the
foregoing, used or held for use in connection with the businesses of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted, other than software licenses
(collectively, the "Intellectual Property"), free and clear of all Liens except
                    ---------------------
as set forth on Schedule 4.13(a) and except minor imperfections of title and
encumbrances, if any, which are not substantial in amount, do not materially
detract from the value of the Intellectual Property subject thereto and do not
impair the operations of any of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

          (b)  All grants, registrations and applications for Intellectual
Property that are used in and are material to the conduct of the Business (as
hereinafter defined) (i) are valid, subsisting, in proper form and enforceable,
and have been duly maintained, including the submission of all necessary filings
and fees in accordance with the legal and administrative requirements of the
appropriate jurisdictions and (ii) have not lapsed, expired or been abandoned,
and no application or registration therefor is the subject of any legal or
governmental proceeding before any registration authority in any jurisdiction.

          (c)  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns or has the right to



































                                       15


use all of the material Intellectual Property used by it or held for use by it
in connection with its business.  To the knowledge of the Company, there are no
conflicts with or infringements of any Intellectual Property by any third party.
The conduct of the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently
conducted (collectively, the "Business") does not conflict with or infringe in
                              --------
any way any proprietary right of any third party, which conflict or infringement
would have a Company Material Adverse Effect, and there is no claim, suit,
action or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) alleging any such conflict or
infringement with any third party's proprietary rights, or (ii) challenging the
ownership, use, validity or enforceability of the Intellectual Property.

          Section 4.14  Compliance with Applicable Law.  Except as set forth on
                        ------------------------------
Schedule 4.14, (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries hold, and are in compliance
with the terms of, all permits, licenses, exemptions, orders and approvals of
all Governmental Entities necessary for the current and proposed conduct of
their respective businesses ("Company Permits"), except for failures to hold or
                              ---------------
to comply with such permits, licenses, exemptions, orders and approvals which
would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (ii) no fact exists or event
has occurred, and no action or proceeding is pending or, to the Company's
knowledge, threatened, that has a reasonable possibility of resulting in a
revocation, nonrenewal, termination, suspension or other material impairment of
any material Company Permits, (iii) the businesses of the Company and its
Subsidiaries are not being conducted in violation of any applicable law,
ordinance, regulation, judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Entity
("Applicable Law"), and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, (x) no investiga-
  --------------
tion or review by any Governmental Entity with respect to the Company or its
Subsidiaries is pending or threatened and (y) no Governmental Entity has
indicated an intention to conduct the same.

          Section 4.15  Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA; Labor Matters.
                        --------------------------------------------

          (a)  Schedule 4.15 hereto sets forth a true and complete list of each
material employee benefit plan, arrangement or agreement that is maintained, or
was maintained at any time during the five (5) calendar years preceding the date
of this Agreement (the "Company Plans"), by the Company or by any trade or
                        -------------
business, whether or not incorporated (a "Company ERISA Affiliate"), which
                                          -----------------------
together with the Company would be deemed a "single employer" within the meaning
of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").
                                                     -----

          (b)  Each of the Company Plans is and has been in compliance with
ERISA and the Code in all material respects; each of the Company Plans intended
to be "qualified" within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code is so
qualified.

          (c)  Neither the Company nor any Company ERISA Affiliate nor any
predecessors of the Company or any Company ERISA Affiliate maintains, has ever



































                                       16


maintained, contributes to or has ever contributed to a plan which is subject to
Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA.  No Company Plan is a
multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA
or Section 414(f) of the Code) ("Multiemployer Plan") and no Company Plan is a
                                 ------------------
multiple employer plan as defined in Section 413 of the Code ("Multiple Employer
                                                               -----------------
Plan"); and all material contributions or other amounts payable by the Company
- ----
as of the Effective Time with respect to each Company Plan in respect of current
or prior plan years have been either paid or accrued on the balance sheet of the
Company.  Neither the Company nor any Company ERISA Affiliate is or was
obligated to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer Plan.  To
the best knowledge of the Company, there are no material pending, threatened or
anticipated claims (other than routine claims for benefits) by, on behalf of or
against any of the Company Plans or any trusts related thereto.

          (d)  Neither the Company nor any Company ERISA Affiliate, nor any
Company Plan, nor any trust created thereunder, nor any trustee or administrator
thereof has engaged in a transaction in connection with which the Company or any
Company ERISA Affiliate, any Company Plan, any such trust, or any trustee or
administrator thereof, or any party dealing with any Company Plan or any such
trust could be subject to either a material civil penalty assessed pursuant to
Section 409 or 502(i) of ERISA or a material tax imposed pursuant to Section
4975 or 4976 of the Code.  No Company Plan provides death or medical benefits
(whether or not insured), with respect to current or former employees of the
Company or any Company ERISA Affiliate beyond their retirement or other
termination of service other than (i) coverage mandated by applicable law
(excluding "COBRA") or (ii) death benefits under any "employee pension plan," as
that term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is qualified under Section
401(a) of the Code).

          (e)  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or
bound by, any collective bargaining agreement, contract or other understanding
with a labor union or labor organization and, to the knowledge of the Company,
there is no activity involving any employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries
seeking to certify a collective bargaining unit or engaging in any other
organizational activity.

          (f)  Neither the Company nor any Company ERISA Affiliate, or any
officer or employee thereof, has made any promises or commitments, whether
legally binding or not, to create any additional plan, agreement or arrangement,
or to modify or change any existing Company Plan.

          Section 4.16  Environmental Laws and Regulations.  (a)  Except as set
                        ----------------------------------
forth on Schedule 4.16(a): (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries are and, to the
best knowledge of the Company, have been in compliance with, and the Company is
not aware of any outstanding allegations by any person or entity that the
Company or its Subsidiaries is not and has not been in compliance with, all
applicable laws, rules, regulations, common law, ordinances, decrees, orders or
other binding legal requirements relating to pollution 



































                                       17


(including the treatment, storage and disposal of wastes and the remediation of
releases and threatened releases of materials), the protection of the
environment, and the exposure to regulated substances, materials or wastes in
the environment or work place ("Environmental Laws"); and (ii) the Company and
                                ------------------
its Subsidiaries currently hold all permits, licenses, registrations and other
governmental authorizations (including exemptions, waivers, and the like) and
financial assurance required under Environmental Laws for the Company and its
Subsidiaries to operate the Business.

          (b)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.16(b), (i) to the knowledge of
the Company and its Stockholders, there is no friable asbestos-containing
material in or on any real property currently owned, leased or operated by the
Company or its Subsidiaries and (ii) there are and have been no underground
storage tanks (whether or not required to be registered under any applicable
law), dumps, landfills, lagoons, surface impoundments, injection wells or other
land disposal units in or on any property currently owned, leased or operated by
the Company or its Subsidiaries.

          (c)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.16(c), (i) neither the Company
nor its Subsidiaries has received (x) any written communication from any person
stating or alleging that any of them may be a potentially responsible party
under any Environmental Law (including, without limitation, the Federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980,
as amended) with respect to any actual or alleged environmental contamination or
(y) any request for information under any Environmental Law from any
Governmental Entity with respect to any actual or alleged material environmental
contamination; and (ii) none of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any
Governmental Entity is conducting or has conducted (or, to the knowledge of the
Company, is threatening to conduct) any environmental remediation or
investigation which could result in a material liability of the Company or its
Subsidiaries under any Environmental Law.

          Section 4.17  Affiliate Transactions.  Except as set forth in Schedule
                        ----------------------
4.17, there are no material Contracts or other transactions between the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any (i) officer, director or
stockholder of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) affiliate (as such
term is defined in Regulation 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") of any such officer, director or
                              ------------
stockholder, on the other hand, other than compensation and benefits paid or
provided to employees in the ordinary course and on arms-length terms.

          Section 4.18  Brokers.  No broker, finder or financial advisor is
                        -------
entitled to any brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in connection
with the Merger or the 







































                                       18


transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or
on behalf of the Company.

          Section 4.19  Customers and Suppliers.  Except as set forth in
                        -----------------------
Schedule 4.19, the Company is not engaged in any disputes with customers or
suppliers.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.19 hereto, to the best of the
Company's knowledge, no customer or supplier is considering termination, non-
renewal or any adverse modification of its arrangements with the Company, and
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, to the best of the
Company's knowledge, have any adverse effect on the Company's relationship with
any of its suppliers or customers.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19, there
has not been any adverse change and there are no facts known to the Company or
any Stockholder which may reasonably be expected to indicate that any adverse
change may occur in the business relationship of the Company with any material
customer of or supplier to the Company.


                                    ARTICLE V

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

          Parent represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

          Section 5.1  Organization.  Parent is a corporation duly organized,
                       ------------
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware
and has the corporate power to carry on its business as it is now being
conducted or presently proposed to be conducted.  Parent is duly qualified as a
foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each
jurisdiction where the character of its properties owned or held under lease or
the nature of its activities make such qualification necessary, except where the
failure to be so qualified will not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.  For
purposes of this Agreement, "Parent Material Adverse Effect" means a material
                             ------------------------------
adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the financial condition,
results of operations or business of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole or on the ability of Parent to consummate the Merger and the other
transactions contemplated by this Agreement (a "Parent Material Adverse
                                                -----------------------
Effect").  Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
- ------
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Sub has not engaged in any
business (other than in connection with this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby) since the date of its incorporation.

          Section 5.2  Capitalization.
                       --------------

          (a)  The authorized capital stock of Parent consists of 60,000,000
shares of Parent Common Stock.  As of December 31, 1995, (i) 18,306,994 shares
of Parent Common Stock were issued and outstanding and (ii) options to acquire
651,297 shares of Parent Common Stock (the "Parent Stock Options") were
                                            --------------------
outstanding under all stock 



































                                       19


option plans of Parent.  All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
Parent are, and the shares of Parent Common Stock issuable in exchange for
shares of Company Common Stock at the Effective Time in accordance with this
Agreement will be, when so issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable.

          (b)  The authorized capital stock of Sub consists of 2,000 shares of
Sub Common Stock, of which 100 shares, as of the date hereof, were issued and
outstanding.  All of such outstanding shares are owned by Parent, and are
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

          Section 5.3  Authority Relative to this Agreement.  Each of Parent and
                       ------------------------------------
Sub has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution
and delivery of this Agreement by each of Parent and Sub and the consummation by
Parent and Sub of the transactions contemplated on its part hereby have been
duly authorized by their respective Boards of Directors, and no other corporate
proceedings on the part of Parent or Sub are necessary to authorize this
Agreement or for Parent and Sub to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each
of Parent and Sub and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of each of
Parent and Sub, enforceable against Parent and Sub in accordance with its terms.

          Section 5.4  Consents and Approvals No Violations.  Neither the
                       ------------------------------------
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Parent or Sub, nor the
consummation by Parent or Sub of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i)
conflict with or result in any breach of any provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation or Articles of Incorporation, as the case may be, of By-Laws of
Parent or of Sub, (ii) require a filing with, or a permit, authorization,
consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity except in connection with or in
order to comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), the Exchange Act, state securities or "blue sky"
              --------------
laws, the By-Laws of the National Association of Securities Dealers (the
"NASD"), and the filing and recordation of a Certificate of Merger as required
 ----
by the IBCA, (iii) except as set forth on Schedule 5.4 hereto, result in a
violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of
time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation
or acceleration) under, or result in the creation of a Lien on any property or
asset of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of any material contract to which Parent or Sub is a
party or by which either of them or any of their properties or assets may be
bound or (iv) violate any law, order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or
regulation of any Governmental Entity applicable to Parent, Sub or any of their
properties or assets.

          Section 5.5  Reports and Financial Statements.  Parent has timely
                       --------------------------------
filed all reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Securities Act
             ---
(collectively, the "Parent SEC Reports"), 
                    ------------------


































                                       20


and has previously made available to the Company and the Stockholders true and
complete copies of all such Parent SEC Reports.  Such Parent SEC Reports, as of
their respective dates, complied in all material respects with the applicable
requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and
none of such SEC Reports contained any untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.  The financial statements of Parent included in the Parent
SEC Reports have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
throughout the periods indicated (except as otherwise noted therein or, in the
case of unaudited statements, as permitted by applicable law and fairly present
(subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, recurring year-end
adjustments and any other adjustments described therein) the consolidated
financial position of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the dates
thereof and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Parent and
its consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods then ended.  Except as set forth
on Schedule 5.5, since the date of Parent's last quarterly report on Form 10-Q,
there has not been any fact, event, circumstance or change affecting or relating
to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which has had or is reasonably likely
to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 5.6  Brokers.  No broker, finder or financial advisor is
                       -------
entitled to any brokerage finder's or other fee or commission in connection with
the Merger or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon
arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent or Sub

          Section 5.7  Legal Proceedings.  There are no outstanding court orders
                       -----------------
or administrative decisions to which Parent or any of it Subsidiaries is a party
or bound which, if resolved adversely to Parent or such Subsidiary, would have a
Parent Material Adverse Effect.  Parent has provided to the Company copies of
its "auditors' letter" in respect of the 1995 fiscal year and any updates
thereto.

          Section 5.8  Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.  Except for
                       ----------------------------------
liabilities or obligations which are accrued or reserved against in Parent's
financial statements or were thereafter incurred in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice, Parent has no liabilities or
obligations (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of a nature
required by generally accepted accounting principles to be reflected in its
consolidated balance sheet (or reflected in the notes thereto) or which would
have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 5.9  Taxes.  Parent has duly filed, and each of its
                       -----
Subsidiaries has duly filed, all material federal, state, local and foreign
income, franchise, sales and other Tax Returns required to be filed by Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries.  All such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete,
and Parent and each of its Subsidiaries have duly paid, all Taxes shown on such
Tax Returns and have made adequate provision for payment of all accrued but
unpaid Taxes anticipated in respect of all periods since the 


































                                       21


periods covered by such Tax Returns.  All deficiencies assessed as a result of
any examination of Tax Returns of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries by federal,
state, local or foreign tax authorities have been paid or reserved on the
financial statements of Parent in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.  Parent and each of its Subsidiaries have
complied in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and
regulations relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes (including, without
limitation, withholding of Taxes pursuant to Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code
or similar provisions under any foreign laws) and have, within the time and in
the manner prescribed by law, withheld from employee wages and paid over to the
proper governmental authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid
over under all applicable laws.

          Section 5.10  Insurance.  Parent has delivered to the Company copies
                        ---------
of each of its material insurance policies.  All such insurance policies are in
full force and effect and the premiums due thereon have been timely paid. 
Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is presently in default regarding the
provisions of such policy, nor have they failed to give any notice or present
any material claim thereunder in due and timely fashion.  The consummation of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not constitute a default
under any such insurance policy.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                     CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

          Section 6.1  Conduct of Business by the Company Pending the Merger.
                       -----------------------------------------------------
Prior to the Effective Time, unless Parent shall otherwise agree in writing, or
as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement:

          (a)  except as described on Schedule 6.1(a), the Company shall
conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, its business only in the
ordinary and usual course consistent with past practice, and the Company shall
use, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to use, its reasonable efforts to
preserve intact the present business organization, keep available the services
of its present officers and key employees, and preserve the goodwill of those
having business relationships with it;

          (b)  the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, (i) amend its charter, bylaws or other organizational
documents, (ii) split, combine or reclassify any shares of its outstanding
capital stock, (iii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other
distribution payable in cash, stock or property, or (iv) directly or indirectly
redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or shares of the
capital stock of any of its Subsidiaries;

          (c)  the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, 


































                                       22


(i) authorize for issuance, issue or sell or agree to issue or sell any shares
of, or Rights to acquire or convertible into any shares of, its capital stock or
shares of the capital stock of any of its Subsidiaries (whether through the
issuance or granting of options, warrants, commitments, subscriptions, rights to
purchase or otherwise); (ii) merge or consolidate with another entity; (iii)
acquire or purchase an equity interest in or a substantial portion of the assets
of another corporation, partnership or other business organization or otherwise
acquire any assets outside the ordinary and usual course of business and
consistent with past practice or otherwise enter into any material contract,
commitment or transaction outside the ordinary and usual course of business
consistent with past practice; (iv) sell, lease, license, waive, release,
transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of its assets outside the
ordinary and usual course of business and consistent with past practice; (v)
incur, assume or prepay any material indebtedness or any other material
liabilities other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with
past practice; (vi) assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or
responsible (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of
any other person; (vii) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or
investments in, any other person, other than to Subsidiaries of the Company and
extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice; (viii) authorize or make capital expenditures other than in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (ix) permit any
insurance policy naming the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company as a
beneficiary or a loss payee to be cancelled or terminated other than in the
ordinary course of business; or (x) enter into any contract, agreement,
commitment or arrangement with respect to any of the foregoing;

          (d)  the Company shall not, nor shall it permit its Subsidiaries to,
(i) adopt, enter into, terminate or amend (except as may be required by
Applicable Law) any Company Plan or other arrangement for the current or future
benefit or welfare of any director, officer or current or former employee, (ii)
increase in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of, or pay any bonus
to, any director, officer or employee (except for normal increases in salaried
compensation in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice),
or (iii) take any action to fund or in any other way secure, or to accelerate or
otherwise remove restrictions with respect to, the payment of compensation or
benefits under any employee plan, agreement, contract, arrangement or other
Company Plan; and

          (e)  the Company shall not, nor shall it permit its Subsidiaries to,
take any action with respect to, or make any material change in, its accounting
or tax policies or procedures, except as required by law.

          Section 6.2  Conduct of Business of Sub.  During the period from the
                       --------------------------
date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, Sub shall not engage in any
activities of any nature except as provided in or contemplated by this
Agreement.  It is understood that Sub was formed by Parent solely for the
purpose of effecting the Merger, and that Sub will have no material assets and
no material liabilities prior to the Merger.


































                                       23


                                   ARTICLE VII

                              ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

          Section 7.1  Access  and Information.  Each of the  Company and Parent
                       -----------------------
shall (and shall  cause its Subsidiaries and its  and their respective officers,
directors,  employees, auditors and  agents to) afford  to the other  and to the
other's officers,  employees,  financial advisors,  legal counsel,  accountants,
consultants and other  representatives reasonable access during  normal business
hours throughout the period prior to the Effective Time to  all of its books and
records  (other  than privileged  documents)  and  its  properties,  plants  and
personnel and, during  such period, each shall  furnish promptly to the  other a
copy of  each  report, schedule  and  other document  filed  or received  by  it
pursuant  to the  requirements  of  federal securities  laws,  provided that  no
investigation pursuant to  this Section 7.1 shall affect  any representations or
warranties made  herein or the  conditions to the obligations  of the respective
parties to consummate the Merger.  Unless  otherwise required by law, each party
agrees   that  it   (and  its   Subsidiaries  and   its  and   their  respective
representatives)   shall  hold  in  confidence  all  non-public  information  so
acquired.

          Section  7.2   No  Solicitation.   Prior  to  the Effective  Time, the
                         ----------------
Company agrees that neither  it, any of its Subsidiaries or  its affiliates, nor
any of  the respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives
of the foregoing will, directly  or indirectly, solicit, initiate, facilitate or
encourage (including by way of furnishing  or disclosing non-public information)
any  inquiries  or  the making  of  any  proposal with  respect  to  any merger,
consolidation or  other  business  combination  involving  the  Company  or  any
Subsidiary of the Company or the acquisition of all or any significant assets or
capital stock of the  Company or any Subsidiary of the Company  taken as a whole
(an "Acquisition  Transaction")  or negotiate,  explore or  otherwise engage  in
     ------------------------
discussions with  any person  (other than Parent  and its  representatives) with
respect to any Acquisition Transaction  or enter into any agreement, arrangement
or understanding with respect to any such Acquisition Transaction or which would
require it to abandon,  terminate or fail to consummate the Merger  or any other
transaction contemplated by this Agreement.   The Company agrees that as of  the
date hereof, it, its Subsidiaries  and affiliates, and the respective directors,
officers,   employees,  agents  and  representatives  of  the  foregoing,  shall
immediately  cease  and   cause  to  be  terminated   any  existing  activities,
discussions  or  negotiations  with  any  person  (other  than  Parent  and  its
representatives)   conducted   heretofore  with   respect  to   any  Acquisition
Transaction.  The  Company agrees to immediately advise Parent in writing of any
inquiries or proposals (or desire to make a proposal) received by  (or indicated
to),  any  such  information  requested   from,  or  any  such  negotiations  or
discussions   sought  to  be  initiated  or  continued  with,  any  of  it,  its
Subsidiaries  or  affiliates, or  any  of  the  respective directors,  officers,
employees,  agents or  representatives of  the foregoing,  in each  case from  a
person  (other  than  Parent  and   its  representatives)  with  respect  to  an
Acquisition Transaction, and  the terms thereof, including the  identity of such
third party, and  to update on  an ongoing basis  or upon Parent's request,  the
status thereof, as well as any actions taken or other developments 
































                                       24


pursuant to this Section 7.2.

          Section  7.3   Reasonable  Best Efforts.   Subject  to  the terms  and
                         ------------------------
conditions  herein  provided, each  of  the  parties hereto  agrees  to  use its
reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action  and to do, or
cause  to be done,  all things necessary,  proper or advisable  under applicable
laws  and  regulations  to  consummate   and  make  effective  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, including, without  limitation, the obtaining of
all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and the effecting of all necessary
registrations and filings.

          Section  7.4  Salary; Employee  Benefits.  Parent  agrees to cause the
                        --------------------------
Surviving Corporation, for not less than two years after the Effective Time, (A)
to maintain the salaries of members of the Company's senior management listed on
Schedule 7.4  at no less  than their present  Levels and  (B)(i) to continue  to
maintain the Company Plans listed on Schedule  4.15 that are in effect as of the
date hereof or (ii) to make available  to employees of the Surviving Corporation
reasonably comparable benefits,  considered in the aggregate, under  one or more
employee benefit plans of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

          Section 7.5   Stockholder  Transactions.  At  the Closing,  (a) Parent
                        -------------------------
shall cause  the Company to pay or otherwise discharge in full in cash all loans
and  other  indebtedness  to  the  Stockholders,  including  accrued  and unpaid
interest, up  to the  aggregate amount of  $2,100,000, and (b)  each Stockholder
shall pay, and  shall cause each of the Company's  and Stockholder's affiliates,
and each of the entities and ventures listed on Schedule 4.3(a), to pay, in full
all accounts receivable and advances payable by such Stockholder or affiliate or
entity or venture to the Company.

          Section 7.6  Non-Compete  Agreements.  Prior to and after the Closing,
                       -----------------------
the Company shall use  its best efforts to have each  of the salespersons listed
on Schedule  7.7 enter  into Non-Compete Agreements,  substantially in  the form
attached hereto  as Exhibit E  ("Non-Compete Agreements"), with such  changes as
                                 ----------------------
shall be mutually agreed to by Parent and Larry Frankel.  Prior to and after the
Closing,  the Company  and Parent  shall  develop a  mutually satisfactory  plan
pursuant to which  the Company's salespersons (the "Salespersons")  will be paid
                                                    ------------
by  the Company, subsequent  to the Closing,  an aggregate of  $250,000 in cash.
Such plan shall include, among other things,  an allocation of amounts among the
Salespersons.  Such amount  shall be accrued as a liability on  the books of the
Company prior  to the  Closing, but  shall  not be  treated as  a liability  for
purposes of calculating Adjusted April 12 Net Worth.

          Section  7.7     Certain  Company   Liabilities.    The   Company  and
                           ------------------------------
Stockholders agree that the  sum of the Company's (a) notes  payable - bank, (b)
long term debt, (c) other loans  to the Stockholders and other indebtedness  and
(d) accrued  and unpaid interest with respect to  the foregoing shall not exceed
an aggregate of $2,100,000 at the Closing.




































                                       25


          Section 7.7  Expenses.  Whether or not the Merger is  consummated, all
                       --------
costs and  expenses incurred  in connection with  this Agreement  (including the
Exhibits hereto) and the transactions contemplated hereby (and thereby) shall be
paid  by the  party incurring  such  expenses, provided  that if  the  Merger is
consummated, Parent shall cause the Company to  pay up to $50,000 of Company and
Stockholder fees and  expenses.  The balance of Company and Stockholder fees and
expenses shall be paid by the Stockholders.

          Section  7.8   Public Announcements.   Each  of Parent,  Sub, and  the
                         --------------------
Company agrees that  it will not issue  any press release or  otherwise make any
public statement with respect to  this Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto)
or the transactions  contemplated hereby (or thereby) without  the prior consent
of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
provided, however, that such disclosure can be made without obtaining such prior
- --------  -------
consent if  (i) the  disclosure is  required by  law or  by obligations  imposed
pursuant  to any  listing agreement  with any  national securities  exchange and
(ii) the party making such disclosure has first used its reasonable best efforts
to consult with (but  not obtain the consent of) the other  party about the form
and substance of such disclosure.

          Section 7.9   Supplemental Disclosure.  The Company  shall give prompt
                        -----------------------
notice to Parent, and Parent shall give prompt notice to the Company, of (i) the
existence,   nonexistence,  occurrence,   or   non-occurrence,   of  any   fact,
circumstance or event the existence, nonexistence, occurrence, or non-occurrence
of which would  be likely to  cause (x)  any representation or  warranty by  any
party  contained  in  this Agreement  to  be  untrue or  inaccurate  or  (y) any
covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement not  to be complied
with or satisfied and (ii) any failure of the Company or Parent, as the case may
be,  to  comply with  or  satisfy any  covenant,  condition or  agreement  to be
complied with or satisfied by it hereunder; provided, however, that the delivery
                                            --------  -------
of  any notice pursuant to this  Section 7.10 shall not  have any effect for the
purpose of determining the satisfaction  of the conditions set forth in  Article
VIII of  this Agreement  or  otherwise limit  or affect  the remedies  available
hereunder  to any party  (except to the  extent any breach  of representation or
warranty is cured by the breaching party  within 20 business days after delivery
of such notice).  If (p)  any of Stanley Bergman, Mark Mlotek or  Jeff Gasparini
("Parent Senior Management")  obtains actual knowledge after March  25, 1996 and
  ------------------------
prior to the Effective Date, of the existence, nonexistence, occurrence, or non-
occurrence,  of any  fact, circumstance  or event  the existence,  nonexistence,
occurrence,  or   non-occurrence  of  which   would  be  likely  to   cause  any
representation or  warranty of  the Company  contained in  this Agreement to  be
untrue or inaccurate,  (q) such member of Parent Senior Management fails to give
the  Company prompt notice  thereof and (r)  if the Company  had received prompt
notice thereof, it  would have cured  any breach of  representation or  warranty
resulting  therefrom, then  the  Company shall  have  waived any  right  to seek
indemnification, arising out of such breach of representation or warranty.





































                                       26


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                    CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER

          Section  8.1   Conditions to  Each  Party's Obligation  to Effect  the
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Merger.  The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger  shall be
- ------
subject  to the satisfaction at or prior  to the Effective Time of the condition
that no Governmental Entity  (including a federal or  state court) of  competent
jurisdiction shall  have enacted, issued,  promulgated, enforced or  entered any
statute,  rule, regulation, executive  order, decree, injunction  or other order
(whether  temporary, preliminary  or permanent)  which  is in  effect and  which
materially restricts,  prevents or prohibits  consummation of the Merger  or any
transaction contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however,  that the parties
                                            --------  -------
shall use  their reasonable  best efforts  to cause  any such  decree, judgment,
injunction or other order to be vacated or lifted.

          Section 8.2  Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Sub to Effect the
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
Merger.  The obligations of Parent and Sub to effect the Merger shall be subject
- ------
to  the  satisfaction at  or  prior  to  the  Effective Time  of  the  following
additional conditions, unless waived in writing by Parent:

          (a)  Representations   and  Warranties.     The   representations  and
               ---------------------------------
     warranties  of the  Company and  Stockholders set  forth in  this Agreement
     shall  be true and correct in all material  respects, as of the date hereof
     (or, to the extent such representations  and warranties shall not have been
     true and correct as of  the date hereof, any breach thereof  has been cured
     within 30 days after written notice of such breach is given by the  Company
     to  the  Parent),  and,  except  to the  extent  such  representations  and
     warranties speak as of an earlier date, as of the  Effective Time as though
     made at  and as of  the Effective  Time, and Parent  shall have  received a
     certificate signed on behalf of the  Company by the chief executive officer
     or the chief financial officer of the Company to such effect.

          (b)  Performance of Obligations  of the Company.  Each  of the Company
               ------------------------------------------
     and  its Subsidiaries  and each  Stockholder  shall have  performed in  all
     material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this
     Agreement at or prior to the Effective Time, and Parent shall have received
     a  certificate signed  on  behalf of  the  Company by  the chief  executive
     officer or the chief financial officer of the Company to such effect.

          (c)  Stock Price.  The  Parent Stock Price shall not be  less than 80%
               -----------
     the average of the per share closing  price for the Parent Common Stock  on
     NASDAQ for the ten trading days immediately preceding the date hereof.

          (d)  1995  EBITD.   Parent's Calculation  of 1995  EBITD shall  be not
               -----------
     greater than 120% of the Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD.





































                                       27


          (e)  Opinion of  Counsel.  Parent  shall have received the  opinion of
               -------------------
     Aronberg Goldgehn Davis & Garmisa, in  the form attached hereto as  Exhibit
     F.

          (f)  Consent.   All  notices to, and  consents, approvals  and waivers
               -------
     from,  third parties under  the Contracts set  forth on Schedule  4.5 shall
     have been  obtained, in  each case without  any condition  or qualification
     adverse to Parent or Sub.

          Section  8.3  Conditions  to Obligation of  the Company  to Effect the
                        --------------------------------------------------------
Merger.  The obligation of the Company and the Stockholders to effect the Merger
- ------
shall be subject to  the satisfaction at or prior  to the Effective Time of  the
following additional conditions, unless waived in writing by the Company:

          (a)  Representations and  Warranties.   (i)  The  representations  and
               -------------------------------
     warranties of Parent set forth in this Agreement shall be true  and correct
     in all material respects as  of the date hereof, and, except to  the extent
     such representations and  warranties speak as of an earlier date, as of the
     Effective Time  as though  made on and  as of  the Effective Time,  and the
     Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Parent by the
     chief  executive officer or  the chief financial officer  of Parent to such
     effect.

          (b)  Performance of Obligations of Parent and Sub.  Each of Parent and
               --------------------------------------------
     Sub shall have performed in  all material respects all obligations required
     to be performed  by it under  this Agreement at or  prior to the  Effective
     Time, and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of
     Parent  by the chief  executive officer or  the chief financial  officer of
     Parent to such effect.

          (c)  Stock Price.   The Parent Stock Price shall  not be less than 80%
               -----------
     of the  average of the per share closing price  for the Parent Common Stock
     on NASDAQ  for the ten trading days  immediately preceding the date hereof;
     provided,  that, if the  Parent Stock Price  shall be less than  80% of the
     --------
     average of  the per  share closing  price for  the Parent  Common Stock  on
     NASDAQ  for the  ten trading  days immediately  preceding the  date hereof,
     Parent shall  have the  right to pay  each Stockholder,  in lieu  of Parent
     Common Stock  to be issued  to such Stockholder pursuant  to this Agreement
     and notwithstanding anything contained in  this Agreement that provides for
     the issuance to such Stockholder of Parent Common Stock, an amount  in cash
     equal to the aggregate Parent Stock Price  of such Parent Common Stock (and
     thereby satisfy the condition contained in this Section 8.3(c)).

          (d)  1995 EBITD.  Parent's Calculation of 1995 EBITD shall be not less
               ----------
     than 85% of  the Company's Calculation of 1995 EBITD; provided that if this
     Agreement terminates as a result of  this condition not being satisfied  or
     waived, and  the Company and/or  the Stockholders enter into  any agreement
     with  respect to the sale of the Company prior to the six month anniversary
     of this Agreement, 


































                                       28


     Company  shall pay to  Parent, at the  closing of any  such transaction, an
     amount equal to  Parent's out-of-pocket costs  incurred in connection  with
     the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation fees and
     disbursements incurred in connection with due diligence and the preparation
     and negotiation of any documentation), up to $100,000.

          (e)  Registration Rights Agreement.  Parent  shall have entered into a
               -----------------------------
     Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as
     Exhibit G.

          (f)  Opinion  of Counsel.   The  Company and  Stockholders  shall have
               -------------------
     received the opinion  of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP, in the form
     attached hereto as Exhibit H.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   TERMINATION

          Section 9.1 Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time
                      -----------
prior to the Effective Time:

          (a)  by mutual consent of Parent and the Company;

          (b)  by either  Parent or the  Company, if  the Merger shall  not have
     been consummated before  July 31,  1996 (unless,  in the case  of any  such
     termination pursuant to  this Section 9.1(b), the failure  to so consummate
     the Merger by such date shall have been caused by the action  or failure to
     act of the party (or its Subsidiaries) seeking to terminate this Agreement,
     which action or failure to act constitutes a breach of this Agreement);

          (c)  by Parent, if (i) there has been a  breach of any representations
     or  warranties of the  Company set forth  herein the  effect of which  is a
     Company Material  Adverse Effect  or (ii) there  has been  a breach  in any
     material respect of  any of the covenants  or agreements set forth  in this
     Agreement on the part  of the Company, which breach (in  the case of either
     (i) or  (ii)) is not curable  or, if curable,  is not cured within  30 days
     after written notice of such breach is given by Parent to the Company; or

          (d)  by  the   Company,  if  (i)  there  has  been  a  breach  of  any
     representations  or warranties  of Parent  set forth  herein the  effect of
     which is a Parent Material Adverse Effect  or (ii) there has been a  breach
     in any  material respect of any of the covenants or agreements set forth in
     this Agreement on the  part of Parent, which breach (in  the case of either
     (i) or (ii)) is not curable or, if curable, is not cured 






































                                       29


     within 30 days after written notice of such breach is given by the  Company
     to Parent.

          Section 9.2   Effect of Termination.   In the event of  termination of
                        ---------------------
this Agreement pursuant to this Article IX, the Merger shall be deemed abandoned
and this Agreement shall forthwith become void, without liability on the part of
any  party hereto,  except as  provided  in this  Section 9.2,  Section  7.1 and
Section 7.8 and 7.9, and except that nothing herein shall relieve any party from
liability for any breach of this Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

          Section  10.1    Survival  of Representations  and  Warranties.    All
                           ---------------------------------------------
representations and warranties contained in Articles IV and V of this  Agreement
shall survive the Closing until  June 30, 1997, except that  the representations
and  warranties  contained  in  Section  4.9  shall  survive  until  the  second
anniversary  of the  Closing, the  representations and  warranties  contained in
Sections 4.11  and 4.17 shall  survive the Closing  until the expiration  of the
applicable  statute of  limitations,  and  the  representations  and  warranties
contained in Sections 4.2, 4.4, 4.5 (except,  in the case of Section 4.5, to the
extent  Losses  (as  defined  in  Section   10.2)  arising  from  a  breach   of
representations and  warranties contained  therein involve  only the  payment of
cash to a third party), 4.16, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 (except, in the case of Section 5.4,
to the  extent Losses arising  from a breach  of representations  and warranties
contained therein involve  only the payment of  cash to a  third party) and  5.7
shall survive the Closing indefinitely.

          Section 10.2   Indemnification  by Stockholders.   From and  after the
                         --------------------------------
Closing, the Stockholders shall jointly and severally indemnify and save Parent,
the  Surviving Corporation and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers,
employees, agents  and representatives and  all of their successors  and assigns
(collectively "Parent  Claimants" and  individually "Parent Claimant")  harmless
               -----------------                     ---------------
from and  defend each  of them  from and  against any  and all  demands, claims,
actions, liabilities, losses,  costs, damages or expenses  whatsoever (including
any  reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  (collectively,  "Losses")  asserted against,
                                                     ------
imposed upon or incurred by any Parent Claimant resulting from or arising out of
(a) any  inaccuracy  or  breach  of   any  representation  or  warranty  of  the
Stockholders or the Company  contained herein; (b) any breach of any covenant or
obligation of Stockholders or the Company contained herein; or (c) the inability
of the Company to take as  a deduction in the computation of its  taxable income
any compensation or bonuses described in this Agreement or the schedules hereto.

          Section 10.3   Indemnification by Parent.  From and after the Closing,
                         -------------------------
Parent  shall  indemnify   and  save  the  Stockholders,  and  their  respective
Affiliates  and  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents  and  representatives
(collectively "Company Claimants" and 
               -----------------


































                                       30


individually  "Company Claimant") harmless from and defend each of them from and
               ----------------
against any and  all Losses asserted  against, imposed upon  or incurred by  the
Company Claimants resulting from or arising  out of (a) any inaccuracy or breach
of any representation or warranty of Parent or Sub contained herein;  or (2) any
breach of any covenant or obligation of Parent or Sub contained herein.

          Section 10.4  Indemnification Procedures.
                        --------------------------

          (a) The  rights and  obligations of  each party  claiming  a right  to
indemnification  hereunder ("Indemnitee")  from  the other  party ("Indemnitor")
                             ----------                             ----------
shall be governed by the following rules:

              (i)  The  Indemnitee  shall  give  prompt written  notice  to  the
Indemnitor of any state of facts which Indemnitee determines will give rise to a
claim by the Indemnitee against the Indemnitor based on the indemnity agreements
contained  herein, stating the  nature and basis  of said claims  and the amount
thereof, to the extent known.  No  failure to give such notice shall affect  the
indemnification  obligations of Indemnitor hereunder, except  to the extent such
failure materially prejudices  such Indemnitor's ability successfully  to defend
the matter giving rise to the indemnification claim.

              (ii)   In the  event  any action,  suit or  proceeding is  brought
against  the Indemnitee, with respect to which the Indemnitor may have liability
under  the   indemnity  agreements  contained  herein,  then  upon  the  written
acknowledgment by  the Indemnitor  within thirty  days of  the bringing  of such
action, suit or proceeding that it is undertaking and will prosecute the defense
of the claim  under such indemnity agreements  and confirming that the  claim is
one with  respect to which the Indemnitor is  obligated to indemnify and that it
will  be able to pay the  full amount of potential  liability in connection with
any such claim,  the action,  suit or proceeding  (including all proceedings  on
appeal or  for review which counsel  for the Indemnitee shall  deem appropriate)
may  be defended by  the Indemnitor, provided that  the Indemnitee shall provide
                                     --------
such reasonable assistance as is reasonably requested by Indemnitor, at  no cost
to Indemnitee.  However, in the event the Indemnitor shall not  offer reasonable
assurances  as  to its  financial  capacity  to satisfy  any  final judgment  or
settlement, the  Indemnitee may  assume the  defense and  dispose of  the claim,
after 30 days' prior written notice to the Indemnitor, at the Indemnitor's cost.
The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any other case,
but the fees  and expenses  of such  counsel shall  be at  the Indemnitee's  own
expense unless (a)  the employment of such counsel and the  payment of such fees
and  expenses both shall have been specifically  authorized by the Indemnitor in
connection with  the  defense of  such action,  suit or  proceeding  or (b)  the
Indemnitee  shall  have  reasonably  concluded  and  specifically  notified  the
Indemnitor  that  there may  be  specific defenses  available  to  it which  are
different from or  additional to those available to the Indemnitor, or that such
action, suit  or proceeding  involves or could  have an  effect upon  any matter
beyond the scope of the indemnity agreements contained herein.




































                                       31


              (iii)  In addition,  in any event specified  in clause (b) of  the
second sentence of subparagraph (ii) above,  the Indemnitor, to the extent  made
necessary by such  different or additional defenses, shall not have the right to
direct  the  defense of  such  action,  suit  or  proceeding on  behalf  of  the
Indemnitee.   If  Indemnitor  and Indemnitee  cannot  agree  on a  mechanism  to
separate the defense  of matters extending beyond the  scope of indemnification,
such matters shall be defended on the basis of joint consultation.

              (iv)    The  Indemnitee  shall  be  kept  fully  informed  by  the
Indemnitor of such action, suit or proceeding at all stages thereof,  whether or
not it is  represented by counsel.   The Indemnitor  shall, at the  Indemnitor's
expense,  make available to the Indemnitee and its attorneys and accountants all
books and records  of the Indemnitor relating to such proceedings or litigation,
and the parties hereto agree to render to each other such assistance as they may
reasonably  require of  each other in  order to  ensure the proper  and adequate
defense of any such action, suit or proceeding.

          (b)   The  Indemnitor shall  make no  settlement  of any  claims which
Indemnitor  has undertaken to  defend, without Indemnitee's  consent, unless the
Indemnitor fully indemnifies the Indemnitee for  all losses, there is no finding
or admission of violation of law  by, or effect on any other claims  that may be
made  against, the  Indemnitee and  the relief  granted in  connection therewith
requires no action on the part of and has no effect on the Indemnitee.

          10.5  Limitation  on Indemnification.  The Stockholders  shall have no
                ------------------------------
liability under this Agreement for breach of warranty or misrepresentation:  (a)
unless  the aggregate  amount of Losses  to Parent  and its affiliates  from all
claims under this Agreement for breach of warranty and misrepresentation exceeds
$50,000 (the "Indemnification Threshold"); provided, that if the Indemnification
              -------------------------
Threshold is met, all liabilities for breach of warranty or representation under
this Agreement shall be indemnifiable; and (b) in connection with any Losses (up
to  $380,000) resulting from  the adjustment described in  the first sentence of
Schedule 4.6.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                              RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

          Section 11.1   Non-Competition.  Except as set forth on Schedule 11.1,
                         ---------------
none of the  Stockholders nor any  of their respective  affiliates shall, for  a
period of five  years after the Effective Date, directly  or indirectly, engage,
anywhere in  the world, in  the sale or  offering or promoting  for sale of  any
product, process, good or service which is  the same as, is functionally similar
to, or  competes with, any  product, process, good  or service which  Parent has
sold  or offered  or promoted  for  sale within  the three  years  preceding the
Effective Date in connection with Parent's business.




































                                       32


          Section 11.2  Non-Solicitation of Employees.  None of the Stockholders
                        -----------------------------
nor any of  their respective Affiliates shall directly or indirectly, for itself
or on  behalf of any  other individual or  entity, hire any employee  of Parent,
including, without limitation, any  employees of the Company that Parent  or its
affiliates has hired in its sole discretion, or induce nor attempt to induce any
such employee to leave his or her employment with Parent at any time within five
years from the Effective Date.

          Section  11.3   Non-Solicitation or  Interference  with Customers  and
                          ------------------------------------------------------
Suppliers.   None of  the Stockholders  nor any  of their  respective Affiliates
- ---------
shall, directly or indirectly,  for itself or on behalf of  any other individual
or entity, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to take away any of Parent's or
Parent's affiliates' customers  or suppliers or the business or patronage of any
such customers or suppliers or in any way interfere with, disrupt or attempt  to
disrupt any  then existing relationships  between Parent or  Parent's affiliates
and  any of  their  respective customers  or suppliers  or other  individuals or
entities with whom  it deals or contact  or enter into any  business transaction
with any such  customers or suppliers or  other individuals or entities  for any
purpose at any time within five years from the Effective Date.

          Section 11.4  Acknowledgements.  Each of the Stockholders acknowledges
                        ----------------
that,  in  view of  the  nature  of  the  Company's business  and  the  business
objectives of Parent in acquiring the Company, and the consideration paid to the
Stockholders  therefor, the  restrictions  contained  in  this  Article  XI  are
reasonably necessary to protect the  legitimate business interests of Parent and
that any violation  of such restrictions  will result  in irreparable injury  to
Parent and the business Parent has acquired hereunder for which damages will not
be an adequate remedy.  Each of the Stockholders therefore acknowledges that, if
any such  restrictions are violated, Parent shall be entitled to preliminary and
injunctive relief as well as to an equitable accounting of earnings, profits and
other benefits arising from such violation.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

          Section 12.1   Amendment and Modification.   At any time prior  to the
                         --------------------------
Effective Time, this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only  by
written agreement (referring specifically to  this Agreement) of Parent, Sub and
the Company with respect to any of the terms contained herein.

          Section 12.2  Waiver.  At any time prior to the Effective Time, Parent
                        ------
and Sub,  on the one hand,  and the Company  and the Stockholders, on  the other
hand, may (i) extend the time for  the performance of any of the obligations  or
other acts of the other, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the  representations and
warranties of the other contained herein  or in any documents delivered pursuant
hereto and (iii) waive compliance by the 



































                                       33


other  with any  of  the agreements  or  conditions contained  herein  which may
legally be  waived.  Any  such extension  or waiver shall  be valid only  if set
forth in an  instrument in writing specifically referring to  this Agreement and
signed on behalf of such party.

          Section  12.3     Survivability;  Investigations.     The   respective
                            ------------------------------
representations  and warranties  of  Parent, the  Company  and the  Stockholders
contained herein or in any certificates or other documents delivered prior to or
as of the Effective Time (i) shall not be deemed waived or otherwise affected by
any investigation made by any party hereto and (ii) shall not survive beyond the
Effective Time.   The covenants and agreements  of the parties hereto (including
the Surviving  Corporation after  the Merger) shall  survive the  Effective Time
without  limitation (except  for  those  which, by  their  terms, contemplate  a
shorter survival period).

          Section 12.4  Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder
                        -------
shall be  in writing and shall be delivered personally or by next-day courier or
telecopied  with  confirmation of  receipt,  to  the  parties at  the  addresses
specified  below (or at such other address for  a party as shall be specified by
like notice; provided  that notices of  a change of  address shall be  effective
only upon receipt thereof.  Any such notice shall  be effective upon receipt, if
personally delivered  or telecopied, or one day after  delivery to a courier for
next-day delivery.

(a)       If to Parent or Sub, to:

             Henry Schein, Inc. 
             135 Duryea Road 
             Melville, New York 11747

             Attention: Mark E. Mlotek, Esq. 

with a copy to:

             Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP 
             1585 Broadway
             New York, New York 10036

           
          Attention:  Richard L. Goldberg, Esq.

(b)       if to the Company or the Stockholders, to:

             Scientific Supply Company 
             9405 West River Street
             Schiller Park, Illinois 60176

             Attention:   Lawrence Frankel




































                                       34


with a copy to:

             Aronberg Goldgehn Davis & Garmisa
             Suite 3000 One IBM Plaza
             Chicago, Illinois 60611

             Attention:  Ned S. Robertson, Esq.


             Section 12.5  Descriptive Headings; Interpretation.  The headings
                           ------------------------------------
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect
in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  References in this
Agreement to Sections, Schedules, Exhibits or Articles mean a Section, Schedule,
Exhibit or Article of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  References to
this Agreement shall be deemed to include the Exhibits and Schedules hereto,
unless the context otherwise requires.  The term "person" shall mean and include
an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, a
Governmental Entity or an unincorporated organization.

             Section 12.6  Entire Agreement; Assignment.  This Agreement
                           ----------------------------
(including the Schedules and other documents and instruments referred to herein)
constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements and
understandings, both written and oral, among the parties or any of them, with
respect to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is not intended to confer
upon any person not a party hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.  This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and assigns.  This Agreement shall not be
assigned by operation of law or otherwise by Parent, Sub or the Company;
provided that Parent or Sub may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to a
- --------
direct or indirect subsidiary of Parent, but no such assignment shall relieve
Parent or Sub, as the case may be, of its obligations hereunder.

             Section 12.7  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by
                           -------------
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without
giving effect to the provisions thereof relating to conflicts of law.

             Section 12.8  Severability.  In case any one or more of the
                           ------------
provisions contained in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect against a party hereto, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way
be affected or impaired thereby and such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability shall only apply as to such party in the specific jurisdiction
where such judgment shall be made.

             Section 12.9  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two
                           ------------
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of
which shall 




































                                       35


constitute one and the same agreement.

             Section 12.10  Knowledge.  When used in any representation or
                            ---------
warranty contained herein, the term "knowledge" shall be deemed to mean
knowledge after due inquiry.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.


HENRY SCHEIN, INC.                           SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY COMPANY


By:________________________________          By:________________________________
             Authorized Officer                 Authorized Officer



          SSC HOLDINGS, INC.                 ___________________________________
                                             LAWRENCE FRANKEL

By:________________________________
             Authorized Officer
                                             THE LAWRENCE AND PAMELA FRANKEL
                                             CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST CREATED
                                             UNDER TRUST AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
                                             MARCH 1, 1996


                                             By:________________________________
                                                  Lawrence Frankel, Trustee


                                             ___________________________________
                                             NORMAN FRANKEL


                                             ___________________________________
                                             RUDOLPH KELEMEN


                                             ___________________________________
                                             BRUCE BARBER








































                                       36




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.93

EXHIBIT G

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

          This agreement dated __________, 1996 is among Henry Schein, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and Lawrence J. Frankel, Norman Frankel,
                       ------
Rudolph Kelemen and Bruce Barber (collectively, the "Stockholders").
                                                     ------------

          Pursuant to the terms of the agreement and plan of merger (the "Merger
                                                                          ------
Agreement") dated April ___, 1996 among Parent, SSC Holdings, Inc., an Illinois
- ---------
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent ("Sub"), Scientific Supply
                                                    ---
Company, an Illinois corporation (the "Company"), and the Stockholders, each
                                       -------
share of Company Common Stock (as defined in the Merger Agreement) issued and
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger
Agreement) shall be convertible into the right to receive a number of shares of
common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Parent ("Parent Common Stock"), as
                                                    -------------------
provided in the Merger Agreement.

          In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement, the parties are entering into this registration rights agreement.

          Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

          1.   Definitions.  As used in this agreement:
               -----------

               1.1  "Prior Holders" means any person or entity previously
                     -------------
granted rights pursuant to the registration rights agreement dated September 30,
1994 among Parent and certain parties named therein (the "Prior Registration
                                                          ------------------
Rights Agreement"). 
- ----------------

               1.2  "Registrable Shares" means the shares of Parent Common Stock
                     ------------------
issued to the Stockholders pursuant to the Merger Agreement.  Registrable Shares
shall cease to be such when (i) a registration statement covering such
Registrable Shares has become or been declared effective and they have been
disposed of pursuant to that registration statement, (ii) eligible to be sold,
transferred or distributed pursuant to or in compliance with Rule 144 (or any
similar provision then in force) or any other exemption from registration under
the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") or (iii) they have been
                                 --------------
otherwise transferred and Parent has delivered new certificates not 




























subject to any stop transfer order or other restriction on transfer and not
bearing a legend restricting transfer in the absence of an effective
registration statement.  

          2.   Piggyback Registration.  
               ----------------------

               2.1  Inclusion in Registration.  If at any time after the date of
                    -------------------------
this agreement, Parent proposes to register any of its shares of common stock
under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Form S-8 or S-4 or a comparable
registration statement, pursuant to an employee benefits plan or in connection
with any transaction of the type referred to in Rule 145 under the Securities
Act) it will promptly give notice to the Stockholders of its intention to do so.
If any Stockholder notifies Parent within 20 days after receipt of any such
notice of its desire to include any Registrable Shares in such proposed
registration, Parent shall afford that Stockholder the opportunity to have such
Registrable Shares registered under such registration statement.  

          Notwithstanding anything in this section 2 to the contrary, Parent
shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time after it
shall have given any notice pursuant to this section 2 (irrespective of whether
a written request for inclusion of any Registrable Shares shall have been made),
to elect to postpone or not to file such proposed registration statement or to
withdraw the same after filing but prior to the effective date thereof.

               2.2  Underwriting Requirements.  If the registration of which
                    -------------------------
Parent gives notice pursuant to this section 2 is for a registered public
offering involving an underwriting of shares, Parent shall so advise the
Stockholders as part of the notice given pursuant to section 2.1.  Parent shall
not be required under this section 2 to include any Registrable Shares in such
underwriting unless each Stockholder desiring to participate in such
underwritten public offering accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed
upon between Parent and the underwriters selected by it, and then only in such
quantity as will not, in the opinion of the underwriters, jeopardize the success
of the offering by the Company.  If any stockholder disapproves of the terms of
any such underwriting, that stockholder may elect to withdraw from the
underwriting by written notice to Parent and the representative of the
underwriters.  Any Registrable Shares 




                                        2


or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be
withdrawn from such registration.

          Subject to the rights of the Prior Holders contained in the Prior
Registration Rights Agreement, notwithstanding any other provision of this
section 2, if the total number of shares, including the Registrable Shares,
requested by all stockholders, to be included in the offering exceeds the number
of shares to be sold other than by Parent that the underwriters reasonably
believe compatible with the success of the offering, then the number of selling
stockholders' shares (including the Registrable Shares) that may be included in
the offering shall be apportioned pro rata among all selling stockholders
(including the Stockholders) according to the total number of shares entitled to
be included in the offering owned by each selling stockholder or in such other
proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all selling stockholders. If the
number of Registrable Shares included in the underwriting is less than 50% of
the number of Registrable Shares proposed by the Stockholders to be distributed
through such underwriting, then, as promptly as practicable, but in any event
within six months after the effective date of such registration statement,
Parent shall use its reasonable best efforts to either (a) effect a registration
of the Registrable Shares or (b) repurchase the Registrable Shares at a price
equal to the fair market value of such Registrable Shares at the date of
repurchase. 

               2.3  Number.   The Stockholders shall be entitled to have their
                    ------
shares included in an unlimited number of registrations pursuant to this section
2.

          3.   Expenses of Registration.  Except as otherwise provided in this
               ------------------------
agreement, Parent shall pay all registration, filing and qualification fees,
accounting fees and printing expenses of Parent, reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel for Parent and reasonable fees and expenses of one
counsel for the Stockholders up to $5,000.  All (i) underwriting discounts and
commissions, (ii) stock transfer taxes incurred in respect of the Registrable
Shares being sold and (iii) legal and accounting fees, expenses and
disbursements of the Stockholders (except as set forth above) shall be borne and
paid ratably by the Stockholders of the Registrable Securities included in any
such registration.




                                        3


          4.   Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration
               -----------------------
effected by Parent pursuant to this agreement, Parent shall:

                    (a)  keep such registration statement effective for a period
of 120 days or until each Stockholder has completed the distribution described
in the registration statement, whichever occurs first;

                    (b)  furnish each Stockholder copies of any registration
statement and each preliminary or final prospectus, or supplement or amendment
required to be prepared pursuant to this agreement, as any Stockholder may from
time to time reasonably request;

                    (c)  prepare and promptly file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and promptly notify each Stockholder of the
                          ---
filing of any amendments or supplements to such registration statement or
prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at any
time when a prospectus relating to the Registrable Shares is required to be
delivered under the Securities Act, any event with respect to Parent shall have
occurred as a result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus as
then in effect would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

                    (d)  use its best efforts to qualify as soon as reasonably
practicable the Registrable Shares included in the registration statement for
sale under the securities or blue-sky laws of such states and jurisdictions
within the United States as shall be reasonably requested by any Stockholder;
provided that Parent shall not be required in connection therewith or as a
- --------
condition thereto to qualify to do business, to become subject to taxation or to
file a consent to service of process generally in any of the aforesaid states or
jurisdictions.

          5.   Delay of Registration
               ---------------------

          No Stockholder shall have any right to take any action to restrain,
enjoin or otherwise delay any registration as a result of any controversy that
may arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this
agreement.



                                        4


          6.  Indemnification
              ---------------

                    (a)  Parent shall indemnify each Stockholder offering
Registrable Shares for sale pursuant to each registration that has been effected
pursuant to this agreement against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities
(or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement
of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such
Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, or based on any
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each
such Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage,
liability or action; provided, however, that Parent shall pay for only one firm
                     --------  -------
of counsel for all such Stockholders and Parent shall not be liable to a
Stockholder in any such case (i) to the extent that any such claim, loss,
damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement
or omission based upon information furnished to Parent by such Stockholder or
(ii) in the case of a sale directly by a Stockholder of Registrable Shares
(including a sale of such Registrable Shares through any underwriter retained by
such Stockholder engaging in a distribution on behalf of such Stockholder), such
untrue statement or omission was contained in a preliminary prospectus and
corrected in a final or amended prospectus, and such Stockholder failed to
deliver a copy of the final or amended prospectus at or prior to the
confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Shares to the person or entity
asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability.

                    (b)  Each of the Stockholders shall, if Registrable Shares
held by them are included in the securities as to which such registration is
being effected, severally indemnify Parent, each of its directors and officers
who sign such registration statement, each affiliate and control person of
Parent, each underwriter, if any, of Parent's securities covered by such
registration statement, each other Stockholder and each other security holder
whose securities are included in such registration, and each affiliate thereof
against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any such registration statement under which such Registrable Shares
were registered under 














                                        5


the Securities Act, or based on any omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and will reimburse Parent, such directors, officers, employees,
affiliates, other Stockholders or security holders or underwriters for any legal
or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or
defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is made
in such registration statement in reliance upon and in conformity with
information furnished to Parent by such Holder.

                   (c)   Each party entitled to indemnification under this
section 6 (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to
provide indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such
Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be
sought, and any claim or any litigation resulting therefrom.  In case any action
is brought against an Indemnified Party, and it notifies the Indemnifying
Parties of the commencement thereof, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to
participate in and, to the extent it so determines, assume the defense thereof;
provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense
of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the
Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the
Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party's expense. 
After notice from the Indemnifying Party of its election to so assume the
defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable to such Indemnified
Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified
Party in connection with the defense thereof.  Each Indemnified Party shall
furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an
Indemnifying Party may reasonably request and as shall be reasonably required in
connection with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

          7.   Conditions to Registration.  As a condition to Parent's
               --------------------------
obligation under this agreement to cause a registration statement to be filed or
Registrable Shares to be included in a registration statement, each Stockholder
shall provide such information and execute such documents as may reasonably be
required in connection with such registration.  In addition, Parent shall not be
obligated to file a registration statement or to include Registrable 








                                        6


Shares in a registration statement under this agreement as to any Stockholder,
(i) if Parent shall have received opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to
such Stockholder and to the effect that the proposed disposition of such
Registrable Shares by such Holder may be effected without registration under the
Securities Act, (ii) to the extent any such Registrable Shares can then be sold
during a single three month period pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
or (iii) unless such Stockholder shall enter into customary agreements
(including underwriting and lock-up agreements in customary form) and take all
such other actions as Parent or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in
order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Shares of
such Stockholder.  Without limiting the foregoing, no Stockholder may
participate in any registration under this agreement which is underwritten
unless such Stockholder (a) agrees to sell its securities on the basis provided
in any such underwriting arrangements and (b) completes and executes all
questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and
other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

          8.   Rule 144.  With a view to making available the benefits of
               --------
certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the
restricted securities to the public without registration, Parent agrees to (a)
make and keep public information available as those terms are understood and
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act at all times filed by the Company
for an offering of its securities to the general Public, and (b) use its best
efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents
required of Parent under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

          9.  Notices.  All notices and other communications under this
              -------
agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by next-day
courier or telecopied, to the parties at the addresses specified below (or at
such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):
































                                        7


if to Parent, to:

          Henry Schein, Inc. 
          135 Duryea Road 
          Melville, New York 11747
          Fax:  516-843-5675
          Attention:  Mark E. Mlotek, Esq. 

with a copy to:

          Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP 
          1585 Broadway
          New York, New York 10036
          Fax:  212-969-2900
          Attention:  Richard L. Goldberg, Esq.

     if to the Stockholders, to:

          Scientific Supply Company 
          9405 West River Street
          Schiller Park, Illinois 60176
          Fax:  847-671-0064
          Attention:  Lawrence Frankel

with a copy to:

          Aronberg Goldgehn Davis & Garmisa
          Suite 3000 One IBM Plaza
          Chicago, Illinois
          Fax:  312-828-9635
          Attention:  Ned S. Robertson, Esq.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed received upon (a) actual
receipt by the addressee, (b) actual delivery to the appropriate address or (c)
in the case of a facsimile transmission, upon transmission by the sender and
issuance by the transmitting machine of a confirmation slip confirming the
number of pages constituting the notice have been transmitted without error.  

          10.  Assignment.  The registration rights granted pursuant to this
               ----------
agreement shall not be assignable.

          11.  Separability.  If any provision of this agreement is invalid or
               ------------
unenforceable, the balance of this agreement shall remain in effect, and if any
provision is inapplicable to any person or circumstance, it shall 






                                        8


nevertheless remain applicable to all other persons and circumstances.

          12.  Governing Law.  This agreement shall be governed by and construed
               -------------
in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements
made and to be performed wholly in Delaware.

          13.  Equitable Relief.  The parties acknowledge that the remedy at law
               ----------------
for breach of this agreement may be inadequate and that, in addition to any
other remedy a party may have for a breach of this agreement, that party may be
entitled to an injunction restraining any such breach or threatened breach, or a
decree of specific performance, without posting any bond or security.  The
remedy provided in this section 13 is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any
other rights or remedies a party may have.

          14.  Counterparts.  This agreement may be executed in any number of
               ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

                              HENRY SCHEIN, INC.


                              By:_____________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:


                              _________________________
                              Lawrence J. Frankel


                              _________________________
                              Norman Frankel


                              _________________________
                              Rudolph Kelemen


                              _________________________
                              Bruce Barber





                                        9

                                                            EXHIBIT 10.94









                              ACQUISITION AGREEMENT


                            dated as of May 23, 1996



                                      Among



                               HENRY SCHEIN, INC.,
                        SILVERMAN'S DENTAL SUPPLY CORP.,
                       SAN FRANCISCO DENTAL SUPPLY, INC.,


                                       and


                                   LARRY OLSON







































                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

ARTICLE I      DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2

ARTICLE II     SALE AND PURCHASE OF INVENTORY, SALE AND PURCHASE OF EX-
               TERRITORY BUSINESS, SALE AND PURCHASE OF SF DESIGNATED
               TERRITORY RELATED BUSINESS AND SALE AND PURCHASE OF
               SF/ROBIN BUSINESS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
        2.1    Purchase of Inventory  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
        2.2    Purchase of the Ex-Territory Business. . . . . . . . . . . .   23
        2.3    Purchase of the SF Designated Territory Related
               Business.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
        2.4    Purchase of SF/Robin Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
        2.5    Adjusted Purchase Price Determination  . . . . . . . . . . .   29
        2.6    Options  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
        2.7    HSI Bridge Loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        2.8    HSI Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        2.9    Allocation of Purchase Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
        2.10   Nonassignable Contracts and Authorizations . . . . . . . . .   37
        2.11   Control of Acquired Business During Adjustment Period  . . .   37
        2.12   Guarantee of Performance by SF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38

ARTICLE III    CLOSING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
        3.1    The Closing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
        3.2    Obligations of SF and Olson  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
        3.3    Obligations of HSI and Silverman's.    . . . . . . . . . . .   39

ARTICLE IV     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SF AND OLSON . . . . . . .   40
        4.1    Organization and Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
        4.2    Authority  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
        4.3    No Breach  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
        4.4    Financial Statements and Sales Information . . . . . . . . .   41
        4.5    Absence of Certain Changes or Events . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
        4.6    Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
        4.7    Real Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
        4.8    Intellectual Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
        4.9    Contracts and Commitments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
        4.10   Accounts Receivable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
        4.11   Inventory  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43






























                                       (i)













                                                                            PAGE

        4.12   Customers and Suppliers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
        4.13   Litigation, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
        4.14   Employee Benefit Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
        4.15   Compliance with Law; Necessary Authorizations  . . . . . . .   44
        4.16   Finders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
        4.17   Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authorities . . . . .   45
        4.18   Related Party Transactions; Intercompany Accounts  . . . . .   45

ARTICLE V      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
               OF HSI AND SILVERMAN'S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
        5.1    Organization and Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
        5.2    Authority  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
        5.3    No Breach  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
        5.4    HSI Financial Statements and Sales Information . . . . . . .   46
        5.5    Absence of Certain Changes or Events . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
        5.6    Customers and Suppliers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
        5.7    Litigation, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
        5.8    Finders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47

ARTICLE VI     COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
        6.1    Certain Covenants of SF and Olson  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
        6.2    Obtaining Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49
        6.3    Publicity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49
        6.4    Transfer and Retention of Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
        6.5    Product Replacement and Repairs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
        6.6    Employee Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
        6.7    Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
        6.8    Name Change  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
        6.9    Certain Leased Property Related Matters  . . . . . . . . . .   51

ARTICLE VII    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS
               OF HSI AND SILVERMAN'S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
        7.1    Representations and Warranties Accurate  . . . . . . . . . .   51
        7.2    Performance by SF and Olson.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
        7.3    Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
        7.4    Opinions of Counsel for SF and Olson . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
        7.5    Authorization; Legal Prohibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
        7.6    Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
        7.7    Closing Deliveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
        7.8    Absence of Adverse Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
        7.9    Payments by SF to Shareholders and Debtholders.  . . . . . .   53
        7.10   Satisfactory Completion of Due Diligence.  . . . . . . . . .   54




























                                      (ii)













                                                                            PAGE

        7.11   Confirmation of Agreed Upon Ex-Territory Business Value  . .   54
        7.12   Distribution Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
        7.13   Actions by SF  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
        7.14   Additional Documents, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54

ARTICLE VIII   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF
               SF AND OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
        8.1    Representations and Warranties Accurate  . . . . . . . . . .   54
        8.2    Performance by Buyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
        8.3    Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
        8.4    Opinion of Counsel for HSI and Silverman's . . . . . . . . .   55
        8.5    Authorizations; Legal Prohibition  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        8.6    Closing Deliveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        8.7    Actions by HSI and Silverman's.    . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        8.8    Additional Documents, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55

ARTICLE IX     RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        9.1    Non-Competition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        9.2    Non-Solicitation of Employees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
        9.3    Non-Solicitation or Interference with
               Customers and Suppliers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
        9.4    Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56

ARTICLE X      INDEMNIFICATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57
        10.1   Survival of Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . .   57
        10.2   Indemnification by SF and Olson  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57
        10.3   Indemnification by HSI and Silverman's . . . . . . . . . . .   57
        10.4   Indemnification Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58

ARTICLE XI     MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
        11.1   Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
        11.2   Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61
        11.3   Amendment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61
        11.4   Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61
        11.5   Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61
        11.6   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61
        11.7   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62
        11.8   Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction  . . . . . . . . .   62
        11.9   Binding Effect; Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
        11.10  Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
        11.11  Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
        11.12  No Partnership; Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63




























                                      (iii)













                                                                            PAGE

        11.13  Third Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63





































































                                      (iv)













EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES


Exhibits

1.29       Employment Agreement
2.7        SF Note
2.12       Olson Guaranty
3.2(b)     Opinion of Counsel for SF and Olson
3.2(d)-1   Bill of Sale to HSI
3.2(d)-2   Bill of Sale to Silverman's
3.3(d)     Opinion of Counsel for HSI and Silverman's
3.3(e)-1   Assumption Agreement in favor of SF from HSI
3.3(e)-2   Assumption Agreement in favor of SF from Silverman's

Schedules

1.52(a)    Ex-Territory Contracts
1.52(b)    Ex-Territory Excluded Assets
1.124      SF Designated Territory Excluded Assets
1.139      SF/Robin Excluded Assets
2.2.2(e)   Ex-Territory Excluded Liabilities
2.3(b)     Assumed SF Designated Territory Contracts
2.3(c)     SF Excluded Liabilities
2.4(b)     Assumed SF/Robin Contracts
2.4(c)     SF/Robin Excluded Liabilities
4.3        No Breach
4.4A       SF Financial Statements
4.4B       SF Financial Statements - Exceptions to Generally Accepted Accounting
           Principles
4.5        Absence of Certain Changes or Events
4.6        Certain Excluded Assets
4.7        Real Property
4.8        Intellectual Property
4.9        SF/Robin Contracts
4.10       Accounts Receivable
4.11       Inventory
4.12       Customers and Suppliers - Adverse Change, etc.
4.13       Litigation, etc.
4.14       Employee Benefit Plans
4.15(a)    Compliance with Law
4.15(b)    Authorizations
4.17       Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authorities
4.18       Related Party Transactions
5.4A       HSI Financial Statements



























                                       (v)













5.4B       HSI Financial Statements - Exceptions to Generally Accepted
           Accounting Principles
5.5        Absence of Certain Changes or Events
5.7        Litigation, etc.
7.9        Payments by SF to Shareholders and Debtholders


 



























                                      (vi)



                              ACQUISITION AGREEMENT


ACQUISITION AGREEMENT, dated as of May 23, 1996 (the "Agreement"), by and among
Henry Schein, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("HSI"), Silverman's Dental Supply
Corp., a New York corporation ("Silverman's"), San Francisco Dental Supply,
Inc., a California corporation ("SF"), and Larry Olson, an individual and the
principal stockholder of SF ("Olson").

                                   WITNESSETH

          WHEREAS, HSI is principally engaged in the distribution of healthcare
products, supplies and equipment primarily to office-based healthcare
practitioners in the dental, medical and veterinary markets (the "HSI
Business"), including, without limitation, the Pattison Business (as such term
is hereinafter defined); and

          WHEREAS, Silverman's is principally engaged in the distribution
through direct marketing of dental supplies and equipment (the "Silverman's
Business"); and

          WHEREAS, SF is principally engaged in the distribution of dental
supplies and equipment (the "SF Business"); and

          WHEREAS, Silverman's is a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSI; and

          WHEREAS, Olson is the principal stockholder of SF and, in such
capacity, controls SF; and

          WHEREAS, as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, Olson
shall become the sole stockholder of SF; and

          WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, SF
desires to sell and transfer, and HSI desires to purchase and acquire, certain
specified inventory owned by SF; and

          WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, SF
desires to sell and transfer, and HSI desires to purchase and acquire, the Ex-
Territory Business (as such term is hereinafter defined); and















































          WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, SF
desires to sell and transfer, and HSI desires to purchase and acquire, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business (as such term is hereinafter defined); and

          WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, SF
desires to sell and transfer, and HSI and Silverman's desire to purchase and
acquire, the SF/Robin Business (as such term is hereafter defined); and 

          WHEREAS, HSI and Pattison (as such term is hereinafter defined) have
concurrently entered into the Pattison Agreement (as such term is hereinafter
defined) pursuant to which, among other things, HSI shall acquire certain
specified assets and the related business from Pattison; and

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto have previously entered into that certain
Acquisition  Agreement, dated of even date herewith (the "Original Agreement"),
by means of their execution and delivery of that certain Agreement, dated of
even date herewith (the "Agreement"); and

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to
amend and restate the Original Agreement as amended, modified and supplemented
by the Agreement and set forth their complete agreement and understanding with
respect to the subject matter hereof;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter
set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto have
agreed, and do hereby agree, as follows:


          ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS
                     -----------

          The terms defined in this Article I, whenever used herein (including
the exhibits and schedules hereto, unless otherwise defined therein), shall have
the following meanings.

          1.1  "Acquired Assets" shall mean, collectively, the Purchased
                ---------------
Inventory, the Ex-Territory Assets, the SF Designated Territory Related Assets
and the SF/Robin Assets.

          1.2  "Adjusted Purchase Price Dispute Statement" shall mean either the
                -----------------------------------------
Designated Territory Sales Dispute Statement or the Silverman's/Robin Sales
Dispute Statement, as the case may be.

          1.3  "Affiliate" shall mean any Person that directly or indirectly
                ---------
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Person.

          1.4  "Agreed Upon Ex-Territory Business Value" shall mean $2,383,231.
                ---------------------------------------

          1.5  "Agreement" shall mean this Acquisition Agreement, including all
                ---------
Schedules and Exhibits hereto, in each case, as the same may be amended from
time to time.

          1.6  "Agreement Date" shall mean May 23, 1996 which is the date on
                --------------
which this Agreement shall be effective.






























                                        2


          1.7  "Assumed Contracts" shall mean, collectively, the leases,
                -----------------
agreements, contracts, commitments and understandings specifically assumed
pursuant to Sections 2.3(b) and 2.4(b).

          1.8  "Authorizations" shall mean all licenses, permits, approvals,
                --------------
authorizations, qualifications, concessions or the like, issued by any federal,
state, local or foreign regulatory or governmental authorities.

          1.9  "Business" shall mean the distribution of dental supplies and
                --------
equipment, including the HSI Business (but only to the extent the HSI Business
includes the distribution of dental supplies and equipment), the Silverman's
Business, the Pattison Business, the SF Business and the SF/Robin Business.

          1.10  "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday
                 ------------
or other day on which banks are closed or are authorized to be closed in New
York, New York.

          1.11  "Buyer Claimant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                 --------------
10.2 of this Agreement.

          1.12  "Closing" shall mean the closing of the purchase and sale of the
                 -------
Acquired Assets and the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory
Related Business and the SF/Robin Business as contemplated by this Agreement.

          1.13  "Closing Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1
                 ------------
of this Agreement.

          1.14  "Closing Inventory Report" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 ------------------------
Section 2.1.3(a) of this Agreement.

          1.15  "Closing Payments" shall mean the sum of (i) the SF Closing
                 ----------------
Inventory Payment, (ii) the amount, if any, payable by HSI pursuant to Section
2.1.3(c), (iii) the Agreed Upon Ex-Territory Business Value, (iv) the HSI
Closing Sales Payment Amount, (v) the Silverman's/Robin Closing Sales Payment
Amount, (vi) the amount, if any, payable by HSI pursuant to Section 2.3(g) and
(vii) the amount, if any, payable by HSI pursuant to Section 2.4(g).

          1.16  "Closing SF Inventory Value" shall mean the Inventory Purchase
                 --------------------------
Price of all Inventory of SF as of the Closing Date which is included in the
Purchased Inventory as determined in accordance with Section 2.1.3(b).

          1.17  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
                 ----

          1.18  "Combined Designated Territory Net Sales Base" shall mean
                 --------------------------------------------
$33,716,478






































                                        3


          1.19  "Combined HSI/SF Sales" shall mean the sum of HSI Sales and SF
                 ---------------------
Sales.

          1.20  "Combined Silverman's/Robin Net Sales Base" shall mean
                 -----------------------------------------
$13,955,456.

          1.21  "Combined Silverman's/Robin Sales" shall mean the sum of
                 --------------------------------
Silverman's Sales and SF/Robin Sales.


          1.22  "Credit Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                 ----------------
7.6(b).

          1.23  "Corporate Account" shall mean any customer which conducts a
                 -----------------
dental practice which is principally owned by one or more Persons who do not
practice dentistry at the location of such customer.  For purposes of
illustration, the parties hereto agree that as of the Agreement Date the
Corporate Accounts include Parke-Dental.

          1.24  "Dealer Sales" shall mean any customer who is not a practicing
                 ------------
dentist or doctor or a Corporate Account.

          1.25  "Designated Territory" shall mean, collectively, Iowa, Kansas,
                 --------------------
Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, Wisconsin, the portion of Upper Michigan included
within the following ZIP codes:  all ZIP codes between 49800 and 49999, and the
portion of Greater St. Louis included within the following ZIP codes:  all ZIP
codes between 62000 and 62299.

          1.26  "Designated Territory Business" shall mean the HSI Business (but
                 -----------------------------
only to the extent the HSI Business includes the distribution of dental supplies
and equipment) and the SF Business as conducted in the Designated Territory.

          1.27  "Designated Territory Sales" shall mean all Net Sales by HSI and
                 --------------------------
its Affiliates located in the Designated Territory for the 12-month period
beginning on the first day of the fourth calendar month immediately succeeding
the Closing Date minus New Reps Sales; provided, however, that with respect to
                 -----                 --------  -------
Corporate Accounts, Designated Territory Sales shall only include Corporate
Accounts of those Persons who maintain corporate headquarters in the Designated
Territory.

          1.28  "Employee Benefit Plan" means any "employee benefit plan" within
                 ---------------------
the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, and any other bonus, profit sharing,
compensation, pension, severance, deferred compensation, fringe benefit,
insurance, welfare, medical, post-retirement health or welfare benefit, medical
reimbursement, health, life, stock option, stock purchase, tuition refund,
service award, company car, scholarship, relocation, disability, accident, sick
pay, sick leave, vacation, termination, individual employment, executive
compensation, incentive, bonus, commission, payroll practices, retention or
other plan, agreement, policy, trust fund or arrangement, whether written 


































                                        4


or unwritten, and whether maintained, sponsored or contributed to by SF or any
entity that would be deemed a "single employer" with SF under Section 414(b),
(c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA (an "ERISA
Affiliate") on behalf of any of the current, former or retired employees of SF
or their beneficiaries or with respect to which SF or any ERISA Affiliate of SF
has or has had any obligation on behalf of any such employee or beneficiary.

          1.29  "Employment Agreement" shall mean the Employment Agreement
                 --------------------
between Olson and HSI substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.29.

          1.30  "Encumbrance" shall mean any lien, charge, restriction, encum-
                 -----------
brance, option, right of first refusal, security interest, easement, obligation
or claim or other third party right of any kind.

          1.31  "Environment" shall mean any surface or subsurface physical
                 -----------
medium or natural resource, including, air, land, soil, surface waters, ground
waters, stream and river sediments, and biota.

          1.32  "Environmental Laws" shall mean any federal, state, local or
                 ------------------
foreign law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, order or judgment (including the
common law and any judicial or administrative interpretations, guidances,
directives or opinions) relating to the injury to, or the pollution or
protection of human health and safety or the Environment.

          1.33  "Environmental Liabilities" shall mean any claims, judgments,
                 -------------------------
damages (including punitive damages), losses, penalties, fines, liabilities,
encumbrances, liens, violations, costs and expenses (including attorneys' and
consultants' fees) of investigation, remediation or defense of any matter
relating to human health, safety or the Environment of whatever kind or nature
by any party, entity or authority, (a) which are incurred as a result of (i) the
existence of Hazardous Substances in, on, under, at or emanating from any real
property presently or formerly owned or operated by SF or any of its Affiliates,
(ii) the offsite transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous
Substances generated by SF or any of its Affiliates, or (iii) the violation of
any Environmental Laws or (b) which arise under the Environmental Laws.

          1.34  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
                 -----
of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

          1.35  "ERISA Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                 ---------------
1.28 of this Agreement.

          1.36  "Estimated Closing SF Inventory Value" shall mean an estimate of
                 ------------------------------------
the Inventory Purchase Price of all Inventory of SF as of the Closing Date
prepared in good faith by SF in accordance with Section 2.1.3(a).






































                                        5


          1.37  "Estimated Designated Territory Sales" shall mean an estimate of
                 ------------------------------------
Designated Territory Sales prepared in good faith by HSI in accordance with
Section 2.5.1(d).

          1.38  "Estimated Goodwill" shall mean an estimate of Goodwill prepared
                 ------------------
in good faith by HSI in accordance with Section 2.6.3.

          1.39  "Estimated HSI Sales" shall mean $25,076,044.
                 -------------------

          1.40  "Estimated HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales" shall mean an estimate
                 ---------------------------------------
of the HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales prepared in good faith by HSI in accordance
with Section 2.6.3.

          1.41  "Estimated New Reps Sales" shall mean an estimate of New Reps
                 ------------------------
Sales prepared in good faith by HSI in accordance with Section 2.5.1.1(a).

          1.42  "Estimated New Reps Sales Statement" shall have the meaning set
                 ----------------------------------
forth in Section 2.5.1.1(b).

          1.43  "Estimated SF Sales" shall mean $8,640,434.
                 ------------------

          1.44  "Estimated SF Share of the Overlapping Business Purchase Price"
                 -------------------------------------------------------------
shall mean an estimate of the SF Share of the Overlapping Business Purchase
Price prepared in good faith by HSI in accordance with Section 2.6.3.

          1.45  "Estimated SF Share of the Overlapping Designated Territory
                 ----------------------------------------------------------
Business Purchase Price" shall mean an estimate of the SF Share of the
- -----------------------
Overlapping Designated Territory Business Purchase Price prepared in good faith
by HSI in accordance with Section 2.6.3.

          1.46  "Estimated SF/Robin Sales" shall mean $7,745,456.
                 ------------------------

          1.47  "Estimated Silverman's Sales" shall mean $6,210,000.
                 ---------------------------

          1.48  "Estimated Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales" shall mean
                 --------------------------------------------------
an estimate of the Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales prepared in good
faith by HSI in accordance with Section 2.6.3.

          1.49  "Estimated Silverman's/Robin Sales" shall mean an estimate of
                 ---------------------------------
Silverman's/Robin Sales prepared in good faith by HSI in accordance with Section
2.5.2(d).

          1.50  "Ex-Territory" shall mean any place located in the United States
                 ------------
of America exclusive of the Designated Territory.







































                                        6


          1.51  "Ex-Territory Assets" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 -------------------
Section 1.50.

          1.52  "Ex-Territory Business" shall mean all of SF's right, title and
                 ---------------------
interest in and to its assets (wherever located, tangible and intangible
(including goodwill), real, personal or mixed, whether known or unknown and
whether or not carried on the books and records of SF) and the SF Business as a
going concern, in each case, as conducted in the Ex-Territory (excluding only
the assets specified in the proviso below), including, but not limited to, the
following (the "Ex-Territory Assets"):

                (a)  all of SF's rights under agreements, arrangements,
commitments, and understandings ("Ex-Territory Contracts") relating to the SF
Business as a going concern as conducted in the Ex-Territory and which are set
forth on schedule 1.50(a);

                (b)  all of SF's records, files and other data relating to the
SF Business as a going concern as conducted in the Ex-Territory;

                (c)  all of SF's copyrights and all of SF's rights in the
trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos now or previously used by SF in
the SF Business as a going concern as conducted in the Ex-Territory;

                (d)  all of SF's inventions, computer software, trade secrets
and confidential data relating to the SF Business as a going concern as
conducted in the Ex-Territory;

                (e)  all rights to the name "San Francisco Dental Supply" and
all names derivative therefrom (the "SF Name") in the Ex-Territory, and all
rights to the names "DDS," "PRN Dental Supply," "Dental Preferred,"  "Critser's"
and "Midwestern Dental" (both within and outside the Ex-Territory) and all names
derivative therefrom (collectively, the "Other SF Names");

                (f)  all of SF's equipment (including office equipment),
computers, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, stationery, forms,
labels, promotional materials and similar supplies used by SF in the SF Business
as a going concern conducted in the Ex-Territory;

                (g)  all other tangible assets owned by SF wherever located in
the Ex-Territory; 

                (h)  customer lists, customer sales orders and sales leads,
customer shipping labels and forms, customer sales and vendor purchase
histories, catalogs, brochures, mailing lists, advertising materials, records,
files, computer software, and other information pertaining to SF or the SF
Business or the customers and suppliers thereto in the Ex-Territory;





































                                        7


                (i)  to the extent transferable, all manufacturer's warranties
with respect to any of the foregoing;

                (j)  all Authorizations relating to the SF Business as conducted
in the Ex-Territory;

                (k)  all "800 numbers"; and

                (l)  all claims against third parties;

provided, however, that the term "Ex-Territory Business" shall not include (i)
- --------  -------
the minute books and stock ledger of SF; (ii) cash and cash equivalents on hand
or in banks and debt and equity securities; (iii) SF's accounts receivable or
Non-Matching Inventory which is not designated as Optional SF Inventory, (iv)
any asset or business included and used principally in the Designated Territory
Business or the SF/Robin Business, (v) the assets specifically listed on
Schedule 1.52 hereto or (vi) the Oats Business.

          1.53  "Ex-Territory Contracts" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 ----------------------
Section 1.52(a).

          1.54  "Excess Designated Territory Sales" shall mean the amount, if
                 ---------------------------------
positive, by which Designated Territory Sales exceed the Combined Designated
Territory Net Sales Base by more than the Inflation Rate.

          1.55  "Excess Silverman's/Robin Sales" shall mean the amount, if
                 ------------------------------
positive, by which Silverman's/Robin Sales exceed the Combined Silverman's/Robin
Net Sales Base by more than the Inflation Rate.

          1.56  "Excluded Liabilities" shall mean all liabilities or obligations
                 --------------------
of SF or Olson of any kind whatsoever, excluding solely those liabilities or
obligations which become Assumed Contracts pursuant to this Agreement.  

          1.57  "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles
                 ----
consistently applied.

          1.58  "Goodwill" shall mean with respect to any acquisition of an
                 --------
Overlapping Designated Territory Business or Overlapping Business, as the case
may be, the excess, if any, of the purchase price of any such Business over the
book value of such Business as determined in accordance with GAAP.

          1.59  "Hazardous Discharge" shall mean any releasing, spilling,
                 -------------------
leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping,
leaching, migrating, disposing or dumping (including the movement of any
material through or in air, soil, surface or groundwater) of Hazardous
Substances, whether on, off, under or 





































                                        8


from the Real Property or any other real property owned, operated, leased or
used at any time by SF or any of its predecessors.

          1.60  "Hazardous Substances" shall mean petroleum, petroleum products,
                 --------------------
petroleum-derived substances, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes,
polychlorinated biphenyls, lead based paint, urea formaldehyde, asbestos or any
materials containing asbestos, and any materials, wastes or substances regulated
or defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous substances,"
"hazardous materials," "hazardous constituents," "toxic substances,"
"pollutants," "contaminants" or any similar denomination intended to classify
substances by reason of toxicity, carcinogenicity, ignitability, corrosivity or
reactivity under any Environmental Laws.

          1.61  "HSI" shall mean Henry Schein, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 
                 ---

          1.62  "HSI Business" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals
                 ------------
hereto.

          1.63  "HSI Closing Documents" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 ---------------------
Section 5.2.

          1.64  "HSI Common Stock" shall mean the common stock, par value $.01
                 ----------------
per share, of HSI.

          1.65  "HSI Designated Territory Assets" shall mean only the following
                 -------------------------------
assets used by HSI in connection with the dental supply and equipment products
sold by HSI in the Designated Territory:  customer lists, customer sales orders
and sales leads, customer shipping labels and forms, customer sales and vendor
purchase histories, catalogs, brochures, mailing lists, advertising materials,
records, files, computer software, and other information pertaining to the HSI
Designated Territory Related Business or the customers and suppliers thereto.

          1.66  "HSI Designated Territory Related Business" shall mean the HSI
                 -----------------------------------------
Business as presently conducted to the extent it includes the sale of dental
supplies and equipment in the Designated Territory as a going concern.

          1.67  "HSI Financial Statements" shall mean the audited consolidated
                 ------------------------
financial statements of HSI as of December 25, 1993, December 31, 1994 and
December 30, 1995, and for each of the fiscal years then ended.

          1.68  "HSI Material Adverse Effect" shall mean any material adverse
                 ---------------------------
effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the condition (financial or
otherwise), business, assets, operations or prospects of any of HSI or
Silverman's, the HSI Designated Territory Related Business or the Silverman's
Business, taken as a whole.

          1.69  "HSI Net Margin Factor" shall mean the product of (x) 8.5 and
                 ---------------------
(y) the quotient of HSI's consolidated after tax net income divided by HSI's
consolidated net 


































                                        9


sales, in each case, for the most recently completed fiscal year of HSI
preceding the determination of the HSI Net Margin Factor.  For all purposes of
this Agreement, the amounts referred to in clause (y) of the immediately
preceding sentence shall be determined solely by reference to the audited
financial statements of HSI.

          1.70  "HSI Sales" shall mean the sum of the Net Sales of HSI to
                 ---------
customers located in the Designated Territory (other than Net Sales to Corporate
Accounts and Dealer Sales) for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1995 and the
first quarter of fiscal year 1996 multiplied by 2, plus Net Sales of Pattison
for the fiscal year ending February 29, 1996, determined, in each case, in
accordance with Section 2.3(f).

          1.71  "HSI Closing Sales Payment Amount" shall have the meaning set
                 --------------------------------
forth in Section 2.3(e).

          1.72  "HSI/SF Combined Average Eligible Sales" shall mean the sum of
                 --------------------------------------
the following:  (i) the product of (A) HSI/SF Combined Eligible Sales for the
12-month period ("Year 1") ending on the last day of the calendar month
immediately preceding the date of exercise of a put or call option pursuant to
Sections 2.6.1(a) or 2.6.2(a), as the case may be, and (B) 45%, (ii) the product
of (A) HSI/SF Combined Eligible Sales for the 12-month period immediately
preceding Year 1 ("Year 2") and (B) 35%, and (iii) the product of (A) HSI/SF
Combined Eligible Sales for the 12-month period immediately preceding Year 2 and
(B) 20%.

          1.73  "HSI/SF Combined Eligible Sales" shall mean, for any period, the
                 ------------------------------
dollar value of the aggregate Net Sales by HSI and its Affiliates under the
"Schein" or "SF Dental" name to customers located in the Designated Territory
(other than Net Sales to Corporate Accounts and Dealer Sales), as determined in
accordance with Section 2.6.3; provided, however, that with respect to Corporate
                               --------  -------
Accounts, HSI/SF Combined Eligible Sales shall only include Corporate Accounts
of those Persons who maintain corporate headquarters in the Designated
Territory.

          1.74  "HSI/SF Combined Sales" shall mean the sum of HSI Sales and SF
                 ---------------------
Sales.

          1.75  "HSI/SF Designated Territory Assumed Liabilities" shall have the
                 -----------------------------------------------
meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereto.

          1.76  "HSI/SF Sales Dispute Statement" shall have the meaning set
                 ------------------------------
forth in Section 2.3(f).

          1.77  "HSI/Silverman's Authorizations" shall mean, collectively, all
                 ------------------------------
Authorizations held, used or required by HSI and/or Silverman's in connection
with the HSI Designated Territory Related Business and the Silverman's Business.




































                                       10


          1.78  "HSI/Silverman's Business" shall mean the HSI Business and
                 ------------------------
Silverman's Business with respect to dental supplies and equipment sold under
the name "Schein" and "Silverman's".

          1.79  "Indemnitee" and "Indemnitor" shall have the meanings set forth
                 ----------       ----------
in Section 10.4(a) of this Agreement.

          1.80  "Ineligible Inventory" shall mean all Inventory which is
                 --------------------
obsolete, damaged, excessive, below standard quality or slow moving (i.e., items
                                                                     ----
that are for discontinued or expected to be discontinued product lines, or have
a stated expiration date of 6 months or less from the Closing Date, or items
that have not been used or sold within 6 months prior to the date hereof, or
items that have not been sold within the customary inventory turnover cycle of
SF with respect to such item, or items for which there is excess capacity (i.e.,
                                                                           ----
more products are on hand of any such item than have been sold in the past nine
(9) months)).

          1.81  "Inflation Rate" shall mean the increase in the cost of living
                 --------------
for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth calendar month
immediately succeeding the Closing Date based on "The Consumer Price Index for
all Urban Consumers (1967 = 100)" (the "Index"), published by the United States
Department of Labor and computed as follows:

          (i)   The Index number in the column for Chicago-Gary-Lake County,
Ill-In-Wi, entitled "all items," for the fourth calendar month immediately
succeeding the Closing Date, shall be the "base index number" and the
corresponding Index number for such month for the next year shall be the current
Index number;

          (ii)  The increase in the cost of living during the relevant
measurement period shall be determined by subtracting the base Index number
(BIN) from the current Index number (CIN), and dividing the result thereof by
the BIN, in accordance with the following formula: increase in cost of living =
CIN minus BIN   BIN; and 
- ---

          (iii) In the event the Index is discontinued, the parties hereto shall
accept comparable statistics on the cost of living for Chicago-Gary-Lake County,
Ill-In-Wi as computed and published by an agency of the United States or by a
responsible financial periodical of recognized authority then to be selected by
the parties hereto.

          1.82  "Intellectual Property" shall mean all United States and foreign
                 ---------------------
patents and pending patent applications, unpatented inventions, trademarks,
service marks and trade names, including, without limitation, the marks and
patents described on Schedule 4.8 of this Agreement, and copyrights, and
registrations and pending applications therefor, and all trade secrets, trade
names, computer programs and software, research and development, know-how,
customer lists, manufacturing, engineering and other drawings and blueprints,
technology, technical information, engineering data, design and engineering
specifications, inventions and other proprietary processes and 

































                                       11


information of any kind owned by SF or Olson or in which SF or Olson has a
proprietary or ownership or usage right, and all software necessary or desirable
to operate equipment included in the Acquired Assets, all as set forth on
Schedule 4.8 of this Agreement.

          1.83  "Inventory" shall mean all inventory and related items
                 ---------
(including all production, shipping and packaging supplies) relating to or used
or useful in connection with the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business.

          1.84  "Inventory Dispute Statement" shall have the meaning set forth
                 ---------------------------
in Section 2.1.3(b) of this Agreement.

          1.85  "Inventory Disputed Items" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 ------------------------
Section 2.1.3(b) of this Agreement.

          1.86  "Inventory Purchase Price" shall mean the lower of (x) the
                 ------------------------
Invoice Price or (y) market price of all Purchased Inventory goods and products
other than Ineligible Inventory, minus an inventory reserve computed in
accordance with GAAP.

          1.87  "Invoice Price" shall mean, in the case of Purchased Inventory
                 -------------
finished goods and products other than Ineligible Inventory, the last actual
purchase price in accordance with SF's customary accounting principles (after
giving effect to any actual discounts or allowances (including cash discounts
and vendor rebates)) immediately prior to the Closing Date at which SF purchased
such Inventory from a non-Related Party.

          1.88  "IRS" shall mean the Internal Revenue Service (or any successor
                 ---
agency thereto).

          1.89  "Losses" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 of
                 ------
this Agreement.

          1.90  "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean any material adverse
                 -----------------------
effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the condition (financial or
otherwise), business, assets, operations or prospects of SF, or the SF Business,
the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the
SF/Robin Business or the Acquired Assets.

          1.91  "New Reps Sales" shall mean all Net Sales attributable to New
                 --------------
Sales Reps for the 3-month period immediately succeeding the Closing Date
multiplied by 4, determined in accordance with Section 2.5.1.1(b).

          1.92  "New Reps Sales Dispute Statement" shall have the meaning set
                 --------------------------------
forth in Section 2.5.1.1.(b).

          1.93  "New Sales Reps" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                 --------------
2.5.1.1(a).


































                                       12


          1.94  "Net Sales" shall mean net sales (as determined in accordance
                 ---------
with GAAP, taking into account any returns and allowances) of dental supplies
and equipment (other than software).

          1.95  "Non-Matching Inventory" shall mean any Inventory owned or held
                 ----------------------
by SF which is not SF Like Kind Inventory or Ineligible Inventory.

          1.96  "Oats Business" shall mean the marketing, development and sale
                 -------------
of oats based products through any entity owned or controlled by Olson
including, but not limited to, Ultravena Industries USA Ltd., Sativa Medical USA
Ltd. and Advanced Dental Technologies Ltd.

          1.97  "Olson" shall mean Larry Olson.
                 -----

          1.98  "Option Dispute Statement" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 ------------------------
Section 2.6.3.

          1.99  "Option Statement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                 ----------------
2.6.3.

          1.100 "Optional SF Inventory" shall mean all Inventory owned by SF
                 ---------------------
which is not SF Like Kind Inventory; provided, however, that the Optional SF
                                     --------  -------
Inventory shall not include any Ineligible Inventory.

          1.101 "Overlapping Business" shall mean any Person principally engaged
                 --------------------
in the distribution of dental supplies or equipment to the discount or "low end"
market segment of the same type or same customer base as the Silverman's/Robin
Business.

          1.102 "Overlapping Business Purchase Price" shall mean the sum of all
                 -----------------------------------
cash and the fair market value of all property paid by HSI and/or its Affiliates
(including, for this purpose, the assumption of any debt) for the purchase of
each Overlapping Business, plus imputed interest thereon at the Prime Rate.

          1.103 "Overlapping Designated Territory Business" shall mean any
                 -----------------------------------------
Person engaged in the distribution of dental supplies or equipment (in whole or
in part) to customers located in the Designated Territory.

          1.104 "Overlapping Designated Territory Business Purchase Price" shall
                 --------------------------------------------------------
mean the sum of all cash and the fair market value of all property paid by HSI
and/or the Affiliates (including, for this purpose, the assumption of any debt)
for the purchase of each Overlapping Designated Territory Business, plus imputed
interest thereon at the Prime Rate.

          1.105 "Pattison" shall mean Pattison-McGrath Company Dental Supplies,
                 --------
a Missouri corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of SF.





































                                       13


          1.106 "Pattison Agreement" shall mean the Acquisition Agreement, dated
                 ------------------
as of May 23, 1996, by and between HSI and Pattison.

          1.107 "Pattison Assets" shall mean the "Pattison Assets" as such term
                 ---------------
is defined in the Pattison Agreement.

          1.108 "Pattison Business" shall mean the "Business" as such term is
                 -----------------
defined in the Pattison Agreement.

          1.109 "Pattison Note" shall mean the "Pattison Note" as such term is
                 -------------
defined in the Pattison Agreement.

          1.110 "Permitted Activities" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 --------------------
Section 9.1 of this Agreement.

          1.111 "Permitted Encumbrances" means mechanics', carriers', workmen's,
                 ----------------------
repairmen's and other similar liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course
of business, purchase money liens arising in the ordinary course of business and
liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges not due and payable
or that may be paid without penalty.

          1.112 "Person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited or
                 ------
limited liability partnership, general partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, limited liability company, company, trust, bank, trust
company, land trust, business trust or other organization, whether or not a
legal entity, and any governmental unit or agency or political subdivision
thereof.

          1.113 "Prime Rate" shall mean the fluctuating prime or base rate
                 ----------
publicly announced from time to time by The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. (or any
successor thereto).

          1.114 "Purchased Inventory" shall mean all Inventory purchased by HSI
                 -------------------
pursuant to Section 2.1.1.

          1.115 "Real Property" shall mean the real property and interest in
                 -------------
real property described on Schedule 4.7 held by SF and the plants, buildings,
structures, storage tanks, erections and improvements of all kinds made to,
located on or forming a part of the real property and interests in real property
(including, without limitation, all fixtures), together with all easements,
rights-of-way, appurtenances and tenements to, on or otherwise beneficial to the
use of such real property or interests in real property or in the operation of
the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designed Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business.

          1.116 "Related Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.18
                 -------------
of this Agreement.




































                                       14


          1.117 "Robin Name" shall mean the name "Robin,"  "Robin Dental" or
                 ----------
"Robin Dental Company" and all names derivative therefrom.

          1.118 "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, together
                 --------------
with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          1.119 "Seller Claimant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                 ---------------
10.3 of this Agreement.

          1.120 "SF" shall mean San Francisco Dental Supplies, Inc., a
                 --
California corporation, and, unless the context otherwise requires, shall also
include all of SF's subsidiaries.

          1.121 "SF Closing Documents" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 --------------------
Section 4.2.

          1.122 "SF Closing Inventory Payment" shall have the meaning set forth
                 ----------------------------
in Section 2.1.2.

          1.123 "SF Closing Sales Payment Amount" shall have the meaning set
                 -------------------------------
forth in Section 2.3(c).

          1.124 "SF Designated Territory Assets" shall mean all of SF's right,
                 ------------------------------
title and interest in and to its assets (wherever located, tangible and
intangible (including goodwill), real, personal or mixed, whether known or
unknown and whether or not carried on the books and records of SF) and the SF
Business as a going concern, in each case, as conducted in the Designated
Territory (excluding only the assets specified in the proviso below), including,
but not limited to, the following:

                (a)  all of SF's rights under agreements, arrangements,
commitments, and understandings ("SF Designated Territory Contracts") relating
to the SF Designated Territory Related Business;  

                (b)  all of SF's records, files and other data relating to the
SF Designated Territory Related Business; 

                (c)  all of SF's copyrights and all of SF's rights in the
trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos now or previously used by SF in
the SF Designated Territory Related Business; 

                (d)  all of SF's inventions, computer software, trade secrets
and confidential data relating to the SF Designated Territory Related Business; 

                (e)  all rights to the SF Name and the Other Names in the
Designated Territory; 





































                                       15


                (f)  all of SF's equipment (including office equipment),
computers, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, stationery, forms,
labels, promotional materials and similar supplies used principally in
connection with the SF Designated Territory Related Business;

                (g)  all other tangible assets owned by SF wherever located in
the Designated Territory; 

                (h)  customer lists, customer sales orders and sales leads,
customer shipping labels and forms, customer sales and vendor purchase
histories, catalogs, brochures, mailing lists, advertising materials, records,
files, computer software, and other information pertaining to the SF Designated
Territory Related Business or the customers and suppliers thereto in the
Designated Territory;

                (i)  to the extent transferable, all manufacturer's warranties
with respect to any of the foregoing;

                (j)  all Authorizations relating to the SF Designated Territory
Related Business;

                (k)  all "800 numbers"; and

                (l)  all claims against third parties;

provided, however, that the term "SF Designated Territory Assets" shall not
- --------  -------
include (i) the minute books and stock ledger of SF; (ii) cash and cash
equivalents on hand or in banks and debt and equity securities; (iii) SF's
accounts receivable or Non-Matching Inventory which is not designated as
Optional SF Inventory, (iv) any asset or business included in the Ex-Territory
Business, the Robin Business or the SF/Robin Business, (v) the real property and
other SF assets specifically set forth on Schedule 1.124 hereto or (vi) the Oats
Business.

          1.125 "SF Designated Territory Contracts" shall have the meaning set
                 ---------------------------------
forth in Section 1.124(a).

          1.126 "SF Designated Territory Related Business" shall mean the SF
                 ----------------------------------------
Business as a going concern as conducted in the Designated Territory.

          1.127 "SF Excluded Assets" shall mean, collectively, all of the assets
                 ------------------
of SF referred to in the proviso contained in the definitions of Ex-Territory
Business, SF Designated Territory Assets and SF/Robin Assets and the Oats
Business.

          1.128 "SF Financial Statements" shall mean, collectively, (a) in the
                 -----------------------
case of each of SF, Robin Dental Company and Critser's Dental Equipment, Inc.,
its unaudited financial statements as of (i) December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
and for each of the fiscal 


































                                       16


years then ended and (ii) March 31, 1996, and for the fiscal quarter then ended
and (b) in the case of Midwestern Dental, Inc., its unaudited financial
statements as of (i) February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1995, and for each of
the fiscal years then ended and (ii) March 31, 1996, and for the month then
ended.

          1.129 "SF Like Kind Inventory" shall mean all Inventory owned by SF
                 ----------------------
relating to or useful in connection with the SF Business, the SF Designated
Territory Related Business, the Ex-Territory Business or the SF/Robin Business
which (i) matches a stock keeping unit currently sold by HSI and/or (ii) is
large dental equipment, and which is not, in either case, Ineligible Inventory.

          1.130 "SF Name" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.52(e).
                 -------

          1.131 "SF Note" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.
                 -------

          1.132 "SF Sales" shall mean the sum of the Net Sales of SF to non-
                 --------
Related Parties located in the Designated Territory (other than Net Sales to
Corporate Accounts and Dealer Sales) for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1995
and the first quarter of fiscal year 1996 multiplied by 2, determined in
accordance with Section 2.3(f).

          1.133 "SF Share of the Overlapping Business Purchase Price" shall mean
                 ---------------------------------------------------
the product of (x) the Overlapping Business Purchase Price and (y) a fraction,
the numerator of which is total Net Sales of the Overlapping Businesses
attributable to the distribution of dental supplies and equipment to the
discount or "low-end" market segment of the same type or same customer base as
the Silverman's/Robin Business at the time of acquisition and the denominator of
which is the sum of the total Net Sales of the Overlapping Businesses at the
time of acquisition plus all other Net Sales of any such Overlapping Businesses
which do not constitute sales attributable to the distribution of dental
supplies and equipment to the discount or "low-end" market segment of the same
type and to the same customer base as the Silverman's/Robin Business, multiplied
                                                                      ----------
by 20%.

          1.134 "SF Share of the Overlapping Designated Territory Business
                 ---------------------------------------------------------
Purchase Price" shall mean the product of (x) the Overlapping Designated
- --------------
Territory Business Purchase Price and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is
total Net Sales of the Overlapping Designated Territory Businesses within the
Designated Territory at the time of acquisition and the denominator of which is
the sum of total Net Sales of the Overlapping Designated Territory Businesses at
the time of acquisition plus all other Net Sales of any such Overlapping
Designated Territory Businesses to customers located inside or outside of the
Designated Territory, multiplied by 30%.
                      ----------

          1.135 "SF/Robin Authorizations" shall mean, collectively, all
                 -----------------------
Authorizations held, used or required by SF in connection with the SF Business,
the Ex-Territory Business, SF Designated Territory Related Business and/or the
SF/Robin Business.


































                                       17


          1.136 "SF/Robin Business" shall mean the SF Business, but only with
                 -----------------
respect to the distribution through direct marketing of dental supplies and
equipment principally under the name "Robin" and "Robin Dental" as presently
conducted, excluding the Oats Business.

          1.137 "SF/Robin Contracts" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
                 ------------------
4.9.

          1.138 "SF/Robin Closing Sales Payment Amount" shall have the meaning
                 -------------------------------------
set forth in Section 2.4(e).

          1.139 "SF/Robin Assets" shall mean all right, title and interest of SF
                 ---------------
in and to its assets (wherever located, tangible and intangible (including
goodwill), real, personal or mixed, whether known or unknown and whether or not
carried on the books and records of SF) relating to the SF/Robin Business and
the SF/Robin Business as a going concern (excluding only the assets specified in
the proviso below), including, but not limited to, the following:

                (a)  all of SF's rights under agreements, arrangements,
commitments, and understandings relating to the SF/Robin Business;  

                (b)  all of SF's records, files and other data relating to the
SF/Robin Business; 

                (c)  all of SF's copyrights and all of SF's rights in the
trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos now or previously used by SF in
the SF/Robin Business; 

                (d)  all of SF's inventions, computer software, trade secrets
and confidential data relating to the SF/Robin Business; 

                (e)  all rights to the SF Name and the Other Names as used in
the SF/Robin Business and all rights to the Robin Name;

                (f)  all of SF's equipment (including office equipment),
computers, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, stationery, forms,
labels, promotional materials and similar supplies used principally in
connection with the SF/Robin Business;

                (g)  all other tangible assets owned by SF and used in the
SF/Robin Business wherever located;

                (h)  customer lists, customer sales orders and sales leads,
customer shipping labels and forms, customer sales and vendor purchase
histories, catalogs, brochures, mailing lists, advertising materials, records,
files, computer software, and other information pertaining to the SF/Robin
Business or the customers and suppliers thereto;




































                                       18


                (i)  to the extent transferable, all manufacturer's warranties
with respect to any of the foregoing;

                (j)  all Authorizations relating to the SF/Robin Business;

                (k)  all "800 numbers"; and

                (l)  all claims against third parties;

provided, however, that the term "SF/Robin Assets" shall not include (i) the
- --------  -------
minute books and stock ledger of SF; (ii) cash and cash equivalents on hand or
in banks and debt and equity securities; (iii) SF's accounts receivable or Non-
Matching Inventory which is not designated as Optional SF Inventory, (iv) any
asset or business included in the Ex-Territory Business or the Designated
Territory Business, (v) any asset specifically listed on Schedule 1.134 hereto
or (vi) the Oats Business.

          1.140 "SF/Robin Sales" shall mean the sum of the Net Sales of the
                 --------------
SF/Robin Business to non-Related Parties (other than Net Sales to Corporate
Accounts and Dealer Sales) for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1995 and the
first quarter of fiscal year 1996 multiplied by 2, determined in accordance with
Section 2.4(f).

          1.141 "Shortfall Designated Territory Sales" shall mean the amount, if
                 ------------------------------------
positive, by which the Combined Designated Territory Sales Base exceeds
Designated Territory Sales.

          1.142 "Shortfall Silverman's/Robin Sales" shall mean the amount, if
                 ---------------------------------
positive, by which the Combined Silverman's/Robin Sales Base exceeds
Silverman's/Robin Sales.

          1.143 "Silverman's" shall mean Silverman's Dental Supply Corp., a New
                 -----------
York corporation.

          1.144 "Silverman's Assets" shall mean all of Silverman's right, title
                 ------------------
and interest in and to its assets (wherever located, tangible and intangible
(including goodwill), real, personal or mixed, whether known or unknown and
whether or not carried on the books and records of Silverman's) and the
Silverman's Business as a going concern (excluding only the assets specified in
the proviso below), including, but not limited to, the following:

                (a)  all of Silverman's rights under agreements, arrangements,
commitments, and understandings ("Silverman's Contracts") relating to the
Silverman's Business;

                (b)  all of Silverman's records, files and other data relating
to the Silverman's Business; 




































                                       19


                (c)  all of Silverman's copyrights and all of Silverman's rights
in the trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos now or previously used
by Silverman's in the Silverman's Business;

                (d)  all of Silverman's inventions, computer software, trade
secrets and confidential data relating to the Silverman's Business;

                (e)  all of Silverman's equipment (including office equipment),
computers, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, stationery, forms,
labels, promotional materials and similar supplies used principally in
connection with the Silverman's Business;

                (f)  all other tangible assets owned by Silverman's wherever
located; 

                (g)  customer lists, customer sales orders and sales leads,
customer shipping labels and forms, customer sales and vendor purchase
histories, catalogs, brochures, mailing lists, advertising materials, records,
files, computer software, and other information pertaining to the Silverman's
Business or the customers and suppliers thereto;

                (h)  to the extent transferable, all manufacturer's warranties
with respect to any of the foregoing;

                (i)  all Authorizations relating to the Silverman's Business;

                (j)  all "800 numbers"; and

                (k)  all claims against third parties;

provided, however, that the term "Silverman's Assets" shall not include (i) the
- --------  -------
minute books and stock ledger of Silverman's; (ii) cash and cash equivalents on
hand or in banks and debt and equity securities; (iii) Silverman's accounts
receivable; (iv) Inventory of Silverman's or (v) any asset or business included
in the Ex-Territory Business or the Designated Territory Business.

          1.145 "Silverman's Contracts" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 ---------------------
Section 1.144(a).

          1.146 "Silverman's Sales" shall mean the sum of the Net Sales of
                 -----------------
Silverman's to unaffiliated third parties (other than Net Sales to Corporate
Accounts and Dealer Sales) during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1995 and the
first quarter of fiscal year 1996 multiplied by 2, determined in accordance with
Section 2.4(f).

          1.147 "Silverman's/Robin Assumed Liabilities" shall have the meaning
                 -------------------------------------
set forth in Section 2.4(b).




































                                       20


          1.148 "Silverman's/Robin Business" shall mean, collectively, the
                 --------------------------
combined businesses of Silverman's and SF/Robin.

          1.149 "Silverman's Closing Sales Payment Amount" shall have the
                 ----------------------------------------
meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e).

          1.150 "Silverman's/Robin Combined Average Eligible Sales" shall mean
                 -------------------------------------------------
the sum of the following:  (i) the product of (A) Silverman's/Robin Combined
Eligible Sales for the 12-month period ("Year 1") ending on the last day of the
calendar month immediately preceding the date of exercise of a put or call
option pursuant to Sections 2.6.1(b) or 2.6.2(b), as the case may be, and (B)
45%, (ii) the product of (A) Silverman's/Robin Combined Eligible Sales for the
12-month period immediately preceding Year 1 ("Year 2") and (B) 35%, and (iii)
the product of (A) Silverman's/Robin Combined Eligible Sales for the 12-month
period immediately preceding Year 2 and (B) 20%.

          1.151 "Silverman's/Robin Combined Eligible Sales" shall mean, for any
                 -----------------------------------------
period, the dollar value of the aggregate Net Sales by HSI and/or Silverman's
under the "Silverman's" or "Robin" name (other than Net Sales to Corporate
Accounts and Dealer Sales), as determined in accordance with Section 2.6.3.

          1.152 "Silverman's/Robin Sales" shall mean all Net Sales of the
                 -----------------------
Silverman's/Robin Business for the 12-month period beginning on the last day of
the fourth calendar month immediately succeeding the Closing Date.

          1.153 "Silverman's/Robin Sales Dispute Statement" shall have the
                 -----------------------------------------
meaning set forth in Section 2.5.2(d).

          1.154 "Silverman's/Robin Sales Statement" shall have the meaning set
                 ---------------------------------
forth in Section 2.5.2(d).

          1.155 "Taxes" (or "Tax" where the context requires) shall mean all
                 -----
federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes, duties, or similar charges
(including, without limitation, income (whether net or gross), profits, premium,
estimated, excise, sales, use, environmental (including taxes under Code Section
59A), occupancy, franchise, license, value added stamp, windfall profits, social
security, gross receipts, franchise, ad valorem, severance, capital levy,
production, transfer, gains, withholding, occupation, employment and payroll
related and property taxes, alternative or add-on, minimum or estimated, import
and export duties and other governmental charges and assessments) imposed by any
taxing or governmental authority on or payable by SF or any other party with
respect to the income, operations, products, assets or properties of SF, whether
attributable to statutory or nonstatutory rules and whether or not measured in
whole or in part by net income, and including interest, additions to tax or
interest, and penalties with respect thereto, and including expenses associated
with contesting any proposed adjustment related to any of the foregoing.





































                                       21


          1.156 "Third Accountants" shall mean Ernst & Young LLP.
                 -----------------

          1.157 "Undisputed HSI Sales" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 --------------------
Section 2.3(f).

          1.158 "Undisputed HSI/SF Combined Sales" shall mean the sum of
                 --------------------------------
Undisputed HSI Sales and Undisputed SF Sales.

          1.159 "Undisputed SF Sales" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 -------------------
Section 2.3(f).

          1.160 "Undisputed SF/Robin Sales" shall have the meaning set forth in
                 -------------------------
Section 2.4(e).

          1.161 "Undisputed Silverman's Sales" shall have the meaning set forth
                 ----------------------------
in Section 2.4(e).

          1.162 "Undisputed Silverman's/Robin Combined Sales" shall mean the sum
                 -------------------------------------------
of Undisputed Silverman's Sales and Undisputed SF/Robin Sales.


          ARTICLE II SALE AND PURCHASE OF INVENTORY, SALE
                     ------------------------------------
                     AND PURCHASE OF EX-TERRITORY BUSINESS,
                     --------------------------------------
                     SALE AND PURCHASE OF SF DESIGNATED
                     ----------------------------------
                     TERRITORY RELATED BUSINESS AND SALE AND
                     ---------------------------------------
                     PURCHASE OF SF/ROBIN BUSINESS
                     -----------------------------

          2.1   Purchase of Inventory.
                ---------------------

                2.1.1  Purchased Inventory.  (a)  Upon terms and subject to the
                       -------------------
conditions hereof, upon the basis of the agreements, representations and
warranties contained in, and the schedules and exhibits to, this Agreement, at
the Closing, SF shall sell, transfer, assign, convey, and deliver to HSI, and
HSI shall purchase and acquire from SF, all of the SF Like Kind Inventory, free
and clear of all Encumbrances.

                (b)  At the Closing, at the option of HSI (the exercise of which
shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of HSI), HSI may purchase and
acquire from SF, and, if HSI exercises such option, SF shall sell, transfer,
assign, convey, and deliver to HSI, all or such portion of the Optional SF
Inventory as shall be designated by HSI, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

                2.1.2  Purchase Price.  In consideration for the Purchased
                       --------------
Inventory, HSI shall pay to SF at the Closing an amount equal to the product of
(x) the Estimated Closing SF Inventory Value and (y) 80% (the "SF Closing
Inventory Payment").





































                                       22


                2.1.3      Closing Inventory.  (a)  At least five (5) Business
                           -----------------
Days before the Closing Date1, SF shall complete preparation of an inventory
report (by SKU number, quantity and Invoice Price) setting forth the Estimated
Closing SF Inventory Value (such inventory report is hereinafter referred to as
the "Closing Inventory Report").  

                (b)  SF will deliver the Closing Inventory Report to HSI at
least three (3) Business Days before the Closing Date.  Following receipt of the
Closing Inventory Report, HSI will have a period of twenty (20) Business Days
after the Closing Date to review the Closing Inventory Report.  At or before the
end of such review period, HSI will either (i) accept the Closing Inventory
Report in its entirety, in which case the Closing SF Inventory Value shall be
deemed to be equal to the Estimated Closing SF Inventory Value as set forth in
the Closing Inventory Report or (ii) deliver to SF a written explanation (the
"Inventory Dispute Statement") of those items in the Closing Inventory Report
which HSI in good faith disputes (the "Inventory Disputed Items"), in which case
the Estimated Closing SF Inventory Value not affected by Inventory Disputed
Items shall be deemed to be as set forth in the Closing Inventory Report. 
Within a further period of thirty (30) Business days from the date on which the
Inventory Dispute Statement is delivered by HSI, the parties will attempt to
resolve in good faith any Inventory Disputed Items.  In the absence of such
resolution by the last day of such thirty (30) Business Day period, the
unresolved Inventory Disputed Items will be referred for final binding
resolution by the Third Accountants.  Each of HSI and SF shall be entitled to
make a brief supplemental oral presentation to the Third Accountants.  The
Closing SF Inventory Value affected by any Inventory Disputed Items will be
determined by the Third Accountants within thirty (30) days of such reference
based upon the definitions of Inventory, SF Like Kind Inventory, Closing SF
Inventory Value, Inventory Purchase Price, Invoice Price, Non-Matching Inventory
and Ineligible Inventory as set forth herein.  The determination of such firm
will be final, binding, non-appealable and uncontestable by the parties hereto
and will not be subject to collateral attack for any reason.  Promptly after the
determination by the Third Accountants, HSI or SF, as the case may be, shall
make the payments, if any, required by Section 2.1.3(c).  The fees and expenses
of the Third Accountants shall be paid one-half by HSI and one-half by SF.

                (c)  If the Closing SF Inventory Value is (i) greater than the
SF Closing Inventory Payment, then HSI shall pay SF an amount equal to such
difference within ten (10) days after the determination of the Closing SF
Inventory Value or (ii) less than the SF Closing Inventory Payment, then SF
shall pay HSI an amount equal to such difference within ten (10) days after the
determination of the Closing SF Inventory Value.

                2.1.4  Right to Set-Off.  Notwithstanding anything in this
                       ----------------
Agreement to the contrary, HSI shall have the right to offset any amount
otherwise due and payable 
































                              
          --------------------

          1    In light of the changed circumstances, it seemed appropriate
               to make this change.

                                       23


by HSI to SF on the Closing Date pursuant to any provision of this Agreement
against any amount due and payable by SF to HSI on the Closing Date.

          2.2   Purchase of the Ex-Territory Business.
                -------------------------------------

                2.2.1  Purchase of the Ex-Territory Business.  Upon terms and
                       -------------------------------------
subject to the conditions hereof, upon the basis of the agreements,
representations and warranties contained in, and the schedules and exhibits to,
this Agreement at the Closing, SF shall sell, transfer, assign, convey, and
deliver to HSI, and HSI shall purchase and acquire from SF, all of the Ex-
Territory Business free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted
Encumbrances).

                2.2.2  Purchase Price.  In consideration for the Ex-Territory
                       --------------
Business, at the Closing HSI shall pay to SF an amount equal to the Agreed Upon
Ex-Territory Business Value.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary, HSI is not assuming, and shall not have any liability, (a) for any
income, franchise, sales, payroll, withholding or other taxes of SF, (b) for any
expenses of SF related to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this
Agreement, (c) as a "successor-in-interest" to SF with respect to the Ex-
Territory Business, (d) for any accounts payable of SF, or (e) for any matter or
thing set forth on Schedule 2.2.2(e).

                2.2.3  Right to Set-Off.  Notwithstanding anything in this
                       ----------------
Agreement to the contrary, HSI shall have the right to offset any amount
otherwise due and payable by HSI to SF on the Closing Date pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement against any amount due and payable by SF to HSI on
the Closing Date.

          2.3   Purchase of the SF Designated Territory Related Business.
                --------------------------------------------------------

                (a)  At the Closing, and in accordance with the terms and
provisions of this Agreement, SF will assign, transfer, convey and deliver to
HSI, and HSI will acquire from SF, all of SF's right, title and interest in and
to the SF Designated Territory Assets and the SF Designated Territory Related
Business as a going concern, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than
Permitted Encumbrances and the liabilities and obligations referred to in
Section 2.3(b)).  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, SF
is not assigning, transferring, conveying or delivering to HSI any of the SF
Excluded Assets.  HSI shall initially use the HSI Designated Territory Assets,
HSI Designated Territory Related Business, the Pattison Assets and the Pattison
Business, together with the SF Designated Territory Assets and the SF Designated
Territory Related Business, to conduct the Designated Territory Business.

                (b)  At the Closing, and in accordance with the terms and
provisions of, this Agreement, HSI is assuming and agreeing to pay, perform and
discharge only the following obligations and liabilities relating to the SF
Designated Territory Assets and the SF Designated Territory Related Business
(collectively, the "HSI/SF Designated Territory Assumed Liabilities"):  all
liabilities and obligations of SF 

































                                       24


arising after the Closing Date under the SF Designated Territory Contracts
listed on Schedule 2.3(b) hereto.

                (c)  Except as specifically provided in Section 2.3(b), HSI is
not assuming, and shall not have any liability for, any liabilities or
obligations of SF or any liabilities or obligations which arose or may arise out
of the operations of the SF Designated Territory Assets or the SF Designated
Territory Related Business prior to the Closing Date, and SF shall pay, perform
and discharge all such liabilities and obligations when due in the ordinary
course of business.  Without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, HSI
is not assuming, and shall not have any liability, (a) for any income,
franchise, sales, payroll, withholding or other taxes of SF, (b) for any
expenses of SF related to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this
Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (c) as a
"successor-in-interest" to SF with respect to the SF Designated Territory
Related Business, (d) for any accounts payable of SF, or (e) for any matter or
thing set forth on Schedule 2.3(c).

                (d)  As total consideration for the assets and business being
sold, transferred, conveyed and delivered to HSI by SF pursuant to this Section
2.3, HSI shall:

                         (i)  Assume the HSI/SF Designated Territory Assumed
     Liabilities; and

                         (ii) Pay SF the amount referred to in Section 2.3(e)(x)
     and (g) below; and

                         (iii)       Pay SF any amount which may become due and
     payable pursuant to Section 2.5.1(a), 2.6.1(a) or 2.6.2(a), as the case may
     be.

                (e)  In connection with the sale, transfer, conveyance and
delivery to HSI by SF of the SF Designated Territory Assets and SF Designated
Territory Related Business, at the Closing, (x) HSI shall pay SF an amount (the
"HSI Closing Sales Payment Amount"), if positive, equal to the Undisputed SF
Sales minus the product of (i) Undisputed HSI/SF Combined Sales and (ii) 30%,
      -----
multiplied by 25% or (y) SF shall pay to HSI an amount (the "SF Closing Sales
- -------------
Payment Amount") if positive, equal to the Undisputed HSI Sales minus the
                                                                -----
product of (i) Undisputed HSI/SF Combined Sales and (ii) 70%, multiplied by 25%.


                (f)  The authorized representatives of each of HSI and SF shall
have the right at reasonable times and on reasonable notice, at the sole expense
of each of them, to review and/or audit the books and records of HSI and SF,
respectively, relating to the Estimated HSI Sales, on the one hand, and the
Estimated SF Sales, as well as the work papers of their respective independent
public accountants, in each case solely for the purpose of verifying the
Estimated HSI Sales and the Estimated SF Sales.  Such right of review must be
completed within forty-five (45) Business Days after the Agreement Date.  If
prior to the end of such review period, either HSI or SF in good faith 
































                                       25


disagrees with or disputes the  accuracy of the Estimated HSI Sales on the one
hand, or the Estimated SF Sales, on the other hand, then HSI or SF, as the case
may be, shall deliver to the other party a written statement and explanation of
such disagreement or dispute which sets forth in reasonable detail the good
faith bases of any such disagreement or dispute (a "HSI/SF Sales Dispute
Statement" (and, to the extent Estimated HSI Sales or Estimated SF Sales, are
not subject to any HSI/SF Sales Dispute Statement, such Estimated HSI Sales or
Estimated SF Sales are hereinafter referred to as "Undisputed HSI Sales" and
"Undisputed SF Sales", respectively)).  If prior to the end of the above
referenced forty-five (45) Business Day review period following the Agreement
Date, either HSI or SF shall fail to deliver a HSI/SF Sales Dispute Statement,
then the Estimated HSI Sales or the Estimated SF Sales, as the case may be,
shall be deemed to equal both the HSI Sales and Undisputed HSI Sales, on the one
hand, or the SF Sales and Undisputed SF Sales on the other hand.  If, however,
either HSI or SF shall have delivered an HSI/SF Sales Dispute Statement prior to
the end of such review period, then HSI and SF will attempt in good faith to
resolve all differences with regard to the determination of HSI Sales and/or SF
Sales during the next twenty (20) Business Day period commencing after the end
of such review period.  If HSI and SF are unable to resolve such differences
prior to the expiration of such twenty (20) Business Day period (or such longer
period if so agreed by HSI and SF), the HSI Sales and/or SF Sales shall be
determined as set forth in Section 2.3(i) of this Agreement.

                (g)  Within ten (10) days after the determination of SF Sales
and HSI Sales, HSI shall pay SF an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which
(I) the SF Sales minus the product of (i) HSI/SF Combined Sales and (ii) 30%,
                 -----
multiplied by 25% exceeds (II) the HSI Closing Sales Payment Amount.
- ---------- --

                (h)  Within ten (10) days after the determination of HSI Sales
and SF Sales, SF shall pay to HSI an amount equal to the amount, if any, by
which (I) the HSI Sales minus the product of (i) HSI/SF Combined Sales and (ii)
                        -----
70%, multiplied by 25% exceeds (II) the SF Closing Sales Payment Amount.
     ---------- --

                (i)  Written reports of disagreement or disputes with respect to
any amounts referred to in Section 2.3(f) shall be prepared in concise form by
HSI and SF and submitted, together with copies of any HSI/SF Sales Dispute
Statements, to the Third Accountants no later than ten (10) Business Days
following the last day of the twenty (20) Business Day period (or longer period
if so agreed) referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.2(f).  Each of HSI
and SF shall also be entitled to make a brief supplemental oral presentation to
the Third Accountants regarding any such disagreement or dispute.  The Third
Accountants shall be instructed by HSI and SF to deliver a written report
setting forth such Third Accountants' resolution of any difference or dispute
referred to it no later than thirty (30) Business Days following the earlier of
(i) such firm's receipt of the report of disagreement or disputes submitted to
it by HSI and SF pursuant to this Section 2.2(i) and (ii) the last day permitted
for the submission of such report as provided above.  The determination of the
Third Accountants with respect to any disagreement or dispute referred to it by
HSI and SF as provided in this Section 2.2(i) 


































                                       26


will be final, binding, non-appealable and uncontestable by the parties hereto
and will not be subject to collateral attack for any reason.  Promptly after the
determination by the Third Accountants, HSI or SF, as the case may be, shall
make the payments, if any, required by Sections 2.2(g) and (h).

                (j)  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.3 to the
contrary, no disagreement or dispute as to HSI Sales and/or SF Sales shall delay
or prevent the Closing.

                (k)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
HSI shall have the right to offset any amount otherwise due and payable by HSI
to SF pursuant to any provision of this Agreement against any amount due and
payable by SF to HSI.

          2.4   Purchase of SF/Robin Business.
                -----------------------------

                (a)  At the Closing, and in accordance with the terms and
provisions of this Agreement, SF will assign, transfer, convey and deliver to
Silverman's, and Silverman's will acquire from SF, all of the right, title and
interest of SF in and to the SF/Robin Assets and the SF/Robin Business as a
going concern, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted
Encumbrances and the liabilities and obligations referred to in Section 2.4(b)).
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, SF is not assigning,
transferring, conveying or delivering to Silverman's any of the SF Excluded
Assets.  Silverman's shall initially use the SF/Robin Assets and the SF/Robin
Business, together with the Silverman's Assets and the Silverman's Business, to
conduct the Silverman's/Robin Business.

                (b)  At the Closing, and in accordance with the terms and
provisions of this Agreement, Silverman's is assuming and agreeing to pay,
perform and discharge only the following obligations and liabilities relating to
the SF/Robin Assets and the SF/Robin Business (collectively, the
"Silverman's/Robin Assumed Liabilities"):  all liabilities and obligations of SF
arising after the Closing Date under the SF/Robin Contracts listed on Schedule
2.4(b) hereto.

                (c)  Except as specifically provided in Section 2.4(b),
Silverman's is not assuming, and shall not have any liability for, any
liabilities or obligations of SF, or any liabilities or obligations which arose
or may arise out of the operations of the SF/Robin Assets or the SF/Robin
Business prior to the Closing Date, and SF shall pay, perform and discharge all
such liabilities and obligations when due in the ordinary course of business. 
Without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, Silverman's is not
assuming, and shall not have any liability, (a) for any income, franchise,
sales, payroll, withholding or other taxes of SF, (b) for any expenses of SF
related to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, (c) as
a "successor-in-interest" to SF with respect to the SF/Robin Business, (d) for
any accounts payable of SF, or (e) for any matter or thing set forth on Schedule
2.4(c).


































                                       27


                (d)  As total consideration for the assets and business being
sold, transferred, conveyed and delivered to Silverman's by SF pursuant to this
Section 2.4, Silverman's shall:

                         (i)  Assume the Silverman's/Robin Assumed Liabilities;
     and

                         (ii) Pay SF the amount referred to in Section 2.4(e)(x)
     and (g) below; and

                         (iii)       Pay SF any amount which may become due and
     payable pursuant to Section 2.5.2(a), 2.6.1(b) or 2.6.2(b), as the case may
     be.

                (e)  In connection with the sale, transfer, conveyance and
delivery to HSI by SF of the SF/Robin Assets and SF/Robin Business, at the
Closing, (x) HSI shall pay SF an amount (the "Silverman's Closing Sales Payment
Amount"), if positive, equal to the Undisputed SF/Robin Sales minus the product
                                                              -----
of (i) Undisputed Silverman's/Robin Combined Sales and (ii) 20%, multiplied by
                                                                 -------------
20% or (y) SF shall pay to HSI an amount (the "SF/Robin Closing Sales Payment
Amount"), if positive, equal to the Undisputed Silverman's Sales minus the
                                                                 -----
product of (i) Undisputed Silverman's/Robin Combined Sales and (ii) 80%,
multiplied by 20%.
- ---------- --

                (f)  The authorized representatives of each of Silverman's, on
the one hand, and SF, on the other hand, shall have the right at reasonable
times and on reasonable notice, at the sole expense of each of them, to review
and/or audit the books and records of Silverman's, on the one hand, and SF, on
the other hand, relating to the Estimated Silverman's Sales, on the one hand,
and the Estimated SF/Robin Sales, on the other hand, as well as the work papers
of their respective independent public accountants, in each case solely for the
purpose of verifying the Estimated Silverman's Sales and the Estimated SF/Robin
Sales.  Such right of review must be completed within forty-five (45) Business
Days after the Agreement Date.  If prior to the end of such review period,
either Silverman's on the one hand, or SF, on the other hand, in good faith
disagrees with or disputes the accuracy of the Estimated Silverman's Sales, on
the one hand, or the Estimated SF/Robin Sales, on the other hand, then
Silverman's or SF, as the case may be, shall deliver to the other party a
written statement and explanation of such disagreement or dispute  which sets
forth in reasonable detail the good faith bases of any such disagreement or
dispute (a "Silverman's/Robin Sales Dispute Statement" (and, to the extent
Estimated Silverman's Sales or Estimated SF/Robin Sales are not subject to any
Silverman's/Robin Sales Dispute Statement, such Estimated Silverman's Sales or
Estimated SF/Robin Sales are hereinafter referred to as "Undisputed Silverman's
Sales" and "Undisputed SF/Robin Sales," respectively)).  If prior to the end of
the above referenced forty-five (45) Business Day review period following the
Agreement Date, either Silverman's or SF shall fail to deliver a
Silverman's/Robin Sales Dispute Statement, then the Estimated Silverman's Sales
or the Estimated SF/Robin Sales, as the case may be, shall be deemed to equal
both the Silverman's Sales and Undisputed Silverman's Sales, on the 

































                                       28


one hand, or the SF/Robin Sales and Undisputed Silverman's Sales, on the other
hand.  If, however, either Silverman's or SF shall have delivered a
Silverman's/Robin Sales Dispute Statement prior to the end of such review
period, then Silverman's and SF will attempt in good faith to resolve all
differences with regard to the determination of Silverman's Sales and/or
SF/Robin Sales during the next twenty (20) Business Day period commencing after
the end of such review period.  If Silverman's and SF are unable to resolve such
differences prior to the expiration of such twenty (20) Business Day period (or
such longer period if so agreed by Silverman's and SF), the Silverman's Sales
and/or SF/Robin Sales shall be determined as set forth in Section 2.4(i) of this
Agreement.

                (g)  Within ten (10) days after the determination of SF/Robin
Sales and Silverman's Sales, HSI shall pay SF an amount equal to the amount, if
any, by which (I) the SF/Robin Sales minus the product of (i) Silverman's/Robin
                                     -----
Combined Sales and (ii) 20%, multiplied by 20% exceeds (II) the Silverman's
                             ---------- --
Closing Sales Payment Amount.

                (h)  Within ten (10) days after the determination of Silverman's
Sales and SF/Robin Sales, SF shall pay to HSI an amount equal to the amount, if
any, by which (I) the Silverman's Sales minus the product of (i)
                                        -----
Silverman's/Robin Combined Sales and (ii) 80%, multiplied by 20%, exceeds (II)
                                               ---------- --
the SF/Robin Closing Sales Payment Amount.

                (i)  Written reports of disagreement or disputes with respect to
any amounts referred to in Section 2.4(f) shall be prepared in concise form by
Silverman's, on the one hand, and SF, on the other hand, and submitted, together
with copies of any Silverman's/Robin Sales Dispute Statements, to the Third
Accountants no later than ten (10) Business Days following the last day of the
twenty (20) Business Day period (or longer period if so agreed) referred to in
the last sentence of Section 2.2(f).  Each of Silverman's, on the one hand, and
SF, on the other hand, shall also be entitled to make a brief supplemental oral
presentation to the Third Accountants regarding any such disagreement or
dispute.  The Third Accountants shall be instructed by Silverman's and SF to
deliver a written report setting forth such Third Accountants' resolution of any
difference or dispute referred to it no later than thirty (30) Business Days
following the earlier of (i) such firm's receipt of the report of disagreement
or disputes submitted to it by Silverman's, on the one hand, and SF, on the
other hand, pursuant to this Section 2.4(i) and (ii) the last day permitted for
the submission of such report as provided above.  The determination of the Third
Accountants with respect to any disagreement or dispute referred to it by
Silverman's, on the one hand, and SF, on the other hand, as provided in this
Section 2.4(i) will be final, binding, non-appealable and uncontestable by the
parties hereto and will not be subject to collateral attack for any reason. 
Promptly after the determination by the Third Accountants, HSI, on the one hand,
or SF, on the other hand, as the case may be, shall make the payments, if any,
required by Sections 2.4(g) and (h).




































                                       29


                (j)  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.4 to the
contrary, no disagreement or dispute as to Silverman's Sales and/or SF/Robin
Sales shall delay or prevent the Closing.

                (k)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
HSI shall have the right to offset any amount otherwise due and payable by HSI
to SF pursuant to any provision of this Agreement against any amount due and
payable by SF to HSI.

          2.5   Adjusted Purchase Price Determination.
                -------------------------------------

                2.5.1    Designated Territory Adjusted Purchase Price.
                         --------------------------------------------

                (a)  If Designated Territory Sales exceed the Combined
Designated Territory Net Sales Base by more than the Inflation Rate, then HSI
shall pay to SF an amount equal to the product of (i) Excess Designated
Territory Sales and (ii) 30%, multiplied by 25%; provided, however, that in no
                              -------------      --------  -------
event shall such amount exceed $2,000,000.

                (b)  If the Combined Designated Territory Net Sales Base exceeds
Designated Territory Sales by more than the Inflation Rate, then SF shall pay to
HSI an amount equal to the product of (i) Shortfall Designated Territory Sales
and (ii) 40%, multiplied by 25%; provided, however, that in no event shall such
              -------------      --------  -------
amount exceed $2,000,000.

                (c)  HSI shall have the right to offset any amount otherwise due
and payable by HSI pursuant to Section 2.5.1(a) against any amount due and
payable by SF or Olson, as the case may be, to HSI (i) pursuant to this Section
2.5 or (ii) as a result of any Losses incurred by any Buyer Claimant in
connection with a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant contained in
this Agreement.

                (d)  Not more than three (3) months after the first anniversary
of the Closing Date, HSI shall prepare a statement, signed by its chief
financial officer, providing reasonable detail as to the computation of the
Estimated Designated Territory Sales (such statement is hereinafter referred to
as the "Designated Territory Sales Statement").  The authorized representatives
of SF shall have the right at reasonable times and on reasonable notice, at the
sole expense of SF, to review and/or audit the books and records of HSI relating
to the Estimated Designated Territory Sales and the Designated Territory Sales
Statement, as well as the work papers of HSI's independent public accountants,
solely for the purpose of verifying the amounts and computations set forth in
the Designated Territory Sales Statement.  Such right of review must be
completed within thirty (30) Business Days after receipt of such Statement by
SF.  If prior to the end of such review period, SF in good faith disagrees with
or disputes the accuracy of the Estimated Designated Territory Sales and/or the
Designated Territory Sales Statement, then SF shall deliver to HSI a written
statement and explanation of such disagreement or dispute which sets forth in
reasonable detail the good faith bases of any such disagreement 


































                                       30


or dispute (a Designated Territory Sales Dispute Statement").  If prior to the
end of the above referenced thirty (30) Business Day review period following the
receipt of the Designated Territory Sales Statement, SF shall fail to deliver a
Designated Territory Sales Dispute Statement, then the Designated Territory
Sales and the Designated Territory Sales Statement shall be deemed final and the
Estimated Designated Territory Sales as set forth therein shall be deemed to
equal the Designated Territory Sales.  If, however, SF shall have delivered a
Designated Territory Sales Dispute Statement prior to the end of such review
period, then HSI and SF will attempt in good faith to resolve all differences
with regard to the determination of Designated Territory Sales during the next
twenty (20) Business Day period commencing after the end of such review period. 
If HSI and SF are unable to resolve such differences prior to the expiration of
such twenty (20) Business Day period (or such longer period if so agreed by HSI
and SF), the Designated Territory Sales shall be determined as set forth in
Section 2.5.3 of this Agreement.

                (e)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the term
"Designated Territory Sales" as used in this Section 2.5.1 shall not include Net
Sales attributable to any Overlapping Designated Territory Business acquired by
HSI or any of the Affiliates after the Closing Date.

                (f)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
HSI shall have the right to offset any amount otherwise due and payable by HSI
to SF pursuant to any provision of this Agreement against any amount due and
payable by SF to HSI.

                     2.5.1.1  Interim Designated Territory Adjusted Purchase
                              ----------------------------------------------
Price.
- -----

                (a)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
during the period between the Agreement Date and the Closing Date SF shall not
employ, hire or otherwise engage any additional field sales personnel without
the prior written consent of HSI (which consent shall be given or withheld in
the sole discretion of HSI).  Any such additional field sales personnel employed
by SF with the permission of HSI are hereinafter referred to collectively as
"New Sales Reps."

                (b)  Within twenty (20) Business Days after the third full
calendar month following the Closing Date, HSI shall prepare a statement (the
"Estimated New Reps Sales Statement") setting forth its computation of Estimated
New Reps Sales.  Upon completion of the Estimated New Reps Sales Statement, HSI
will deliver the Estimated New Reps Sales Statement to SF.  Following receipt of
the Estimated New Reps Sales Statement, SF will have a period of ten (10)
Business Days to review the Estimated New Reps Sales Statement.  In connection
with such review, the authorized representatives of SF shall have the right at
reasonable times and on reasonable notice, at the sole expense of SF, to review
and/or audit the books and records of HSI relating to the Estimated New Reps
Sales Statement, as well as the work papers of its independent public
accountants, 


































                                       31


solely for the purpose of computing the Estimated New Reps Sales.  If prior to
the end of such review periods SF in good faith disagrees with or disputes the
accuracy of the Estimated New Reps Sales, then Pattison shall deliver to HSI a
written statement and explanation of such disagreement or dispute which sets
forth in reasonable detail the good faith bases of any such disagreement or
dispute (a "New Reps Sale Dispute Statement" (and, to the extent Estimated New
Reps Sales are not subject to any New Reps Sales Dispute Statement, such
Estimated New Reps Sales re hereinafter referred to as "Undisputed New Reps
Sales")).  If prior to the end of the above referenced ten (10) Business Day
review period following receipt of the Estimated New Reps Sales Statement, SF
shall fail to deliver a New Reps Sales Dispute Statement, then the Estimated New
Reps Sales shall be deemed to equal both the New Reps Sales and Undisputed New
Reps Sales.  If, however, SF shall have delivered a New Reps Sales Dispute
Statement prior to the end of such review period, then HSI and SF will attempt
in good faith to resolve all differences with regard to the determination of New
Reps Sales during the next twenty (20) Business Day period commencing after the
end of such review period.  If HSI and SF are unable to resolve such differences
prior to the expiration of such twenty (20) Business Day period (or such longer
period if so agreed by HSI and SF), the New Reps Sales shall be determined as
set forth in Section 2.5.1.1(c) of this Agreement.

                (c)  Written reports of disagreement or disputes with respect to
any amounts referred to in Section 2.5.1.1(b) shall be prepared in concise form
by HSI and SF and submitted, together with copies of any New Reps Sales Dispute
Statement, to the Third Accountants no later than ten (10) Business Days
following the last day of the twenty (20) Business Day period (or longer period
if so agreed) referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.5.1.1(b).  Each of
HSI and SF shall also be entitled to make a brief supplemental oral presentation
to the Third Accountants regarding any such disagreement or dispute.  The Third
Accountants shall be instructed by HSI and SF to deliver a written report
setting forth such Third Accountants' resolution of any difference or dispute
referred to it no later than thirty (30) Business Days following the earlier of
(i) such firm's receipt of the report of disagreement or disputes submitted to
it by HSI and SF pursuant to this Section 2.5.1.1(c) and (ii) the last day
permitted for the submission of such report as provided above.  The
determination of the Third Accountants with respect to any disagreement or
dispute referred to it by HSI and SF as provided in this Section 2.5.1.1(c) will
be final, binding, non-appealable and uncontestable by the parties hereto and
will not be subject to collateral attack for any reason.  Promptly after the
determination by the Third Accountants, HSI shall make the payment, if any,
referred to in Section 2.5.1.1(d) of this Agreement.

                (d)  Within ten (10) days after the determination of New Reps
Sales, HSI shall pay SF an amount equal to the product of (i) News Reps Sales
and (ii) 20%.

                (e)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
HSI shall have the right to offset any amount otherwise due and payable by HSI
to FS 


































                                       32


pursuant to any provision of this Agreement against any amount due and payable
by SF to HSI.

                2.5.2    Silverman's/Robin Related Adjusted Purchase Price.
                         -------------------------------------------------

                (a)  If Silverman's/Robin Sales exceed the Combined
Silverman's/Robin Net Sales Base by more than the Inflation Rate, then HSI shall
pay to SF an amount equal to the product of (i) Excess Silverman's/Robin Sales
and (ii) 20%, multiplied by 20%; provided, however, that in no event shall such
              ---------- --      --------  -------
amount exceed $1,000,000.

                (b)  If the Combined Silverman's/Robin Net Sales Base exceeds
Silverman's/Robin Sales by more than the Inflation Rate, then SF shall pay to
HSI an amount equal to the product of (i) Shortfall Silverman's/Robin Sales and
(ii) 50%, multiplied by 20%; provided, however, that in no event shall such
          ---------- --      --------  -------
amount exceed $1,000,000.

                (c)  HSI shall have the right to offset any amount otherwise due
and payable by HSI pursuant to Section 2.5.2(a) against any amount due and
payable by SF or Olson, as the case may be, to HSI (i) pursuant to this Section
2.5 or (ii) as a result of any Losses incurred by any Buyer Claimant in
connection with a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant contained in
this Agreement.

                (d)  Not more than three (3) months after the first anniversary
of the Closing Date, HSI shall prepare a statement, signed by its chief
financial officer, providing reasonable detail as to the computation of the
Estimated Silverman's/Robin Sales (such statement is hereinafter referred to as
the "Silverman's/Robin Sales Statement").  The authorized representatives of SF
shall have the right at reasonable times and on reasonable notice, at the sole
expense of SF, to review and/or audit the books and records of HSI relating to
the Estimated Silverman's/Robin Sales and the Silverman's/Robin Sales Statement,
as well as the work papers of HSI's independent public accountants, solely for
the purpose of verifying the amounts and computations set forth in the
Silverman's/Robin Sales Statement.  Such right of review must be completed
within thirty (30) Business Days after receipt of such Statement by SF.  If
prior to the end of such review period, SF in good faith disagrees with or
disputes the accuracy of the Estimated Silverman's/Robin Sales and/or the
Silverman's/Robin Sales Statement, then SF shall deliver to HSI a written
statement and explanation of such disagreement or dispute which sets forth in
reasonable detail the good faith bases of any such disagreement or dispute (a
"Silverman's/Robin Sales Dispute Statement").  If prior to the end of the above
referenced thirty (30) Business Day review period following the receipt of the
Silverman's/Robin Sales Statement, SF shall fail to deliver a Silverman's/Robin
Sales Dispute Statement, then the Silverman's/Robin Sales and the
Silverman's/Robin Sales Statement shall be deemed final and the Estimated
Silverman's/Robin Sales as set forth therein shall be deemed to equal the
Silverman's/Robin Sales.  If, however, SF shall have delivered a
Silverman's/Robin Sales Dispute Statement prior to the end of such review
period, then HSI and SF will attempt 

































                                       33


in good faith to resolve all differences with regard to the determination of
Silverman's/Robin Sales during the next twenty (20) Business Day period
commencing after the end of such review period.  If HSI and SF are unable to
resolve such differences prior to the expiration of such twenty (20) Business
Day period (or such longer period if so agreed by HSI and SF), the
Silverman's/Robin Sales shall be determined as set forth in Section 2.5.3 of
this Agreement.

                (e)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the term
"Silverman's/Robin Sales" as used in this Section 2.5.2 shall not include Net
Sales attributable to any Overlapping Business acquired by HSI or any of the
Affiliates after the Closing Date. 

                (f)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
HSI shall have the right to offset any amount otherwise due and payable by HSI
to SF pursuant to any provision of this Agreement against any amount due and
Payable by SF to HSI.

                2.5.3    Dispute Resolution.  Written reports of disagreement or
                         ------------------
disputes with respect to any amounts referred to in Section 2.5.1 or 2.5.2 shall
be prepared in concise form by HSI and SF and submitted, together with copies of
any Adjusted Purchase Price Dispute Statement, to the Third Accountants no later
than ten (10) Business Days following the last day of the twenty (20) Business
Day period (or longer period if so agreed) referred to in the last sentence of
Sections 2.5.1(d) or 2.5.2(d), as the case may be.  Each of HSI and SF shall
also be entitled to make a brief supplemental oral presentation to the Third
Accountants regarding any such disagreement or dispute.  The Third Accountants
shall be instructed by HSI and SF to deliver a written report setting forth such
Third Accountants' resolution of any difference or dispute referred to it no
later than thirty (30) Business Days following the earlier of (i) such firm's
receipt of the report of disagreement or disputes submitted to it by HSI and SF
pursuant to this Section 2.5.3 and (ii) the last day permitted for the
submission of such report as provided above.  The determination of the Third
Accountants with respect to any disagreement or dispute referred to it by HSI
and SF as provided in this Section 2.5.3 will be final, binding, non-appealable
and uncontestable by the parties hereto and will not be subject to collateral
attack for any reason.  Promptly after the determination by the Third
Accountants, HSI or SF, as the case may be, shall make the payments, if any,
required by Sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2.  The fees and expenses of the Third
Accountants shall be paid one-half by HSI and one-half by SF.

          2.6   Options.
                -------

                2.6.1    Put Options.  (a)  At any time after the fifth
                         -----------
anniversary of the Closing Date, SF may, at its option, by written notice given
to HSI, elect to receive the balance of the purchase price for the SF Designated
Territory Related Business and the SF Designated Territory Assets for an amount
equal to the greater of (i) the product of (x) 30% and (y) HSI/SF Combined
Average Eligible Sales, multiplied by 25% and (ii) 
                        ---------- --


































                                       34


the product of (x) HSI/SF Combined Average Eligible Sales and (y) the HSI Net
Margin Factor, multiplied by 30% minus, in either case, the SF Share of the
               ---------- --     -----
Overlapping Designated Territory Business Purchase Price; provided, however, if
                                                          --------  -------
HSI or any of its Affiliates shall hereafter acquire one or more Overlapping
Designated Territory Businesses and the Goodwill purchased as a result of any
such single acquisition or series of related acquisitions (or, in the case of
any acquisition structured as a "pooling," the amount of Goodwill which would
have resulted therefrom if the transaction was not structured as a "pooling")
equals or exceeds $1,000,000, then the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be
applicable.

                (b)  At any time after the fifth anniversary of the Closing
Date, SF may, at its option, by written notice given to HSI, elect to receive
the balance of the purchase price for the SF/Robin Business and the SF/Robin
Assets for an amount equal to the greater of (i) the product of (x) 20% and (y)
Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales, multiplied by 20% and (ii) the product
                                          ---------- --
of (x) Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales and (y) the HSI Net Margin
Factor, multiplied by 20% minus, in either case, the SF Share of the Overlapping
        ---------- --     -----
Business Purchase Price; provided, however, if HSI or any of its Affiliates
                         --------  -------
(including Silverman's) shall hereafter acquire one or more Overlapping
Businesses and the Goodwill purchased as a result of any such single acquisition
or series of related acquisitions (or, in the case of any acquisition structured
as a "pooling," the amount of Goodwill which would have resulted therefrom if
the transaction was not structured as a "pooling") equals or exceeds $1,000,000,
then the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be applicable.

                2.6.2    Call Options.  (a)  At any time after the seventh
                         ------------
anniversary of the Closing Date, provided the option under Section 2.6.1(a) has
not been exercised, HSI may, at its option, by written notice given to SF, elect
to pay the balance of the purchase price for the SF Designated Territory Related
Business and the SF Designated Territory Assets for an amount equal to the
greater of (i) the product of (x) 30% and (y) HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales,
multiplied by 25% and (ii) the product of (x) HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales and
- ---------- --
(y) the HSI Net Margin Factor, multiplied by 30% minus, in either case, the SF
                               ---------- --     -----
Share of the Overlapping Designated Territory Business Purchase Price; provided,
                                                                       --------
however, if HSI or any of its Affiliates shall hereafter acquire one or more
- -------
Overlapping Designated Territory Businesses and the Goodwill purchased as a
result of any such single acquisition or series of related acquisitions (or, in
the case of any acquisition structured as a "pooling," the amount of Goodwill
which would have resulted therefrom if the transaction was not structured as a
"pooling") equals or exceeds $1,000,000, then the foregoing clause (ii) shall
not be applicable.

                (b)  At any time after the seventh anniversary of the Closing
Date, provided the option under Section 2.6.1(b) has not been exercised, HSI
may, at its option, by written notice given to SF, elect to pay the balance of
the purchase price for the SF/Robin Business and the SF/Robin Assets for an
amount equal to the greater of (i) the product of (x) 20% and (y)
Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales, multiplied by 20% and (ii) the product
                                          ---------- --
of (x) Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales and (y) the HSI 

































                                       35


Net Margin Factor, multiplied by 20% minus, in either case, the SF Share of the
                   ---------- --     -----
Overlapping Business Purchase Price; provided, however, if HSI or any of its
                                     --------  -------
Affiliates (including Silverman's) shall hereafter acquire one or more
Overlapping Businesses and the Goodwill purchased as a result of any such single
acquisition or series of related acquisitions (or, in the case of any
acquisition structured as a "pooling," the amount of Goodwill which would have
resulted therefrom if the transaction was not structured as a "pooling") equals
or exceeds $1,000,000, then the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be applicable.

                2.6.3    Determination of HSI/SF Average Sales, Silverman's/
                         ---------------------------------------------------
Robin Average Eligible Sales, Goodwill, SF Share of the Overlapping Designated
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Territory Business Purchase Price and the SF Share of the Overlapping Business
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchase Price.  Not more than three (3) months after the exercise of any option
- --------------
pursuant to Section 2.6.1 or 2.6.2, HSI shall prepare a statement, signed by its
chief financial officer, providing reasonable detail as to the computation of
the Estimated HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales or Estimated Silverman's/ Robin
Eligible Sales, as the case may be, and, if applicable, the Estimated Goodwill,
the Estimated SF Share of Overlapping Designated Territory Business Purchase
Price or the SF Share of the Overlapping Business Purchase Price, as the case
may be, (such statement is hereinafter referred to as the "Option Statement"). 
The authorized representatives of SF shall have the right at reasonable times
and on reasonable notice, at the sole expense of SF, to review and/or audit the
books and records of HSI relating to the Estimated HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales
and/or Estimated Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales, and, if applicable,
the Estimated Goodwill, the Estimated SF Share of Overlapping Designated
Territory Business Purchase Price or the SF Share of the Overlapping Business
Purchase Price, as the case may be, and Option Statement, as well as the work
papers of HSI's independent public accountants, solely for the purpose of
verifying the amounts and computations set forth in the Option Statement.  Such
right of review must be completed within thirty (30) Business Days after receipt
of such Statement by SF.  If prior to the end of such review period, SF in good
faith disagrees with or disputes the accuracy of the Estimated HSI/SF Average
Eligible Sales, the Estimated Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales, and, if
applicable, the Estimated Goodwill, the Estimated SF Share of Overlapping
Designated Territory Business Purchase Price or the SF Share of the Overlapping
Business Purchase Price, as the case may be, and/or the Option Statement, then
SF shall deliver to HSI a written statement and explanation of such disagreement
or dispute which sets forth in reasonable detail the good faith bases of any
such disagreement or dispute (an "Option Dispute Statement").  If prior to the
end of the above referenced thirty (30) Business Day review period following the
receipt of the Option Statement, SF shall fail to deliver an Option Dispute
Statement, then the Estimated HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales and/or the
Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales, and, if applicable, the Estimated
Goodwill, the Estimated SF Share of Overlapping Designated Territory Business
Purchase Price or the SF Share of the Overlapping Business Purchase Price, as
the case may be, and the Option Statement shall be deemed final and the HSI/SF
Average Eligible Sales and the Estimated Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible
Sales and, if applicable, the Estimated Goodwill, the Estimated SF Share of the
Overlapping Designated Territory Business Purchase Price or 


































                                       36


the SF Share of the Overlapping Business Purchase Price, as the case may be, as
set forth therein shall be deemed to equal the HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales,
the Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales, and, if applicable, the Goodwill,
the SF Share of the Overlapping Designated Territory Business Purchase Price or
the SF Share of the Overlapping Business Purchase Price, as the case may be. 
If, however, SF shall have delivered an Option Dispute Statement prior to the
end of such review period, then HSI and SF will attempt in good faith to resolve
all differences with regard to the determination of HSI/SF Average Eligible
Sales and the Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales, and, if applicable, the
Goodwill, during the next twenty (20) Business Day period commencing after the
end of such review period.  If HSI and SF are unable to resolve such differences
prior to the expiration of such twenty (20) Business Day period (or such longer
period if so agreed by HSI and SF), the HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales and/or
Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales, and, if applicable, the Goodwill, the
SF Share of the Overlapping Designated Territory Business Purchase Price or the
SF Share of the Overlapping Business Purchase Price, as the case may be, shall
be determined as set forth in Section 2.6.4 of this Agreement.

                2.6.4    Dispute Resolution.  Written reports of disagreement or
                         ------------------
disputes with respect to any amounts referred to in Section 2.6.3 shall be
prepared in concise form by HSI and SF and submitted, together with copies of
any Option Dispute Statement, to the Third Accountants no later than ten (10)
Business Days following the last day of the twenty (20) Business Day period (or
longer period if so agreed) referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.6.3. 
Each of HSI and SF shall also be entitled to make a brief supplemental oral
presentation to the Third Accountants regarding any such disagreement or
dispute.  The Third Accountants shall be instructed by HSI and SF to deliver a
written report setting forth such Third Accountants' resolution of any
difference or dispute referred to it no later than thirty (30) Business Days
following the earlier of (i) such firm's receipt of the report of disagreement
or disputes submitted to it by HSI and SF pursuant to this Section 2.6.3 and
(ii) the last day permitted for the submission of such report as provided above.
The determination of the Third Accountants with respect to any disagreement or
dispute referred to it by HSI and SF as provided in this Section 2.6.3 will be
final, binding, non-appealable and uncontestable by the parties hereto and will
not be subject to collateral attack for any reason.  Promptly after the
determination by the Third Accountants, HSI shall make the payments, if any,
required by Sections 2.6.1 and 2.6.2.  The fees and expenses of the Third
Accountants shall be paid one-half by HSI and one-half by SF.

                2.6.5    Closing under Section 2.6.1 or 2.6.2.  If HSI or SF
                         ------------------------------------
exercises an option under Section 2.6.1 or 2.6.2, HSI and SF shall consummate
the transactions contemplated thereby at HSI's offices at 10:00 a.m. (New York
time) on the Business Day HSI designates, by written notice given to SF, which
shall not be fewer than 10 days or more than 30 days after the determination of
HSI/SF Average Eligible Sales, Silverman's/Robin Average Eligible Sales or
Goodwill, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 2.6.3 above.  At the closing,
(a) HSI shall pay the amount specified under Section 2.6.1 or 2.6.2, as the case
may be, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an 


































                                       37


account designated by SF at least three Business Days before the closing and
(b) the balance of the purchase price payable by HSI in respect of the SF
Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business, as the case may
be, shall be deemed paid in full by HSI and HSI shall have no further obligation
to SF relating thereto.

                2.6.6    Mandatory Exercise of Put Options.  Notwithstanding
                         ---------------------------------
anything in this Section 2.6 to the contrary, if, as and when (x) the SF Note
shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise), or (y) the Accounts Payable Default (as such term is defined in
Section 6.1(b)) has occurred, then, at HSI's sole option upon written notice to
SF, SF shall be deemed to have exercised its option under Section 2.6.1(a)
and/or (b), a closing with respect to such exercise shall occur in accordance
with Section 2.6.5 and at the closing HSI shall have the right to offset any
amount otherwise due and payable by HSI to SF pursuant to Section 2.6.1(a)
and/or (b) against any amount then due and payable by SF to HSI pursuant to the
SF Note or as a result of the Accounts Payable Default, as the case may be.

          2.7   HSI Bridge Loan.  (a) In order to facilitate all the payments
                ---------------
which have to be made by SF at the Closing, including without limitation, the
payments described on Schedule 7.9 hereto, HSI shall loan SF an aggregate of
$2,800,000 pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms of, a promissory note
in the form of Exhibit 2.7 hereto (the "SF Note").  SF shall use the proceeds of
the loan solely for purposes of making the payment described on Schedule 7.9 and
repayment of the Pattison Note.

                (b)  HSI shall have the right to offset any amount otherwise due
and payable by HSI to SF pursuant to any provision in this Agreement against any
amount due and payable by SF to HSI pursuant to the SF Note.

          2.8   HSI Common Stock.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
                ----------------
Sections 2.5 or 2.6, at the option of HSI, in lieu of making any cash payment
required to be made by HSI in accordance with the terms of Sections 2.5 and 2.6,
HSI may tender payment by means of the delivery of one (1) or more certificates
representing shares of HSI Common Stock and any such payment shall be deemed to
satisfy any cash payment obligation of HSI; provided, however, that without the
                                            --------  -------
prior consent of SF, fifty percent (50%) of any payment to be made by HSI in
accordance with the terms of Section 2.5 and/or 2.6 must be paid in cash.  If
HSI shall so deliver any such shares of HSI Common Stock, such shares shall be
freely tradeable under the Securities Act or HSI shall cause such shares to be
registered for resale under the Securities Act within 180 days of the delivery
thereof.  For purposes of determining the number of shares of HSI Common Stock
to be delivered in lieu of a cash payment, the HSI Common Stock so delivered
shall be valued at the average of the per share closing sales prices for the HSI
Common Stock on the NASDAQ-NMS (or any national exchange on which shares of HSI
Common Stock are then traded) for the ten (10) trading days immediately
preceding the date on which the HSI Common Stock is tendered as payment.




































                                       38


          2.9   Allocation of Purchase Price.  The purchase price for the
                ----------------------------
Acquired Assets shall be allocated for federal, state, local and foreign tax
purposes by each party among the Acquired Assets sold, transferred and assigned
hereunder and the covenant contained in Article IX below as determined by HSI
and approved by Olson, acting on behalf of himself and SF (such approval not to
be unreasonably withheld or delayed), not later than three months after the
Closing Date.  For all pertinent tax purposes each party hereto shall report the
purchase and sale and assignment provided for, and with the characterization
given these transactions, in this Agreement to taxing authorities on a basis
consistent with such allocation, and each party agrees not to take a position
inconsistent with such allocation.  After the Closing, each of HSI and SF shall
timely file form 8594 with the IRS detailing this allocation.  In the event that
HSI determines, subject to Olson's reasonable approval, that any adjustments to
such allocation are necessary, each of SF and Olson shall make such
modifications as are necessary reporting the same on form 8594 (if required) or
any tax report or return filed or to be filed by each of SF and Olson in order
to conform to HSI's allocation as adjusted.

          2.10  Nonassignable Contracts and Authorizations.  To the extent that
                ------------------------------------------
the assignment of any Assumed Contract or Authorization to be assigned to HSI or
Silverman's pursuant to this Agreement shall require the consent of any other
party, this Agreement shall not constitute a contract to assign the same if an
attempted assignment would constitute a breach thereof.  Each of SF and Olson
shall use all reasonable efforts, and HSI and/or Silverman's, as the case may
be, shall cooperate where appropriate, to obtain any consent necessary to any
such assignment where such consent is requested by HSI and/or Silverman's.  If
any such consent is not obtained, each of SF and Olson shall cooperate with HSI
and/or Silverman's, as the case may be, in any reasonable arrangement designed
to provide for HSI and/or Silverman's, as the case may be, the benefit, monetary
or otherwise, of any such Assumed Contract or Authorization including
enforcement of any and all rights of SF, Olson or the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business against the other party thereto arising out of a breach or cancellation
thereof by such other party or otherwise.

          2.11  Control of Acquired Business During Adjustment Period.  Each of
                -----------------------------------------------------
SF and Olson acknowledges that, notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.5 and 2.6), HSI shall have
sole authority and control over the conduct of the Designated Territory Business
and the Silverman's/Robin Business during the 12-month period following the
Closing Date and thereafter, including, without limitation, all decisions
relating to products, pricing, sourcing and marketing programs.  In addition,
HSI, in its absolute discretion, may determine to merge itself, Silverman's or
any subsidiaries of either of them into any Affiliate, to acquire the stock or
assets of another business or otherwise go into new businesses or undertake new
operations or activities, to consolidate all or part of the operations of HSI
with any Affiliate, or to liquidate or terminate all or part of the Designated
Territory Business and the Silverman's/Robin Business or to terminate any part
of its business, and liquidate its or any subsidiary's assets or any part
thereof.  Any action referred to in this Section 2.11 

































                                       39


undertaken by HSI shall be without prejudice to any right of SF or Olson to seek
monetary damages as a result of such action.

          2.12  Guarantee of Performance by SF.  From and after the Closing
                ------------------------------
Date, Olson unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the full payment and/or
performance of each obligation of SF under this Agreement, the SF Note, each of
the other SF Closing Documents and the Pattison Agreement.  This guaranty
constitutes a guaranty of payment and performance when due and not of
collection, and Olson specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or
required that HSI (or any other Buyer Claimant) exercise any right, assert any
claim or demand or enforce any remedy whatsoever against SF before or as a
condition to the obligations of Olson hereunder.  At the Closing, Olson shall
execute and deliver a guaranty in the form of Exhibit 2.12 hereto (the "Olson
Guaranty").

          ARTICLE III  CLOSING
                       -------

          3.1  The Closing.  The Closing shall take place at 10:00 a.m. local
               -----------
time on June 24, 1996 or on such other date as may be agreed upon in writing by
the parties hereto (the "Closing Date"), at the offices of counsel to HSI and
Silverman's, Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP ("Proskauer"), 1585 Broadway,
New York, New York.

          3.2  Obligations of SF and Olson.  At the Closing, SF and Olson shall
               ---------------------------
deliver to HSI and Silverman's the following:

               (a)  A Closing Inventory Report.

               (b)  An opinion of Hanaway, Ross, Hanaway, Weidner & Bachhuber,
S.C., counsel to SF and Olson, dated as of the Closing Date, in the form of
annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.2(b).

               (c)  In the case of Olson, a duly executed counterpart of the
Employment Agreement.

               (d)  Bills of Sale, duly executed by SF, in the forms annexed
hereto as Exhibits 3.2(d)-1 and 3.2(d)-2.

               (e)  In the case of Olson, the duly executed Guaranty.

               (f)  If applicable, the SF Closing Sales Payment Amount.

               (g)  If applicable, the Silverman's Closing Sales Payment Amount.

               (h)  Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A. (or its applicable affiliate)
shall have delivered to SF and HSI a duly executed release of all Encumbrances
against SF, the Acquired Assets, the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the
SF Designated Territory 



































                                       40


Related Business and the SF/Robin Business, and all outstanding indebtedness
owed to Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A. (or its applicable affiliate) by SF shall
have been repaid.

               (i)  Each of First Bank National Association ("FBNA") (or its
applicable affiliate), Thompson-Schwinghammer, Inc. (d/b/a "FM Dental Supply")
and John Thompson (collectively, the "FM Dental Related Parties") shall have
advised SF and HSI in writing that it has no Encumbrances against SF, HSI, the
Acquired Assets, the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated
Territory Business, the SF/Robin Business, the Pattison Assets or the Pattison
Business, nor will it assert any purported Encumbrance in the future; provided,
                                                                      --------
however, if the FM Dental Related Parties shall not have delivered a written
- -------
statement to the foregoing effect satisfactory to HSI, HSI and Silverman's may,
in their sole discretion, consummate the Closing, but HSI shall have the right
to withhold from the proceeds of the Closing Payments and/or the SF Note
$1,000,000 (the "FM Dental Claim Amount") to satisfy any claim made by (or which
could be made by) the FM Dental Related Parties against HSI, SF, the Acquired
Assets, the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF-Designated Territory Business, the SF/Robin Business,
the Pattison Assets or the Pattison Business.  If any such claim by the
FM Dental Related Parties shall not have been resolved within thirty (30) days
after the Closing Date, HSI shall be entitled on its own behalf and on behalf of
SF to compromise and settle any such claim directly with the FM Dental Related
Parties.  Any payment of the FM Dental Claim Amount by HSI to the FM Dental
Related Parties shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be a payment by HSI
to SF in an amount equal to the FM Dental Claim Amount so paid which SF shall be
deemed to have directed HSI to pay directly to the FM Dental Related Parties on
behalf of SF.  If after HSI has paid the FM Dental Related Parties in respect of
any claim by the FM Dental Related Parties, there shall exist any surplus
FM Dental Claim Amount, HSI shall immediately pay such surplus to SF.  Nothing
in this Section 3.2(i) shall relieve SF from the performance of any obligation
owed by SF to the FM Dental Related Parties or HSI, or impose any obligation on
HSI to perform any such obligation on SF's behalf.

               (j)  Such other instruments of assignment and conveyance as may
be necessary or appropriate to fully and effectively transfer the Acquired
Assets being transferred by SF in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

          3.3  Obligations of HSI and Silverman's.  At the Closing, HSI and
               ----------------------------------
Silverman's shall deliver to SF and Olson the following:

               (a)  The SF Closing Inventory Payment.

               (b)  If applicable, the HSI Closing Sales Payment Amount.

               (c)  If applicable, the Silverman Closing Sales Payment Amount.

               (d)  An opinion of Proskauer, dated as of the Closing Date, in
the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.3(d).


































                                       41


               (g)  Assumption Agreement, duly executed by HSI and Silverman's,
in the form annexed hereto as Exhibits 3.3(e)-1 and 3.3(e)-2.


          ARTICLE IV   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                       ---------------------------------
                                 SF AND OLSON
                                 ------------

          SF and Olson hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to HSI
and Silverman's as follows:

          4.1  Organization and Qualification.  SF is a corporation duly
               ------------------------------
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
California with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its
properties and assets and to conduct the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business,
the SF Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business
respectively, as it is now being conducted.  SF is duly qualified as a foreign
corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which
the conduct of the business or the ownership of its assets requires such
qualification.

          4.2  Authority.  Olson has all requisite legal capacity, and SF has
               ---------
all requisite corporate power and authority, to execute and deliver this
Agreement and all documents, certificates, agreements, instruments and writings
related hereto (collectively, the "SF Closing Documents") to which he or it is a
party and to perform, carry out and consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
and the other SF Closing Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action on the part of SF (including the unanimous approval of the
shareholders of SF).  This Agreement does, and when executed by SF and Olson,
the other SF Closing Documents shall, constitute the legal, valid and binding
obligations of each of them, enforceable against SF and Olson in accordance with
their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws and by equitable principles.

          4.3  No Breach.  Subject to Section 8.5(b) and except as set forth on
               ---------
Schedule 4.3 hereto, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the
other SF Closing Documents by SF and Olson nor the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will:  (a) in the case of SF,
violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or other
organizational documents of SF; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or
constitute a default (or an event which, with or without notice, lapse of time
or both, would constitute a default) under any material agreement, document,
certificate or other instrument to which SF or Olson is a party or by which SF
or Olson or any of its or his properties or assets (including the Acquired
Assets) is subject or bound; (c) result in the creation of, or give any party
the right to create, any Encumbrance upon assets or properties of SF or Olson
(including the Acquired Assets); (d) conflict with, violate, result in a breach
of or constitute a default under any 



































                                       42


judgment, decree, order, or process of any court or governmental authority;
(e) conflict with or violate any material statute, law or regulation applicable
to the SF Business, the 
Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business, the
SF/Robin Business, the Acquired Assets, SF or Olson; or (f) require SF or Olson
to obtain any authorization, consent, approval or waiver from, or to make any
filing with, any governmental or regulatory authority.

          4.4  Financial Statements and Sales Information.  (a)  Prior to the
               ------------------------------------------
date hereof, SF has delivered to HSI the SF Financial Statements (to the extent
required by the definition thereof) attached hereto as Schedule 4.4A.  Such
Financial Statements have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the
books and records of SF, present fairly the financial position and results of
operations of the Acquired Assets, the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business,
the SF Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business as of and
for the periods set forth therein in accordance with GAAP and are true, correct
and complete in all material respects, except as set forth on Schedule 4.4B.

               (b)  The books and records of SF are accurate and complete and
have been maintained in accordance with good business practices.

          4.5  Absence of Certain Changes or Events.  Except as set forth on
               ------------------------------------
Schedule 4.5 hereto and the transactions contemplated by the Pattison Agreement,
since December 31, 1995:

               (a)  Each of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business has been
conducted and the Acquired Assets have been acquired, owned and operated only in
the ordinary and usual course consistent with past practice.

               (b)  Neither the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business nor the Acquired
Assets have suffered any event or condition that has had a Material Adverse
Effect.

               (c)  Neither SF or Olson has become aware of any event or
condition that has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur that could
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.6  Assets.  SF has good and freely transferable title to all of the
               ------
Acquired Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than, in the case of
Acquired Assets which do not constitute Purchased Inventory, Permitted
Encumbrances), and has the complete and unrestricted power and right to sell
and/or transfer the Acquired Assets in accordance with the terms hereof.  Each
item of equipment included in the Acquired Assets is and will when delivered be
adequate for the uses to which it is being put as of the Closing Date, is and
will when delivered be in good order and working condition, ordinary wear and
tear excepted, and have no material defects, and no condition exists 



































                                       43


or will when such equipment is delivered exist which interferes with the value
thereof or the use thereof in the manner used by SF, in connection with the
operations of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated
Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business prior to the date hereof. 
SF has maintained such equipment in accordance with good business practices. 
Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6, the Acquired Assets constitute all of the
properties and assets used by SF and Olson in connection with the operations of
the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business and include all of the properties and assets
necessary to operate the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business as such
businesses have been operated immediately prior to the date hereof.

          4.7  Real Property.  Schedule 4.7 sets forth an accurate and complete
               -------------
list of all Real Property owned by SF and all leases of Real Property used in
the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business.

          4.8  Intellectual Property.  Schedule 4.8 hereto lists all licenses of
               ---------------------
Intellectual Property to or from any of SF or Olson with respect to the SF
Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business.  No currently outstanding claims have been
asserted either orally or in writing to any of SF or Olson or the SF Business,
the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the
SF/Robin Business, by any Person challenging the validity of or alleging
infringement by, or misuse of, any Intellectual Property used by SF or Olson or
the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business, or challenging or questioning the validity or
enforceability of any license or agreement referred to on Schedule 4.8, no such
claims have been asserted during the last five years, and there is no valid
basis for any such claim.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.8, none of SF or
Olson nor the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated
Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business has, nor has SF or Olson or
the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business been alleged to have, infringed upon or
violated any Intellectual Property right or misappropriated or misused any
invention, trade secret or other proprietary information entitled to legal
protection.  None of SF or Olson nor the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business,
the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business has
asserted any currently outstanding claim of infringement, misappropriation or
misuse of any Intellectual Property, nor has any of SF, Olson or the SF
Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business asserted any such claims during the last five
years.

          4.9  Contracts and Commitments.  (a)  The contracts listed on Schedule
               -------------------------
4.9 are all of the leases, agreements, arrangements, contracts, commitments or
understandings, written or oral, and whether legally binding or otherwise
("SF/Robin Contracts"), that relate to the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated 

































                                       44


Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business (excluding (i) any SF/Robin
Contract that involves a commitment by any of SF or Olson of less than $10,000
over the next 12 months and less than $50,000 over the balance of the term of
the SF/Robin Contract and (ii) customer sales orders entered into in the
ordinary course of business.)

               (b)  None of SF or Olson nor the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business
is in breach or default, nor is there any basis for any valid claim of breach or
default by any of SF, Olson or the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the
SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business, under any
SF/Robin Contract.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9, all SF/Robin Contracts
are valid and in full force and effect, and neither the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement nor the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by any other SF Closing Document will cause any
SF/Robin Contract to cease to be valid and in full force and effect.  None of
the SF/Robin Contracts contain "change of control" provisions (i.e., provisions
                                                               ----
which would create a right against, or obligation of, SF as a result of the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other SF
Closing Documents).  Accurate and complete copies of all SF/Robin Contracts,
including all amendments thereto, have been heretofore delivered to HSI.

          4.10  Accounts Receivable.  Schedule 4.10 sets forth a complete and
                -------------------
accurate list of all accounts receivable of SF, including an aging thereof as of
a date within five days of the date hereof.  All of such accounts receivable (a)
represent sales actually made in the ordinary course of business for goods or
services delivered or rendered to unaffiliated customers in bona fide arm's-
length transactions, (b) constitute valid claims, (c) have not been and will not
be extended or rolled over in order to make them current and (d) are not and
will not be subject to counterclaims or setoffs.  Not less than 95% of the
accounts receivable of SF will be collected in full within 90 days of the date
they were created.

          4.11  Inventory.  The Inventory of SF is described on Schedule 4.11. 
                ---------
Such Inventory is of merchantable quality, free of defects in workmanship or
design and is usable and salable by SF at normal profit margins and in
accordance with historical sales practices in the ordinary course of the SF
Business, the Robin Business or the SF/Robin Business.  Such Inventory does not
include any items which are obsolete, damaged, excessive, below standard quality
or slow moving (i.e., items that are for discontinued or expected to be
                ----
discontinued product lines, or have a stated expiration date of 6 months or less
from the Closing Date, or items that have not been used or sold within 6 months
prior to the date hereof, or items that have not been sold within the customary
inventory turnover cycle of SF, as the case may be, with respect to such item,
or items for which there is excess capacity (i.e., more products are on hand of
                                             ----
any such item than have been sold in the past nine (9) months).

          4.12  Customers and Suppliers.  There have been no adverse changes and
                -----------------------
there are no facts known to SF or Olson which may reasonably be expected to
indicate 

































                                       45


that any adverse change may occur in the business relationship of the SF
Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business with any Person who was one of the fifteen
largest customers or suppliers of any of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business
as of the end of the 12-month period ending on December 31, 1995.

          4.13  Litigation, Etc.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13 hereto:
                ----------------

                (a)  There has not been in the three years prior to the date
hereof, nor is there currently, any claim, action, suit, inquiry, proceeding or,
to the best knowledge of SF and Olson, investigation of any kind or nature
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, products liability issues and
Environmental Liabilities), by or before any court or governmental or other
regulatory or administrative agency, commission or tribunal brought, asserted or
initiated by or against SF or Olson, or pending or, to the best knowledge of SF
and Olson, threatened against or involving the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business
and which is material, or which questions or challenges the validity of this
Agreement or any action taken or to be taken by SF or Olson pursuant to this
Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.  There is
no valid basis for any such claim, action, suit, inquiry, proceeding or
investigation.

                (b)  None of SF or Olson is subject to any judgment, order or
decree which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.14  Employee Benefit Plans.  Schedule 4.14 hereto contains a
                ----------------------
complete and accurate list of all Employee Benefit Plans.  Each Employee Benefit
Plan complies and has been maintained and operated in all respects in accordance
with its terms and the terms and the provisions of applicable law, including,
without limitation, ERISA and the Code, except where the failure to so comply
would not cause a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.15  Compliance with Law; Necessary Authorizations.  (a)  Except as
                ---------------------------------------------
listed or described on Schedule 4.15(a) hereto, SF is and has been conducting
the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business and the SF/Robin Business, marketing its products and owning and
operating all of the Acquired Assets, in compliance with all applicable laws,
rules, regulations, orders, building and other codes, zoning and other
ordinances, Authorizations, judgments and decrees, including all Environmental
Laws, of all federal, state, local, foreign or other governmental authorities,
except, in any such case, where the failure to so conduct the SF Business, Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business or comply with any such laws, rules or regulations would not cause a
Material Adverse Effect.

                (b)  Schedule 4.15(b) lists or describes the material Authoriza-
tions held or required by SF, the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated 

































                                       46


Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business and, except as set forth in
that schedule, all such Authorizations are in full force and effect, SF is in
compliance with all such Authorizations and, to the best knowledge of SF and
Olson, there is no reasonable basis for the revocation or suspension of any
thereof.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(b), such Authorizations
constitute all the permits, licenses, approvals, qualifications or the like
issued by any regulatory authorities required for ownership of the Acquired
Assets and the operation of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business, all of which
are transferable and will be transferred to HSI or Silverman's, as the case may
be, at Closing.

          4.16  Finders.  Neither SF or Olson, nor the SF Business, the Ex-
                -------
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business or any of their respective Affiliates or any of their respective
directors or officers, has taken any action that, directly or indirectly, would
obligate HSI, Silverman's, or any of their respective Affiliates to anyone
acting as broker, finder, financial advisor or in any similar capacity in
connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          4.17  Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authorities.  Except as
                --------------------------------------------------
set forth on Schedule 4.17, no consent, approval or authorization of, or
declaration, filing or registration with, or the giving of notice to, any
domestic or foreign governmental or regulatory authority is required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance by SF or Olson of this
Agreement or the consummation by SF and Olson of the transactions contemplated
hereby.

          4.18  Related Party Transactions; Intercompany Accounts.  Except as
                -------------------------------------------------
set forth on Schedule 4.18 hereto, there are no SF/Robin Contracts between any
of SF or Olson, on one hand, and any stockholder, director, officer or Affiliate
(including Olson) of SF (each, a "Related Party"), on the other; in each case,
other than routine employment agreements in the ordinary course of business (and
which are terminable without penalty in not more than 30 days).  Set forth on
Schedule 4.18 is a true and complete list of each transaction during the prior
18 months between any of SF or Olson with respect to the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business, on one hand, and any Related Party, on the other hand.  No amounts are
owed by or to any of SF or Olson with respect to the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business to or by any Related Party, and no amount is owed by or to the SF
Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business to or by any of SF or Olson or any Related
Party.







































                                       47


                     ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                               ------------------------------
                               OF HSI AND SILVERMAN'S
                               ----------------------

          HSI and Silverman's hereby, jointly and severally, represent and
warrant to SF and Olson as follows:

          5.1  Organization and Qualification.  HSI and Silverman's are
               ------------------------------
corporations duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of Delaware and New York, respectively, with full corporate power and
authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to conduct its
business as it is now being conducted.  Each of HSI and Silverman's is duly
qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of
such jurisdiction in which the conduct of the business or the ownership of its
assets requires such qualification.

          5.2  Authority.  Each of HSI and Silverman's has all requisite
               ---------
corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all
documents, certificates, agreements, instruments and writings relating hereto
(collectively, the "HSI Closing Documents") to which it is a party and to
perform, carry out and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
other HSI Closing Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action on the part of HSI and Silverman's.  This Agreement does, and when
executed by HSI and Silverman's, the other HSI Closing Documents shall,
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each of them enforceable
against HSI and Silverman's in accordance with their respective terms, except as
such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws and
by equitable principles.

          5.3  No Breach.  Subject to Sections 7.5(b) and 7.6(b) hereof, neither
               ---------
the execution and delivery of this Agreement by HSI or Silverman's nor the
consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will:  (i) violate any
provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of HSI or Silverman's;
(ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default (or an event
which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a
default) under, or give any third party the right to terminate or modify, any
material agreement or other instrument to which HSI or Silverman's is a party or
by which it or any of its assets is bound; (iii) result in the creation of, or
give any party the right to create, any Encumbrance, upon assets or properties
of HSI, Silverman's, the HSI Designated Territory Related Assets or the
Silverman's Assets; (iv) conflict with, violate, result in a breach of or
constitute a default under any judgment, decree, order or process of any court
or governmental authority; (v) conflict with or violate any material statute,
law or regulation applicable to the business of HSI or Silverman's; or
(vi) require HSI or Silverman's to obtain any authorization, consent, approval
or waiver from, or to make any filing with, any governmental or regulatory
authority.

          5.4  HSI Financial Statements and Sales Information.  Prior to the
               ----------------------------------------------
date hereof, HSI delivered to SF and Olson the HSI Financial Statements (to the
extent 
































                                       48


required by the definition thereof) attached hereto as Schedule 5.4A.  Such HSI
Financial Statements have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the
books and records of HSI, present fairly the financial position and results of
operations of the HSI Designated Territory Related Assets, the Silverman's
Assets, the HSI Designated Territory Related Business and the Silverman's
Business as of and for the periods set forth therein in accordance with GAAP and
are true, correct and complete in all material respects, except as set forth on
Schedule 5.4B.  

          5.5  Absence of Certain Changes or Events.  Except as set forth on
               ------------------------------------
Schedule 5.5 hereto, since December 31, 1995:

               (a)  The HSI Designated Territory Related Business and the
Silverman's Business has been conducted and the HSI/Silverman's Assets have been
acquired, owned and operated only in the ordinary and usual course consistent
with past practice.  

               (b)  Neither the HSI Designated Territory Related Business or the
Silverman's Business nor the HSI Designated Territory Related Assets or the
Silverman's Assets have suffered any event or condition that has had a HSI
Material Adverse Effect.  

               (c)  Neither HSI nor Silverman's has become aware of any event or
condition that has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur that could
result in a HSI Material Adverse Effect.

          5.6  Customers and Suppliers.  There has not been any adverse change
               -----------------------
and there are no facts known to HSI or Silverman's which may reasonably be
expected to indicate that any adverse change may occur in the business
relationship of HSI, the HSI Designated Territory Related Business or
Silverman's Business with any material customer.

          5.7  Litigation, Etc.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.7 hereto: 
               ----------------

               (a)  There has not been in the three years prior to the date
hereof, nor is there currently, any claim, action, suit, inquiry, proceeding or,
to the best knowledge of HSI and Silverman's, investigation of any kind or
nature whatsoever (including, but not limited to, products liability issues), by
or before any court or governmental or other regulatory or administrative
agency, commission or tribunal brought or asserted or initiated by or against
HSI or Silverman's, or pending or, to the best knowledge of HSI and Silverman's,
threatened against or involving the HSI Designated Territory Related Business or
the Silverman's Business which is material, or which questions or challenges the
validity of this Agreement or any action taken or to be taken by HSI or
Silverman's pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transaction
contemplated hereby.  There is no valid basis for any such claim, action, suit,
inquiry, proceeding or investigation.




































                                       49


               (b)  Neither HSI nor Silverman's is subject to any judgment,
order or decree which may have a material adverse effect on the HSI Designated
Territory Related Business, the Silverman's Business, the HSI Designated
Territory Related Assets or the Silverman's Assets.

          5.8  Finders.  None of HSI or Silverman's, any of their respective
               -------
Affiliates or any of their respective directors or officers, has taken any
action that, directly or indirectly, would obligate SF or Olson or any of their
Affiliates to anyone acting as a broker, finder, financial advisor or in any
similar capacity in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions
contemplated hereby.


          ARTICLE VI  COVENANTS
                      ---------

          6.1  Certain Covenants of SF and Olson.  SF and Olson, jointly and
               ---------------------------------
severally hereby covenant that (unless HSI otherwise gives its written approval
in its sole discretion) SF and Olson shall at their sole cost and expense take
the actions set forth below:

               (a)  At the Closing, SF and Olson shall pay or otherwise
discharge all the amounts set forth on Schedule 7.9 which are then due and owing
and SF and Olson shall thereafter pay or otherwise discharge in full all the
Excluded Liabilities relating to the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the
SF Designated Territory Related Business and/or the SF/Robin Business as such
amounts shall become due in accordance with their terms.

               (b)  Prior to the Closing, SF and Olson shall operate the SF
Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business and the SF/Robin Business in the ordinary course of business as
historically conducted, and maintain the Acquired Assets in good operating
condition and both prior to and after the Closing pay those debts and accounts
payable relating to the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business and the Acquired
Assets (other than, after the Closing, those debts which constitute Assumed
Liabilities) that are incurred by SF in the ordinary course of business and on a
timely basis.  Without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, SF and
Olson shall use the proceeds of the Closing Payments and the HSI Loan for the
purposes set forth on Schedule 7.9, including the payment of all accounts
payable in full within 30 days after the Closing Date.  If (i) SF shall not have
paid and otherwise satisfied all such accounts payable by that date, (ii)  the
failure to so pay such accounts payable has caused, in the good faith
determination of HSI, adverse consequences to any of the HSI Business, the
Silverman's Business, the Acquired Assets, the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business
and (iii) the Trade Creditor Payment Amount (as such term is defined in Section
7.9) is zero (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses
(i) through (iii) is hereinafter referred to as the "Accounts Payable Default"),
then HSI, in its sole and absolute discretion, may (x) 


































                                       50


pay all or any portion of such accounts payable on behalf of SF, which shall
promptly reimburse HSI for any such payment, plus interest thereon at the Prime
Rate or (y) upon prior written notice to Olson, pay all or any portion of such
accounts payable on behalf of SF and, as a consequence of any such payment by
HSI, SF shall be deemed to have effected a mandatory exercise of its option
under Section 2.6.1(a) and/or (b) in accordance with Section 2.6.6.

               (c)  Prior to the Closing and after the Closing, SF and Olson
shall afford HSI, its attorneys, accountants, consultants and representatives,
free and full access to the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business, and prior to
and after the Closing Date, SF and Olson shall afford HSI, its attorneys,
accountants, consultants and representatives free and full access to the
Acquired Assets to be sold, transferred or assigned by either of them pursuant
to this Agreement, the books and records of SF relating thereto and employees of
SF who are familiar with the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business and the Acquired
Assets, at all reasonable times upon reasonable notice and during normal
business hours, and shall provide to HSI and its representatives such additional
financial and operating data and other information as to the SF Business, the
Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business and/or the
SF/Robin Business and the Acquired Assets pursuant to this Agreement as HSI
shall from time to time reasonably request.

               (d)  Prior to and after the Closing, SF and Olson shall use their
respective reasonable efforts to preserve for HSI the goodwill of the customers
and suppliers of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated
Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business, and others having business
relations with SF and Olson with respect to the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Robin Business
and Acquired Assets, and prior to and after the Closing shall do all things
reasonably requested by HSI for such purpose.

               (e)  Prior to the Closing, SF and Olson shall promptly advise HSI
in writing of the commencement or threat against SF or Olson of any suit,
litigation or legal proceeding that relates to or might affect the SF Business,
the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the
SF/Robin Business or the Acquired Assets.

               (f)  Prior to the Closing, neither SF or Olson shall give its
permission to or authorize any officer, director, employee or representative to,
solicit or enter into negotiations with any party, other than HSI and
Silverman's, for the purchase and sale of any of the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business or any of the Acquired Assets.






































                                       51


               (g)  Prior to the Closing Date, none of SF or Olson shall
dispose, encumber or cause any Encumbrance to be placed on the Acquired Assets
(other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of business).

               (h)  Prior to the Closing Date, neither SF or Olson shall amend
or terminate any Assumed Contract.

               (i)  Prior to the Closing Date, SF and Olson shall use their
respective best efforts to take any action where the failure or omission to take
such action would cause (i) any representation or warranty in Article IV hereof
(but excluding any representation or warranty which specifically relates to an
earlier date) to be untrue or incorrect as of the Closing or (ii) any of the
conditions to the Closing not to be satisfied.

          6.2  Obtaining Consents.  Prior to and after the Closing, SF and Olson
               ------------------
shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain all consents to the assignment to HSI
or Silverman's, as the case may be, of all of the Assumed Contracts and
Authorizations of SF, in each case without any condition or qualification
adverse to HSI or Silverman's, as the case may be.  Prior to and after the
Closing, HSI and Silverman's, on the one hand, and SF and Olson, on the other
hand, shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain all consents, approvals and
waivers from, and give all notices to, and make all declarations, filings and
registrations with, any governmental and regulatory agencies that are required
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to permit the continued
operation of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated
Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business and the HSI/Silverman's
Business after the Closing Date as herein provided.  HSI and Silverman's, on the
one hand, and SF and Olson, on the other hand, shall coordinate and cooperate
with one another and supply such assistance as may be reasonably requested by
each in connection with the foregoing.

          6.3  Publicity.  Prior to the Closing, none of SF, Olson, HSI or
               ---------
Silverman's shall issue or make, or cause to have issued or made, the
publication or dissemination of any press release or other announcement to
divulge the existence of this Agreement or with respect to the transactions
contemplated hereby, except after consultation with and prior approval of the
other party hereto, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and
except as may be required by applicable law.

          6.4  Transfer and Retention of Records.  After the Closing Date,
               ---------------------------------
except as may be required for tax purposes, other regulatory purposes or
Permitted Activities, none of SF or Olson nor any of their respective successors
and assigns will retain any document, databases or other media embodying any
confidential or proprietary information relating to the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business which constitutes a part of the Acquired Assets or use, publish or
disclose to any third person any such confidential or proprietary information
relating to the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated
Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business; provided, however, that SF
                                                     --------  -------
and Olson shall be entitled to retain copies of any of the foregoing to the
extent 
































                                       52


necessary in connection with prosecuting of defending any matter not expressly
assumed by HSI or Silverman's pursuant to this Agreement.  SF and Olson shall
take all actions requested by HSI to transfer records relating to the SF
Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business to HSI or Silverman's which may include making
duplicate copies of any records retained by SF and Olson in the form of papers
or computer media.

          6.5  Product Replacement and Repairs.  After the Closing Date, HSI or
               -------------------------------
Silverman's will, subject to the following sentence, honor all outstanding
warranties and guaranties and other claims for replacements, repairs and
credits, relating to products or services of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business
shipped, sold or furnished by SF prior to the Closing Date, or relating to
Purchased Inventory.   Any claims in respect of returned or damaged products
accepted by HSI or Silverman's shall be for the account of SF, which shall
promptly reimburse HSI or Silverman's, as the case may be, for the cost thereof.

          6.6  Employee Matters.  (a)  HSI may, but shall not be required to,
               ----------------
offer employment to employees employed by SF in connection with the operations
of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory
Related Business or the SF/Robin Business on such terms as HSI in its sole
discretion deems appropriate.  Any such offers shall be on terms which HSI
customarily hires new employees (e.g., without assumption of seniority). 
Alternatively, at HSI's request, SF shall continue its employment of all or a
portion of its employees engaged in the operations of the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business to assist HSI in its conduct of HSI Business or Silverman's Business,
as the case may be, after the Closing date on an interim basis not exceeding 90
days.  HSI shall reimburse SF for all actual payroll costs and related
incidental costs incurred by it for continuing the employment of such employees
for HSI's benefit.

               (b)  Neither HSI nor Silverman's shall assume or be responsible
in any way for the obligations, liabilities or responsibilities (i) of any
Employee Benefit Plan of SF, (ii) of SF, any Affiliate or any fiduciary under,
arising from, or with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan of SF or (iii) to any
of SF's officers, directors, employees and agents, arising from or related to
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation,
obligations, liabilities or responsibilities under the WARN Act.  Neither HSI
nor Silverman's shall be deemed to be a successor employer with respect to the
employment of any employee of SF or with respect to any of Employee Benefit
Plans of SF.

          6.7  Further Assurances.  After the Closing, HSI and Silverman's, on
               ------------------
the one hand, and SF and Olson, on the other hand, shall, and shall cause their
respective Affiliates to, at the request and the expense of the other, execute
and deliver such other instruments of conveyance and transfer and assumption and
take such other action as may be reasonably requested so as to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise to consummate the intent of this
Agreement.
































                                       53


          6.8  Name Change.  SF hereby covenants and agrees that, promptly after
               -----------
the Closing, it shall file a certificate of amendment of certificate of
incorporation of SF, and file appropriate documentation in those jurisdictions
in which it is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, changing its
name from "San Francisco Dental Supply, Inc.", to a name that does not include
any of the Intellectual Property.

          6.9  Certain Leased Property Related Matters.  Solely for the purpose
               ---------------------------------------
of facilitating the orderly transfer of the conduct of the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business and the
SF/Robin Business from SF to HSI, and Silverman's respectively, HSI shall
reimburse SF for its actual out-of-pocket rental obligations incurred by it for
continuing the rental of the following leased premises for the benefit of HSI
and the Silverman's:  (i) warehouse space under lease at 2201 S. Oneida Street,
Green Bay, Wisconsin; (ii) warehouse space under lease at 3180 Coronet Way,
Green Bay, Wisconsin; and (iii) facilities space under lease at Darby Commons
Court, Georgetown Building, Bays 107 and 108, Folcroft West Business Park,
Folcroft, Pennsylvania.  Notwithstanding anything in the immediately preceding
sentence to the contrary, unless otherwise requested by HSI, HSI shall have no
obligation to reimburse SF in respect of any rental obligations incurred by it
with respect to the leased premises referred to (x) in the foregoing clauses (i)
and (ii) for any period beyond October 31, 1996 and (y) in the foregoing clause
(iii) for any period beyond August 31, 1996.

          ARTICLE VII  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS
                       -----------------------------------
                       OF HSI AND SILVERMAN'S
                       ----------------------

          The obligation of HSI and Silverman's under this Agreement to consum-
mate the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing shall be subject to the
satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of all of the following conditions,
any one or more of which may be waived in writing by HSI and Silverman's:

          7.1  Representations and Warranties Accurate.  All representations and
               ---------------------------------------
warranties of SF and Olson contained in this Agreement and the other SF Closing
Documents shall be true and accurate in all material respects on and as of the
Closing Date as if made again at and as of such date.

          7.2  Performance by SF and Olson.  SF and Olson shall have performed
               ---------------------------
and complied with all agreements required by this Agreement and the other SF
Closing Documents to be performed and complied with by each of them prior to or
on the Closing Date.

          7.3  Certificate.  HSI and Silverman's shall have received a
               -----------
certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed on behalf of SF by a principal
corporate officer of SF, and by Olson, in his individual capacity, to the effect
that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 have been satisfied.





































                                       54


          7.4  Opinions of Counsel for SF and Olson.  HSI and Silverman's shall
               ------------------------------------
have received from counsel to SF and Olson a written opinion, dated the Closing
Date, in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.2(b).

          7.5  Authorization; Legal Prohibition.  (a)  SF and Olson shall have
               --------------------------------
delivered to HSI and Silverman's copies of the resolutions of the Board of
Directors of SF and the stockholders of SF, in each case certified by the
secretary or assistant secretary of SF, which resolutions shall unanimously
approve and authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other SF
Closing Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby.

               (b)  No suit, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding
by any governmental body or other person shall have been instituted or
threatened which (i) could reasonably be expected to result in a material
adverse change in the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated
Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business; (ii) arises out of or
relates to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby; or (iii)
questions the validity hereof or seeks to obtain substantial damages in respect
thereof.  On the date of the Closing, there shall be no effective permanent or
preliminary injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or any order of any
nature issued by a court of competent jurisdiction directing that the
transactions provided for herein not be consummated as so provided.

          7.6  Consents.  (a)  All notices to, and declarations, filings and
               --------
registrations with, and consents, approvals and waivers from, governmental and
regulatory agencies (including, without limitation, the FTC and DOJ) required to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to permit the continued
operation by HSI or Silverman's, as the case may be, of the SF Business, the Ex-
Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin
Business after the Closing Date, shall have been obtained and all consents to
the assignment to HSI or Silverman's, as the case may be, of each of the
Acquired Assets and Authorizations of SF shall have been obtained, in each case
without any condition or qualification adverse to HSI or Silverman's, as the
case may be.

               (b)  On or prior to the Closing Date, HSI and Silverman's shall
have obtained the consent of the Banks (as such term is defined in that certain
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 5, 1995 (the "Credit
Agreement"), among Henry Schein, Inc., The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., Natwest
Bank N.A., Cooperative Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank, B.A. "Rabobank
Nederland", New York Branch and European American Bank) to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

          7.7  Closing Deliveries.  HSI and Silverman's shall have received all
               ------------------
deliveries to be made to it pursuant to Article III of this Agreement.

          7.8  Absence of Adverse Changes.  There shall not have occurred since
               --------------------------
the date hereof (i) any material adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise) 

































                                       55


or results of operations of or prospects of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business;
or (ii) any other event, loss, damage, condition or state of facts of any
character which can reasonably be expected materially and adversely to affect
the business, financial condition, prospects, earnings, assets, properties, net
worth or results of operations of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business,
the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business.

          7.9  Payments by SF to Shareholders and Debtholders.  SF shall use the
               ----------------------------------------------
proceeds of the Closing Payments to (i) repurchase all of its outstanding equity
securities (including, without limitation, any options, warrants or convertible
securities) other than those held by Olson and (ii) repay, satisfy and discharge
all outstanding indebtedness of SF, including, without limitation, all
indebtedness reflected on the SF/Robin Financial Statements, in each case, as
more particularly described on Schedule 7.9.  Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, none of the proceeds from the Closing Payments and/or
the SF Note shall be used by SF to make any payment referred to on Schedule 7.9
to be made to any shareholder of SF unless at and as of the Closing Date, HSI
shall be satisfied that Schedule 7.9 adequately provides for the payment by SF
of outstanding amounts owed to its trade creditors.  If HSI shall not be so
satisfied, HSI shall have the right to withhold from the proceeds of the Closing
Payments and/or the SF Note an amount (the "Trade Creditor Payment Amount")
estimated in good faith by HSI to be required to ensure that all such trade
creditors are paid all amounts due and payable by SF, and HSI shall be entitled
to pay the trade creditors of SF on behalf of SF and such payments shall be
deemed for all purposes hereof to be a payment by HSI to SF in an amount equal
to the Trade Creditor Payment Amount which SF shall be deemed to have directed
HSI to pay directly to SF's trade creditors on behalf of SF.  If after HSI has
paid all such SF trade creditors, there shall exist any surplus Trade Creditor
Payment Amount, HSI shall immediately pay such surplus to SF.  Nothing in this
Section 7.9 shall relieve SF from the performance of any obligation owed by SF
to any of its trade creditors or HSI, or impose any obligation on HSI to perform
any such obligation on SF's behalf.  In no event shall SF make any payment to
Thomas F. Novotny or Larry Olson in respect of any SF debt or equity securities
owned or held by either of them unless and until (i) all amounts due and payable
by SF to its trade creditors as of the Closing Date shall have been paid and
(ii) all claims by the FM Dental Related Parties against SF, HSI, the Acquired
Assets, the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF/Robin Business, the
Pattison Assets or the Pattison Business shall have been finally resolved to the
satisfaction of HSI and, in connection with such resolution, HSI shall have
received a release from each of the FM Dental Related Parties satisfactory to
HSI.

          7.10 Satisfactory Completion of Due Diligence.  HSI and its
               ----------------------------------------
representatives (including, without limitation, its attorneys and accountants)
shall have completed their due diligence review relating to the SF Business, the
Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business, the
SF/Robin Business, SF and the Acquired Assets, and the results of such review
shall be satisfactory to HSI.


































                                       56


          7.11 Confirmation of Agreed Upon Ex-Territory Business Value.  HSI
               -------------------------------------------------------
shall have determined, following a review and/or audit of the books and records
of SF, that the Agreed Upon Ex-Territory Business Value is not less than
$2,383,231.

          7.12 Distribution Agreement.  HSI and SF shall have entered into a
               ----------------------
distribution agreement relating to the distribution of oats based medical and
dental products, such agreement to be in form and substance mutually
satisfactory to HSI and SF.

          7.13 Actions by SF.  SF shall have executed Bills of Sale in the form
               -------------
of Exhibits 3.2(d)-1 and 3.2(d)-2.

          7.14 Additional Documents, Etc.  SF and Olson shall have delivered to
               --------------------------
HSI and Silverman's such other documents, instruments and certificates as shall
be reasonably requested by HSI or Silverman's or counsel to HSI and Silverman's
for the purpose of effecting the transactions provided for and contemplated by
this Agreement and the other HSI Closing Documents.


          ARTICLE VIII  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF
                        --------------------------------------
                                 SF AND OLSON
                                -------------

          The obligations of SF and Olson under this Agreement shall be subject
to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of all of the following
conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by SF and Olson.

          8.1  Representations and Warranties Accurate.  All representations and
               ---------------------------------------
warranties of HSI and Silverman's contained in this Agreement and the other HSI
Closing Documents shall be true and accurate in all material respects on and as
of the Closing Date as if made again at and as of such date.

          8.2  Performance by Buyer.  HSI and Silverman's shall have performed
               --------------------
and complied with all agreements required by this Agreement and the other HSI
Closing Documents to be performed and complied with by it prior to or on the
Closing Date.

          8.3  Certificate.  SF and Olson shall have received a certificate,
               -----------
dated the Closing Date, signed on behalf of HSI and Silverman's by a principal
corporate officer of HSI and Silverman's, to the effect that the conditions set
forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 have been satisfied.

          8.4  Opinion of Counsel for HSI and Silverman's.  SF and Olson shall
               ------------------------------------------
have received from Proskauer a written opinion, dated the Closing Date, in the
form annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.3(d).






































                                       57


          8.5  Authorizations; Legal Prohibition.  (a)  HSI and Silverman's
               ---------------------------------
shall have delivered to SF and Olson copies of the resolutions of the Board of
Directors of each of HSI and Silverman's and, if necessary in the case of
Silverman's, resolutions of HSI, in its capacity as sole shareholder of
Silverman's, certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of each of HSI
and Silverman's, which resolutions shall approve and authorize the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, the other HSI Closing Documents and the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

               (b)  No suit, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding
by any governmental body or other person shall have been instituted which arises
out of or relates to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or
questions the validity hereof or seeks to obtain substantial damages in respect
thereof.  On the date of the Closing, there shall be no effective permanent or
preliminary injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or any order of any
nature issued by a court of competent jurisdiction directing that the
transactions provided for herein not be consummated as so provided.

          8.6  Closing Deliveries.  SF and Olson shall have received all
               ------------------
deliveries to be made to each of them pursuant to Article III of this Agreement.

          8.7  Actions by HSI and Silverman's.  HSI shall have executed a
               ------------------------------
counterpart to the Employment Agreement.  HSI and Silverman's shall have
executed Assumption Agreements in the form of Exhibits 3.3(e)-1 and 3.3(e)-2.

          8.8  Additional Documents, Etc.  HSI and Silverman's shall have
               --------------------------
delivered to SF and Olson such other documents, instruments and certificates as
shall be reasonably requested by any of them or their counsel for the purpose of
effecting the transactions provided for and contemplated by this Agreement and
the other SF Closing Documents.


          ARTICLE IX  RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
                      ---------------------

          9.1   Non-Competition.  None of SF or Olson nor any of their
                ---------------
respective Affiliates shall, until the later of a (x) period of five years after
the date hereof and (y) two (2) years after the cessation of Olson's employment
pursuant to the Employment Agreement, directly or indirectly, engage, anywhere
in the world, in the sale or offering or promoting for sale of any product,
process, good or service which is the same as, is functionally similar to, or
competes with, any product, process, good or service which any of HSI,
Silverman's or SF has sold or offered or promoted for sale within the three
years preceding the date hereof in connection with their respective businesses. 
Notwithstanding anything in the immediately preceding sentence to the contrary,
nothing herein shall preclude (i)  Olson from performing his duties pursuant to
the Employment Agreement; (ii) SF from collecting existing receivables or
satisfying their respective payables or any action reasonably related thereto,
(iii) SF selling or offering for sale within six (6) months after the date
hereof any Non-Matching Inventory or Ineligible 


































                                       58


Inventory not purchased by HSI pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (iv)
subject to the Employment Agreement, SF and Olson from engaging in the Oats
Business (collectively, the "Permitted Activities").

          9.2   Non-Solicitation of Employees.  None of SF or Olson nor any of
                -----------------------------
their respective Affiliates shall directly or indirectly, for itself or himself
or on behalf of any other Person, hire any employee of HSI (or any of its
Affiliates), including, without limitation, any employees of SF that HSI (or any
of its Affiliates) has hired in its sole discretion, or induce nor attempt to
induce any such employee to leave his or her employment with HSI (or any of its
Affiliates) at any time until the later of (x) five years from the date hereof
and (y) two (2) years after the cessation of Olson's employment pursuant to the
Employment Agreement.

          9.3   Non-Solicitation or Interference with Customers and Suppliers. 
                -------------------------------------------------------------
None of SF or Olson nor any of their respective Affiliates shall, directly or
indirectly, for itself or on behalf of any other Person, solicit, divert, take
away or attempt to take away any customers of HSI (or any of its Affiliates) or
suppliers or the business or patronage of any such customers or suppliers or in
any way interfere with, disrupt or attempt to disrupt any then existing
relationships between HSI (or any of its Affiliates) and any of its customers or
suppliers or other Persons with whom it deals or contact for business purposes
or enter into any business transaction with any such customers or suppliers or
other Persons for any purpose at any time until the later of (x) five years from
the date hereof and (y) two (2) years after the cessation of Olson's employment
pursuant to the Employment Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything in the
immediately preceding sentence to the contrary, nothing herein shall preclude
Olson from engaging in any of the Permitted Activities.

          9.4   Acknowledgements.  Each of SF and Olson acknowledges that, in
                ----------------
view of the nature of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business and the SF/Business and the business
objectives of HSI in acquiring such business (or portions thereof) as herein
provided, and the consideration paid to each of SF and Olson therefor, the
restrictions contained in this Article IX are reasonably necessary to protect
the legitimate business interests of HSI and that any violation of such
restrictions will result in irreparable injury to HSI and the business HSI has
acquired hereunder for which damages will not be an adequate remedy.  Each of SF
and Olson therefore acknowledges that, if any such restrictions are violated,
HSI shall be entitled to preliminary and injunctive relief as well as to an
equitable accounting of earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such
violation.









































                                       59


          ARTICLE X  INDEMNIFICATION
                     ---------------

          10.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All representations
                ------------------------------------------
and warranties contained in Articles IV and V of this Agreement shall survive
until the third anniversary of the Closing Date.  

          10.2  Indemnification by SF and Olson.  From and after the Closing,
                -------------------------------
each of SF and Olson shall jointly and severally indemnify and save HSI and its
Affiliates (including, for this purpose, Silverman's), their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives and all of their
successors and assigns (collectively "Buyer Claimants" and individually "Buyer
Claimant") harmless from and defend each of them from and against any and all
demands, claims, actions, liabilities, losses, costs, damages or expenses
whatsoever (including any reasonable attorneys' fees) (collectively, "Losses")
asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Buyer Claimants resulting from
or arising out of (a) any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty
of SF or Olson contained herein; (b) any breach of any covenant or obligation of
SF or Olson contained herein; (c) any liability of SF or Olson or the SF
Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory Related
Business or the SF/Robin Business, except for the Assumed Liabilities; (d)
noncompliance with any applicable bulk sales or similar laws (including laws
which may impose transferee liability on HSI or an Affiliate (including, for
this purpose, Silverman's) or create Encumbrances on any Acquired Assets
relating to the liability of SF or Olson for sales, use or other taxes or
withholdings arising out of the operations of the SF Business, the Ex-Territory
Business, the SF Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business
by SF or Olson); (e) any personal injuries, death or property damage arising
from products sold by SF or Olson prior to the Closing Date; (f) any liability
arising out of or related to the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF
Designated Territory Related Business or the SF/Robin Business prior to Closing,
other than the Assumed Liabilities or the assertion against a Buyer Claimant of
a claim which, if valid, would constitute a liability arising out of or related
to the SF Business, the Ex-Territory Business, the SF Designated Territory
Related Business or the SF/Robin Business, other than the Assumed Liabilities;
(g) any claim made against HSI or Silverman's by Above the Rest, Inc. or any of
its Affiliates as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise;
(h) any claim made against HSI or Silverman's by any FM Dental Related Party or
any of their respective Affiliates as a result of the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the sale and
purchase of the Purchased Inventory; and (i) any liability of SF or Olson under
the WARN Act or any state equivalent.

          10.3  Indemnification by HSI and Silverman's.  From and after the
                --------------------------------------
Closing, HSI and Silverman's shall indemnify and save SF and Olson and their
respective Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees,
agents and representatives (collectively "Seller Claimants" and individually
"Seller Claimant") harmless from and defend each of them from and against any
and all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Seller
Claimants resulting from or arising out of (a) any inaccuracy or breach of any
representation or warranty of HSI and Silverman's contained herein; 

































                                       60


(b) any breach of any covenant or obligation of HSI and Silverman's contained
herein; (c) except as described in clause 10.2(e) above, HSI or Silverman's
ownership of Acquired Assets and operation of their respective businesses from
and after the Closing Date or any liability of HSI or Silverman's arising after
the Closing Date under any Assumed Contract; (d) any personal injuries, death or
property damage arising from products sold by HSI or Silverman's prior to the
Closing Date; (e) any liability arising out of or related to the HSI Business or
the Silverman's Business prior to Closing or the assertion against a Seller
Claimant of a claim which, if valid, would constitute a liability arising out of
or related to the HSI Business or the Silverman's Business; and (f) any
liability of HSI or Silverman's under the WARN Act or any state equivalent.

          10.4  Indemnification Procedures.
                --------------------------

                (a)  The rights and obligations of each party claiming a right
to indemnification hereunder ("Indemnitee") from the other party ("Indemnitor")
shall be governed by the following rules:

                     (i)  The Indemnitee shall give prompt written notice to the
     Indemnitor of any state of facts which Indemnitee determines will give rise
     to a claim by the Indemnitee against the Indemnitor based on the indemnity
     agreements contained herein, stating the nature and basis of said claims
     and the amount thereof, to the extent known.  No failure to give such
     notice shall affect the indemnification obligations of Indemnitor
     hereunder, except to the extent such failure materially prejudices such
     Indemnitor's ability successfully to defend the matter giving rise to the
     indemnification claim.

                    (ii)  In the event any action, suit or proceeding is brought
     against the Indemnitee, with respect to which the Indemnitor may have
     liability under the indemnity agreements contained herein, then upon the
     written acknowledgment by the Indemnitor within thirty (30) days of the
     bringing of such action, suit or proceeding that it is undertaking and will
     prosecute the defense of the claim under such indemnity agreements and
     confirming that the claim is one with respect to which the Indemnitor is
     obligated to indemnify and that it will be able to pay the full amount of
     potential liability in connection with any such claim, the action, suit or
     proceeding (including all proceedings on appeal or for review which counsel
     for the Indemnitee shall deem appropriate) may be defended by the
     Indemnitor.  However, in the event the Indemnitor shall not offer
     reasonable assurances as to its financial capacity to satisfy any final
     judgment or settlement, the Indemnitee may assume the defense and dispose
     of the claim, after 30 days' prior written notice to the Indemnitor.  The
     Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such case,
     but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the Indemnitee's own
     expense unless (a) the employment of such counsel and the payment of such
     fees and expenses both shall have been specifically authorized by the
     Indemnitor in connection with the defense of such action, suit or
     proceeding or (b) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded 


































                                       61


     and specifically notified the Indemnitor that there may be specific
     defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those
     available to the Indemnitor, or that such action, suit or proceeding
     involves or could have an effect upon matters beyond the scope of the
     indemnity agreements contained herein.

                   (iii)  In addition, in any event specified in clause (b) of
     the second sentence of subparagraph (ii) above, the Indemnitor, to the
     extent made necessary by such different or additional defenses, shall not
     have the right to direct the defense of such action, suit or proceeding on
     behalf of the Indemnitee.  If Indemnitor and Indemnitee cannot agree on a
     mechanism to separate the defense of matters extending beyond the scope of
     indemnification, such matters shall be defended on the basis of joint
     consultation.

                    (iv)  The Indemnitee shall be kept fully informed by the
     Indemnitor of such action, suit or proceeding at all stages thereof,
     whether or not it is represented by counsel.  The Indemnitor shall, at the
     Indemnitor's expense, make available to the Indemnitee and its attorneys
     and accountants all books and records of the Indemnitor relating to such
     proceedings or litigation, and the parties hereto agree to render to each
     other such assistance as they may reasonably require of each other in order
     to ensure the proper and adequate defense of any such action, suit or
     proceeding.

                (b)  The Indemnitor shall make no settlement of any claims which
Indemnitor has undertaken to defend, without Indemnitee's consent, unless the
Indemnitor fully indemnifies the Indemnitee for all losses, there is no finding
or admission of violation of law by, or effect on any other claims that may be
made against, the Indemnitee and the relief granted in connection therewith
requires no action on the part of and has no effect on the Indemnitee.

                (c)  In the event any claim of a right to indemnification is
made by HSI or another indemnified party hereunder, such party may, at its sole
option, satisfy all or a portion of its Losses by way of setoff against any
payments due SF or Olson.  Such right to setoff is without prejudice to any
right of SF or Olson, as the case may be, to challenge its liability hereunder. 
This Section in no way constitutes a limitation on rights hereunder and HSI and
each other indemnified party hereunder may seek full indemnification for all
damages suffered and may pursue all rights and remedies available to it, at law
or in equity, against any party hereto, jointly with other parties hereto or
severally, without seeking recourse against any other party and without
exercising any right of offset.








































                                       62


          ARTICLE XI  MISCELLANEOUS
                      -------------

          11.1  Termination.  (a)  This Agreement may be terminated at any time
                -----------
prior to the Closing Date:

                     (i)  by mutual consent of the parties hereto;

                    (ii)  by HSI, by written notice given to SF and Olson, if
     (A) any of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 shall have become
     incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by HSI and/or
     Silverman's or (B) there has been a material violation or breach by SF or
     Olson of any agreement, representation or warranty contained in this
     Agreement which has rendered the satisfaction of any condition to the
     obligations of HSI or Silverman's impossible and such violation or breach
     has not been waived by HSI or Silverman's, as the case may be; or

                   (iii)  by Olson, acting on behalf of SF and himself, by
     written notice given to HSI and Silverman's, if (A) any of the conditions
     set forth in Section 3.3 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and
     shall not have been waived by SF and Olson or (B) there has been a material
     violation or breach by HSI or Silverman's of any agreement, representation
     or warranty contained in this Agreement which has rendered the satisfaction
     of any condition to the obligations of SF or Olson impossible and such
     violation or breach has not been waived by Olson, acting on behalf of SF
     and himself;

                    (iv)  by any of the parties hereto:

                          (A)  if a court of competent jurisdiction or
governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission shall have
issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action (which order, decree
or ruling the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to vacate), in each
case permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such order, decree, ruling or
other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or

                          (B)  if the Closing Date shall not have occurred on or
before June 30, 1996; provided, however, that the right to terminate this
                      --------  -------
Agreement shall not be available to any party whose breach of this Agreement has
been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or
before such date.

                (b)  In the event of termination pursuant to Section 11.1(a) of
this Agreement, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given as therein
provided and this Agreement shall terminate, without further action by any of
the parties hereto.  If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein:





































                                       63


                     (i)  Upon request therefor, each party will redeliver all
     documents, work papers and other material of any other party relating to
     the transactions contemplated hereby, whether obtained before or after the
     execution hereof, to the party furnishing the same; and

                    (ii)  no party hereto shall have any liability or further
     obligation to any other party to this Agreement resulting from such
     termination except (A) that the provision of this Section 11.1(b) and the
     proviso of Section 11.1(a)(iv)(B) of this Agreement shall remain in full
     force and effect and (B) no party waives any claim or right against a
     breaching party to the extent that such termination results from the breach
     by a party hereto of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or
     agreements set forth in this Agreement; and

                   (iii)  no party hereto shall use any confidential or
     proprietary information of any other party hereto which information was
     acquired solely in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby for
     the use in such party's business.

          11.2  Expenses.  Each party hereto shall pay its own expenses incurred
                --------
in connection with this Agreement, except as otherwise specified in this
Agreement and except that all sales, transfer and other similar taxes, levies
and charges that may be imposed, levied or assessed in connection with the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be borne by SF and
Olson with respect to the Acquired Assets.

          11.3  Amendment.  This Agreement may not be terminated, amended,
                ---------
altered or supplemented except by a written agreement executed by the parties
hereto.

          11.4  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, including the schedules and
                ----------------
exhibits hereto, and the instruments and other documents delivered pursuant to
this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the
subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings of any kind between the parties respecting such subject matter. 
Each and every representation, warranty and covenant shall be deemed to include
the information contained in the schedules thereto.

          11.5  Waivers.  Waiver by either party of either breach of or failure
                -------
to comply with any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not be
construed as, or constitute, a continuing waiver of such provision, or a waiver
of any other breach of, or failure to comply with, any other provision of this
Agreement.  No waiver of any such breach or failure or of any term or condition
of this Agreement shall be effective unless in a written notice signed by the
waiving party and delivered, in the manner required for notices generally, to
each affected party.





































                                       64


          11.6  Notices.  All notices, consents, directions, approvals,
                -------
instructions, requests and other communications required or permitted by the
terms of this Agreement to be given to any Person shall be in writing, and any
such communication shall become effective five Business Days after being
deposited in the United States mails, certified or registered, with appropriate
postage prepaid for first class mail or, if delivered by hand or courier service
or in the form of a telex, telecopy or telegram, when received (if received
during normal business hours on a Business Day, or if not, then on the next
Business Day thereafter), and shall be directed to the following address or
telex or telecopy number:

          If to SF or Olson:

                San Francisco Dental Supply, Inc.
                2201 South Oneida Street
                Green Bay, Wisconsin  54304
                Attention:  Larry Olson
                Telecopier:  (414) 494-3386

          With copies to:

                Hanaway, Ross, Hanaway,
                  Weidner & Bachhuber, S.C.
                345 S. Jefferson Street
                Green Bay, Wisconsin  54301-4522
                Attention:  William S. Woodward, Esq.
                Telecopier:  (414) 432-4037

          If to HSI or Silverman's:

                Henry Schein, Inc.
                135 Duryea Road
                Melville, New York  11747
                Attention:  Mark E. Mlotek, Esq.
                Telecopier: (516) 843-5675

          With copies to:

                Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP
                1585 Broadway
                New York, New York  10036
                Attention:  Richard L. Goldberg, Esq.
                Telecopier: (212) 969-2900

or to such other address as a party may have furnished to the other parties in
writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall
only be effective upon 




































                                       65


receipt.  Any notice which is so mailed shall be deemed delivered on the fourth
Business Day (or Days) after mailing; any notice which is transmitted by
telecopier shall be deemed delivered when transmitted to the telecopier number
specified above and acknowledgement of receipt of such facsimile is received.

          11.7  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
                ------------
counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts each
of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same document.

          11.8  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall
                -----------------------------------------
be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New
York, without regard to applicable principles of conflict of laws that might
otherwise govern.  Each of SF and Olson hereby submits to the nonexclusive
jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of
New York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for the
purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement
or the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of SF and Olson irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now
or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in
such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has
been brought in an inconvenient forum.

          11.9  Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding
                --------------------------
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns; provided, that none of SF or Olson shall assign or
                        --------
transfer this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder by operation of
law or otherwise; further provided, that either HSI or Silverman's, in their
                  ------- --------
sole discretion, may (a) prior to the Closing Date, assign all or a portion of
its rights hereunder to an Affiliate or Affiliates without the consent of SF or
Olson and (b) after the Closing Date, may assign all or a portion of its rights
hereunder to any Person without the consent of SF or Olson; further provided,
                                                            ------- --------
that no assignment shall relieve HSI or Silverman's of its obligations
hereunder.

          11.10   Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement that shall be
                  ------------
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions thereof and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  To the extent permitted
by applicable law, the parties to such instrument waive any provision of law
that renders any provision thereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.

          11.11   Headings.  The headings contained in this Agreement (including
                  --------
the exhibits and schedules) are for reference purposes only and shall not affect
in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.




































                                       66


          11.12   No Partnership; Etc.  Nothing contained in this Agreement
                  --------------------
shall constitute or be deemed a representation, agreement or understanding that
the parties hereto are members of any partnership, joint venture, association,
syndicate or other entity, and each of the parties hereto expressly disclaims
the existence of any such relationship or arrangement.

          11.13   Third Parties.  Nothing herein is intended or shall be
                  -------------
construed to confer upon or give to any person other than the parties hereto any
rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.










































































                                       67


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
effective as of the date first above written.

                              SAN FRANCISCO DENTAL SUPPLY, INC.



                              By:__________________________________
                                   Authorized Officer



                              _____________________________________
                              Larry Olson



                              HENRY SCHEIN, INC.



                              By:__________________________________
                                   Authorized Officer



                              SILVERMAN'S DENTAL SUPPLY CORP.



                              By:__________________________________
                                   Authorized Officer



















































                                       68


                                 Schedule 2.3(c)
                            (SF Excluded Liabilities)
                            -------------------------


          1.   Legal, accounting, brokerage, finder's fees, taxes or other
expenses incurred by SF, Olson or any of their respective Affiliates in
connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby;

          2.   Any intercompany debt or other liability or obligation of any
nature between Olson and any past or present Affiliate, on the one hand, or SF
and any past or present Affiliate, on the other hand;

          3.   Liabilities or obligations incurred by SF after the Closing;

          4.   Any obligation or liability relating to any litigation or any
claim arising out of any dispute, whether or not listed on any schedule hereto
and regardless of whether accruing prior or subsequent to the Closing;

          5.   Any liability for any federal, state, local or foreign income or
other Taxes accrued to or incurred by Olson or SF or any of their respective
Affiliates or relating to the SF/Robin Business, the SF Designated Territory
Related Business or the Ex-Territory Business, operations, products or assets of
Olson or SF or any of their respective Affiliates, or as a consequence of the
transactions contemplated hereby;

          6.   Any liability or costs (including, without limitation, costs of
remediation) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Discharge or the release,
discharge or disposal of any solid wastes or the handling, storage, use,
transportation or disposal of any of the foregoing, as these terms are defined
by the Environmental Laws in, on, under or from facilities of SF at any time
prior to the Closing regardless of whether such liability or costs arise before
or after Closing and whether or not in breach of any representation or warranty
under this Agreement;

          7.   Any liability or obligation to employees, government agencies or
other third parties in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan, option plan,
pension plan or any other ERISA plan, or other Employee Benefit Plan and any
health, dental or life insurance benefits, whether or not insured and whether or
not disclosed on any schedule hereto;

          8.   Any liability or obligation under any contract or commitment that
is not an Assumed Contract or under any SF/Robin Contract which relates to any
default in respect of such contract or other commitment or obligation of SF
prior to the Closing Date;









































          9.   Any liability or obligation to employees in the nature of
workmen's compensation relating to the period prior to the Closing, whether or
not listed on any Schedule hereto and regardless of whether accruing prior or
subsequent to the Closing;

          10.  Any accounts payable, notes payable, bank debts, and/or debt to
any officer, director or stockholder of SF;

          11.  Any liability or obligation of any nature of SF or any of its
Affiliates owed or claimed by any FM Dental Related Party relating to the
Purchased Inventory or otherwise.

          12.  Any liability or obligation of any nature of SF or any of its
Affiliates owned or claimed by Above the Rest, Inc. or any of its Affiliates
relating to the transactions contemplated by the Agreement or otherwise.

          13.  Any other liability not expressly included as an Assumed
Contract.




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.95









                              ACQUISITION AGREEMENT


                            dated as of May 23, 1996



                                     Between



                               HENRY SCHEIN, INC.,

                                       and

                    PATTISON-MCGRATH COMPANY DENTAL SUPPLIES






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

ARTICLE I      DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

ARTICLE II     SALE AND PURCHASE OF INVENTORY; SALE AND PURCHASE OF
               BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

               2.1  Purchase of Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
               2.2  Purchase of the Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
               2.3  Allocation of Purchase Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
               2.4  Nonassignable Contracts and Authorizations  . . . . . .   12
               2.5  Guarantee of Performance by Pattison  . . . . . . . . .   13
               2.6  Pattison Bridge Loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13

ARTICLE III         CLOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13

               3.1  The Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
               3.2  Obligations of Pattison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
               3.3  Obligations of HSI  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

ARTICLE IV          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PATTISON  . . . . . .   15

               4.1  Organization and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
               4.2  Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
               4.3  No Breach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
               4.4  Financial Statements and Sales Information  . . . . . .   16
               4.5  Absence of Certain Changes or Events  . . . . . . . . .   16
               4.6  Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
               4.7  Real Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
               4.8  Intellectual Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
               4.9  Contracts and Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
               4.10 Accounts Receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
               4.11 Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
               4.12 Customers and Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
               4.13 Litigation, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
               4.14 Employee Benefit Plans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
               4.15 Compliance with Law; Necessary Authorizations . . . . .   19
               4.16 Finders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
               4.17 Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authorities  . .   19
               4.18 Related Party Transactions; Intercompany Accounts . . .   20








































                                       (i)


                                                                            PAGE

ARTICLE V      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HSI    . . . . . . . . . .   20

               5.1  Organization and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
               5.2  Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
               5.3  No Breach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
               5.4  HSI Financial Statements and Sales Information  . . . .   21
               5.5  Finders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21

ARTICLE VI          COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21

               6.1  Certain Covenants of Pattison . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
               6.2  Obtaining Consents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
               6.3  Transfer and Retention of Records . . . . . . . . . . .   22
               6.4  Product Replacement and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
               6.5  Employee Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
               6.6  Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
               6.7  Name Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
               6.8  Use of Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
               6.9  No Encumbrance on Premises  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23

ARTICLE VII    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF HSI . . . . . . . . .   23

               7.1  Representations and Warranties Accurate . . . . . . . .   23
               7.2  Performance by SF and Pattison  . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
               7.3  Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
               7.4  Opinions of Counsel for Pattison  . . . . . . . . . . .   24
               7.5  Authorization; Legal Prohibition  . . . . . . . . . . .   24
               7.6  Consents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
               7.7  Closing Deliveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
               7.8  Absence of Adverse Changes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
               7.9  Actions by Pattison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
               7.10 Additional Documents, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25

ARTICLE VIII   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF       PATTISON  . . .   25

               8.1  Representations and Warranties Accurate . . . . . . . .   25
               8.2  Performance by Buyer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
               8.3  Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
               8.4  Legal Prohibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
               8.5  Closing Deliveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
               8.6  Additional Documents, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25








































                                      (ii)


                                                                            PAGE

ARTICLE IX     RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26

               9.1  Non-Solicitation of Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
               9.2  Non-Solicitation or Interference with Customers 
                    and Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
               9.3  Acknowledgements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26

ARTICLE X      INDEMNIFICATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26

               10.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties  . . . . . .   26
               10.2 Indemnification by Pattison . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
               10.3 Indemnification by HSI  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
               10.4 Indemnification Procedures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27

ARTICLE XI     MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29

               11.1 Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
               11.2 Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
               11.3 Entire Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
               11.4 Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
               11.5 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
               11.6 Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
               11.7 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . . . . . . .   31
               11.8 Binding Effect; Assignment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
               11.9 Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
               11.10     Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
               11.11     No Partnership; Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
               11.12     Third Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31





















































                                      (iii)


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES


Exhibits

1.57       Pattison Specified Contracts
2.5        SF Guaranty
2.6        Pattison Note
3.2(a)     Opinion of Counsel for Pattison and Olson
3.2(b)     Bill of Sale to HSI
3.2(c)     Assignment Agreement
3.2(j)     Security Agreement
3.2(l)     Acknowledgement and Waiver Letters
3.3(c)     Assumption Agreement in favor of Pattison from HSI

Schedules

1.6(a)     Pattison Contracts
1.6(b)     Pattison Excluded Assets
2.2(e)     Pattison Excluded Liabilities
2.6(b)     Life Insurance Policies
4.3        No Breach
4.4A       Pattison Financial Statements
4.4B       Pattison Financial Statements - Exceptions to Generally Accepted
           Accounting Principles
4.5        Absence of Certain Changes or Events
4.6        Certain Excluded Assets
4.7        Real Property
4.8        Intellectual Property
4.9        Pattison/Robin Contracts
4.10       Accounts Receivable
4.11       Inventory
4.12       Customers and Suppliers - Adverse Change, etc.
4.13       Litigation, etc.
4.14       Employee Benefit Plans
4.15(a)    Compliance with Law
4.15(b)    Authorizations
4.17       Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authorities
4.18       Related Party Transactions
5.4A       HSI Financial Statements
5.4B       HSI Financial Statements - Exceptions to Generally Accepted
           Accounting Principles 









































                                      (iv)

                              ACQUISITION AGREEMENT


          ACQUISITION AGREEMENT, dated as of  May 23, 1996 (the "Agreement"), by
and between  Henry Schein, Inc.,  a Delaware corporation ("HSI"),  and Pattison-
McGrath Company Dental Supplies, a Missouri corporation ("Pattison").

                                   WITNESSETH

          WHEREAS,  Pattison  owns  and operates  the  Business  (as hereinafter
defined); and

          WHEREAS, Pattison is a wholly-owned subsidiary of San Francisco Dental
Supply, Inc., a California corporation ("SF"), and  will be merged with and into
SF as soon as practicable after the date hereof (the "Merger"); and

          WHEREAS, Pattison  desires to  sell and transfer,  and HSI  desires to
purchase and acquire, certain of  Pattison's assets used in connection  with the
Business, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto and certain of their respective affiliates
have concurrently entered into that certain Acquisition Agreement, dated of even
date herewith (the  "HSI/SF Agreement"), pursuant to which,  among other things,
HSI shall acquire certain specified assets and businesses from SF; and

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto have previously  entered into that certain
Acquisition  Agreement, dated of even date  herewith (the "Original Agreement"),
by  means of their  execution and delivery  of that certain  Agreement, dated of
even date herewith (the "Agreement"); and

          WHEREAS, the  parties hereto  desire to enter  into this  Agreement to
amend and restate  the Original Agreement as amended,  modified and supplemented
by the  Agreement and set forth their  complete agreement and understanding with
respect to the subject matter hereof;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in  consideration of the mutual  covenants hereinafter
set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto have
agreed, and do hereby agree, as follows:


          ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS
                     -----------













































          The terms defined  in this Article I, whenever  used herein (including
the exhibits and schedules hereto, unless otherwise defined therein), shall have
the following meanings.

          1.1  "Acquired  Assets"  shall   mean,  collectively,  the   Purchased
                ----------------
Inventory and the Pattison Assets.

          1.2  "Affiliate" shall  mean any  Person that  directly or  indirectly
                ---------
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Person.

          1.3  "Agreement" shall mean this  Acquisition Agreement, including all
                ---------
Schedules  and Exhibits hereto, in  each case, as  the same may  be amended from
time to time.

          1.4  "Agreement Date"  shall mean  May 23, 1996 which  is the  date on
                --------------
which this Agreement shall be effective.

          1.5  "Authorizations"  shall mean  all  licenses, permits,  approvals,
                --------------
authorizations,  qualifications, concessions or the like, issued by any federal,
state, local or foreign regulatory or governmental authorities.

          1.6  "Business" shall mean all of Pattison's right, title and interest
                --------
in and  to  all  of  the  assets  (wherever  located,  tangible  and  intangible
(including  goodwill), real,  personal or  mixed of  Pattison, whether  known or
unknown and whether or not carried on the books and records of Pattison) and the
Business as a going concern (excluding only  the assets specified in the proviso
below), including, but not limited to, the following (the "Pattison Assets"):

               (a)   all of  Pattison's rights  under agreements,  arrangements,
commitments,  and understandings ("Pattison Contracts") relating to the Business
as a going concern as conducted and which are set forth on schedule 1.6(a);

               (b)   all of Pattison's records, files and other data relating to
the Business as a going concern;

               (c)   all of Pattison's  copyrights and all of  Pattison's rights
in the  trademarks, service marks, trade names and  logos now or previously used
by Pattison in the Business as a going concern;

               (d)   all  of  Pattison's  inventions, computer  software,  trade
secrets and confidential data relating to the Business as a going concern;

               (e)   all rights to the name  "Pattison" and all names derivative
therefrom (the "Pattison Name");







































                                        2


               (f)   all of  Pattison's equipment (including  office equipment),
computers,  furniture,  fixtures,  leasehold  improvements,  stationery,  forms,
labels,  promotional materials  and similar  supplies  used by  Pattison in  the
Business as a going concern;

               (g)   all  other  tangible  assets  owned  by  Pattison  wherever
located;
 
               (h)   customer  lists, customer  sales  orders  and sales  leads,
customer   shipping  labels  and  forms,  customer  sales  and  vendor  purchase
histories, catalogs,  brochures, mailing lists, advertising  materials, records,
files, computer  software, and other  information pertaining to Pattison  or the
Business or the customers and suppliers thereto;

               (i)   to the  extent transferable, all  manufacturer's warranties
with respect to any of the foregoing;

               (j)   all Authorizations relating to the Business;

               (k)   all "800 numbers"; and

               (l)   all claims against third parties;

provided, however,  that the  term "Business" shall  not include (i)  the minute
- --------  -------
books and stock ledger of Pattison; (ii) cash and cash equivalents on hand or in
banks and  debt and equity  securities; (iii) Pattison's accounts  receivable or
Non-Matching  Inventory which is not designated  as Optional Pattison Inventory,
(iv)  the  assets specifically  listed  on  Schedule 1.6(b)  hereto or  (v) life
insurance policies.

          1.7  "Business Day" shall  mean any day other than  a Saturday, Sunday
                ------------
or other day  on which banks  are closed or are  authorized to be closed  in New
York, New York.

          1.8  "Buyer Claimant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2
                --------------
of this Agreement.

          1.9  "Closing" shall mean the closing of the purchase and  sale of the
                -------
Acquired Assets and the Business as contemplated by this Agreement.

          1.10 "Closing Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of
                ------------
this Agreement.

          1.11 "Closing Inventory Report"  shall have the  meaning set forth  in
                ------------------------
Section 2.1.3(a) of this Agreement.






































                                        3


          1.12 "Closing  Pattison  Inventory  Value"  shall  mean the  Inventory
                -----------------------------------
Purchase Price of all  Purchased Inventory as of the Closing  Date as determined
in accordance with Section 2.1.3(b).

          1.13 "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
                ----

          1.14 "Employee  Benefit Plan" means any "employee benefit plan" within
                ----------------------
the meaning  of Section  3(3) of  ERISA, and  any other  bonus, profit  sharing,
compensation,  pension,   severance,  deferred  compensation,   fringe  benefit,
insurance,  welfare, medical, post-retirement health or welfare benefit, medical
reimbursement,  health,  life,  stock option,  stock  purchase,  tuition refund,
service  award, company car, scholarship, relocation, disability, accident, sick
pay,  sick  leave,  vacation,  termination,   individual  employment,  executive
compensation,  incentive,  bonus,  commission, payroll  practices,  retention or
other plan,  agreement, policy,  trust fund or  arrangement, whether  written or
unwritten, and  whether maintained, sponsored  or contributed to by  Pattison or
any entity that would be deemed a  "single employer" with Pattison under Section
414(b), (c), (m) or  (o) of the Code or Section 4001(a)(14)  of ERISA (an "ERISA
Affiliate") on  behalf of  any of the  current, former  or retired  employees of
Pattison or their beneficiaries  or with respect to which Pattison  or any ERISA
Affiliate of  Pattison  has or  has had  any obligation  on behalf  of any  such
employee or beneficiary.

          1.15 "Employment Agreement" shall mean the Employment Agreement, dated
                --------------------
as of the Agreement Date, by and between HSI and Tom McGrath.

          1.16 "Encumbrance" shall mean  any lien,  charge, restriction,  encum-
                -----------
brance,  option, right of first refusal, security interest, easement, obligation
or claim or other third party right of any kind.

          1.17 "Environment"  shall  mean  any  surface  or  subsurface physical
                -----------
medium or natural  resource, including, air, land, soil,  surface waters, ground
waters, stream and river sediments, and biota.

          1.18 "Environmental  Laws" shall  mean any  federal,  state, local  or
                -------------------
foreign law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, order or judgment (including the
common  law and  any  judicial  or  administrative  interpretations,  guidances,
directives  or  opinions)  relating  to  the  injury  to,  or the  pollution  or
protection of human health and safety or the Environment.

          1.19 "Environmental  Liabilities"  shall mean  any  claims, judgments,
                --------------------------
damages  (including punitive  damages), losses,  penalties,  fines, liabilities,
encumbrances,  liens, violations, costs  and expenses (including  attorneys' and
consultants'  fees)  of  investigation, remediation  or  defense  of any  matter
relating to human health, safety or  the Environment of whatever kind or  nature
by any party, entity or authority, (a) which are incurred as a result of (i) the
existence of Hazardous Substances in, on, under, at or 




































                                        4


emanating  from any  real property  presently or formerly  owned or  operated by
Pattison or any  of its Affiliates, (ii) the  offsite transportation, treatment,
storage or disposal  of Hazardous Substances generated by Pattison or any of its
Affiliates, or (iii) the violation of any Environmental Laws or (b)  which arise
under the Environmental Laws.

          1.20 "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
                -----
1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

          1.21 "ERISA Affiliate"  shall have  the meaning set  forth in  Section
                ---------------
1.15 of this Agreement.

          1.22 "Estimated  Closing  Pattison  Inventory  Value"  shall  mean  an
                ----------------------------------------------
estimate of the  Inventory Purchase Price of  all Purchased Inventory as  of the
Closing  Date  prepared in  good faith  by Pattison  in accordance  with Section
2.1.3(a).

          1.23 "Estimated Pattison Sales" shall mean an estimate of the Pattison
                ------------------------
Sales prepared in good faith by HSI in accordance with Section 2.2(d).

          1.24 "Estimated Pattison Sales  Statement" shall have the  meaning set
                -----------------------------------
forth in Section 2.2(d).

          1.25 "Excluded Liabilities" shall mean all liabilities or  obligations
                --------------------
of SF, Pattison or the Business  of any kind whatsoever, except the HSI  Assumed
Liabilities.

          1.26 "Final  Value" shall  mean the  sum of  (i) the  Closing Pattison
                ------------
Inventory Value and (ii) the product of (x) Pattison Sales and (y) 25%.

          1.27 "Financial Statements" shall mean, in  the case of Pattison,  its
                --------------------
unaudited  compiled financial statements  as of February 29,  1996, February 28,
1995 and February 28, 1994.

          1.28 "GAAP"  shall  mean  generally   accepted  accounting  principles
                ----
consistently applied.

          1.29 "Hazardous  Discharge"  shall   mean  any  releasing,   spilling,
                --------------------
leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping,
leaching,  migrating,  disposing  or  dumping  (including  the movement  of  any
material  through  or  in  air,  soil,  surface  or  groundwater)  of  Hazardous
Substances, whether on, off, under or from  the Real Property or any other  real
property owned, operated, leased or used  at any time by Pattison or any  of its
predecessors.

          1.30 "Hazardous Substances" shall  mean petroleum, petroleum products,
                --------------------
petroleum-derived   substances,   radioactive   materials,   hazardous   wastes,
polychlorinated biphenyls, lead based paint,  urea formaldehyde, asbestos or any
materials containing 


































                                        5


asbestos, and  any materials, wastes  or substances regulated  or defined as  or
included in  the definition  of "hazardous  substances," "hazardous  materials,"
"hazardous constituents,"  "toxic substances,"  "pollutants," "contaminants"  or
any similar denomination intended to  classify substances by reason of toxicity,
carcinogenicity, ignitability, corrosivity or reactivity under any Environmental
Laws.

          1.31 "HSI" shall mean Henry Schein, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 
                ---

          1.32 "HSI Assumed  Liabilities" shall  have the meaning  set forth  in
                ------------------------
Section 2.2(b).

          1.33 "HSI Closing  Documents"  shall have  the  meaning set  forth  in
                ----------------------
Section 5.2.

          1.34 "HSI Financial  Statements" shall  mean the  audited consolidated
                -------------------------
financial statements  of HSI  as of  December 25,  1993, December  31, 1994  and
December 30, 1995, and for each of the fiscal years then ended.

          1.35 "HSI Material  Adverse Effect"  shall mean  any material  adverse
                ----------------------------
effect,  individually  or in  the  aggregate,  on  the condition  (financial  or
otherwise),   business,  assets,  operations   or  prospects  of   HSI  and  its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          1.36 "HSI/Pattison  Closing  Sales  Payment  Amount"  shall  have  the
                ---------------------------------------------
meaning set forth in Section 2.2(d).

          1.37 "Indemnitee" and "Indemnitor"  shall have the meanings  set forth
                ----------       ----------
in Section 10.4(a) of this Agreement.

          1.38 "Ineligible  Inventory"   shall  mean  all   Inventory  which  is
                ---------------------
obsolete, damaged, excessive, below standard quality or slow moving (i.e., items
                                                                     ----
that are for  discontinued or expected to be discontinued product lines, or have
a stated expiration  date of 6 months  or less from  the Closing Date, or  items
that have not  been used or  sold within 6 months  prior to the date  hereof, or
items that have not been sold  within the customary inventory turnover cycle  of
Pattison with respect to such item, or items for which there  is excess capacity
(i.e., more products  are on hand  of any such item  than have been sold  in the
 ----
past nine (9) months)).

          1.39 "Intellectual  Property" shall mean all United States and foreign
                ----------------------
patents  and  pending  patent applications,  unpatented  inventions, trademarks,
service  marks and  trade names,  including, without  limitation, the  marks and
patents  described  on Schedule  4.8  of  this  Agreement, and  copyrights,  and
registrations and  pending applications therefor,  and all trade  secrets, trade
names,  computer  programs  and software,  research  and  development, know-how,
customer  lists, manufacturing, engineering  and other drawings  and blueprints,
technology, technical information, engineering data, 



































                                        6


design   and  engineering  specifications,   inventions  and  other  proprietary
processes and information of any kind owned by Pattison or in which Pattison has
a  proprietary or  ownership  or  usage right,  and  all  software necessary  or
desirable to operate equipment included in the Acquired Assets, all as set forth
on Schedule 4.8 of this Agreement.

          1.40 "Inventory" shall mean all inventory and related items (including
                ---------
all  production, shipping and packaging supplies) relating  to or used or useful
in connection with the Business.

          1.41 "Inventory Dispute Statement" shall have the meaning set forth in
                ---------------------------
Section 2.1.3(b) of this Agreement.

          1.42 "Inventory Disputed Items"  shall have the  meaning set forth  in
                ------------------------
Section 2.1.3(b) of this Agreement.

          1.43 "Inventory  Purchase  Price"  shall mean  the  lower  of (x)  the
                --------------------------
Invoice Price or  (y) market price of all Purchased Inventory goods and products
other  than  Ineligible  Inventory,  minus  an  inventory  reserve  computed  in
accordance with GAAP.

          1.44 "Invoice Price" shall mean, in  the case of Purchased  Inventory,
                -------------
finished goods  and products  other than Ineligible  Inventory, the  last actual
purchase price  in accordance  with Pattison's  customary accounting  principles
(after  giving effect  to any  actual  discounts or  allowances (including  cash
discounts and vendor  rebates)) immediately prior to  the Closing Date at  which
Pattison purchased such Inventory from a non-Related Party. 

          1.45 "IRS"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Service (or any successor
                ---
agency thereto).

          1.46 "Losses" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 of this
                ------
Agreement.

          1.47 "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean any material adverse effect,
                -----------------------
individually or  in the  aggregate, on the  condition (financial  or otherwise),
business,  assets, operations  or  prospects  of the  Business  or the  Acquired
Assets.

          1.48 "Net  Sales" shall mean  net sales  (as determined  in accordance
                ----------
with GAAP, taking into  account any returns and  allowances) of dental  supplies
and equipment (other than software).

          1.49 "Non-Compete  Agreement"  shall  mean  the Noncompete  Agreement,
                ----------------------
dated as of the Agreement Date, by and among HSI,  and Thomas McGrath and Donald
McGrath.





































                                        7


          1.50 "Non-Matching Inventory" shall  mean any Inventory owned  or held
                ----------------------
by Pattison which is not Pattison Like Kind Inventory or Ineligible Inventory.

          1.51 "Optional Pattison Inventory"  shall mean all Inventory  owned by
                ---------------------------
Pattison which is not Pattison Like Kind Inventory; provided,  however, that the
                                                    --------   -------
Optional Pattison Inventory shall not include any Ineligible Inventory.

          1.52 "Pattison" shall mean Pattison-McGrath Company Dental Supplies, a
                --------
Missouri corporation.

          1.53 "Pattison Contracts" shall  have the meaning set forth in Section
                ------------------
4.9.

          1.54 "Pattison Closing Documents" shall have the meaning set forth  in
                --------------------------
Section 4.2.

          1.55 "Pattison Like Kind Inventory" shall mean  all Inventory owned by
                ----------------------------
Pattison relating to or useful in connection with the Business which (i) matches
a  stock  keeping unit  currently  sold  by  HSI  and/or (ii)  is  large  dental
equipment, and which is not, in either case, Ineligible Inventory.

          1.56 "Pattison Sales" shall mean the sum of the Net Sales  of Pattison
                --------------
to non-Related Parties for the 12-month period ending February 29, 1996.

          1.57 "Pattison  Specified  Contracts"  shall mean,  collectively,  the
                ------------------------------
promissory notes attached to, or referred to in, Exhibit 1.57.

          1.58 "Permitted Encumbrances" means  mechanics', carriers', workmen's,
                ----------------------
repairmen's and other similar liens  arising or incurred in the  ordinary course
of business, purchase money liens arising in the ordinary course of business and
liens for taxes, assessments and other  governmental charges not due and payable
or that may be paid without penalty.

          1.59 "Person" shall mean  any natural person, corporation,  limited or
                ------
limited liability  partnership, general partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock  company, limited  liability company,  company,  trust, bank,  trust
company, land trust,  business trust  or other  organization, whether  or not  a
legal  entity, and  any governmental  unit  or agency  or political  subdivision
thereof.

          1.60 "Prime  Rate" shall  mean  the  fluctuating  prime or  base  rate
                -----------
publicly announced from time to time by  The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. (or  any
successor thereto).

          1.61 "Purchased Inventory" shall  mean all Inventory purchased  by HSI
                -------------------
pursuant to Section 2.1.1.





































                                        8


          1.62 "Real Property" shall mean the real property and interest in real
                -------------
property described on Schedule 4.7 held  by Pattison and the plants,  buildings,
structures,  storage tanks,  erections and  improvements of  all kinds  made to,
located on or forming a part of the real property and interests in real property
(including,  without limitation,  all fixtures),  together  with all  easements,
rights-of-way, appurtenances and tenements to, on or otherwise beneficial to the
use of  such real property or interests in real  property or in the operation of
the Business.

          1.63 "Related Party" shall have the  meaning set forth in Section 4.18
                -------------
of this Agreement.

          1.64 "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act  of 1933, together
                --------------
with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          1.65 "Seller Claimant"  shall have  the meaning  set forth  in Section
                ---------------
10.3 of this Agreement.

          1.66 "SF" shall mean  San Francisco Dental Supply, Inc.,  a California
                --
corporation.

          1.67 "SF Business" shall mean the distribution of  dental supplies and
                -----------
equipment by SF.

          1.68 "Stock  Purchase   Agreement"  shall  mean  the   Stock  Purchase
                ---------------------------
Agreement,  dated  as  of April  30,  1996,  among SF  and  the  shareholders of
Pattison.

          1.69 "Taxes"  (or "Tax"  where the  context requires)  shall  mean all
                -----
federal,  state, local,  foreign  or  other taxes,  duties,  or similar  charges
(including, without limitation, income (whether net or gross), profits, premium,
estimated, excise, sales, use, environmental (including taxes under Code Section
59A), occupancy, franchise, license, value added stamp, windfall profits, social
security,  gross receipts,  franchise,  ad  valorem,  severance,  capital  levy,
production,  transfer, gains,  withholding, occupation,  employment  and payroll
related and property taxes, alternative  or add-on, minimum or estimated, import
and export duties and other governmental charges and assessments) imposed by any
taxing or governmental  authority on or payable  by Pattison or any  other party
with  respect to  the  income,  operations, products,  assets  or properties  of
Pattison, whether attributable to statutory or nonstatutory rules and whether or
not  measured  in  whole or  in  part  by net  income,  and  including interest,
additions to tax or interest, and  penalties with respect thereto, and including
expenses associated  with contesting any  proposed adjustment related to  any of
the foregoing.

          1.70 "Undisputed Pattison Sales"  shall have the meaning set  forth in
                -------------------------
Section 2.2(e).




































                                        9


          ARTICLE II SALE AND PURCHASE  OF INVENTORY; SALE AND  PURCHASE OF
                     ------------------------------------------------------
                     BUSINESS
                     --------

          2.1  Purchase of Inventory.
               ---------------------

               2.1.1 Purchased Inventory.   (a)   Upon terms and subject  to the
                     -------------------
conditions  hereof,  upon  the  basis of  the  agreements,  representations  and
warranties  contained in, and the schedules and  exhibits to, this Agreement, at
the Closing, Pattison shall sell, transfer,  assign, convey, and deliver to HSI,
and HSI shall purchase and acquire from  Pattison, all of the Pattison Like Kind
Inventory, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

               (b)   At the Closing, at the option of HSI (the exercise of which
shall  be in  the sole  and absolute discretion  of HSI),  HSI may  purchase and
acquire from Pattison, and,  if HSI exercises such option, Pattison  shall sell,
transfer, assign, convey and deliver to HSI, all or such portion of the Optional
Pattison  Inventory  as  shall be  designated  by  HSI, free  and  clear  of all
Encumbrances.

               2.1.2 Closing  Inventory.  (a)   Within twenty (20) Business Days
                     ------------------
after  the Closing  Date, Pattison  shall complete  preparation of  an inventory
report (by  SKU number, quantity and Invoice  Price) setting forth the Estimated
Closing Pattison Inventory Value (such inventory report is hereinafter  referred
to as the "Closing Inventory Report").

               (b)   Upon completion of  the Closing Inventory  Report, Pattison
will  deliver the  Closing Inventory Report  to HSI.   Following receipt  of the
Closing Inventory Report,  HSI will have a  period of thirty (30)  Business Days
after the receipt thereof to review the Closing Inventory Report.   At or before
the end  of such review period, HSI will either (i) accept the Closing Inventory
Report in its entirety, in which case the Closing Pattison Inventory Value shall
be deemed  to be equal to the Estimated Closing  Pattison Inventory Value as set
forth  in the  Closing Inventory Report  or (ii)  deliver to Pattison  a written
explanation (the  "Inventory Dispute Statement")  of those items in  the Closing
Inventory  Report which  HSI in  good  faith disputes  (the "Inventory  Disputed
Items"),  in which  case  the  Estimated Closing  Pattison  Inventory Value  not
affected by Inventory Disputed  Items shall be deemed to be as  set forth in the
Closing Inventory Report.  Within a further  period of thirty (30) Business days
from the date on which the Inventory Dispute  Statement is delivered by HSI, the
parties will attempt to resolve in good faith any Inventory Disputed Items.   In
the absence of such resolution by the last  day of such thirty (30) Business Day
period,  the unresolved  Inventory Disputed  Items  will be  referred for  final
binding resolution  by the Third Accountants.  Each of HSI and Pattison shall be
entitled  to  make   a  brief  supplemental  oral  presentation   to  the  Third
Accountants.   The Closing  Pattison Inventory Value  affected by  any Inventory
Disputed Items will  be determined by the  Third Accountants within  thirty (30)
days of such reference based upon the definitions of Inventory, Closing Pattison
Inventory  Value,  Inventory  Purchase  Price,  Invoice  Price,  and  Ineligible
Inventory as set forth herein.  The 


































                                       10


determination  of  such   firm  will  be  final,  binding,   non-appealable  and
uncontestable by the parties hereto and will not be subject to collateral attack
for any reason.   Promptly after the determination by the Third Accountants, the
Pattison Note (as such term is defined in Section 2.6) shall be adjusted as  set
forth  in Section 2.6.  The fees and  expenses of the Third Accountants shall be
paid one-half by HSI and one-half by Pattison.

          2.2  Purchase of the Business.  (a)  At the Closing, and in accordance
               ------------------------
with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, Pattison will assign, transfer,
convey and deliver to HSI, and HSI will acquire from Pattison, all of Pattison's
right, title and interest in  and to the Pattison Assets  and the Business as  a
going  concern,  free  and  clear  of all  Encumbrances  (other  than  Permitted
Encumbrances).   Notwithstanding  anything in  this Agreement  to the  contrary,
Pattison is not  assigning, transferring, conveying or delivering to  HSI any of
the Pattison Excluded Assets. 

               (b)   At  the  closing,  and in  accordance  with  the terms  and
provisions of this Agreement, HSI is  assuming and agreeing to pay, perform  and
discharge only the following obligations and liabilities of Pattison relating to
the Business (the  "HSI Assumed Liabilities"):  all  liabilities and obligations
of  Pattison  arising  after  the  Closing Date  under  the  Pattison  Specified
Contracts.

               (c)   Except as specifically  provided in Section 2.2(b),  HSI is
not  assuming,  and  shall  not  have any  liability  for,  any  liabilities  or
obligations of Pattison  or any liabilities  or obligations  which arose or  may
arise out of the operations of the Acquired Assets or the Business or  otherwise
prior  to the Closing  Date, and Pattison  shall pay, perform  and discharge all
such liabilities  and obligations when due  in the ordinary  course of business.
Without limitation to  the generality of the foregoing, HSI is not assuming, and
shall not  have any liability,  (a) for  any income, franchise,  sales, payroll,
withholding or other taxes of Pattison, (b) for any expenses of Pattison related
to  the  negotiation,  preparation  and  execution  of  this  Agreement  or  the
consummation of  the transactions contemplated  hereby, (c) as  a "successor-in-
interest" to Pattison with respect to the Business, (d) for any accounts payable
of Pattison, or (e) for any matter or thing set forth on Schedule 2.2(e).

               (d)   As total consideration for the Purchased Inventory, and the
other assets and business being sold, transferred, conveyed and delivered to HSI
by Pattison pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2, (i) HSI shall, at the Closing, pay
SF $500,000  (the "HSI/Pattison Closing  Sales Payment Amount"), and  assume the
HSI Assumed Liabilities and (ii) in connection with the assumption by HSI of the
HSI Assumed Liabilities, Pattison shall  issue, execute and deliver the Pattison
Note (as such  term hereinafter  defined) and,  within ten (10)  days after  the
determination of  Pattison  Sales  and  Closing Pattison  Inventory  Value,  the
Pattison Note shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 2.6.

               (e)   Within  thirty (30) Business  Days after the  Closing Date,
HSI shall prepare a statement (the "Estimated Pattison Sales Statement") setting
forth its 

































                                       11


computation  of Estimated Pattison Sales.  In connection with the preparation of
such report,  the authorized  representatives of  HSI shall  have  the right  at
reasonable times and on reasonable notice, at the sole expense of HSI, to review
and/or  audit  the books  and  records  of Pattison  relating  to  the Estimated
Pattison  Sales,  as  well  as  the  work  papers  of   its  independent  public
accountants, in  each case  solely for the  purpose of  computing the  Estimated
Pattison Sales.   Upon completion of the Estimated Pattison Sales Statement, HSI
will deliver the Estimated Pattison Sales Statement to SF.  Following receipt of
the Estimated  Pattison Sales Statement, Pattison  will have a period  of twenty
(20) Business  Days to review the Estimated Pattison  Sales Statement.  If prior
to  the end  of such review  period, Pattison  in good  faith disagrees  with or
disputes  the accuracy  of the  Estimated  Pattison Sales,  then Pattison  shall
deliver to  HSI a  written statement  and explanation  of  such disagreement  or
dispute which sets  forth in reasonable detail the good faith  bases of any such
disagreement or dispute  (a "HSI/Pattison Sales Dispute Statement"  (and, to the
extent  Estimated Pattison  Sales  are  not subject  to  any HSI/Pattison  Sales
Dispute Statement, such Estimated Pattison  Sales are hereinafter referred to as
"Undisputed  Pattison Sales")).   If prior  to the  end of the  above referenced
twenty  (20) Business  Day  review  period following  receipt  of the  Estimated
Pattison Sales  Statement, Pattison shall  fail to deliver a  HSI/Pattison Sales
Dispute  Statement, then the  Estimated Pattison Sales shall  be deemed to equal
both the Pattison  Sales and Undisputed  Pattison Sales.  If,  however, Pattison
shall have delivered an HSI/Pattison Sales Dispute Statement prior to the end of
such review period, then HSI and Pattison will attempt in good  faith to resolve
all differences  with regard to the  determination of Pattison Sales  during the
next twenty (20)  Business Day period  commencing after the  end of such  review
period.  If HSI and Pattison are unable to resolve such differences prior to the
expiration of such twenty (20)  Business Day period (or such longer period if so
agreed by HSI and Pattison), the Pattison Sales shall be determined as set forth
in Section 2.2(f) of this Agreement.

               (f)   Written reports of disagreement or disputes with respect to
any  amounts referred to in Section 2.3(d)  shall be prepared in concise form by
HSI and Pattison and  submitted, together with copies of  any HSI/Pattison Sales
Dispute Statement, to the Third Accountants no later than ten (10) Business Days
following the last day of the twenty  (20) Business Day period (or longer period
if so agreed) referred  to in the last sentence of Section 2.2(e).   Each of HSI
and  Pattison  shall  also  be  entitled  to  make  a  brief  supplemental  oral
presentation  to  the  Third  Accountants regarding  any  such  disagreement  or
dispute.   The Third  Accountants shall  be instructed  by HSI  and Pattison  to
deliver a written report setting forth such Third Accountants' resolution of any
difference or  dispute referred to  it no later  than thirty (30)  Business Days
following the  earlier of (i) such firm's receipt  of the report of disagreement
or disputes submitted to it by HSI  and Pattison pursuant to this Section 2.2(g)
and (ii) the  last day permitted for the  submission of such report  as provided
above.    The determination  of  the  Third  Accountants  with  respect  to  any
disagreement or dispute referred to it  by HSI and Pattison as provided  in this
Section 2.2(f) will  be final, binding, non-appealable and  uncontestable by the
parties hereto and will not be subject to collateral attack for any 


































                                       12


reason.  Promptly after the determination by the Third Accountants, the Pattison
Note shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 2.6.

          2.3  Allocation  of  Purchase  Price.    The  purchase price  for  the
               -------------------------------
Acquired Assets  shall be allocated  for federal, state,  local and  foreign tax
purposes by each party among the Acquired Assets sold, transferred and  assigned
hereunder and the covenant contained  in the Non-Compete Agreement as determined
by HSI and approved by Pattison, acting on (such approval not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), not later than six (6) months after the Closing Date.  For
all pertinent tax purposes each party hereto shall report the purchase  and sale
and  assignment  provided   for,  and  with  the  characterization  given  these
transactions, in this Agreement to taxing authorities on a basis consistent with
such allocation, and each party agrees not to take a position  inconsistent with
such allocation.  After the Closing, each of HSI and Pattison shall timely  file
form  8594 with  the  IRS detailing  this  allocation.   In the  event  that HSI
determines, subject to  Pattison's reasonable approval, that  any adjustments to
such allocation  are necessary,  Pattison shall make  such modifications  as are
necessary reporting  the same on  form 8594 (if required)  or any tax  report or
return filed or to  be filed by Pattison in order to conform to HSI's allocation
as adjusted.

          2.4  Nonassignable Contracts and  Authorizations.  To the  extent that
               -------------------------------------------
the assignment of any  Pattison Contract or Authorization to be  assigned to HSI
pursuant to this  Agreement shall require the  consent of any other  party, this
Agreement  shall not constitute  a contract to  assign the same  if an attempted
assignment would constitute a breach thereof.  Pattison shall use all reasonable
efforts,  and HSI  shall  cooperate  where appropriate,  to  obtain any  consent
necessary to any such assignment where such consent is requested by HSI.  If any
such  consent is  not  obtained,  Pattison  shall  cooperate  with  HSI  in  any
reasonable  arrangement designed  to provide  for HSI  the benefit,  monetary or
otherwise, of any such Pattison Contract or  Authorization including enforcement
of  any and  all rights  of  Pattison or  the Business  against the  other party
thereto  arising out of a breach or  cancellation thereof by such other party or
otherwise.

          2.5  Guarantee  of Performance by Pattison.   As a material inducement
               -------------------------------------
to HSI to  execute, deliver and  perform its  obligations under this  Agreement,
from and after  the Closing Date, SF unconditionally  and irrevocably guarantees
the full payment and/or  performance of each  obligation of Pattison under  this
Agreement  (including, without  limitation, the  obligations  of Pattison  under
Section 10.2 hereof) and each of the other Pattison Closing Documents (including
the  Pattison Note).    This  guaranty constitutes  a  guaranty  of payment  and
performance when  due and not of collection, and  SF specifically agrees that it
shall  not  be necessary  or required  that  HSI (or  any other  Buyer Claimant)
exercise any right,  assert any claim or demand or enforce any remedy whatsoever
against Pattison before  or as a condition  to the obligations of  SF hereunder.
At  the  Closing,  SF  shall execute  and  deliver  a guaranty  in  the  form of
Exhibit 2.5 hereto (the  "SF Guaranty").  SF further acknowledges that it is its
intention  to  cause  the merger  of  Pattison  with  and  into SF  as  soon  as
practicable after the date hereof and thereby 

































                                       13


assume, and become liable for, all obligations of Pattison by law (including the
Pattison Note).

          2.6  Pattison  Bridge Loan.    (a)   At  the  Closing, Pattison  shall
               ---------------------
execute and deliver its  promissory note in the form of  Exhibit 2.6 hereto (the
"Pattison Note")  in an  aggregate principal  amount  of $325,297.94;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however, that  the original principal amount  shall be subject  to adjustment as
- -------
follows:   (i) if  the Final  Value is  greater than  $1,450,000, then  the face
amount of the  Pattison Note shall be  reduced by the amount by  which the Final
Value exceeds such amount  and (ii) if the Final Value  is less than $1,450,000,
then the face amount of  the Pattison Note shall be  increased by the amount  by
which the Final Value is less than such amount.  If the event referred to in the
foregoing clause (i) is applicable, HSI hereby consents to any reduction  of the
Pattison Note as a result thereof and if the event referred to  in the foregoing
clause  (ii)  is applicable,  Pattison  hereby consents  to an  increase  in the
Pattison Note as a result thereof, and,  in either case, HSI and Pattison  agree
to the exchange of a new promissory note to give effect to the applicable event.

               (b)   The  Pattison Note  shall be  secured  by an  assignment in
favor of HSI of those certain life  insurance policies listed on Schedule 2.6(b)
(the "Life Insurance Policies") and, at  the election of HSI, an encumbrance  on
the  Real Property described on  Schedule 4.7 hereto.  If  HSI elects to require
the  imposition of an Encumbrance  on such Real  Property as additional security
for the Pattison Note, Pattison hereby  agrees to execute such documentation  as
shall be requested by HSI and its counsel to perfect such Lien.


          ARTICLE III     CLOSING
                          -------

          3.1  The Closing.  The  Closing shall take place  at 10:00 a.m.  local
               -----------
time on June 24, 1996 or on such other date as may be agreed  upon in writing by
the parties  hereto (the  "Closing Date"),  at the  offices of  counsel to  HSI,
Proskauer Rose  Goetz & Mendelsohn  LLP ("Proskauer"), 1585 Broadway,  New York,
New York.

          3.2  Obligations of Pattison.  At the Closing, Pattison  shall deliver
               -----------------------
to HSI the following:

               (a)   An  opinion of Hanaway, Ross, Hanaway, Weidner & Bachhuber,
S.C., counsel to Pattison  and SF, dated as of the Closing Date,  in the form of
annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.2(a).

               (b)   Bill of Sale duly executed by Pattison, in the form annexed
hereto as Exhibit 3.2(b).







































                                       14


               (c)   An assignment, duly  executed by SF and each  of the former
shareholders of Pattison, pursuant to  which SF shall assign to HSI, all of SF's
rights under  the Stock Purchase  Agreement, such assignment  to be in  the form
annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.2(c).

               (d)   FirstStar   Financial   shall   have   consented   to   the
consummation of  the transactions contemplated  by this Agreement and  the Stock
Purchase Agreement,  and HSI shall  have received satisfactory evidence  of such
consent.

               (e)   SF shall have delivered the duly executed Guaranty.

               (f)   Thomas  McGrath  shall  have  executed  and  delivered  the
Employment Agreement.

               (g)   Thomas McGrath and  Donald McGrath shall have  executed the
Non-Compete Agreement.

               (h)   Pattison  shall have  delivered the duly  executed Pattison
Note.

               (i)   Mercantile  Bank of Kansas  City ("Mercantile  Bank") shall
have delivered to Pattison  and HSI a duly executed release  of all Encumbrances
against the Business  and the Pattison Assets, and  all outstanding indebtedness
owed to Mercantile Bank by Pattison shall have been repaid.

               (j)   Security Agreement duly  executed by Pattison, in  the form
annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.2(j), covering the Life Insurance Policies.

               (k)   Each  of First Bank  National Association ("FBNA")  (or its
applicable affiliates), Thompson-Schwinghammer, Inc. (d/b/a "FM Dental  Supply")
and John  Thompson (collectively,  the "FM Dental  Related Parties")  shall have
advised  Pattison, SF and HSI in writing  that it has no Encumbrance relating to
the Business or the Pattison Assets nor will it assert any purported Encumbrance
in the future;  provided, however, if  the FM Dental  Related Parties shall  not
                --------  -------
have delivered written  agreements to the foregoing effect  satisfactory to HSI,
HSI may, in  its sole discretion, consummate  the Closing, but HSI  may exercise
all of  its rights  described in  the proviso  to Section 3.2(i)  of the  HSI/SF
Agreement.   Nothing  in this  Section  3.2(k) shall  relieve Pattison  from the
performance of any obligation  owed by Pattison or SF  to any FM Dental  Related
Party or HSI, or impose any obligation on  HSI to perform any such obligation on
behalf of Pattison or SF.

               (l)   Each  of  Norman E.  Shepard, Robert  D. Cowell,  Donald M.
Shortess and Thomas J. McGowan  shall have executed and delivered acknowledgment
and waiver  letters to Pattison and  HSI in the  form annexed hereto  as Exhibit
3.2(l).




































                                       15


               (m)   Such  other instruments of assignment and conveyance as may
be  necessary or  appropriate to  fully  and effectively  transfer the  Acquired
Assets  being transferred  by  Pattison in  accordance with  the  terms of  this
Agreement.

          3.3  Obligations  of  HSI.   At  the  Closing,  HSI shall  deliver  to
               --------------------
Pattison and SF the following (or cause the following to occur):

               (a)   The SF Closing Inventory Payment.

               (b)   The HSI/Pattison Closing Sales Payment Amount.

               (c)   Assumption  Agreement, duly  executed by  HSI  in the  form
annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.3(c).

               (d)   HSI shall pay by wire  transfer of funds to Mercantile Bank
the amount referred to  in that certain pay-off letter included  in the Pattison
Specified Contracts.

               (e)   HSI shall pay  by wire transfer of funds to  each of Thomas
McGrath, the  amount of $45,882.46,  the Estate of  W.J. McGrath, the  amount of
$31,415.48, Thomas  McGrath, the amount of $28,000,  Jack McGrath, the amount of
$10,000  and  William McGrath,  the amount  of  $10,000, in  each case,  in full
satisfaction of the  promissory notes in such  amounts included in  the Pattison
Specified Contracts  and HSI  shall receive  satisfactory receipts  and releases
therefor.    [SF  Dental  should  obtain wire  transfer  instructions  from  the
McGraths.]

          ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PATTISON
                     ------------------------------------------

          Pattison hereby represents and warrants to HSI as follows:

          4.1  Organization and Qualification.   Pattison is a  corporation duly
               ------------------------------
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the  laws of the State of
Missouri with full corporate  power and authority to own, lease  and operate its
properties and assets and to conduct the Business, as it is now being conducted.
Pattison is  duly qualified  as a foreign  corporation and  is in  good standing
under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the conduct  of the business or the
ownership of its assets requires such qualification.

          4.2  Authority.   Pattison  has  all  requisite  corporate  power  and
               ---------
authority,   to  execute   and  deliver   this  Agreement  and   all  documents,
certificates, agreements, instruments and writings related hereto (collectively,
the "Pattison Closing Documents")  to which it is a party  and to perform, carry
out  and consummate  the  transactions  contemplated hereby  and  thereby.   The
execution, delivery and performance of this 





































                                       16


Agreement  and the other Pattison Closing Documents have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate  action on the part of Pattison (including the unanimous
approval  of  SF,  in its  capacity  as  sole shareholder  of  Pattison).   This
Agreement  does, and  when  executed  by Pattison,  the  other Pattison  Closing
Documents shall, constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations  of each of
Pattison,  enforceable  against  Pattison in  accordance  with  their respective
terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws and by equitable principles.

          4.3  No Breach.  Subject to Section 8.5(b) and except as set  forth on
               ---------
Schedule 4.3 hereto, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the
other  Pattison  Closing Documents  by  Pattison  nor  the consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby  will:  (a) violate any provision of
the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or other organizational documents of
Pattison; (b) conflict with, result in a  breach of or constitute a default  (or
an event which, with or without notice, lapse of time  or both, would constitute
a  default)  under  any  material  agreement,  document,  certificate  or  other
instrument to  which Pattison  is a  party or by  which Pattison  or any  of its
properties  or assets  (including  the  Acquired Assets)  is  subject or  bound;
(c) result in  the creation  of, or  give any  party the  right  to create,  any
Encumbrance  upon  assets or  properties  of  Pattison (including  the  Acquired
Assets); (d) conflict  with, violate,  result  in a  breach of  or constitute  a
default  under  any  judgment,  decree,  order,  or  process  of  any  court  or
governmental authority; (e) conflict with  or violate any material statute,  law
or regulation  applicable to the Business,  the Acquired Assets or  Pattison; or
(f) require Pattison to  obtain any authorization,  consent, approval or  waiver
from, or to make any filing with, any governmental or regulatory authority.

          4.4  Financial Statements  and Sales Information.   (a)  Prior  to the
               -------------------------------------------
date hereof,  Pattison has  delivered to  HSI the  Financial Statements (to  the
extent required  by the  definition thereof) attached  hereto as  Schedule 4.4A.
Such Financial Statements have been  prepared from, and are in accordance  with,
the books and  records of Pattison,  present fairly the  financial position  and
results of operations of the Acquired Assets and  the Business as of and for the
periods set forth  therein in  accordance with  GAAP and are  true, correct  and
complete in all material respects, except as set forth on Schedule 4.4B.

               (b)   The books and records of Pattison are accurate and complete
and have been maintained in accordance with good business practices.

          4.5  Absence of Certain  Changes or  Events.  Except  as set forth  on
               --------------------------------------
Schedule 4.5 hereto, since February 29, 1996:

               (a)   The  Business has been  conducted, and the  Acquired Assets
have been  acquired, owned and  operated only in  the ordinary and  usual course
consistent with past practice.





































                                       17


               (b)   Neither  the Business nor the Acquired Assets have suffered
any event or condition that has had a Material Adverse Effect.

               (c)   Pattison  has not become  aware of  any event  or condition
that has occurred or would reasonably be  expected to occur that could result in
a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.6  Assets.  Pattison  has good and freely transferable  title to all
               ------
of the Acquired Assets,  free and clear of all Encumbrances (other  than, in the
case of Acquired  Assets which do not constitute  Purchased Inventory, Permitted
Encumbrances), and has  the complete and  unrestricted power and  right to  sell
and/or transfer the Acquired Assets in  accordance with the terms hereof.   Each
item of equipment included in the Acquired Assets  is and will when delivered be
adequate for the uses to  which it is being put as  of the Closing Date, is  and
will when delivered  be in good order  and working condition, ordinary  wear and
tear  excepted, and have  no material defects,  and no condition  exists or will
when such equipment  is delivered exist which interferes  with the value thereof
or the use thereof,  in connection with the operations of  the Business prior to
the  date hereof.   Such equipment has  been maintained in  accordance with good
business practices.   Except as set forth  on Schedule 4.6, the  Acquired Assets
constitute  all  of  the  properties and  assets  used  in  connection  with the
operations  of the  Business  and  include  all of  the  properties  and  assets
necessary to operate the Business as such business has been operated immediately
prior to the date hereof.

          4.7  Real Property.  Schedule 4.7  sets forth an accurate and complete
               -------------
list of all Real Property owned by Pattison and all leases of Real Property used
in the Business.

          4.8  Intellectual Property.  Schedule 4.8 hereto lists all licenses of
               ---------------------
Intellectual Property  to or  from Pattison with  respect to  the Business.   No
currently outstanding claims have been  asserted either orally or in writing  to
Pattison or the  Business, by any Person challenging the validity of or alleging
infringement by, or misuse of, any Intellectual Property used by Pattison or the
Business, or  challenging or questioning  the validity or enforceability  of any
license or  agreement referred  to on  Schedule 4.8,  no such  claims have  been
asserted during the  last five years, and  there is no valid basis  for any such
claim.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.8, none  of Pattison nor the Business,
nor has  Pattison  or the  Business, been  alleged to  have,  infringed upon  or
violated any  Intellectual  Property right  or  misappropriated or  misused  any
invention,  trade  secret or  other  proprietary information  entitled  to legal
protection.   None  of  Pattison nor  the Business  has  asserted any  currently
outstanding  claim   of  infringement,   misappropriation  or   misuse  of   any
Intellectual Property, nor has any of Pattison or the Business asserted any such
claims during the last five years.

          4.9  Contracts and Commitments.  (a)  The contracts listed on Schedule
               -------------------------
4.9 are all of the leases, agreements, arrangements, contracts, commitments or 



































                                       18


understandings,  written  or oral,  and  whether  legally  binding or  otherwise
("Pattison Contracts"), that relate to the Business, (excluding (i) any Pattison
Contract that involves  a commitment by Pattison  of less than $10,000  over the
next  12 months  and less  than $25,000  over  the balance  of the  term of  the
Pattison Contract  and (ii) customer sales  orders entered into in  the ordinary
course of business.)

               (b)   None of Pattison  or the Business is in  breach or default,
nor is  there any  basis for  any valid  claim of breach  or default  by any  of
Pattison or the  Business under any Pattison  Contract.  Except as  set forth on
Schedule 4.9, all Pattison Contracts are valid and in full force and effect, and
neither the consummation of the  transactions contemplated by this Agreement nor
the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by any other Pattison Closing
Document will cause any Pattison Contract to cease to be valid and in full force
and  effect.    None of  the  Pattison  Contracts  contain  "change of  control"
provisions (i.e., provisions  which would create a right  against, or obligation
            ----
of, Pattison as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement and the other Pattison Closing Documents).  Accurate and complete
copies of  all Pattison Contracts,  including all amendments thereto,  have been
heretofore delivered to HSI.

          4.10 Accounts  Receivable.  Schedule  4.10 sets  forth a  complete and
               --------------------
accurate list of all accounts receivable of Pattison, including an aging thereof
as of May 1, 1996.  All of such accounts receivable (a) represent sales actually
made in  the ordinary  course of  business for  goods or  services delivered  or
rendered to unaffiliated customers  in bona fide arm's-length  transactions, (b)
constitute valid claims, (c)  have not been and will  not be extended or  rolled
over in order to make  them current and (d) are not  and will not be subject  to
counterclaims or setoffs. 

          4.11 Inventory.   The Inventory  of Pattison is  described on Schedule
               ---------
4.11.  Such Inventory is of merchantable quality, free of defects in workmanship
or design and is  usable and salable by Pattison at normal profit margins and in
accordance  with  historical sales  practices  in  the  ordinary course  of  the
Business.    Such Inventory  does  not  include any  items  which are  obsolete,
damaged, excessive, below standard quality or  slow moving (i.e., items that are
                                                            ----
for discontinued or expected to be discontinued product lines, or have  a stated
expiration  date of 6 months or  less from the Closing  Date, or items that have
not been  used or sold within 6  months prior to the date  hereof, or items that
have not been sold within the customary inventory turnover cycle of Pattison, as
the  case may be, with respect to such  item, or items for which there is excess
capacity (i.e.,  more products are on hand of any  such item than have been sold
          ----
in the past nine (9) months).

          4.12 Customers and Suppliers.  There  have been no adverse changes and
               -----------------------
there are  no  facts known  to  Pattison which  may  reasonably be  expected  to
indicate that any adverse  change may occur in the business  relationship of the
Business  with any  Person  who was  one  of the  fifteen  largest customers  or
suppliers  of the  Business as  of  the end  of the  12 month  period  ending on
February 29, 1996.

































                                       19


          4.13 Litigation, Etc.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13 hereto:
               ----------------

               (a)   There has  not been in  the three  years prior to  the date
hereof, nor is there currently, any claim, action, suit, inquiry, proceeding or,
to  the  best  knowledge  of  Pattison,  investigation  of  any kind  or  nature
whatsoever  (including, but  not  limited  to,  products  liability  issues  and
Environmental  Liabilities), by  or before  any court  or governmental  or other
regulatory or administrative agency, commission or tribunal brought, asserted or
initiated by  or  against Pattison,  or pending  or, to  the  best knowledge  of
Pattison, threatened against or involving the Business and which is material, or
which questions or challenges the validity of this Agreement or any action taken
or to be taken  by Pattison pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the
transactions contemplated  hereby.  There is no valid  basis for any such claim,
action, suit, inquiry, proceeding or investigation.

               (b)   Pattison is  not subject to  any judgment, order  or decree
which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.14 Employee Benefit Plans.  Schedule 4.14 hereto contains a complete
               ----------------------
and accurate list  of all Employee  Benefit Plans.   Each Employee Benefit  Plan
complies and has been maintained and operated in all respects in accordance with
its terms and the terms and the provisions of applicable law, including, without
limitation, ERISA and the Code, except where  the failure to so comply would not
cause a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.15 Compliance with Law;  Necessary Authorizations.   (a)  Except  as
               ----------------------------------------------
listed or described on Schedule 4.15(a) hereto, the Business has been conducted,
marketed its  products and  owned and operated  all of  the Acquired  Assets, in
compliance with all  applicable laws, rules,  regulations, orders, building  and
other codes, zoning and other ordinances, Authorizations, judgments and decrees,
including all Environmental Laws, of all federal, state, local, foreign or other
governmental  authorities, except, in  any such  case, where  the failure  to so
conduct the Business  or comply with any  such laws, rules or  regulations would
not cause a Material Adverse Effect.

               (b)   Schedule 4.15(b) lists or describes the material Authoriza-
tions  held  or required  by  the Business  and,  except as  set  forth  in that
schedule, all such Authorizations  are in full force and effect,  Pattison is in
compliance with all such Authorizations and, to the best knowledge of  Pattison,
there is no  reasonable basis for the  revocation or suspension of  any thereof.
Except as set forth  on Schedule 4.15(b), such Authorizations constitute all the
permits,  licenses,   approvals,  qualifications  or  the  like  issued  by  any
regulatory authorities  required for  ownership of the  Acquired Assets  and the
operation of the Business, all of which are transferable and will be transferred
to HSI at Closing.

          4.16 Finders.  Neither Pattison nor  the Business has taken any action
               -------
that, directly  or indirectly, would  obligate HSI or  any of its  Affiliates to
anyone acting as 


































                                       20


broker,  finder, financial advisor or in any similar capacity in connection with
this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          4.17 Consents  and Approvals of  Governmental Authorities.   Except as
               ----------------------------------------------------
set  forth on  Schedule  4.17, no  consent,  approval  or authorization  of,  or
declaration, filing  or  registration with,  or  the giving  of  notice to,  any
domestic  or  foreign  governmental  or  regulatory  authority  is  required  in
connection  with the  execution, delivery  and performance  by Pattison  of this
Agreement  or the  consummation  by Pattison  of  the transactions  contemplated
hereby.

          4.18 Related Party Transactions; Intercompany Accounts.  Except as set
               -------------------------------------------------
forth on Schedule 4.18 hereto, there are no Pattison Contracts between Pattison,
on one  hand, and any  stockholder, director,  officer or Affiliate  of Pattison
(each, a  "Related  Party"), on  the other;  in each  case,  other than  routine
employment  agreements  in  the  ordinary  course of  business  (and  which  are
terminable without penalty in  not more than  30 days).   Set forth on  Schedule
4.18 is a true and complete list of each transaction during the prior 18  months
between any of Pattison  or the Business, on one hand, and any Related Party, on
the  other hand.   No amounts  are owed  by or to  Pattison with  respect to the
Business to or by any Related Party, and no amount is owed by  or to Pattison or
the Business to or by any Related Party.


          ARTICLE V  REPRESENTATIONS AND
                     -------------------
                     WARRANTIES OF HSI
                     -----------------

          HSI hereby represents and warrants to Pattison as follows:

          5.1  Organization  and Qualification.    HSI  is  a  corporation  duly
               -------------------------------
organized, validly  existing and in  good standing  under the laws  of Delaware,
with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties
and assets and to  conduct its business as  it is now  being conducted.  HSI  is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation  and is in good standing under  the laws
of  such jurisdiction in which  the conduct of the business  or the ownership of
its assets requires such qualification.

          5.2  Authority.   HSI has all  requisite corporate power and authority
               ---------
to  execute  and  deliver  this   Agreement  and  all  documents,  certificates,
agreements, instruments  and writings  relating hereto  (collectively, the  "HSI
Closing  Documents") to  which  it is  a  party and  to perform,  carry  out and
consummate  the transactions  contemplated hereby  and thereby.   The execution,
delivery and performance of this  Agreement and the other HSI Closing  Documents
have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action on the part of HSI.
This Agreement does, and when executed  by HSI, the other HSI Closing  Documents
shall, constitute  the legal,  valid and  binding obligations  of  each of  them
enforceable against HSI in accordance with their respective 




































                                       21


terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws and by equitable principles.

          5.3  No Breach.  Subject to Section 7.5(b), neither  the execution and
               ---------
delivery  of this  Agreement  by HSI  nor the  consummation of  the transactions
contemplated  herein will:   (i) violate  any  provision of  the Certificate  of
Incorporation or By-laws of  HSI; (ii) conflict with,  result in a breach of  or
constitute a default (or an event  which, with or without notice, lapse  of time
or both, would constitute a default) under, or give any third party the right to
terminate or modify, any material agreement or other instrument to which  HSI is
a  party or  by which it  or any  of its  assets is  bound; (iii) result  in the
creation of, or give any party the right to create, any Encumbrance, upon assets
or properties of  HSI; (iv)  conflict with, violate,  result in a  breach of  or
constitute a default under  any judgment, decree, order or process  of any court
or governmental  authority; (v) conflict  with or violate any  material statute,
law or  regulation applicable  to the business  of HSI;  or (vi) require  HSI to
obtain  any authorization,  consent, approval  or  waiver from,  or to  make any
filing with, any governmental or regulatory authority.

          5.4  HSI Financial  Statements and  Sales Information.   Prior to  the
               ------------------------------------------------
date  hereof, HSI delivered  to Pattison  the HSI  Financial Statements  (to the
extent required  by the  definition thereof) attached  hereto as  Schedule 5.4A.
Such HSI  Financial Statements have  been prepared from,  and are in  accordance
with, the books  and records of HSI,  present fairly the financial  position and
results of operations  of HSI as  of and for  the periods set  forth therein  in
accordance  with  GAAP  and are  true,  correct  and  complete  in all  material
respects, except as set forth on Schedule 5.4B.

          5.5  Finders.   Neither HSI nor  any of its respective  Affiliates has
               -------
taken any action that, directly or indirectly, would obligate Pattison or any of
its Affiliates to anyone acting as a broker, finder, financial advisor or in any
similar  capacity in connection  with this Agreement or  any of the transactions
contemplated hereby.


          ARTICLE VI COVENANTS
                     ---------

          6.1  Certain  Covenants of Pattison.   Pattison hereby  covenants that
               ------------------------------
(unless  HSI  otherwise gives  its  written  approval  in its  sole  discretion)
Pattison shall at its sole cost and expense take the actions set forth below:

               (a)   Prior  to and  after the  Closing Date, Pattison  shall pay
those debts  and  accounts payable  relating to  the Business  and the  Acquired
Assets that  are or  have been incurred  by Pattison in  the ordinary  course of
business and on a timely basis.  If Pattison shall not pay and otherwise satisfy
all such accounts payable on a timely basis, then HSI, in its sole and  absolute
discretion,  may pay all  or any portion  of such accounts payable  on behalf of
Pattison, which shall promptly reimburse HSI for any such payment, plus interest
thereon at the Prime Rate.  Pattison shall thereafter pay or otherwise 


































                                       22


discharge in full all the Excluded Liabilities relating to the Business  as such
amounts shall become due in accordance with their terms.

               (b)   Prior to and after the Closing Date,  Pattison shall afford
HSI, its  attorneys, accountants, consultants and representatives  free and full
access to the  Acquired Assets to be  sold, transferred or assigned  by Pattison
pursuant to this Agreement, the  books and records of Pattison  relating thereto
and employees of  Pattison who are familiar  with the Business and  the Acquired
Assets,  at  all reasonable  times  upon  reasonable  notice and  during  normal
business hours, and shall provide to HSI and its representatives such additional
financial and operating  data and other information  as to the Business  and the
Acquired Assets  pursuant  to this  Agreement as  HSI shall  from  time to  time
reasonably request.

               (c)   Prior to  and after  the Closing,  Pattison  shall use  its
reasonable  efforts to  preserve  for HSI  the  goodwill  of the  customers  and
suppliers of  the Business, and  others having business relations  with Pattison
with respect  to the Business  and Acquired Assets, and  prior to and  after the
Closing shall do all things reasonably requested by HSI for such purpose.

          6.2  Obtaining Consents.  Prior to and after the Closing, Pattison and
               ------------------
Pattison  shall use  all  reasonable  efforts  to obtain  all  consents  to  the
assignment to HSI  of all of the  HSI Assumed Liabilities and  Authorizations of
Pattison, in each  case without any condition  or qualification adverse  to HSI.
HSI, on the  one hand, and  Pattison, on  the other hand,  shall coordinate  and
cooperate  with  one another  and supply  such assistance  as may  be reasonably
requested by each in connection with the foregoing.

          6.3  Transfer  and  Retention of  Records.   After  the  Closing Date,
               ------------------------------------
except as may be  required for tax purposes,  other regulatory purposes  neither
Pattison  nor any  of  its  successors and  assigns  will  retain any  document,
databases or  other media embodying any confidential  or proprietary information
relating to the Business which constitutes a part of the Acquired Assets or use,
publish or  disclose to any  third person any  such confidential or  proprietary
information relating to the Business;  provided, however, that Pattison shall be
                                       --------  -------
entitled to  retain copies  of any of  the foregoing.   Pattison shall  take all
actions  requested by HSI  to transfer records  relating to the  Business to HSI
which may include making duplicate copies of any records retained by Pattison in
the form of papers or computer media.

          6.4  Product  Replacement and  Repairs.  After  the Closing  Date, HSI
               ---------------------------------
will, subject  to the following  sentence, honor all outstanding  warranties and
guaranties and other  claims for replacements, repairs and  credits, relating to
products  or services  of the Business  shipped, sold  or furnished  by Pattison
prior to the  Closing Date, or relating to  Purchased Inventory.  Any  claims in
respect of returned or damaged products accepted by HSI shall be for the account
of Pattison, which shall promptly reimburse HSI for the cost thereof.




































                                       23


          6.5  Employee Matters.   (a)  HSI may,  but shall not be  required to,
               ----------------
offer  employment to  employees  employed  by Pattison  in  connection with  the
operations of  the Business on  such terms as  HSI in its sole  discretion deems
appropriate.   Any such offers shall be on terms which HSI customarily hires new
employees (e.g.,  without assumption  of  seniority).   Alternatively, at  HSI's
request, Pattison  shall continue  its employment  of all  or a  portion of  its
employees engaged in the operations of the Business to assist HSI in its conduct
of the  Business on an interim basis not exceeding 90 days.  HSI shall reimburse
Pattison for all  actual payroll costs and related incidental  costs incurred by
it for continuing the employment of such employees for HSI's benefit.

               (b)   HSI shall not assume  or be responsible in any  way for the
obligations, liabilities or responsibilities (i) of any Employee Benefit Plan of
Pattison, (ii) of SF or Pattison, any  Affiliate or any fiduciary under, arising
from,  or with respect to  any Employee Benefit Plan  of Pattison or Pattison or
(iii) to  any of SF's  or Pattison's officers, directors,  employees and agents,
arising  from or  related to  the transactions  contemplated by  this Agreement,
including, without  limitation,  obligations,  liabilities  or  responsibilities
under the  WARN Act.  HSI  shall not be deemed  to be a successor  employer with
respect to the employment of any employee of  Pattison or with respect to any of
Employee Benefit Plans of SF or Pattison.

          6.6  Further Assurances.  After the Closing, HSI, on the one hand, and
               ------------------
Pattison, on the  other hand, shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates
to, at the request and the expense of the other, execute and deliver such  other
instruments of conveyance and transfer and assumption and take such other action
as may be reasonably requested so as to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby or otherwise to consummate the intent of this Agreement.

          6.7  Name Change.   Pattison hereby covenants and agrees  that, if the
               -----------
Merger shall  not occur within  thirty (30) days of  the Closing Date,  it shall
file a certificate of amendment of certificate of incorporation of Pattison, and
file appropriate documentation  in those jurisdictions in which  it is qualified
to do  business as  a foreign  corporation,  changing its  name from  "Pattison-
McGrath Company Dental  Supplies", to a  name that does  not include any  of the
Intellectual Property.

          6.8  Use of Facilities.  In order to facilitate the orderly transition
               -----------------
of the conduct of the  Business from Pattison to HSI, Pattison  hereby agrees to
permit  HSI to  operate  and  conduct the  Business  at the  Pattison  corporate
headquarters  located  at  1901  Baltimore,  Kansas  City,  Missouri  64108 (the
"Premises") for a period not to exceed 90 days following the Closing Date.  Such
occupancy of the Pattison corporate headquarters shall be at no cost to HSI.

          6.9  No Encumbrance  on Premises.   For so long  as the Pattison  Note
               ---------------------------
shall  be  outstanding, Pattison  shall  not  create  or  suffer  to  exist  any
Encumbrance upon or with respect to the Premises, except an Encumbrance in favor
of HSI as contemplated by Section 2.6(b).



































                                       24


          ARTICLE VII  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS
                       -----------------------------------
                                OF HSI
                                ------

          The  obligation  of  HSI  under  this  Agreement   to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  at  the  Closing shall  be  subject  to  the
satisfaction, at or  prior to the Closing,  of all of the  following conditions,
any one or more of which may be waived in writing by HSI:

          7.1  Representations and Warranties Accurate.  All representations and
               ---------------------------------------
warranties  of Pattison  contained  in  this Agreement  and  the other  Pattison
Closing Documents shall be true and accurate in all material respects  on and as
of the Closing Date as if made again at and as of such date.

          7.2  Performance  by SF  and Pattison.    SF and  Pattison shall  have
               --------------------------------
performed and complied  with all agreements required  by this Agreement and  the
other SF  Closing Documents to  be performed and  complied with by each  of them
prior to or on the Closing Date.

          7.3  Certificate.   HSI shall  have received a  certificate, dated the
               -----------
Closing Date, signed on  behalf of Pattison by a principal  corporate officer of
Pattison  to the effect  that the conditions  set forth in Sections  7.1 and 7.2
have been satisfied.

          7.4  Opinions of Counsel  for Pattison.  HSI shall  have received from
               ---------------------------------
counsel  to SF and Pattison  a written opinion,  dated the Closing  Date, in the
form annexed hereto as Exhibit 3.2(a).

          7.5  Authorization;  Legal  Prohibition.   (a)    Pattison  shall have
               ----------------------------------
delivered to HSI copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of Pattison
and the  stockholders of Pattison,  in each case  certified by the  secretary or
assistant secretary of Pattison, which resolutions shall unanimously approve and
authorize  the execution  and delivery  of  this Agreement,  the other  Pattison
Closing Documents and the  consummation of the transactions contemplated  hereby
and thereby.

               (b)   No suit, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding
by  any  governmental  body  or  other  person shall  have  been  instituted  or
threatened  which (i)  could  reasonably be  expected  to result  in a  material
adverse change in the Business; (ii) arises out  of or relates to this Agreement
or the transactions contemplated hereby;  or (iii) questions the validity hereof
or seeks to obtain substantial  damages in respect thereof.  On the  date of the
Closing, there shall be no  effective permanent or preliminary injunction, writ,
temporary restraining order or any order of any nature issued by a 








































                                       25


court of  competent jurisdiction  directing that the  transactions provided  for
herein not be consummated as so provided.

          7.6  Consents.     All  notices  to,  and  declarations,  filings  and
               --------
registrations with,  and consents, approvals and waivers  from, governmental and
regulatory agencies (including, without limitation, the FTC and DOJ) required to
consummate  the transactions  contemplated hereby  and to  permit the  continued
operation  by  HSI of  the  Business after  the  Closing Date,  shall  have been
obtained and  all consents  to the  assignment to HSI  of each  of the  Acquired
Assets  and Authorizations of  Pattison shall have  been obtained,  in each case
without any condition or qualification adverse to HSI.

          7.7  Closing Deliveries.  HSI shall have received all deliveries to be
               ------------------
made to it pursuant to Article III of this Agreement.

          7.8  Absence of Adverse Changes.   There shall not have occurred since
               --------------------------
the date hereof  (i) any material adverse change in  the condition (financial or
otherwise) or results of operations of or prospects of the Business; or (ii) any
other event, loss,  damage, condition or state  of facts of any  character which
can  reasonably be  expected materially  and adversely  to affect  the business,
financial  condition,  prospects,  earnings, assets,  properties,  net  worth or
results of operations of the Business.

          7.9  Actions by Pattison.  Pattison shall have executed a Bill of Sale
               -------------------
in the form of Exhibits 3.2(b).

          7.10 Additional Documents, Etc.  Pattison shall have delivered  to HSI
               --------------------------
such  other  documents, instruments  and  certificates  as  shall be  reasonably
requested by HSI or counsel to HSI for the purpose of effecting the transactions
provided  for  and contemplated  by this  Agreement  and the  other  HSI Closing
Documents.


          ARTICLE VIII  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS
                        -----------------------------------
                                OF PATTISON
                                -----------

          The obligations of  Pattison under this Agreement shall  be subject to
the  satisfaction,  at  or  prior  to  the  Closing, of  all  of  the  following
conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by Pattison.

          8.1  Representations and Warranties Accurate.  All representations and
               ---------------------------------------
warranties  of  HSI contained  in  this  Agreement  and  the other  HSI  Closing
Documents shall be true and accurate  in all material respects on and as  of the
Closing Date as if made again at and as of such date.







































                                       26


          8.2  Performance by Buyer.  HSI shall have performed and complied with
               --------------------
all agreements required by this Agreement and the other HSI Closing Documents to
be performed and complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date.

          8.3  Certificate.  Pattison  shall have received a  certificate, dated
               -----------
the Closing Date,  signed on behalf of HSI  by a principal corporate  officer of
HSI, to the  effect that the conditions set  forth in Sections 8.1  and 8.2 have
been satisfied.

          8.4  Legal  Prohibition.  No  suit, action, investigation,  inquiry or
               ------------------
other  proceeding  by any  governmental  body or  other  person shall  have been
instituted which arises  out of or relates to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated  hereby  or  questions  the  validity hereof  or  seeks  to  obtain
substantial damages in respect thereof.  On the date of the Closing, there shall
be no effective permanent or preliminary injunction, writ, temporary restraining
order or  any order of  any nature issued  by a court of  competent jurisdiction
directing  that the transactions  provided for herein  not be consummated  as so
provided.

          8.5  Closing  Deliveries.   Pattison and  SF shall  have  received all
               -------------------
deliveries to be made to each of them pursuant to Article III of this Agreement.

          8.6  Additional Documents,  Etc.  HSI  shall have delivered to  SF and
               ---------------------------
Pattison  such  other  documents,  instruments  and  certificates  as  shall  be
reasonably  requested  by  any of  them  or  their counsel  for  the  purpose of
effecting the transactions  provided for and contemplated by  this Agreement and
the other Pattison Closing Documents.


          ARTICLE IX  RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
                      ---------------------

          9.1  Non-Solicitation of  Employees.  Neither Pattison nor  any of its
               ------------------------------
Affiliates shall directly or indirectly, for  itself or himself or on behalf  of
any  other  Person, hire  any  employee  of  HSI  (or any  of  its  Affiliates),
including, without limitation, any employees of Pattison that HSI (or any of its
Affiliates) has hired  in its sole discretion,  or induce nor attempt  to induce
any  such employee  to leave  his or  her  employment with  HSI (or  any of  its
Affiliates) at any time until the later of five years from the date hereof.

          9.2  Non-Solicitation  or Interference  with Customers  and Suppliers.
               ----------------------------------------------------------------
Neither  Pattison  nor any  of  its  respective  Affiliates shall,  directly  or
indirectly, for itself or on behalf  of any other Person, solicit, divert,  take
away or attempt to take away any customers  of HSI (or any of its Affiliates) or
suppliers or the business or patronage of  any such customers or suppliers or in
any  way  interfere  with, disrupt  or  attempt  to  disrupt any  then  existing
relationships between HSI (or any of its Affiliates) and any of its customers or
suppliers or other Persons  with whom it deals or contact  for business purposes
or enter into any business transaction  with any such customers or suppliers  or
other Persons for any purpose at any time until five years from the date hereof.


































                                       27


          9.3  Acknowledgements.   Pattison acknowledges  that, in  view of  the
               ----------------
nature of the  Business and  the business  objectives of HSI  in acquiring  such
business (or portions thereof) as herein provided, and the consideration paid to
Pattison therefor, the restrictions contained  in this Article IX are reasonably
necessary  to protect  the  legitimate business  interests of  HSI and  that any
violation of such  restrictions will result in irreparable injury to HSI and the
business HSI has  acquired hereunder for which  damages will not be  an adequate
remedy.   Pattison  therefore acknowledges  that, if  any such  restrictions are
violated, HSI shall  be entitled to preliminary and injunctive relief as well as
to an equitable accounting of earnings, profits and  other benefits arising from
such violation.


          ARTICLE X  INDEMNIFICATION
                     ---------------

          10.1 Survival of Representations and  Warranties.  All representations
               -------------------------------------------
and warranties contained  in Articles IV and  V of this Agreement  shall survive
until the third anniversary of the Closing Date.

          10.2 Indemnification  by  Pattison.    From  and  after  the  Closing,
               -----------------------------
Pattison shall jointly and severally indemnify and save  HSI and its Affiliates,
their  respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives and
all  of  their  successors  and  assigns  (collectively  "Buyer  Claimants"  and
individually "Buyer Claimant")  harmless from and defend  each of them  from and
against  any  and all  demands,  claims,  actions, liabilities,  losses,  costs,
damages  or expenses  whatsoever  (including  any  reasonable  attorneys'  fees)
(collectively, "Losses") asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Buyer
Claimants resulting  from or arising out of (a) any  inaccuracy or breach of any
representation or warranty  of Pattison contained herein; (b) any  breach of any
covenant or obligation of  Pattison contained herein; (c) any liability of SF or
Pattison or  the Business; (d) noncompliance  with any applicable bulk  sales or
similar laws (including laws which may impose  transferee liability on HSI or an
Affiliate  or  create  Encumbrances  on  any Acquired  Assets  relating  to  the
liability  of SF  or Pattison  for  sales, use  or other  taxes  or withholdings
arising  out  of the  operations of  the  Business by  SF or  Pattison); (e) any
personal injuries, death  or property damage arising from products sold by SF or
Pattison prior to the Closing Date; (f) any liability arising out of  or related
to the  Business prior to  Closing; (g)  any claim  made against HSI  by any  FM
Dental Related Party or  any of their respective  Affiliates as a result  of the
consummation   of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  including,  without
limitation,  the  sale and  purchase of  the  Purchased Inventory;  and  (h) any
liability of SF or Pattison under the WARN Act or any state equivalent.

          10.3 Indemnification by  HSI.  From  and after the Closing,  HSI shall
               -----------------------
indemnify and  save Pattison  and its respective  Affiliates and  its respective
directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives (collectively "Seller
Claimants" and individually "Seller Claimant")  harmless from and defend each of
them from and against 



































                                       28


any and  all Losses  asserted against, imposed  upon or  incurred by  the Seller
Claimants resulting from or  arising out of (a) any inaccuracy or  breach of any
representation  or warranty  of  HSI  contained herein;  (b) any  breach of  any
covenant  or obligation  of HSI  contained  herein; (c) except  as described  in
clause 10.2(e)  above, HSI's ownership  of Acquired Assets and  operation of its
businesses from and after the Closing Date; (d) any personal injuries, death  or
property damage arising from products sold by HSI prior to the Closing Date; and
(e) any liability of HSI under the WARN Act or any state equivalent.

          10.4 Indemnification Procedures.   (a)  The rights and  obligations of
               --------------------------
each party claiming a right to indemnification hereunder ("Indemnitee") from the
other party ("Indemnitor") shall be governed by the following rules:

                     (i)  The Indemnitee shall give prompt written notice to the
     Indemnitor of any state of facts which Indemnitee determines will give rise
     to a claim by the Indemnitee against the Indemnitor based on  the indemnity
     agreements contained  herein, stating the  nature and basis of  said claims
     and the  amount thereof,  to the  extent known.   No  failure to  give such
     notice   shall  affect   the  indemnification  obligations   of  Indemnitor
     hereunder, except  to the  extent such  failure materially prejudices  such
     Indemnitor's ability successfully  to defend the matter giving  rise to the
     indemnification claim.

                    (ii)  In the event any action, suit or proceeding is brought
     against  the Indemnitee,  with respect  to  which the  Indemnitor may  have
     liability under the  indemnity agreements contained  herein, then upon  the
     written acknowledgment  by the  Indemnitor within thirty  (30) days  of the
     bringing of such action, suit or proceeding that it is undertaking and will
     prosecute  the defense  of the  claim under  such indemnity  agreements and
     confirming that the  claim is one with  respect to which the  Indemnitor is
     obligated to indemnify and that it will  be able to pay the full amount  of
     potential liability in connection with any such claim,  the action, suit or
     proceeding (including all proceedings on appeal or for review which counsel
     for  the  Indemnitee  shall  deem  appropriate)  may  be  defended  by  the
     Indemnitor.    However,  in  the  event  the  Indemnitor  shall  not  offer
     reasonable assurances  as to  its financial capacity  to satisfy  any final
     judgment or settlement,  the Indemnitee may assume the  defense and dispose
     of the claim, after 30 days'  prior written notice to the Indemnitor.   The
     Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such case,
     but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the Indemnitee's  own
     expense unless (a) the  employment of such counsel and the  payment of such
     fees  and expenses  both shall  have  been specifically  authorized by  the
     Indemnitor  in  connection  with  the  defense  of  such  action,  suit  or
     proceeding  or  (b)  the Indemnitee  shall  have  reasonably concluded  and
     specifically notified  the Indemnitor that  there may be  specific defenses
     available to it which are different  from or additional to those  available
     to the 




































                                       29


     Indemnitor,  or that such action, suit or proceeding involves or could have
     an  effect  upon matters  beyond  the  scope  of the  indemnity  agreements
     contained herein.

                   (iii)  In addition,  in any event specified in  clause (b) of
     the  second sentence  of subparagraph  (ii) above,  the Indemnitor,  to the
     extent made necessary  by such different or additional  defenses, shall not
     have the right to direct the defense of such  action, suit or proceeding on
     behalf of the Indemnitee.  If  Indemnitor and Indemnitee cannot agree on  a
     mechanism to separate the defense of matters extending  beyond the scope of
     indemnification,  such matters  shall be  defended  on the  basis of  joint
     consultation.

                    (iv)  The Indemnitee  shall be  kept fully  informed by  the
     Indemnitor  of such  action,  suit  or proceeding  at  all stages  thereof,
     whether or not it is represented by counsel.  The  Indemnitor shall, at the
     Indemnitor's expense, make  available to the  Indemnitee and its  attorneys
     and accountants  all books and records  of the Indemnitor  relating to such
     proceedings  or litigation, and the parties hereto  agree to render to each
     other such assistance as they may reasonably require of each other in order
     to ensure  the proper  and adequate  defense of  any such  action, suit  or
     proceeding.

               (b)   The Indemnitor shall make no settlement of any claims which
Indemnitor has  undertaken to defend,  without Indemnitee's consent,  unless the
Indemnitor fully indemnifies the Indemnitee for all  losses, there is no finding
or admission of violation of law  by, or effect on any other claims  that may be
made  against, the  Indemnitee and  the relief  granted in  connection therewith
requires no action on the part of and has no effect on the Indemnitee.

               (c)   In the  event any  claim of a  right to  indemnification is
made by HSI or another indemnified party hereunder, such party may, at  its sole
option, satisfy  all or  a portion of  its Losses by  way of setoff  against any
payments due Pattison.  Such right  to setoff is without prejudice to  any right
of  Pattison  to challenge  its liability  hereunder.   This  Section in  no way
constitutes a limitation on rights hereunder  and HSI and each other indemnified
party hereunder may seek  full indemnification for all damages suffered  and may
pursue all rights and remedies available to it, at law or in equity, against any
party hereto,  jointly with other  parties hereto or severally,  without seeking
recourse against any other party and without exercising any right of offset.


          ARTICLE XI  MISCELLANEOUS
                      -------------








































                                       30


          11.1 Expenses.  Each party hereto  shall pay its own expenses incurred
               --------
in  connection  with this  Agreement,  except  as  otherwise specified  in  this
Agreement and  except that all sales,  transfer and other similar  taxes, levies
and charges  that may  be imposed,  levied or  assessed in  connection with  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated  hereby shall be borne by Pattison
with respect to the Acquired Assets.

          11.2 Amendment.   This  Agreement  may  not  be  terminated,  amended,
               ---------
altered or  supplemented except by a  written agreement executed by  the parties
hereto.

          11.3 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement, including the  schedules and
               -----------------
exhibits hereto, and  the instruments and other documents  delivered pursuant to
this Agreement  contains the  entire agreement  of the  parties relating  to the
subject  matter  of this  Agreement  and  supersedes  all prior  agreements  and
understandings of any  kind between the parties respecting  such subject matter.
Each and every representation, warranty and covenant shall be deemed to  include
the information contained in the schedules thereto.

          11.4 Waivers.  Waiver  by either party of either breach  of or failure
               -------
to comply  with any provision of this Agreement by  the other party shall not be
construed as, or constitute, a continuing waiver of such provision, or  a waiver
of any other breach  of, or failure to comply with, any  other provision of this
Agreement.   No waiver of any such breach or failure or of any term or condition
of this Agreement  shall be effective unless  in a written notice signed  by the
waiving party and  delivered, in the manner  required for notices generally,  to
each affected party.

          11.5 Notices.      All  notices,   consents,   directions,  approvals,
               -------
instructions, requests  and other  communications required  or permitted  by the
terms of this Agreement  to be given to any Person shall be  in writing, and any
such  communication  shall  become  effective  five  Business  Days  after being
deposited in the United States  mails, certified or registered, with appropriate
postage prepaid for first class mail or, if delivered by hand or courier service
or  in the form  of a  telex, telecopy or  telegram, when  received (if received
during normal  business hours on  a Business Day,  or if not,  then on the  next
Business Day thereafter),  and shall  be directed  to the  following address  or
telex or telecopy number:

          If to Pattison:

               San Francisco Dental Supply, Inc.
               2201 South Oneida Street
               Green Bay, Wisconsin  54304
               Attention:  Larry Olson
               Telecopier:  (414) 494-3386





































                                       31


          With copies to:

               Hanaway, Ross, Hanaway,
                 Weidner & Bachhuber, S.C.
               345 S. Jefferson Street
               Green Bay, Wisconsin  54301-4522
               Attention:  William S. Woodward, Esq.
               Telecopier:  (414) 432-4037

          If to HSI:

               Henry Schein, Inc.
               135 Duryea Road
               Melville, New York  11747
               Attention:  Mark E. Mlotek, Esq.
               Telecopier:  (516) 843-5675

          With copies to:

               Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP
               1585 Broadway
               New York, New York  10036
               Attention:  Richard L. Goldberg, Esq.
               Telecopier:  (212) 969-2900

or  to such other address as a party  may have furnished to the other parties in
writing  in accordance herewith, except that  notices of change of address shall
only be  effective upon receipt.  Any notice which  is so mailed shall be deemed
delivered on the fourth  Business Day (or Days) after mailing;  any notice which
is  transmitted by telecopier shall be deemed  delivered when transmitted to the
telecopier  number  specified  above  and  acknowledgement  of receipt  of  such
facsimile is received.

          11.6 Counterparts.   This  Agreement may  be executed  in two  or more
               ------------
counterparts, and by the different  parties hereto in separate counterparts each
of  which when executed  shall be  deemed to  be an original,  but all  of which
together shall constitute one and the same document.

          11.7 Governing  Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall
               ------------------------------------------
be governed by, and  construed in accordance with, the  law of the State of  New
York, without regard  to applicable  principles of conflict  of laws that  might
otherwise govern.   Pattison hereby submits to the  nonexclusive jurisdiction of
the United  States District Court for  the Southern District of New  York and of
any New York State Court sitting in New York City for the  purposes of all legal
proceedings arising  out of or  relating to this  Agreement or the  transactions
contemplated hereby.  Pattison irrevocably waives, to the 





































                                       32


fullest  extent permitted by  law, any objection  which it may  now or hereafter
have  to the laying of the venue of  any such proceeding brought in such a court
and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such  a court has been brought
in an inconvenient forum.

          11.8 Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
               --------------------------
and  shall inure  to the  benefit  of the  parties hereto  and  their respective
successors and  assigns; provided,  that SF  shall not  assign or transfer  this
                         --------
Agreement  nor  any  right  or  obligation hereunder  by  operation  of  law  or
otherwise; further provided, that HSI in its sole discretion, may assign  all or
           ------- --------
a portion of  its rights  hereunder to  an Affiliate or  Affiliates without  the
consent  of Pattison and after the Closing Date,  assign all or a portion of its
rights  hereunder  to  any  Person  without the  consent  of  Pattison;  further
                                                                         -------
provided, that no assignment shall relieve HSI of its obligations hereunder.
- --------

          11.9 Severability.   Any  provision of  this Agreement  that shall  be
               ------------
prohibited or unenforceable in any  jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective  to the  extent of such  prohibition or  unenforceability without
invalidating  the  remaining provisions  thereof  and  any  such prohibition  or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction  shall   not   invalidate  or   render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  To the extent permitted
by  applicable law, the  parties to such  instrument waive any  provision of law
that renders any provision thereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.

          11.10      Headings.    The  headings   contained  in  this  Agreement
                     --------
(including the exhibits and schedules) are for reference purposes only and shall
not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

          11.11      No Partnership; Etc.   Nothing contained in  this Agreement
                     --------------------
shall constitute or be deemed  a representation, agreement or understanding that
the parties hereto  are members of any partnership,  joint venture, association,
syndicate  or other entity,  and each of the  parties hereto expressly disclaims
the existence of any such relationship or arrangement.

          11.12      Third  Parties.   Nothing  herein is  intended or  shall be
                     --------------
construed to confer upon or give to any person other than the parties hereto any
rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.














































                                       33


          IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the  parties hereto have  executed this Agreement
effective as of the date first above written.

                    PATTISON-MCGRATH COMPANY DENTAL SUPPLIES



                    By:__________________________________
                              Authorized Officer



                    HENRY SCHEIN, INC.



                    By:__________________________________
                              Authorized Officer

































































                                       34


                                 Schedule 2.2(e)
                         (Pattison Excluded Liabilities)
                         -------------------------------


          1.   Legal, accounting,  brokerage,  finder's  fees,  taxes  or  other
expenses incurred  by SF,  Pattison, or any  of their  respective Affiliates  in
connection  with  this  Agreement  or   the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated hereby;

          2.   Any intercompany  debt or  other liability or  obligation of  any
nature  between Pattison and any past or present  Affiliate, on the one hand, or
Pattison and any past or present Affiliate, on the other hand;

          3.   Liabilities  or   obligations  incurred  by  Pattison  after  the
Closing;

          4.   Any obligation or  liability relating  to any  litigation or  any
claim arising out of  any dispute, whether or not listed  on any schedule hereto
and regardless of whether accruing prior or subsequent to the Closing;

          5.   Any liability for any federal,  state, local or foreign income or
other Taxes accrued  to or incurred  by Pattison or  SF any of  their respective
Affiliates  or relating  to  the  Business, operations,  products  or assets  of
Pattison or SF any of their respective Affiliates prior to  the Closing, or as a
consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby;

          6.   Any liability or  costs (including, without limitation,  costs of
remediation) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Discharge or the release,
discharge  or disposal  of  any  solid wastes  or  the handling,  storage,  use,
transportation or disposal of any of  the foregoing, as these terms are  defined
by the Environmental  Laws in, on, under  or from facilities of  Pattison at any
time prior to  the Closing regardless of  whether such liability or  costs arise
before or after Closing  and whether or not  in breach of any representation  or
warranty under this Agreement;

          7.   Any  liability or obligation to employees, government agencies or
other third parties in  connection with any Employee Benefit Plan,  option plan,
pension  plan or any other  ERISA plan, or  other Employee Benefit  Plan and any
health, dental or life insurance benefits, whether or not insured and whether or
not disclosed on any schedule hereto;

          8.   Any liability or obligation under any contract or commitment that
is not  an HSI Assumed Liability or under any Pattison Contract which relates to
any default in  respect of such  contract or other  commitment or obligation  of
Pattison;









































          9.   Any liability  or  obligation  to  employees  in  the  nature  of
workmen's compensation relating to the period  prior to the Closing, whether  or
not listed on  any Schedule hereto and  regardless of whether accruing  prior or
subsequent to the Closing;

          10.  Any accounts payable, notes  payable, bank debts, and/or debt  to
any officer, director or stockholder of Pattison;

          11.  Any deferred compensation agreements of Pattison or any insurance
policies relating thereto; and

          12.  Any  liability or obligation of  any nature of  Pattison or SF or
any of  their respective  Affiliates owed or  claimed by  any FM  Dental Related
Party relating to the Purchased Inventory or otherwise.

          13.  Any  other liability  not expressly  included as  an HSI  Assumed
Liability.

















                                        2



                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1

                         HENRY SCHEIN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE



                                            Year Ended      Three Months Ended
                                            -----------    ---------------------
                                             December       April       March
                                             30, 1995      1, 1995     30, 1996
                                            ----------     -------     ---------
      Pro forma net income per
      consolidated statements of             $9,407         $936        $2484
        operations (in thousands) . . .  ============= =========== =============
      Pro forma weighted average common
      shares
        outstanding:

        Shares outstanding at December   11,390,544   11,390,544   11,390,544
        25, 1993  . . . . . . . . . . .
        1994 issuances:

         Shares issued, in part, to
         extinguish liability
           under long-term executive        489,456      489,456      489,456
           incentive compensation plan  
                                            128,257      128,257      128,257
         Shares issued to ESOP trust
         in 1994  . . . . . . . . . . .     237,897      237,897      221,397
         Stock options granted at an         65,871         ---       408,400
         exercise price of
           $4.21 per share1   . . . . .
         IPO Options (Class B)  . . . .

        1995 Issuances:
         Shares issued as of September
         1, 1995 in                         418,984         ---     1,260,416
           connection with an               811,044         ---     5,090,000
           acquisition  . . . . . . . .   ----------  ----------   ----------
         IPO Shares   . . . . . . . . .

                                         13,542,053   12,246,154   18,988,470
         Less:  Treasury stock  . . . .      (8,235)        ---       (51,679)
                                         ----------   ---------    ----------
                                         13,533,818   12,246,154   18,938,791

      Less assumed repurchase of shares
        under treasury stock method
        based on an average price of
        $27.96 per share2:
         Stock options -- 221,397
         shares
                       x $4.21              (42,313)3    (62,597)4    (33,336)5
                       -------
                       $932,081/$27.96  
         IPO options --- 408,400
         shares
                    x $16.00                (44,527)3       ---      (233,705)5
                    --------             ------------ -----------  -----------
                  $8,534,400/$27.96   .

      Weighted average common shares     13,446,978   12,183,557   18,669,750
      outstanding                        ============ ============ ============

      Pro forma net income per common           $0.70        $0.08        $0.13
      share                              ============ ============ ============






                         
     --------------------
     1   Considered cheap stock and treated as outstanding since January 1,
         1995.
     2   The treasury stock method was not used for the shares issued to settle
         the long-term incentive plan liability and the compensatory portion of
         the stock options granted because the related special compensation
         shares have been excluded from net income and, therefore, were not
         assumed to be proceeds.
     3   Computed using the average closing value per share of $23.67 for
         237,897 Stock options and 413,400 IPO options.
     4   Computed using the IPO value per share of $16.00 for 237,897 Stock
         options.
     5   Computed using the average closing value per share for the three months
         ended March 30, 1996.






                                                            EXHIBIT 21.1


                              List of Subsidiaries
                              --------------------


           Subsidiary                 State of Incorporation
           ----------                 ----------------------

 Avamark, Inc.                               New York

 BDG UK Holdings Limited*                    England
 Budget Dental Supplies Ltd.*                England

 C E Seminars, Inc.*                         New York
 Debmar, Inc.                                Arizona

 Dental Express (Supplies)                   England
 Limited*

 Dental Instrument Sales &                   New York
 Service LLC
 Dental Plan, Inc.                            Texas

 Dentisoft, Inc.*                            Delaware
 Florida Doctor Supply, Inc.                 Indiana

 Health and Safety                           Delaware
 Communications, Inc.

 Henry Schein Canada Ltd.                Ontario, Canada
 Henry Schein Dental Supply,                 New York
 Inc.

 Henry Schein - Dentina Gmbh*           Konstanz, Germany
 Henry Schein Espana, S.A.*

 Henry Schein Europe B.V.*               The Netherlands

 Henry Schein Europe, Inc.                   Delaware
 Henry Schein Financial                      Delaware
 Services, Inc.

 Henry Schein France Holdings,               Delaware
 Inc.*
 Henry Schein France S.A.*                Paris, France

 HSI Acquisition, Inc.                       Delaware

 Henry Schein Holland Holding            The Netherlands
 B.V.*
 Henry Schein Van den                    The Netherlands
 Braak,B.V.*


































           Subsidiary                 State of Incorporation
           ----------                 ----------------------

 Henry Schein UK Holdings                    England
 Limited*

 HLH Acquisition Corp.                       Delaware
 HSI Michigan Corp.                          Delaware

 Jameson Management Inc.                     Delaware
 JS Pacific LLC                              Delaware

 Kent Dental Limited*                        England

 Mayflower Healthcare Supply,                New York
 Inc.
 Medenta International B.V.*             The Netherlands

 Precision Dental Specialties,               Delaware
 Inc.*
 PRN Medical Inc.                            Indiana

 PW Pharmacal, Inc.                          New York

 Rockford Dental Mfg. Co.*                   Delaware
 SSN Healthcare Supply, Inc.                 New York

 Schein Creative Services, Inc.              New York
 Schein Dental Equipment Corp.               New York

 Schein Europe Marketing B.V.*           The Netherlands

 Schein Rexodent Limited*                    England
 Silverman's Dental Supply                   New York
 Corp.

 South Jersey Medical Supply                 Delaware
 Company Inc.*
 Tri-State Medical Supply Co.,               New York
 Inc.*

 Universal Footcare Holdings                 Delaware
 Corp.

 Universal Footcare Products,                Delaware
 Inc.*
 Zahn Dental Co., Inc.*                   Massachusetts

 Zahn Dental Canada, Inc.*               Ontario, Canada
 Zahn Dental (Florida), Inc.                 Delaware

 Zahn Dental (Illinois), Inc.                Delaware

 Zahn Dental Supplies, Limited*              England

































           Subsidiary                 State of Incorporation
           ----------                 ----------------------

 Zahn Holdings, Inc.                         Delaware
__________________
*    Indirect subsidiary of the Company.





                                                            EXHIBIT 23.1


                              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
                           CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


Henry Schein, Inc.
New York, New York

     We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this
Registration Statement of our report dated February 23, 1996 relating to the 
consolidated financial statements of Henry Schein, Inc. and Subsidiaries, our 
report dated July 24, 1995 relating to the financial statements of Veratex (a 
division of The Veratex Corporation) and our report dated February 16, 1996 
relating to the consolidated financial statements of HS Pharmaceutical, Inc. 
and Subsidiaries which are contained in that Prospectus, and of our report dated
February 23, 1996, relating  to the schedule which is contained in Part II of 
the Registration Statement.

     We also consent to the reference to us under the caption "Experts" in the
Prospectus.



                                                            BDO SEIDMAN, LLP


New York, New York
June 17, 1996